Fall 2024 Adult and Children's Catalog

ABRAMS

The Art of Books

FALL 2024

ADULT & CHILDREN’S BOOKS

1 ● Abrams

29 ● Cameron Books

34

● Abrams Image

42 ● Cernunnos

49 ● Abrams Press

67 ● The Overlook Press

77 ● Abrams ComicArts

92 ● Abrams ComicArts - Surely

95 ● Abrams Appleseed

111 ● Abrams Books for Young Readers

136 ● Cameron Kids

146 ● Abrams Fanfare

158 ● Amulet Books

178 ● Amulet Paperbacks

195 ● Magic Cat

220 ● DISTRIBUTED PUBLISHERS

221 ● Enchanted Lion

233 ● Milky Way Picture Books

236 ● Tate Publishing (Children’s)

240 ● Familius (Children’s)

260 ● Red Comet Press

268 ● Skittledog

280 ● Vendome Press

290 ● V&A Publishing

294 ● SelfMadeHero

298 ● Familius

303 ● Tate Publishing

313 ● La Martinière/Abrams

314 ● Booth-Clibborn Editions

315 ● Lucky Spool

319 ● CREDITS

320 ● INFORMATION TO THE TRADE

From Title • By Author and Artist Webb’s Universe • By Maggie Aderin-Pocock

RIGHTS: World/All

The Slow Down FOR THE LOVE OF HOME

BY LEANNE FORD

Designer and HGTV personality Leanne Ford shares design secrets and personal reflections on how she creates her warm, chic, and easy–going aesthetic—and how you can do the same

Leanne Ford’s imperfectly perfect designs inspire more than half a million social media fans daily. In this very personal design book, she shares her decorating philosophy, wry humor, and advice to live by. The Slow Down offers readers an inside look at how Leanne found her “wow does this need work” dream house and then moved (with her family in tow) across the country to turn it into a welcoming home. Her story has a rebellious soul that is refreshingly different from other interior design books: She encourages readers to slow down in their personal environments and celebrate the beauty of everyday moments. The Slow Down’s photos and narrative present a home tour like no other, stopping to recount crazy ideas (not always crazy!) and to offer thoughts on what makes a design really good and why Elsie De Wolfe is still right (about most things). You will come away with a new perspective and new ideas on how to make your home more joyful, elevated, and funky, fun, and just right.

Leanne Ford is an American interior designer admired for her lived in modern aesthetic and signature white–on–white palette. Sought after for her accessible design expertise, Ford is frequently featured in AD, Domino, House Beautiful, and the New York Times. Her television work includes multiple seasons of HGTV’s home renovation series Restored by the Fords and its sequel, Home Again with the Fords. Ford is equally well–known for her product collaborations with Crate & Barrel and Target. In 2022, she launched Feel Free, a quarterly magazine designed to inspire readers to embrace the joy of creating.

SELLING POINTS

MEDIA STAR: Leanne is the star of HGTV’s Home Again with the Fords and Restored by the Fords; she has more than 700,000 followers across Instagram, YouTube, Facebook, TikTok, and Pinterest.

BRAND COLLABORATIONS:

Leanne has launched her third product line with Crate & Barrel, created a lighting collection for Target, and, in 2022, launched Feel Free, a quarterly magazine dedicated to creativity.

DESIGN CHANGEMAKER: Leanne’s irreverent, accessible design approach resonates with her more than half a million followers and has made her a household name in a field that can sometimes feel exclusive.

SPECIFICATIONS

*175 color images

*224 pages

*WIDTH: 9 1/2" - 241mm

*HEIGHT: 11 1/2" - 292mm

* Hardcover with jacket

PUB MONTH: OCTOBER

INTERIOR DESIGN, DESIGN & DECORATING, PHOTOGRAPHY

ISBN 978-1-4197-7107-1

US $50.00 CAN $63.00 UK £35.00

CARTON QTY: 6

ebook ISBN 979-8-88707-159-6

RIGHTS: World/All

The African Decor Edit

COLLECTING AND DECORATING WITH HERITAGE OBJECTS

BY NASOZI KAKEMBO

Travel with Ugandan American designer Nasozi Kakembo as she explores iconic home goods—from Malian mudcloth to Moroccan rugs—at the source and offers thoughtful guidance on collecting and decorating with traditional African treasures

In The African Decor Edit, author Nasozi Kakembo shares her deep knowledge of ethically sourced and aesthetically elevated heritage wares. Through xN Studio, her interior design and product design practice, Nasozi collaborates with artisans throughout Africa, and hers is the rare design book that delves into the origin and meaning behind the furnishings and accessories shown. Each chapter presents artisans in their home countries, telling their stories in their own words. The book also demonstrates the beauty of African decor, with a collection of inspiring, layered interiors from all over the world. The African Decor Edit is a must–have for all who admire African wares and wish to decorate with them in a thoughtful and ethical way.

Nasozi Kakembo is a journalist, writer, and designer who has partnered with brands such as Airbnb, Article Furniture, and West Elm. She founded her design practice and import business, xN Studio, in 2011. She is also the executive director of the Mukono Foundation, a charitable foundation that supports primary education, art, and culture in Uganda.

SELLING POINTS

SUSTAINABLE AND ETHICAL DESIGN:The African Decor Edit is about sustaining the legacy of traditional artisans and helping readers respectfully choose and use heritage goods in their homes.

EXPERT VOICE: Nasozi Kakamebo is the founder of xN Studio and an expert on traditional African goods, businesses, and exports. Her work has been featured in CNN Traveler, Bloomberg Business, and the New York Times, as well as top shelter media and publications.

GLOBAL PERSPECTIVE: The goods presented are sourced from many different traditions and regions in Africa, and the interiors in which they are shown represent homeowners from many different countries.

SPECIFICATIONS

*200 color photographs

*256 pages

*WIDTH: 8 1/2" - 216mm

*HEIGHT: 10" - 254mm

*Hardcover POB

PUB MONTH: OCTOBER

DESIGN & DECORATING, TRAVEL, AFRICAN AMERICAN HISTORY & CULTURE

ISBN 978-1-4197-6823-1 US

CARTON QTY: 8

ebook ISBN 979-8-88707-040-7

RIGHTS: World/All

English Country House Style

TRADITIONS, SECRETS, AND UNWRITTEN RULES

WRITTEN BY MILO AND KATY CAMPBELL, ILLUSTRATED BY MARK NICHOLSON

An interior design guide to creating English country house style wherever you may dwell, from property expert Katy Campbell and acclaimed photographer

Mark Nicholson

The authors of At Home in the Cotswolds return with a new book full of English charm and style savvy. English Country House Style explores the signature rooms and furnishings that are synonymous with this comfortable, sumptuously lived–in look.

There are certain motifs unique to English country houses. These may be specific rooms, architectural details, decorative flourishes, or arrangements of furniture, but all are unmistakably synonymous with that peculiar and lovely ideal that is the English home in the countryside. These features are not solely the preserve of large country houses. Many can be found in country cottages as well as stately homes, and most can be recreated by modern homeowners in their own dwellings in urban, suburban, and rural environments.

This book explores the iconography of the English country house and lifts the curtain on its interior design secrets, with more than a dozen chapters on various country house motifs, each illustrated with photographs taken in private country homes throughout England. From the boot room to the butler’s pantry, from the library drinks table to the kitchen AGA, each chapter unpacks all the little design details for readers who are eager to make the look their own—or simply wish to enjoy a peek at English country life.

Katy Campbell is a property finder based in the Cotswolds. She has been featured in The Times, House and Garden, and Country Life. Her Instagram account (@katy_campbell_house_hunter) has over 60,000 followers. Milo Campbell writes about interior design and architecture and is the co–author of At Home in the Cotwolds Mark Nicholson is an internationally recognized photographer specializing in interior design and architecture.

SELLING POINTS

NAME DESIGNERS, UNPUBLISHED INTERIORS: As in the authors’ first book, the homeowners are internationally known designers, artists, and business owners; many of the interiors have not been published before.

FOR BRITBOX FANS: English country houses are a top tourist destination and film and television subject. The book will attract design readers as well as fans of The Crown, Downton Abbey, Bridgerton, and multiple BBC series.

FAVORITE STYLE, FRESH LOOK:

The decorating style is beloved, but most books on the topic are dated. The book’s clever design advice, humor, and unique approach has modern appeal that overshadows current “picture–and–caption” titles on the subject.

SPECIFICATIONS

*200 full-color illustrations

*240 pages

*WIDTH: 9" - 229mm

*HEIGHT: 10 7/8" - 276mm

* Hardcover with jacket

PUB MONTH: OCTOBER INTERIOR DESIGN, DESIGN & DECORATING, PHOTOGRAPHY

ISBN 978-1-4197-7380-8

US $55.00 CAN $69.00 UK £40.00

ËxHSLELJy773808z

CARTON QTY: 8

ebook ISBN 979-8-88707-290-6

VIETNAMESE HOME COOKING FROM THE NEW YORK RESTAURANT

BY JIMMY LY WITH DAN Q. DAO AND YEN VO

A guide to cooking Vietnamese food at home from cult favorite and critically acclaimed restaurant Madame Vo

From Vietnam to the East Village, husband and wife Jimmy Ly and Yen Vo, chef–owners of acclaimed restaurant Madame Vo, bring bold southern Vietnamese flavors to homestyle cooking. Madame Vo opened in New York City’s East Village in 2017, rooted in family recipes and Vietnamese history. Jimmy and Yen’s stories were shaped by their parents’ decision to leave everything for America. After high praise from Ligaya Mishan and Pete Wells for the New York Times, Madame Vo became frequented by Calvin Klein, Bowen Yang, Simu Liu, and others. This cookbook features recipes that made Madame Vo a household name, including:

Madame Wings (spicy chicken wings with fish sauce)

Suơn Kho Pork Pibs

The Perfect Phơ

Caramelized Pork Belly and Pineapples

Che Băp Sweet Corn Pudding

Banh Bo Nuơng Honeycomb Cake

With the talents of award–winning writer Dan Q. Dao, this narrative–driven cookbook includes personal stories, the restaurant’s greatest hits, and how to start cooking Vietnamese food at home. A love letter from Madame Vo, this book is accessible and encouraging for any Vietnamese food enthusiast.

Jimmy Ly and Yen Vo are co–owners of Madame Vo and Monsieur Vo, two lauded Vietnamese restaurants in New York City’s East Village. Dan Q. Dao is an award–winning, Texas–based writer and brand strategist specializing in Vietnamese food and culture.

RIGHTS: World/All

SELLING POINTS

DESTINATION RESTAURANT: Enthusiasm from Eater, Thrillist, Hypebeast, the New York Times, and others make Madame Vo one of the highest–profile Vietnamese restaurants in America, with fans like Calvin Klein, Simu Liu, Bowen Yang, and more.

A DEVOTED FANBASE AND NATIONAL PLATFORM: From partnering with Omsom to videos for Vice and Chowhound; publicity from Buzzfeed, Business Insider, and more; Jimmy Ly and Yen Vo have impressive reach and stories national media love.

STRONG

AND GROWING CATEGORY: With breakouts like Korean American, Xi’an Famous Foods, and The Woks of Life, Asian cooking is rising, and Vietnamese food is more popular than ever.

SPECIFICATIONS

*125 color photographs

*256 pages

*WIDTH: 8" - 203mm

*HEIGHT: 10" - 254mm

*Hardcover POB

PUB MONTH: OCTOBER

FOOD & DRINK, AAPI HISTORY & CULTURE, TRAVEL

ISBN 978-1-4197-6726-5

US $40.00 CAN $50.00 UK £30.00

ËxHSLELJy767265z

CARTON QTY: 8

ebook ISBN 978-1-64700-975-5

The Four Horsemen

FOOD AND WINE FOR GOOD TIMES FROM THE BROOKLYN RESTAURANT

BY

NICK

CURTOLA

WITH GABE ULLA AND JAMES MURPHY; WINE NOTES BY JUSTIN CHEARNO

The much–anticipated cookbook from the Michelin–starred Brooklyn restaurant

Chef Nick Curtola cooks food that has a way of making you wonder, How can something that looks so simple be so good? Who knew that a salad could bring this much joy? Why can’t I stop thinking about a bowl of beans? In his debut cookbook, Curtola draws on the lessons of a career steeped in the cuisines of Italy, England, and Northern California—influences he made his own working in the tiny kitchen at one of the world’s most beloved dining destinations: The Four Horsemen.

Like the irresistibly warm restaurant that inspires it, The Four Horsemen is about more than just the food. It’s about the table and the people gathered around it, the stories they’re telling, and what they’re drinking while they do. Enter James Beard Award–winning natural wine pioneer Justin Chearno and his fellow Four Horsemen cofounders Randy Moon, James Murphy, and Christina Topsøe.

Nick Curtola is head chef of the Four Horsemen. Raised in Northern California, he attended culinary school and trained under Camino’s Russell Moore, and later spent time in Piedmont, Italy, before moving to New York. Curtola eventually settled down at the Four Horsemen, where he has been cooking for the last seven years. Gabe Ulla is the co–author of Ignacio Mattos’s debut cookbook Estela and David Chang’s New York Times–bestselling memoir Eat a Peach. His articles on food and culture have appeared in WSJ Magazine, Town & Country, Saveur, and The New Yorker Justin Chearno is the wine director of the Four Horsemen. A Brooklyn resident, he turned Williamsburg’s UVA into one of the most influential wine shops in the United States in the early 2000s, before anyone cared about natural wine. James Murphy is the renowned musician, DJ, singer, songwriter, and record producer behind LCD Soundsystem and founder of the Four Horsemen.

SELLING POINTS

CRITICALLY ACCLAIMED: The Four Horsemen has a Michelin star, a two–star review from the New York Times, and devoted fans.

FOOD EVERYONE WANTS: The restaurant embodies New York’s current dining culture with chef–author Nick Curtola’s simple techniques and focus on ingredients.

LCD SOUNDSYSTEM + ROCK–

STAR TEAM: Between hands–on cofounder James Murphy of LCD Soundsystem, wine director Justin Chearno, and cookbook author Gabe Ulla, this book will get much attention.

ON–TREND, EXPERT WINE

ADVICE: Natural wine is popular subject and will attract readers, and Chearno is an expert. The restaurant won the James Beard Award for Outstanding Wine Program in 2022.

SPECIFICATIONS

*150 photographs and illustrations

*336 pages

*WIDTH: 8" - 203mm

*HEIGHT: 10" - 254mm

*Hardcover POB

PUB MONTH: OCTOBER

FOOD & DRINK, ENTERTAINMENT

ISBN 978-1-4197-6017-4

CARTON QTY: 8

ebook ISBN 979-8-88707-203-6

RIGHTS: World/All

Sunlight & Breadcrumbs

MAKING FOOD WITH CREATIVITY & CURIOSITY

BY RENEE ERICKSON WITH SARA DICKERMAN

James Beard Award–winning chef Renee Erickson invites you into her home in her most personal cookbook to date, opening up about her creative life in food

After more than 25 years running award–winning restaurants, acclaimed chef Renee Erickson realized that she had started to lose touch with her creative side, which she had nurtured in art school and had always considered as key to her approach to cooking.

Sunlight and Breadcrumbs highlights the beauty and creativity in making everyday food at home with over a hundred recipes, essays that connect the dots between creative practices and the food she cooks, and “Work in Progress” sidebars that zoom in on the creative decisions made when cooking—the seasonal ingredients, textures, shapes, and colors that help make each meal a more thoughtful expression of life at that moment.

This book shows how cooking provides an outlet for meaningful personal expression using the little things that take a simple dish from nice to memorable—like the crunch of toasted breadcrumbs on an escarole salad— and persuades us to seek and celebrate these details.

Offering a joyful look at creative expression, this is an approachable cookbook, with ideas for celebratory snacks, weeknight dinners, leisurely weekend meals, and easy desserts.

For anyone bored by the grind of weeknight cooking, looking for simple–but–exciting food to make for friends and family, or wanting to encourage more creativity, this book provides an inspiring reset, full of prompts to explore our kitchens and lives with curiosity, an eye for detail, and joy.

Renee Erickson is the James Beard Award–winning chef and co–owner of numerous Seattle restaurants, including The Walrus and the Carpenter, The Whale Wins, Barnacle, Bar Melusine, Lioness, Westward, and more. She is the author of Getaway: Food & Drink to Transport You and A Boat, a Whale & a Walrus: Menus and Stories. Erickson currently serves on the board of the University of Washington’s School of Art + Art History + Design.

SELLING POINTS

STAR CHEF AND AUTHOR:

Renee Erickson is a James Beard Award–winning chef and the author of Getaway (more than 15,000 copies sold) and A Boat, a Whale & a Walrus (more than 30,000 copies sold).

WELL–CONNECTED: Erickson is the co–owner of multiple properties in Seattle, Washington: The Walrus and the Carpenter, The Whale Wins, Barnacle, Bar Melusine, Bateau, Westward, and several General Porpoise Doughnuts and Coffee locations. She also cooks privately for Jeff Bezos.

BEAUTIFUL, ORIGINAL PACKAGE: Renee is both creating the illustrations and the photography for this book, making it the most vibrant, personal expression of her creativity yet. This book is the result of Renee reflecting on what is important and what inspires her. And in turn, the making of this very book has also drawn her deeper into the visual arts. In these pages, you’ll find painted illustrations, ceramics, and photography, all by Renee. As both an art book and a cookbook, artists and home chefs will love this book’s gorgeous package, just like they did Julia Sherman’s Salad for President or Erin Gleeson’s The Forest Feast series.

SPECIFICATIONS

*200 color photographs and illustrations

*288 pages

*WIDTH: 7" - 178mm

*HEIGHT: 10" - 254mm

* Hardcover POB

PUB MONTH: SEPTEMBER

FOOD & DRINK, ART, CRAFT, DESIGN & DECORATING ISBN 978-1-4197-4040-4

US $37.50 CAN $47.50 UK £26.99

CARTON QTY: 10

ebook ISBN 978-1-64700-259-6

Southern Living 2024 Annual Recipes

BY SOUTHERN LIVING

Cook up delicious, Southern delights for family and friends with this all new, full–color, annual collection of top–rated recipes from the best chefs in the South and the editors and entertaining experts at Southern Living magazine

Whether your favorite meal is a hearty family supper, a light summer picnic, or anything in between, Southern Living has the perfect dish. Our chefs have gathered every recipe from an entire year of the magazine to create a single wonderful cookbook: inside this latest edition you will find never–fail recipes for all sorts of regionally inspired dishes, quick and easy meals, and special occasion treats. Along with all our go–to Southern favorites, we’ve also collected helpful kitchen tips and creative menus for gatherings large and small. A special bonus section presents a selection of readers’ favorite recipes that cannot be found anywhere else.

Southern Living brings enjoyment, fulfillment, and inspiration to more than 16 million readers by celebrating the best of the Southern lifestyle.

RIGHTS: North American

SELLING POINTS

COOK WITH CONFIDENCE: From easy one pot dinners and gracious holiday feasts to quick sides and scrumptious sweets, Southern Living’s kitchen pros share a range of enticing recipes for all the meals and occasions your busy life serves up.

TAILGATES, SUNDAY SUPPERS, AND MORE: Mix and match menu options will help you stay on top of shopping and meal planning for everyday events (and extra special ones, too!).

TRUSTED KEEPSAKE: Featuring every recipe from an entire year of the magazine, this annual compilation has delighted readers for generations and is proudly collected by food lovers everywhere.

SPECIFICATIONS

*200 full-color images

*368 pages

*WIDTH: 8 1/2" - 216mm

*HEIGHT: 10 7/8" - 276mm

* Hardcover POB

PUB MONTH: DECEMBER FOOD & DRINK, NONFICTION

ISBN 978-1-4197-7936-7

US $39.99 CAN $49.99

ebook ISBN 979-8-88707-546-4

Christmas with Southern Living 2024

BY

SOUTHERN LIVING

From the editors at Southern Living comes a new book brimming with recipes, decorating tips, menus for entertaining family and friends, and everything you need to deck the halls and make your holiday shine

Scrumptious recipes and dazzling decorations make spirits bright! Let the experts at Southern Living inspire you to create a very special holiday season this year. Christmas with Southern Living is a treasured tradition, and this new book is brimming with gift ideas, decorating DIYs, and, of course, delicious recipes. The best chefs in the South are at it again and they have collected more than 100 brand–new recipes, plus party menus, for you to try. Southern Living’s style mavens have also jumped into the mix with decorating ideas galore, including wreaths and stunning floral displays that are guaranteed to wow guests. Try out their favorite tips and create festive vignettes around every corner. Let your home and table sparkle with holiday magic—this go–to resource shows you how.

Southern Living brings enjoyment, fulfillment, and inspiration to more than 16 million readers by celebrating the best of the Southern lifestyle.

RIGHTS: North American

SELLING POINTS

COOK WITH CONFIDENCE: From easy one–pot dinners and elegant feasts to divine starters, sides, and sweets, Southern Living’s kitchen pros share enticing recipes for any occasion the season serves up.

HOLIDAY JUMPSTART: The book’s holiday planner will help you stay on top of gift giving, guest lists, shopping, and menu planning for less stress, more enjoyment.

TRUSTED KEEPSAKE: For generations, the experts at Southern Living have delighted readers with this annual, definitive guide to holiday decorating, entertaining, and cooking.

SPECIFICATIONS

*200 full-color images

*192 pages

*WIDTH: 8 1/2" - 216mm

*HEIGHT: 10 7/8" - 276mm

*Hardcover POB

PUB MONTH: SEPTEMBER

ISBN 978-1-4197-7937-4

US $32.50 CAN $41.50 ËxHSLELJy779374z

CARTON QTY: 16

ebook ISBN 979-8-88707-547-1

Julia Child's Kitchen

THE DESIGN, TOOLS, STORIES, AND LEGACY OF AN ICONIC SPACE

BY PAULA JOHNSON WITH A FOREWORD BY JACQUES PÉPIN

Julia Child’s Kitchen is an inside peek into beloved cookbook author and television star Julia Child’s favorite place in the world—her home kitchen—and how this space played a dynamic role in her life and has influenced how we all still cook today, by Paula Johnson, the Smithsonian curator who preserved it

Julia Child’s 20' x 14' kitchen was a serious workspace and recipe–testing lab that exuded a sense of mid–century homey comfort. Now it has been on display at the National Museum of American History in Washington, D.C., for most of the past 20 years, and museum–goers have made it a top destination. Authored by Paula Johnson, one of the original collectors and keepers of Julia Child’s home kitchen at the Smithsonian’s National Museum of American History, this book provides an intimate portrait of Julia at home, first–hand accounts of cooking with Julia in her kitchen, and a deeper understanding of why her kitchen is a window into larger themes in 20th century American history.

Between lively narrative, compelling photography, and detailed commentary on Julia’s favorite kitchen gadgets, Julia Child’s Kitchen illuminates the stories behind the room’s design, use, significance, and legacy, showing how deeply Julia Child continues to influence food today. The kitchen contains more than 1,000 parts and pieces—from tools and appliances to furniture, books, and more—all reflecting Julia’s status as an accomplished chef, gastronome, teacher, trailblazer, advocate, mentor, and generous, jovial friend. The kitchen’s layout, design, and contents reflect Julia’s cooking philosphy, as well as a period of social and cultural change in the United States. This book, a beautifully designed tribute to Julia Child’s legacy, will be a must–have for every home cook and Julia Child fan.

Paula Johnson is the curator of food history and director of the American Food History Project at the Smithsonian’s National Museum of American History. Jacques Pépin is one of the world’s most celebrated chefs, and through his long and distinguished career as a professional chef and instructor, host of 14 popular public television series and author of dozens of cookbooks, Pépin has advanced the art and craft of culinary technique.

SELLING POINTS

TIMELESS TOPIC: From past viewers to younger audiences who watch programs like Max’s Julia, the Food Network’s The Julia Challenge, and Nora Ephron’s Julie and Julia, Julia’s fanbase is evergreen.

UNIQUE MARKETING POWER: The Smithsonian’s National Museum of American History will craft a strategic publicity and marketing campaign with the Julia Child Foundation. The book features interviews with Daniel Boulud, Dorie Greenspan, Martha Stewart, and more.

ANNIVERSARY PUBLICATION:

Timed with the Julia Child Award’s 10th anniversary, publicity will be keyed to Food History Weekend/Julia Child Award presentation.

JULIA FANS BUY BOOKS: A robust category, this is unique and supported by two authoritative platforms.

SPECIFICATIONS

*300 color photographs

*288 pages

*WIDTH: 8" - 203mm

*HEIGHT: 10" - 254mm

*Hardcover with jacket

PUB MONTH: OCTOBER

DESIGN & DECORATING, FOOD & DRINK, WOMEN'S HISTORY

ISBN 978-1-4197-7008-1

US $50.00 CAN $63.00 UK £35.00 ËxHSLELJy770081z

CARTON QTY: 6

ebook ISBN 979-8-88707-115-2

Gray Malin: Dogs

BY GRAY MALIN

Bestselling author and photographer Gray Malin’s collection of never–before–published photos of dogs from locations around the world

In Gray Malin: Dogs, photographer Gray Malin captures the world’s chicest canines in a delightfully playful series of photographs. He captures the adorable, the pampered, the well–dressed, and the glamorous pooches of the world from Beverly Hills to Aspen to New York City to Paris. With dalmatians sunbathing at the Beverly Hills Hotel, Saint Bernards perfectly perched on Aspen chairlifts, and poodles taking a joyride in a vintage Corvette, this iconic book is filled with joy and puppy love. This never–before–published collection will include images from the following locations: Beverly Hills Hotel; New York City; Aspen; Parker; Nantucket; Palm Beach; San Diego; Paris; London.

Gray Malin is a fine–art photographer and a New York Times bestselling author of Coastal, Beaches, Italy, Escape, A World of Opposites, Be Our Guest!, and Gray Malin: Signed Collector’s Edition. His work hangs in homes across the world and can be found in both private and public collections. He lives in the West Hollywood area of Los Angeles with his husband and dog.

SELLING POINTS

BESTSELLING AUTHOR: Malin’s books have sold more than 360,000 copies since the publication of Beaches in 2016. He has gone on to publish four successful titles on the Abrams adult list. His most recent publication, Gray Malin: Coastal, was published in Spring 2023 and has sold more than 18,000 copies.

FAN

FAVORITE: Gray’s dog images are already fan and media favorites! He was recently featured in a segment on Good Morning America following his process for shooting the Aspen Dogs series, which gained a lot of attention and pickup, and he has a massive following of 533,000 on Instagram and 3.4 million views monthly on Pinterest.

EVERYBODY LOVES DOGS: Abrams has a long history of successful dog publishing, with Tim Flach’s Dogs selling more than 96,000 copies. This book shows us dogs as we’ve never seen them before in a high–fashion, fun, and timeless take on man’s best friend.

SPECIFICATIONS

*Full-color photographs throughout *208 pages

*WIDTH: 13" - 330mm

*HEIGHT: 10" - 254mm

*Hardcover POB

PUB MONTH: OCTOBER

PHOTOGRAPHY, PETS

ISBN 978-1-4197-6923-8

US $45.00 CAN $57.00 UK £35.00

ËxHSLELJy769238z

CARTON QTY: 6

ebook ISBN 979-8-88707-527-3

Manhattan Skyline

THE CITY UNFOLDS

BY LAURENT DEQUICK, FOREWORD BY ADAM GOPNIK

An incredible accordion–folded gift book that features a panoramic portrait of the island of Manhattan, seen from both the East River and the Hudson River

RIGHTS: World English

SELLING POINTS

UNIQUE FORMAT: The book is a truly special object—an accordion–folded sequence of pages printed on both sides, inserted into a sturdy slipcase. Fully extended, it would be 125 feet long!

UNIQUE PERSPECTIVE: New York City as you’ve never seen it before, in an ingenious and luxe gift–book format.

UNIQUE GIFT: For anyone who has visited or dreams of visiting New York, this book is a one–of–a–kind keepsake, featuring Laurent Dequick’s magnificent panoramic photographs.

SPECIFICATIONS

*100 full-color photographs

*120 pages

*WIDTH: 13" - 330mm

*HEIGHT: 9 1/2" - 241mm

*Hardcover with slipcase

PUB MONTH: OCTOBER PHOTOGRAPHY, TRAVEL

ISBN 978-1-4197-7772-1

The Manhattan skyline has always held a unique allure in the world’s imagination. At street level, the scale of the city is dynamic and shifting, from towering skyscrapers to intimate pocket parks and older side streets. At a certain distance, the outline of the city is revealed. Traveling the length of Manhattan by boat, along the two rivers that surround the island, photographer Laurent Dequick shows us the city unfurling in a spectacular accordion–folded book. On one side of the book we follow along a continuous panoramic view from the Hudson River; on the other we take in the view from the East River.

Manhattan Skyline reveals a new look at New York City, featuring stunning photographs alongside captions to identify key landmarks and an index of the main buildings and districts. A foreword by Adam Gopnik sets the stage.

Photographer Laurent Dequick is an architect by training. He is fascinated with contemporary cities whose flow, human movement, and architecture come together to create living spaces. He is one of the leading photographers of YellowKorner gallery, with more than 90 locations around the world. He’s published Rooftop Paris (2022) and Grand Canal (Éditions du Chêne) (2019), an accordion–style book depicting the two banks of the Grand Canal of Venice. Adam Gopnik, a staff writer at TheNew Yorker since 1986, is the author of several bestselling books, including Paris to the Moon, The Table Comes First, and At the Stranger’s Gate: Arrivals in New York. He has won the National Magazine Award for Essays and for Criticism three times, as well as the George Polk Award for Magazine Reporting, and the Canadian National Magazine Award Gold Medal for arts writing.

US $60.00 CAN $75.00 UK £45.00 ËxHSLELJy777721z

CARTON QTY: 4

RIGHTS: World/All

Picturing Black History

PHOTOGRAPHS AND STORIES THAT CHANGED THE WORLD

EDITED BY DANIELA EDMEIER, DAMARIUS JOHNSON, NICHOLAS B. BREYFOGLE, AND STEVEN CONN, IN COLLABORATION WITH GETTY IMAGES

A groundbreaking collection of photographs and essays that shed new light on the history of Black America, from the Picturing Black History project

Picturing Black History uncovers untold stories and rarely seen images of the Black experience, providing new context around culturally significant moments, as part of an ongoing collaborative effort between Getty Images, Origins: Current Events in Historical Perspective, and the History Departments at The Ohio State and Miami Universities.

Created by a growing collective of professional historians, art historians, Black Studies scholars, and photographers, this book contains rousing, vibrant essays paired with rarely–seen photographs that expand our understanding of Black history. Picturing Black History embraces the power of visual storytelling to relay little–known stories of oppression and resistance, perseverance and resilience, freedom, dreams, imagination, and joy within the United States and around the world.

This book furthers an ongoing dialogue on the significance of Black history and Black life, sharing new perspectives on the current status of prejudice and discrimination bias with a wider audience. Picturing Black History embraces the power of academic learning and scholarship to recontextualize and dispel prejudices, while uncovering, digitizing, and preserving new archival materials to amplify a more inclusive visual landscape.

Daniela Edmeier is a Managing Editor of PBH. She is a PhD Candidate in History at The Ohio State University, where she studies immigration, race and ethnicity, and settler colonialism in French Algeria. Damarius Johnson is a PhD Student at The Ohio State University. He is a public historian whose research examines intersecting traditions of Black museum–building in the United States and West Africa. Nicholas B. Breyfogle is a co–editor of the online magazines Origins: Current Events in Historical Perspective and Picturing Black History and Associate Professor of History at The Ohio State University and Director of the Harvey Goldberg Center for Excellence in Teaching. Steven Conn is a co–editor of the online magazines Origins: Current Events in Historical Perspective and Picturing Black History and W. E. Smith Professor of History, Miami University.

SELLING POINTS

TIMELY TOPIC: Picturing Black History emerged in the wake of national and international Black Lives Matter protests following the murder of George Floyd. Antiracist efforts have continued to thrive across the US, and this book will be a vibrantly illustrated resource for all who are interested in continuing their pursuit of knowledge as power.

FANTASTIC PARTNERS:

The Picturing Black History project currently enjoys the backing and support of the Comms teams at Ohio State and Miami Universities, the broader Origins network, and Getty Images. These teams will coordinate press releases, ensure author and editor availability for media interviews, and plan social media posts at multiple controlled accounts. Getty Images have been collaborative, effective promoters for our Slim Aarons books and will do the same here.

INSIGHTFUL, ORIGINAL ANALYSIS: PBH is supported and managed by scholars and industry professionals from the Ohio State and Miami University departments of history and Getty Images. The project has published dozens of essays online, building a growing following. The book will expand some of the most impactful content available online with additional images and analysis and also provide completely exclusive essays and images.

SPECIFICATIONS

*150 black-and-white and color photographs

*320 pages

*WIDTH: 8" - 203mm

*HEIGHT: 10" - 254mm

*Hardcover

PUB MONTH: NOVEMBER

AFRICAN AMERICAN HISTORY & CULTURE, PHOTOGRAPHY, NONFICTION, ART

ISBN 978-1-4197-6955-9

US $40.00 CAN $50.00 UK £30.00

ËxHSLELJy769559z

ebook ISBN 979-8-88707-094-0

RIGHTS: World/All

Courtside

40 YEARS OF NBA PHOTOGRAPHY

BY NATHANIEL S. BUTLER; WITH DAVE MCMENAMIN, FOREWORDS BY ADAM SILVER AND PATRICK EWING; AFTERWORD BY SPIKE LEE

40 years of stunning basketball

photography—both on the court and off— from one of the sports’ greatest document chroniclers

As one of the NBA’s premier photographers, Nathaniel S. Butler has shot it all. From iconic moments like Ray Allen’s corner three to intimate portraits of Bill Russell and the NBA50 and NBA75 teams to Michael Jordan and Kobe Bryant and Steph Curry clinching championships, if it was a history–making basketball moment, Butler was there. Courtside: 40 Years of NBA Photography is a stunning photographic collection spanning the first four decades of Butler’s career, including the current draft class’s rookie season. With commentary from NBA legends across generations, including Patrick Ewing, Steph Curry, Jeremy Lin, and Victor Wembanyama, it is the insider look at the National Basketball Association and the man whose photographs have helped define its rise.

Nathaniel Butler, one of the founding members of NBA Photos, has been photographing and documenting basketball since 1984. For the past 40 years, Butler’s imagery of the sport has been on posters in childhood bedrooms, on trading cards treasured by collectors, and is now shared with millions across the NBA’s various social media platforms. Dave McMenamin is an NBA reporter, New York Times bestselling co–author of Return of the King: LeBron James, the Cleveland Cavaliers and the Greatest Comeback in NBA History, and has contributed to several ESPN platforms Adam Silver was appointed NBA commissioner on Feb. 1, 2014. He presides over a global sports and media business built around five professional sports leagues. Silver was named Sports Business Journal’s Executive of the Decade. He was also named to TIME’s 100 Most Influential People and Fortune’s World’s 50 Greatest Leaders. Patrick Ewing is an inductee to both the Naismith Memorial Basketball Hall of Fame and US Olympic Hall of Fame. He was an 11–time NBA All–Star and a seven–time member of the All–NBA team. Spike Lee is an Academy Award–winning director, producer, and screenwriter known for She‘s Gotta Have It, BlacKkKlansman, and many other films. He has also been nominated for four additional Academy Awards, won two BAFTAs and two Emmys, and was the recipient of an Academy Honorary Award.

SELLING POINTS

UNPRECEDENTED ACCESS: As a founding member of the NBA Photos Department, author Nat Butler has been around for some of the biggest moments in basketball history. His connections to both league insiders and players will make for incredible coverage.

MAJOR CONTRIBUTORS:

Forewords from Knicks legend Patrick Ewing and NBA commissioner Adam Silver and an afterword by Academy Award–winning director Spike Lee reflect on Butler’s incredible body of work and contributions to the sport.

COMMENTARY FROM LEAGUE LEGENDS: NBA stars from across the generations will lend their voices to the book, commenting on iconic moments in their careers and the images that have defined the sport.

TREASURE TROVE OF PHOTOS: Shooting the NBA for five decades has left Nat Butler with a massive archive of photos of Bill Russell, Kareem Abdul–Jabbar, Magic Johnson, Michael Jordan, Lebron James, Steph Curry, and everyone in between.

LEAGUE SUPPORT: Nat Butler’s decades–long relationship with the league presents us with many opportunities for promotion and support.

SPECIFICATIONS

*200 full-color illustrations throughout *288 pages

*WIDTH: 9" - 229mm

*HEIGHT: 10 7/8" - 276mm

*Hardcover with jacket

PUB MONTH: SEPTEMBER

ISBN 978-1-4197-6284-0

US $55.00 CAN $69.00 UK £40.00

CARTON QTY: 6

ebook ISBN 979-8-88707-515-0

RIGHTS: World/All

Feed the Planet

A PHOTOGRAPHIC JOURNEY TO THE WORLD'S FOOD PHOTOGRAPHS BY

GEORGE STEINMETZ; TEXT BY JOEL K. BOURNE

JR.;

FOREWORD

BY MICHAEL POLLAN

Acclaimed photographer George Steinmetz documents the awesome global effort that puts food on our tables and transforms the surface of the Earth

Do you know where your food comes from? To find out, photographer George Steinmetz spent a decade traveling to more than 36 countries, 24 US states, and 5 oceans documenting global food systems. In striking aerial images, he captures the massive scale of 21st–century agriculture that has sculpted 40 percent of the Earth’s landmass. He explores the farming of staples like wheat and rice, the cultivation of vegetables and fruits, fishing and aquaculture, and meat production, showing us both traditional farming in diverse cultures and vast agribusinesses that fuel international trade. From Kansas wheat fields to a shrimp cocktail’s origins in India to cattle stations in Australia larger than some countries, Steinmetz tracks the foods on the world’s tables back to land and sea, field and factory.

With text by veteran environmental journalist Joel K. Bourne Jr., Feed the Planet brings the impact of visual images, accompanied by clear explanations and accurate information, to one of humanity’s deepest needs, greatest pleasures, and most pressing challenges: Bringing nutritious and sustainably produced food to the Earth's growing population.

George Steinmetz is an award–winning documentary photographer whose large–scale projects on pressing global issues have been published in National Geographic magazine, the New York Times, and many other leading publications. His books for Abrams include The Human Planet (2020), New York Air (2015), Desert Air (2012), Empty Quarter (2009), and African Air (2008). He lives in New Jersey with his wife, journalist Lisa Bannon. Joel K. Bourne Jr. is an award–winning environmental journalist and the author of The End of Plenty: The Race to Feed a Crowded World (2015). He is a former Senior Editor for the Environment at National Geographic magazine, where he remains a frequent contributor covering agriculture, energy, and environmental issues around the globe. He lives with his family in Wilmington, North Carolina. Michael Pollan is the author, most recently, of This Is Your Mind on Plants (2021) and How to Change Your Mind (2018). His Omnivore’s Dilemma (2006) forever changed the way readers thought about food. He lives in Berkeley.

SELLING POINTS

EPIC VISUAL JOURNEY: Extraordinary images, ranging from grand landscapes to compelling close–ups, reveal the distant and often hidden sources of the foods we eat.

GLOBAL PERSPECTIVE: A comprehensive view of world food production, based on travels to 30 countries on six continents, offers insights into cuisines, cultures, and international trade.

INFORMED FOOD CHOICES:

Empowers readers to make informed decisions about their lives, fostering a deeper understanding of the impact of their food choices on their own lives and the future health and prosperity of the Earth.

HUGE SOCIAL MEDIA REACH:

George Steinmetz has 1.1 million Instagram followers for his main account and 200,000 followers for his @feedtheplanet account.

SPECIFICATIONS

*250 full-color images

*256 pages

*WIDTH: 11" - 279mm

*HEIGHT: 11 1/2" - 292mm

*Hardcover with jacket

PUB MONTH: OCTOBER

PHOTOGRAPHY, FOOD & DRINK, NATURE

ISBN 978-1-4197-7426-3

US $60.00 CAN $75.00 UK £45.00

ËxHSLELJy774263z

CARTON QTY: 6

ebook ISBN 979-8-88707-530-3

RIGHTS: North America

Webb's Universe

THE SPACE TELESCOPE IMAGES THAT REVEAL OUR COSMIC HISTORY

BY MAGGIE ADERIN-POCOCK

The definitive and most up–to–date book on the James Webb Space Telescope, including its stunning images, written by pioneering space expert Dr. Maggie Aderin–Pocock

With mind–blowingly detailed images from the world’s most powerful telescope, Webb’s Universe reveals the depths of our cosmos in all its jaw–dropping beauty. The first stunningly clear images of the very depths of the universe using James Webb’s groundbreaking infrared technology were released in July 2022, forever changing the way we see and understand the origins of our existence. From the never–before–seen bright stars surrounding the cosmic cliffs of the Carina Nebula to the intricate details of dying stars to the first detection of a crucial carbon molecule, which forms the foundations of life as we know it, Webb continues to amaze us and inform us in equal measure.

Bringing her passion as well as her expert knowledge of space and Webb in particular, Dr. Maggie Aderin–Pocock demystifies these stunning images and breaks down the essential science behind each picture, explaining what we’re seeing and learning from the world’s most powerful space telescope.

Dr. Maggie Aderin–Pocock MBE is a space scientist, science communicator, and presenter of the BBC’s The Sky at Night. She completed a degree in physics at Imperial College London, where she first realized her love of space telescopes, and went on to specialize in optics, which later formed part of her PhD. After helping to build a spectrograph for Gemini South, one of the biggest telescopes in the world, she continued to work on telescope instruments, including one for JWST. She is president–elect of the British Science Association and an honorary research associate of UCL’s Department of Physics and Astronomy. She is the author of numerous books on space, including The Book of the Moon (Abrams Image).

SELLING POINTS

PREMIER SPACE

PHOTOGRAPHS: Beautiful, fully illustrated book featuring the most up–to–date images from the world’s largest and most powerful telescope.

NOTABLE AUTHOR: Dr. Maggie Aderin–Pocock is a pioneering figure in communicating science to the public. She was an integral member of the team that worked on the James Webb Space Telescope, for which she created an optical subsystem. She is available for PR. In March 2023, Mattel released a space scientist and educator Barbie doll modeled after Maggie.

STRONG CATEGORY: Similar space titles like Cosmigraphics, Beyond, and Hubble Legacy: 30 Years of Discoveries and Images have experienced great success.

SPECIFICATIONS

*100 full-color images

*224 pages

*WIDTH: 8 1/2" - 216mm

*HEIGHT: 11" - 279mm

*Hardcover with jacket PUB MONTH: OCTOBER PHOTOGRAPHY, NATURE

ISBN 978-1-4197-7469-0

US $40.00 CAN $50.00 ËxHSLELJy774690z

CARTON QTY: 8 ebook ISBN 979-8-88707-526-6

RIGHTS: North America

The Backyard Stargazer's Bible

DISCOVER CONSTELLATIONS, GALAXIES, NEBULAE, METEORITES, AND MORE FOREWORD BY

DR. STEPHAN MARAN; WRITTEN BY IAN RIDPATH, MARY MCINTYRE, AND RACHEL FEDERMAN

A comprehensive and eye–catching reference book for backyard stargazers of all levels

The Backyard Stargazer’s Bible is the fifth title in this stunning and engaging series, and the perfect companion to The Backyard Birdwatcher’s Bible. It is packed with everything you need to follow the progress of constellations, night sky events, and celestial facts. And the best part—the night sky is open to everyone, everywhere, for free. A sumptuous aesthetic is paired with tips from experts at the Royal Greenwich Observatory on charting lunar phases and celestial events, notable astronomical anniversaries and facts, the best equipment for stargazing, and particular events for your location, complete with maps and more. Never miss a night sky event wherever you are; go meteor–spotting; and track phases of the moon, constellations, and planetary events. Discover Dark Sky Sites and what we can learn from reducing light pollution. Get to know the Moon’s features and phases, constellations, comets, and more. With this book, you’ll embrace the magnificent splendor of the rich tapestry of the skies above.

Dr. Stephen Maran is a senior advisor with the American Astronomical Society and a fellow of both the American Association for the Advancement of Science and the Royal Astronomical Society. He is an astronomer and author with 35 years experience at NASA, and the author and editor of 12 books and over 100 popular articles on astronomy and space exploration. Ian Ridpath is an internationally renowned writer on astronomy and space. He is editor of the authoritative Oxford Dictionary of Astronomy and author of a widely used series of night sky guides for beginners. He is based in London, England. Mary McIntyre is an astronomer, astrophotographer, artist, and author, who is passionate about astronomy outreach and ensuring inclusion for all in the joy of stargazing. She has appeared on BBCTV’s The Sky at Night and is a cohost of Comet Watch on Astronomy FM radio and Space Oddities Live YouTube panel show. McIntyre is based near Oxford, England. Rachel Federman is a writer, environmental activist, and nonprofit consultant who has written over 20 nonfiction books for adults and children. She lives in New York City.

SELLING POINTS

GIFT BOOK OPPORTUNITY: A great, substantial birthday present, a perfect for holiday gift, or a great self–purchase.

PERFECT FOR NEWBIES AND DIE–HARD FANS ALIKE: Offers hard–working yet accessible text, step–by–step instructions, and clear and engaging illustrations, maps, diagrams, and projects. There’s also an identification guide to constellations, lunar phases, planetary events, and more, for all knowledge levels.

TRENDING TOPIC: This book fits into the trends of going back to nature, foraging, bird–watching, hiking, and stargazing that have spiked in recent years. The discoveries of the James Webb Space Telescope have also sparked renewed interest in the night sky.

SUCCESSFUL SERIES: Fifth in the iconic series, following The Beekeeper’s Bible, The Botanical Bible, The Backyard Birdwatcher’s Bible, and The Backyard Chicken Keeper’s Bible, The Backyard Stargazer’s Bible will feature the most comprehensive information there is to know about stargazing, all in a gorgeous and impressive package.

SPECIFICATIONS

*1,000 full-color illustrations

*416 pages

*WIDTH: 9 7/10" - 246mm

*HEIGHT: 7 2/5" - 188mm

*Hardcover POB

PUB MONTH: SEPTEMBER

NATURE, PHOTOGRAPHY, NONFICTION

ISBN 978-1-4197-7388-4

US $40.00 CAN $50.00

ËxHSLELJy773884z

CARTON QTY: 8

ebook ISBN 979-8-88707-295-1

RIGHTS: North America

Iris Apfel: Colorful

A TREASURE TROVE OF INSPIRATION, INFLUENCES, AND IDEAS

BY IRIS APFEL

Fashion icon Iris Apfel shares her philosophy for living, unique perspective on design, and the key moments that shaped her life, along with 300 photographs from her personal collection

In the summer of 2023, as Iris Apfel welcomed her 102nd birthday, she put pen to paper to write this project, which she called her legacy book. “This is not a book of secrets—I have no secrets. Sorry to disappoint if that’s what you’re looking for. I have some good stories, though. And a few ideas. This book is about living, creating, and color. Because creativity and color matter. I don’t want you to dress like me or think like me—that’s not the idea of this book. I want you to find the colors, confidence, and creative inspiration that reflect you. My life has been filled with love, wonder, and a very deep, incurable curiosity. This book is my treasure trove of inspiration, influences, and ideas: My source. Be brave. Find your source. What makes you happy? —Much love, Iris x”

With more than 300 personal photos and adorned with beautiful, unseen fabric patterns from Iris’s Old World Weaver’s collection, Iris Apfel: Colorful has her incredible energy radiating from every page. Here she shares her creative work, life stories, adventures, and unwavering belief in the essential power of color and creativity on a life well lived.

Iris Apfel (August 29, 1921–March 1, 2024), the renowned American businesswoman, interior designer, and fashion icon, was also a prolific collector of and authority on antique textiles. In 1950, she, with her husband, Carl, founded Old World Weavers. She was a consultant to the White House and produced fabric that still hangs in the Gold Room today. In 2005, the Costume Institute at The Met staged Rara Avis, an exhibit of her clothing and accessories, making her the first living person who was not a fashion designer to be so honored. In 2014, she was the subject of Albert Maysles’s award–winning film Iris. An associate professor at the University of Texas, she was the recipient of numerous awards, including a special award from the Women Together Foundation at the United Nations. In 2018, at the age of ninety–six, she was the oldest person to be turned into a Barbie doll. In 2023, at the age of 102, Iris wrote Iris Apfel: Colorful, to be published by Abrams in August 2024, in celebration of what would have been her 103rd birthday.

SELLING POINTS

SOCIAL MEDIA STAR: Iris Apfel was beloved by many, as evident to the thousands of social media tributes highlighting her life and career. She continues to have huge name recognition and a massive social media platform— 3 million Instagram followers, 1 million–plus Facebook followers, and 39,000 Twitter followers.

FAMOUS FRIENDS: Iris Apfel was friends with Tommy Hilfiger, Ruven Afanador, Donna Karan, Christie Brinkley, Katie Holmes, and more—all of whom are on board to promote this book and share their stories about Iris.

IRIS’S LEGACY: Publishing in Fall 2024, this book is a commemoration to Iris’s spirit and enduring legacy, and will be published on what would have been her 103rd birthday.

SPECIFICATIONS

*300 full-color images

*288 pages

*WIDTH: 7 7/16" - 189mm

*HEIGHT: 9 11/16" - 246mm

*Hardcover POB

PUB MONTH: AUGUST

ISBN 978-1-4197-7660-1

US $50.00 CAN $63.00

ËxHSLELJy776601z

CARTON QTY: 10

ebook ISBN 979-8-88707-391-0

Glamour: An Extraordinary History

85 YEARS OF WOMEN BREAKING BOUNDARIES

BY THE EDITORS OF GLAMOUR

A visually captivating history of the evolution of Glamour magazine and the brand’s legendary 85 years at the forefront of female empowerment

For more than 80 years, Glamour has been the preeminent women’s empowerment brand in America. But until now, no one has told the extraordinary story of its origins, the famous names who helped shape the magazine into the global powerhouse it is today, and Glamour’s many historic firsts. Glamour was the first American fashion magazine to feature a Black cover star, the first to present Gloria Steinem’s writing, and the first to feature groundbreaking reporting on reproductive rights. In a gripping journey, follow the group of women editors and journalists who spearheaded the magazine as World War II transformed the female landscape—with over 7.5 million working women suddenly in the US workforce in 1940—and repositioned the title from charting Hollywood glamour to the magazine “for the girl with a job.” It became, in the words of Condé Nast himself, “a periodical devoted to the life of our day.”

Chronicled visually and narratively through historic and modern–day Glamour covers, stunning photographs, editorial features, and never–before–seen correspondence from the Condé Nast archives, Glamour: An Extraordinary History will chart the evolution of the magazine from its inception just months before World War II began in 1939 (Glamour was the only magazine created by Condé Nast himself) to today as an unparalleled testament to trailblazing women.

Glamour is one of the biggest women’s brands in the world, reaching an all–time high of over 37 million people a month. Glamour believes in the power of women being themselves and stands with women as they do their own thing: honestly, authentically, and awesomely. Glamour is the ultimate authority for the next generation of change–makers.

RIGHTS: World/All

SELLING POINTS

POWERHOUSE MEDIA BRAND: With a collective social media reach of over 35 million followers globally and 16 million in the United States, Glamour is one of the biggest fashion and beauty media brands in the world.

NOTABLE

CONTRIBUTORS: Glamour: An Extraordinary History will feature images from some of the most prominent photographers of our times, including John Rawlings, David Bailey, Ellen von Unwerth, Emma Summerton, Firooz Zahedi, Frances McLaughlin–Gill, Frank Horvat, Gillian Laub, Horst P.Horst, Kennedi Carter, Mark Abrahams, Miguel Reveriego, Norman Jean Roy, Norman Parkinson, Pamela Hanson, Peggy Sirota, Terry Tsiolis, Walter Chin, Wayne Maser, Toni Frissell, and Shaniqwa Jarvis. It will also feature interviews and recollections from historic cover stars, former staff writers, and Glamour editors–in–chief from past and present.

SUCCESSFUL TRACK: We have had great success with our previous Glamour book and other Condé Nast titles; the first Glamour book net over 40,000 copies and continues to backlist, and our numerous Vogue titles have sold more than 300,000 copies.

SPECIFICATIONS

*150 color images

*336 pages

*WIDTH: 9" - 229mm

*HEIGHT: 10 7/8" - 276mm

*Hardcover POB

PUB MONTH: OCTOBER

PHOTOGRAPHY, POP CULTURE, WOMEN'S HISTORY, FASHION

ISBN 978-1-4197-6705-0

US $50.00 CAN $63.00 UK £35.00

ËxHSLELJy767050z

CARTON QTY: 6

ebook ISBN 979-8-88707-523-5

The Handbag Book

400 DESIGNER BAGS THAT CHANGED FASHION BY SOPHIE GACHET; FOREWORD BY INES DE LA FRESSANGE

A luxe and definitive guide to 400 luxury handbags by the world’s leading fashion designers and couture houses

Luxury handbags account for almost a third of global luxury sales alone, and are both an aspiration and addiction for many. From Hermés’s priceless Birkin bag to Chanel’s coveted flap bags that have been prevalent since the 1950s, to Fendi’s instantly recognizable Baguette bag, it is no surprise why these incredible purses are often considered symbols of luxury and status due to their high–quality craftsmanship.

The Handbag Book: 400 Essential Designer Bags is a look back at 400 of the most famous handbags designed by the great names in fashion. With stunning spreads, photographs of the handbags, and introductory text for each style, it is the authority on high–end fashion. In addition, this tome also includes backgrounds on the designers, stories of how certain styles became cemented into the fashion lexicon, tips on how to identify a counterfeit, a look at the increasing popularity of second–hand bags, and even behind–the–scenes looks into how these handbags are made.

Featured designers include Acne Studios, Alexander Mcqueen, Bottega Veneta, Christian Louboutin, Coach, Dior, Dolce & Gabbana, Giorgio Armani, Givenchy, Isabel Marant, Judith Leiber, Miu Miu, Saint Laurent, Vanessa Bruno, and more.

Fashion journalist Sophie Gachet has traveled the world’s fashion weeks for ELLE magazine from 1998 to 2019. She is a co–author with Ines de la Fressange of the bestselling book La Parisienne, the last edition of which sold more than 15,000 copies in France alone. She has written five books with la Fressange published by Flammarion. Her expert eye has allowed her to select 400 essential models to produce this exceptional book.

RIGHTS: World English

SELLING POINTS

GREAT GIFT APPEAL: This comprehensive handbag encyclopedia will appeal to both handbag collectors who think they know it all and new fashion lovers who want to know more. With a wealth of stunning photographs, detailed analysis, historical context, and portraits of key designers, this book will bring new, irresistible content to an audience that has spending power!

MAJOR FASHION BRANDS: The book includes coveted handbags from major accessory brands including Chanel, Prada, Louis Vuitton, Hermes, Dior, Celine, and Bottega Veneta.

LUXURY FASHION BOOKS SELL: Since their initial ascent into high fashion, designer handbags have only continued to grow in popularity and prestige. Louis Vuitton: The Birth of Modern Luxury has now sold more than 180,000 copies since 2012 and continues to backlist impressively.

SPECIFICATIONS

*300 full-color images

*480 pages

*WIDTH: 8 1/4" - 210mm

*HEIGHT: 11 1/5" - 284mm

*Hardcover POB

PUB MONTH: OCTOBER FASHION, DESIGN & DECORATING, PHOTOGRAPHY

ISBN 978-1-4197-7819-3

US $85.00 CAN $107.00 UK £60.00

Brooklyn Tweed’s Knit and Crochet Blankets

PROJECTS TO STITCH FOR HOME AND AWAY

BY JARED FLOOD, BROOKLYN TWEED

Knitters’ and crocheters’ favorite yarn–maker Brooklyn Tweed partners with some of the best designers working today to offer more than 20 patterns for making the perfect blanket or afghan

What could be more delightful than cuddling up under a handmade blanket? In this book, Brooklyn Tweed founder Jared Flood presents irresistible patterns for making blankets and afghans, large and small. Each chapter presents dozens of cozy designs that range in complexity, style, and size; no matter your aesthetic or skill level, there’s a blanket here you’ll want to make. Brooklyn Tweed is one of the top knitwear design houses and yarn brands in the United States, focused on sustainability, ethical practices, and US–based production. For the book, they’ve gathered a star–studded list of contributors, including Ainur Berkimbayeva, Aistė Butkevičienė, Amy van de Laar, Boann Petersen, Emma Ducher, Hiroka Shinokawa, Joanna Ignatius, Lis Smith, Meri Tanaka, Orlane Sucche, Pauliina Leisti, Rastus Hsu, Scott Rohr, Seth Richardson, Stefanie Sichler, Tokuko Ochiai, and Vincent Williams Jr. The result is a dazzling array of colors, patterns, and blankets from which to choose—you may not be able to resist making them all.

Jared Flood founded Brooklyn Tweed as a blog for knitters in 2005, and has since grown the company into a maker of sustainable, breed–specific American yarn and a standard–setting knitting design house. Brooklyn Tweed connects handknitters to their materials by creating timeless wool yarns and patterns that support textile production in the US.

RIGHTS: World/All

SELLING POINTS

POPULAR FAVORITE: Brooklyn Tweed is one of the fastest growing and most popular yarn brands in the US. Knitters and crocheters are always eagerly awaiting new patterns and seasonal yarn collections.

POWERHOUSE PLATFORM: Brooklyn Tweed boasts a fanbase of more than 175,000 Instagram followers, 38,000 Facebook fans, and more than 50,000 newsletter subscribers. Their yarns are currently sold at 77 stockists in the US and 32 internationally; for a complete list, see: brooklyntweed.com/pages/retail–stockists.

BIG OPPORTUNITY: Brooklyn Tweed’s Knit and Crochet Blankets follows in the footsteps of fiber arts bestseller Comfort Knitting and Crochet (STC, now out of print after selling more than 30,000 copies). This craft category is currently under–published, and makers are clamoring for new patterns and ideas.

SPECIFICATIONS

*175 photos plus supporting charts *192 pages

*WIDTH: 8 1/2" - 216mm

*HEIGHT: 9 1/2" - 241mm

*Paperback with flaps PUB MONTH: SEPTEMBER CRAFT, NONFICTION, DESIGN & DECORATING ISBN 978-1-4197-6847-7

US $24.99 CAN $31.99 UK £18.99

ËxHSLELJy768477z

CARTON QTY: 16 ebook ISBN 979-8-88707-045-2

The Ribbon Studio

INSPIRING GIFTS AND CRAFT PROJECTS FOR EVERY OCCASION

BY STUDIO CARTA; TEXT BY C. MCCRACKEN, DESIGNS BY S. STODDARD & L. MURPHY

Learn how to make more than a dozen ribbon accessories, ribbon home décor items, and gift embellishments with this DIY guide from famed ribbon–maker and creative designer Studio Carta

Most people think of ribbons for wrapping presents. But the wonderful colors and Italian cotton fabric of Studio Carta’s exclusive ribbons lend themselves to DIY projects for gifts, home decor, ornaments, and more. This book captures Studio Carta’s sophisticated signature look and presents a collection of crafts inspired by (and made with) its lovely ribbons. Silke Stoddard and Laura Murphy, both longtime Martha Stewart Living collaborators, have designed more than a dozen ribbon confections, including bows, present toppers, and little accessories. From simple DIYs to more elaborate embellishments, each project is an affordable luxury, as is the book itself: a perfect gift filled with wrapping secrets to make all of your gifts perfect, too.

Studio Carta is renowned for its ribbons and accessories and its collaborations with designers all over the world.

Coco McCracken is a writer, photographer, and social media strategist whose clients include Indigo Arts Alliance, Colby College, the Lunder Institute, Sanita Clogs, and Drizly. She is based in Portland, Maine. Designer Silke Stoddard was editor at Martha Stewart Living for more than 20 years. She lives in Katonah, New York. Laura Murphy’s work has appeared in Domino, AD, and Food52; she works with the Morgan Library & Museum, David Zwirner Gallery, the Barnes Foundation, and the Royal Academy of Arts. She lives in Hingham, Massachusetts.

RIGHTS: World/All

SELLING POINTS

LUXE BRAND: Like Hermes leather goods, Studio Carta ribbons are beloved classics. Martha Stewart Living (seven million readers) has been highlighting Studio Carta and its products for seven years running.

DESIGN FAVORITE: Studio Carta is the ribbon of choice for couture, sought after by fashion designers, sewists, wedding designers, and crafters.

NAME RECOGNITION: The ribbons are sold at Anthropologie, Crate & Barrel, and Magnolia, as well as 350 retailers in the US and more than 45 internationally. See the complete list here: studiocartashop.com/pages/store locator.

SPECIFICATIONS

*110 full-color illustrations

*176 pages

*WIDTH: 7" - 178mm

*HEIGHT: 9" - 203mm

*Hardcover POB

PUB MONTH: NOVEMBER CRAFT, DESIGN & DECORATING

ISBN 978-1-4197-7288-7

US $35.00 CAN $44.00 UK £25.00 ËxHSLELJy772887z ebook ISBN 979-8-88707-250-0

The Art of Marvel Studios’ What If...?

BY PAUL DAVIES; INTRODUCTION BY BRAN WINDERBAUM; AFTERWORD BY BRYAN ANDREWS

The official behind–the–scenes art book for Marvel Studios’ Emmy Award–nominated Disney+ animated series What If...?

The Art of Marvel Studios’ What If . . .? takes fans behind the scenes of Marvel Studios’ first animated series. Reimagining famous events from the MCU in unexpected ways, and featuring a voice cast that includes Hayley Atwell, Tom Hiddleston, Chadwick Boseman, and many other stars reprising their roles from the films, the Emmy Award–nominated What If...? creates alternate worlds from the ones you know and opens up a plethora of vast new realities

With each story, the Watcher (Jeffrey Wright) acts as a guide through these various timelines and raises such questions as: What if Ultron successfully defeated the Avengers and acquired the Infinity Stones? What if Peggy Carter was injected with super soldier serum instead of Steve Rogers? What if T’Challa became Star–Lord? Filled with striking imagery and a bold color palette, these timelines are brought to life in an animation style that is complimentary to the look and feel of the MCU and features designs by the guiding hand of Ryan Meinerding, giving the series a cohesive look and feel with the films. Through interviews with the animators, designers, producers, and writers of the series, readers will discover everything that goes into translating their favorite heroes and villains from live action to animation and how exciting new possibilities for storytelling can open up if you only ask What If . . . ?

Paul Davies is the author of Marvel’s Spider–Man: The Art of the Game, Marvel Studios’ Eternals: The Art of the Movie, Marvel’s Avengers: The Art of the Game, Marvel’s Midnight Suns: The Art of the Game, and many more bestselling books on video game, film, and television production.

RIGHTS: World English with Exclusions

SELLING POINTS

POWERHOUSE BRAND: Marvel is number one in box–office and licensing revenue year after year, and they’ve carried this success over to the small screen with their original series on Disney+.

HUGE PROMOTIONAL OPPORTUNITIES: Marvel Studios will co–promote at comic cons and across multimedia platforms. The book will publishes in the wake of of What If…?’s second season and ahead of season three.

ALL–STAR CAST: Fan favorite actors from the MCU, including Chadwick Boseman in his Emmy Award–winning final performance as T’Challa, Tom Hiddleston, Hayley Atwell, and many more lend their voices and likenesses to this vividly animated, essential entry in the franchise’s canon.

CRITICALLY ACCLAIMED

SERIES: Marvel Studios’ first foray into animation netted three Emmy nominations and an Annie Award.

SPECIFICATIONS

*350 color illustrations

*272 pages

*WIDTH: 11 1/2" - 292mm

*HEIGHT: 9 1/2" - 241mm

*Hardcover with jacket

PUB MONTH: AUGUST

ART, COMICS, ENTERTAINMENT, POP CULTURE

ISBN 978-1-4197-7094-4

US $50.00 CAN $63.00 UK £35.00

CARTON QTY: 8

Marvel Studios: The Art of Ryan Meinerding

BY TARA BENNETT AND PAUL TERRY; FOREWORD BY KEVIN FEIGE

Marvel Studio’s Head of Visual Development shares the art and innovation behind the creation of the heroes, villains, and fantastical worlds of the Marvel Studios Cinematic Universe, including Meinerding’s original character and conceptual designs for Iron Man, Captain America, Spider–Man, and more!

Marvel Studios’ Head of Visual Development Ryan Meinerding has been a key creative force in designing the look of the beloved Super Heroes and villains of the Marvel Cinematic Universe since the early stages of Iron Man (2008). Marvel Studios: The Art of Ryan Meinerding showcases the artist's singular and iconic vision, from his work–in–progress sketches to his finished illustrations.

Included are:

Character designs for Iron Man

·Keyframe and concept designs for Thor

Concept designs for Captain America’s many suits

Character designs for Marvel’s The Avengers and Avengers: Age of Ultron, created in collaboration with Charlie Wen

Suit and gear designs for Avengers: Endgame, Spider–Man: No Way Home, Black Panther: Wakanda Forever This lavish book includes more than 500 illustrations and provides unprecedented insight into Meinerding’s creative process and his view on the essential collaborations behind contemporary concept and character design.

Tara Bennett is a New York Times bestselling author and entertainment journalist. As an author or coauthor, she's written more than 30 official movie and TV companion books, including: The Art of Avatar: The Way of Water; The Story of Marvel Studios: The Making of the Marvel Cinematic Universe; Sons of Anarchy: The Official Collector's Edition; Outlander: The Series official guides; The Official Making of Big Trouble in Little China; Fringe: September's Notebook (an Amazon Best Book of 2013); and many more. Tara is also the US editor for SFX Magazine, a contributing writer for Syfy Wire, NBC Insider, IGN, Paste, and others, and is a member of the TCA. Paul Terry is a bestselling author, producer, and music artist. He concept–created/wrote the award–winning book series The X–Files: The Official Archives. Terry also co–authored (with Tara Bennett) The Story of Marvel Studios: The Making of the Marvel Cinematic Universe, Fringe: September’s Notebook, and many more official film/TV companions. As a composer, Paul's scores include the multi–award–winning feature documentary Sidney & Friends (which he also executive produced), Dave Stevens: Drawn to Perfection, and NBCUniversal’s Behind the Panel. Under the alias of Aptøsrs, his albums include Elders (mixed by Adam Noble). His other solo project, Cellarscape, includes the Independent Music Award–nominated album The Act of Letting Go.

RIGHTS: World English with exclusions

SELLING POINTS

POWERHOUSE BRAND: Marvel Studios holds the worldwide box office record for films from a single franchise.

HUGE PROMOTIONAL OPPORTUNITIES: Marvel Studios and Ryan Meinerding will co–promote at comic cons and Disney conventions, as well as across multimedia platforms.

STAR DESIGNER: Meinerding, the head of visual development, has been integral in developing character, costume, and keyframe designs for the Marvel Studios Cinematic Universe, from 2008’s Iron Man through 2022’s Thor: Love and Thunder (and beyond!).

EXCLUSIVE WORK–IN–PROGRESS ART: Features never–before–seen concept art at all stages of development, created by Meinerding and his team of artists and designers.

SPECIFICATIONS

*250 color illustrations / 3pc HC case w/faux cloth

*320 pages

*WIDTH: 9" - 229mm

*HEIGHT: 11 7/8" - 302mm

* Hardcover POB

PUB MONTH: OCTOBER

ENTERTAINMENT, FILM, POP CULTURE, ART

ISBN 978-1-4197-3864-7

US $65.00 CAN $82.00 UK £50.00 ËxHSLELJy738647z

CARTON QTY: 6

Umbrella Academy: The Commission Handbook

A COMPLETE COMMISSION GUIDE TO TEMPORAL ANOMALIES

BY MATT EPSTEIN

From the world of Netflix’s Umbrella Academy comes The Commission Handbook, an officially licensed, in–universe guide to protecting the space time continuum

Umbrella Academy: The Commission Handbook gives fans of Netflix’s hit show—based on the Eisner Award–winning Dark Horse comic book series and produced by USG—a chance to step into the shoes of a Commission agent. This secret organization is well known to the show’s fan–favorite character Number Five, a former Commission agent/assassin who regularly references this guide for the skills necessary to ensure the continuity of Earth’s timeline.

Designed to look and feel like an in–universe object, readers will learn about the hazards of time travel, including the symptoms of paradox psychosis; gain insight into the roles of analyst, special operations, and infinite switchboard operator; and read in–depth dossiers on the members of the Umbrella and Sparrow Academies.

Matt Epstein is a writer and author currently residing in Los Angeles, CA. He’s also worked in development for Irish Cowboy Productions, the production company behind Netflix’s Umbrella Academy. If he had the ability to travel back in time, he’d write a better bio for himself. He can be found on Instagram @Mepstein35.

RIGHTS: World/All

SELLING POINTS

TOP NETFLIX SERIES: Umbrella Academy is one of Netflix’s all–time top–ten viewed series, and its highly anticipated third season will be streaming soon.

ENGAGED FAN BASE: The Umbrella Academy Instagram account boasts 3.2 million followers, and fans engage frequently with the content and creators.

MERCH–FRIENDLY AUDIENCE:

From toys and T–shirts to cosplay, the Umbrella Academy fan base is ravenous for officially licensed tie–ins to the property.

SPECIFICATIONS

*Original spot illustrations, charts, and diagrams throughout *152 pages

*WIDTH: 7 1/2" - 191mm

*HEIGHT: 9 3/4" - 248mm

*Hardcover

PUB MONTH: AUGUST

POP CULTURE, COMICS, COLLECTIBLES, ENTERTAINMENT

ISBN 978-1-4197-6563-6

US $35.00 CAN $44.00 UK £26.00 ËxHSLELJy765636z

CARTON QTY: 14

ebook ISBN 979-8-88707-205-0

Nora Ephron at the Movies

A VISUAL CELEBRATION OF THE WRITER AND DIRECTOR BEHIND WHEN HARRY MET SALLY, YOU'VE GOT MAIL, SLEEPLESS IN SEATTLE, AND MORE BY

ILANA KAPLAN;

FOREWORD BY

JASON DIAMOND

The first illustrated monograph on writer, journalist, and director Nora Ephron, the visionary behind When Harry Met Sally, Sleepless in Seattle, and You’ve Got Mail

With her singular voice, Nora Ephron flourished as a dominant force in the entertainment industry, focusing on the idiosyncrasies of romance that were universally relatable. The women in her stories paralleled reality—the veil was lifted, the glossy sheen removed. Her protagonists share an unwavering sense of humor about life’s mishaps, and they never take themselves too seriously—like Julie trying to master the art of cooking lobsters in Julie & Julia, Sally’s theatrical fake orgasm in Katz’s deli in When Harry Met Sally, or Rachel perfecting a key kime pie only to throw it in her cheating husband’s face in Heartburn. Through her keenly self–aware humor and semi–autobiographical stories, Ephron left behind a groundbreaking legacy as a beloved journalist, essayist, screenwriter, author, producer, director, and feminist who delivered stories of resilience embedded in sharp wit and upper–crust landscapes. Through that lens, she became emblematic of rom–coms, shifting and redefining conversations around the complexities of relationships and the women who have them. Nora Ephron at the Movies offers an unfiltered look at Ephron as a champion of the rom–com and as a feminist Hollywood trailblazer. It explores her life and work by pairing detailed criticism with exclusive interviews with Ephron’s key collaborators, including Andie MacDowell and Jenn Kaytin Robinson, to add color and nuance to her life and legacy.

Ilana Kaplan is a freelance writer and culture editor. She has worked for publications including PEOPLE, Alternative Press, The Independent and PAPER. Her work has been published in the New York Times, New York magazine, the Los Angeles Times, Rolling Stone, NPR, GQ, Vanity Fair, Vogue, Pitchfork, Variety, and Billboard. She lives in Brooklyn, New York.

RIGHTS: World/All

SELLING POINTS

GROUNDBREAKING

FILMMAKER: Nora Ephron is universally celebrated as a trailblazing female journalist, writer, and filmmaker. She created a blueprint for subsequent romantic comedies that contemporary filmmakers have built on and expanded. The distinct ’90s aesthetic of her classic films is celebrated via several popular Instagram accounts.

KEY INTERVIEWS: Features exclusive interviews with key collaborators, including Andie MacDowell and Jenn Kaytin Robinson, who worked with Ephron throughout her life, to provide context and nuance to her experiences and films.

SUCCESSFUL SERIES:

Abrams has had a consistently strong sales track for director monographs, and this is an exciting opportunity to add another celebrated female filmmaker to our list.

SPECIFICATIONS

*Full-color images throughout *224 pages

*WIDTH: 9" - 229mm

*HEIGHT: 10 7/8" - 276mm

*Hardcover POB

PUB MONTH: OCTOBER ENTERTAINMENT, BIOGRAPHY, ART

ISBN 978-1-4197-6363-2

US $50.00 CAN $63.00 UK £35.00 ËxHSLELJy763632z

CARTON QTY: 8

ebook ISBN 978-1-64700-766-9

The Magnificent, Magical, Marvelous Mrs. Maisel

THE AUTHORIZED COMPANION TO THE MAKING OF THE ICONIC SERIES

BY EMMA FRASER AND STACEY WILSON HUNT, WITH VARIOUS CONTRIBUTORS

The first and only authorized guide to The Marvelous Mrs. Maisel brings fans behind the scenes with the writers and onto the set with the actors to unpack every season of this Emmy–winning television series

The authorized companion to the Emmy–winning Amazon drama The Marvelous Mrs. Maisel, a show chronicling the adventures (and misadventures) of Midge Maisel in her transformation from fifties housewife to standup comedian. The series starred Rachel Brosnahan and remains beloved for its humor, vibrancy, and portrayal of a woman fighting the odds and the prevailing culture to gain success.

The book covers all five seasons of the show and captures its colorful and authentically vintage atmosphere. Featuring conversations with show creators Amy Sherman–Palladino and Daniel Palladino, and insights from show stars Alex Borstein, Luke Kirby, and Stephanie Hsu, this is a deep dive that includes script extracts, production details, thoughtful analysis, every key place and set (from Coney Island to Carnegie Hall), plus a look inside Midge’s closet, her hair and makeup essentials, thoughts on fame, women in comedy, kitten heels, brisket, shooting a blizzard episode in the heat of summer, and all of the ingredients that combined to make the world of Mrs. Maisel so magical.

Stacey Wilson Hunt is New York magazine’s first Hollywood editor and has written for the New York Times and Vanity Fair, among other outlets.

RIGHTS: World/All

SELLING POINTS

DEFINITIVE GUIDE: The Marvelous Mrs. Maisel became part of the culture in ways few other shows have. More than just a recap, this book is a thoughtful, photo–rich look at the creation of the entire series and is fully authorized by Amazon.

BELOVED SERIES: Vanity Fair described the show as “a treat to watch.” Fans agreed and its end in May 2023 has generated huge nostalgia and attracted a whole new audience via the show’s availability on streaming platforms.

INTELLIGENT AND ICONIC: Mrs. Maisel continues to inspire through lively social media, including 432k Instagram followers and an ocean of online forums. Since the show's conclusion, there has been a steady stream of media coverage, too, from The Guardian, The New Yorker, Town & Country, the New York Times, Vogue, and more.

SPECIFICATIONS

*250 full-color images

*240 pages

*WIDTH: 9" - 229mm

*HEIGHT: 12" - 305mm

* Hardcover POB

PUB MONTH: OCTOBER ENTERTAINMENT, WOMEN'S HISTORY, FASHION

ISBN 978-1-4197-7857-5

US $50.00 CAN $63.00 UK £35.00

ËxHSLELJy778575z

CARTON QTY: 6

ebook ISBN 979-8-88707-639-3

David Cronenberg: Clinical Trials

WRITTEN BY VIOLET LUCCA; ILLUSTRATED BY LITTLE WHITE LIES

An illustrated monograph on the work of legendary writer/director David Cronenberg, master of body horror and cinematic provocateur behind films such as The Fly, Scanners, Naked Lunch, Eastern Promises, and Crimes of the Future

David Cronenberg’s films have long enjoyed a cult following, pushing the boundaries of taste, blending high art with horror, and straddling the commercial and the cutting–edge. Here, the reader will be presented with the familiar and unfamiliar aspects of iconic films such as Videodrome, The Fly, Naked Lunch, and Crash. Though dividing the book into two halves (Freudian and Jungian) suggests a binary, the sections within each will emphasize that this work— and the world itself—is perpetually shifting. The reader will progress through these different stages—and films— and see how the recurrent narrative, cultural, and visual themes loop back and intersect with one another. Rather than a straightforward narrative about a filmmaker, this book will be a dreamlike exploration of all that is Cronenbergian.

Violet Lucca is the VP of digital at Harper’s magazine. She was previously the digital producer at Film Comment, where she started, produced, edited, and hosted their podcast. Her writing has appeared in the New York Times, Art in America, Criterion Current, Sight and Sound, Bust, the Village Voice/L.A. Weekly, and Film Comment. She lives in Brooklyn and shares an intense psychic bond with her two cats, Emmylou and Perkins.

RIGHTS: World/All

SELLING POINTS

GENRE FILMMAKER: David Cronenberg: Clinical Trials marks Abrams’s first foray into body horror, a subgenre with a dedicated and fervent fanbase.

SUCCESSFUL PARTNERSHIP: Abrams and Little White Lies have partnered on five director monographs and are excited to be profiling a horror icon for the first time.

UPCOMING FILM: Cronenberg’s follow–up to the Palme d’Or–nominated Crimes of the Future, The Shrouds, was set to film in 2023, so his name will be in the film zeitgeist and circulating in cult circles for the foreseeable future.

SPECIFICATIONS

*300 color illustrations

*288 pages

*WIDTH: 9" - 229mm

*HEIGHT: 10 7/8" - 276mm

* Hardcover

PUB MONTH: OCTOBER

ENTERTAINMENT, ART, POP CULTURE

ISBN 978-1-4197-7191-0

US $50.00 CAN $63.00 UK £35.00 ËxHSLELJy771910z

ebook ISBN 979-8-88707-505-1

From Convivir • By Rogelio Garcia and Andréa Lawson Gray; Photography by John Troxell

RIGHTS: World/All

Convivir

MODERN MEXICAN CUISINE IN CALIFORNIA'S WINE COUNTRY

BY ROGELIO GARCIA AND ANDRÉA LAWSON GRAY; PHOTOGRAPHY BY JOHN TROXELL

From Michelin–starred chef Rogelio Garcia, a collection of over 150 recipes for vibrant, contemporary Mexican food in the heart of California’s wine country

Convivir, which means “to live together,” celebrates the flavorful interweaving of traditional Mexican cuisine with the agricultural and artisanal abundance of California’s wine country.

Born in Mexico and raised in Northern California, Michelin–starred chef Rogelio Garcia takes inspiration from the local farms, ranches, and sustainable fisheries and showcases his gastronomical heritage with more than 150 delectable recipes, including Sopes with Sonoma Artichokes Three Ways, San Francisco Sourdough Flour Tortillas, Agridulce Chicken Wings with Verde Goddess Dressing, and Lavender Custard Pie with Masa Sucree Crust. In addition to providing basic techniques, recipe variations, wine–pairing suggestions, and curated menus that focus on traditional Mexican holidays, Convivir invites you to come together in the sacred space of a shared table and delight in the rich culinary history of Mexico

Rogelio Garcia is a Michelin–starred Top Chef alum and is short–listed for the James Beard Award for Best Chef: California. He is currently the executive chef at Auro–named one of the best new restaurants in America by Esquire magazine–and resides in the Napa Valley. Andréa Lawson Gray is a cookbook author, food writer, and private chef. For the past fifteen years, she has prepared meals in the kitchens of San Francisco, Paris, and Puerto Rico. She founded Private Chefs of the SF Bay in 2013. Lawson Gray has a long and distinguished career in branding and marketing, working with Fortune 500 companies. She resides in the San Francisco Bay Area. John Troxell is a highly sought–after food and lifestyle photographer who specializes in storytelling and brand–building images that capture emotion. His work has been published in Food & Wine and Robb Report. He is based in Los Angeles, California.

SELLING POINTS

MICHELIN–STARRED AUTHOR: Garcia is executive chef at his restaurant, Auro, which earned a Michelin star in 2023—only eight months after opening. He has also worked at three other Michelin–starred restaurants: Spruce, Cyrus, and the French Laundry.

JAMES BEARD FOUNDATION

CONNECTION: With Garcia’s strong connections to the James Beard Foundation, we anticipate hosting James Beard dinners in both SF and NYC.

PAIRING POINTERS: The author, wineries, and chefs featured in Convivir offer tips for pairing, gleaned from years of experience in the food and wine world. Participating wineries include Scalon Cellars (Napa, CA), Bouchaine Vineyards (Napa, CA), Hoopes Vineyard (Napa, CA), Elusa (Calistoga, CA), Ceja Vineyards (Sonoma, CA), and Brown Estate (Napa, CA), as well as one of Mexico’s premier tequila producers, Loco Tequila (El Arenal, Jalisco, MX).

SPECIFICATIONS

*Full-color photographs throughout *288 pages

*WIDTH: 9" - 229mm

*HEIGHT: 10 7/8" - 276mm

*Hardcover POB

PUB MONTH: SEPTEMBER FOOD & DRINK

ISBN 978-1-949480-33-7

US $50.00 CAN $63.00 UK £35.00

ËxHSLJOJy480337z

CARTON QTY: 6

ebook ISBN 979-8-88707-346-0

RIGHTS: World/All

The Curated Board

INSPIRED PLATTERS & SPREADS FOR ANY OCCASION

BY BEBE BLACK CARMINITO; PHOTOGRAPHY BY MARIE REGINATO; FOREWORD BY SUSAN SPUNGEN

A vibrant, accessible compilation of more than 35 themed boards with bites, sips, dips, and snacks from all over the world—for any day of the week

The Curated Board: Inspired Platters for Any Occasion elevates the art of composing a delicious small–bite meal out of simple recipes and thoughtfully selected ingredients. From family breakfast and afternoon tea to date night and game night, food stylist Bebe Carminito presents almost 30 themed boards and platters with over 60 effortless, homemade recipes, suggesting perfect pairings along with styling tips for optimal presentation. Carminito’s feasts also include globally–influenced boards from a diverse array of culinary influencers that celebrate their gastronomic heritage. These fun and easy–to–prepare spreads—which can be as simple as opening a few jars, tearing open a bag or two, and artfully presenting your selections with delights such as Pickled Champagne Jalapeños, Marinated Citrus and Herb Olives, Basil Gimlets, and Dill and Artichoke Dip—will have you pulling out your platters and boards, making the most of your pantry, and gathering with loved ones around a cornucopia of delectable finger foods.

Bebe Black Carminito is a food stylist, recipe developer, content creator, and professional makeup artist. She co–runs and oversees three global cookbook clubs. Her foray into cookbooks was The California Date Cookbook, as well as styling for 52 Shabbats. Bebe attended the San Francisco Cooking School and started her culinary career at A16, an acclaimed restaurant in San Francisco. She resides in San Francisco in her teeny–tiny apartment with her husband and best friend, David Carminito. Marie Reginato is a photographer, cooking video host, and author of Alternative Vegan and The Ultimate Vegan Cookbook. She lives in Los Angeles, California. Susan Spungen, a founding food editor at Martha Stewart Living, was the culinary consultant and food stylist on the films Julie & Julia, It’s Complicated, and Eat, Pray, Love. She is also the author of Recipes: A Collection for the Modern Cook, What’s a Hostess to Do?, and Strawberries (A Short Stack Edition) and co–author of the bestselling Martha Stewart’s Hors d’Oeuvres Handbook. She lives in New York City and East Hampton, New York.

SELLING POINTS

HOW–TO DESIGN HINTS: With tips on how best to assemble and present snacking boards, Bebe’s background in food styling and keen eye make for no–nonsense recipes and instructions with beautiful results.

STRONG SPONSORSHIP AND PROMO OPPORTUNITIES: Bebe has a number of brands and publications that she’s worked with, either as sponsorships or for cross–promotion, who she will reach out to help promote the book: Diaspora Co., Empress 1908 Gin, Mezzetta, Food52, and Cherry Bombe, among many others.

DIVERSIFYING THE SPACE: A diverse array of culinary influencers and cookbook authors have contributed globally influenced boards that speak to their culinary heritage. As a result, this book will be far more inclusive and dynamic than similar books.

SPECIFICATIONS

*Full-color photographs throughout *160 pages

*WIDTH: 7 1/2" - 191mm

*HEIGHT: 9 1/4" - 241mm

*Hardcover POB

PUB MONTH: SEPTEMBER FOOD & DRINK

ISBN 978-1-949480-51-1

US $24.99 CAN $31.99 UK £18.99 ËxHSLJOJy480511z

CARTON QTY: 18

ebook ISBN 979-8-88707-347-7

The Art of DreamWorks The Wild Robot

BY JERRY SCHMITZ, FOREWORD BY LUPITA NYONG'O, PREFACE BY PETER BROWN, INTRODUCTION BY CHRIS SANDERS, AFTERWORD BY JEFF HERMANN

An all–encompassing look at the making of DreamWorks Animation’s movie

The Wild Robot, based on the New York Times bestselling series from Peter Brown

DreamWorks Animation brings to life Peter Brown’s bestselling book about a robot stranded on an uninhabited island. Depicting the tale of resilience, kindness, and shared humanity, The Art of DreamWorks The Wild Robot presents hundreds of character designs and concept art from the making of the movie, along with exclusive interviews from the writers, artists, cast, and filmmakers. Featuring a foreword by Lupita Nyong'o, a preface by Peter Brown, an introduction by writer–director Chris Sanders, and an afterword by producer Jeff Hermann, this insider’s guide details the elaborate artistry involved in creating the ultimate celebration of nature, family, and the emotional journey of becoming more than one is programmed to be

Jerry Schmitz is the author of multiple books that delve into the art and making of film, including The Art and Making of The Peanuts Movie, The Art of DreamWorks Trolls, Surf’s Up: The Art and Making of a True Story, and The Art of Shrek Forever After. More recently, he served as the project manager of Spielberg: The First Ten Years by Laurent Bouzereau. He lives in Los Angeles. Lupita Nyong’o is an actress who has won an Academy Award, an Emmy Award, and a Screen Actors Guild Award and is known for her performances in critically acclaimed films such as 12 Years a Slave, Black Panther, Us, and many others. She has additionally been nominated for a Golden Globe, a BAFTA Award, and a Tony Award. Peter Brown is the New York Times bestselling author and illustrator of the Wild Robot series. In 2016, The Wild Robot was named one of the best children’s books by Kirkus Reviews, the New York Public Library, Publishers Weekly, and Shelf Awareness. His work has also garnered a Caldecott Honor. Chris Sanders is a three–time Academy Award–nominated filmmaker, producer, animator, and voice actor. He is known for writing and directing both Lilo & Stitch and How to Train Your Dragon Jeff Hermann is a producer known for his work on The Boss Baby: Family Business, Kung Fu Panda 3, and a number of animated shorts. He lives in California.

RIGHTS: World English

SELLING POINTS

HIGH–PROFILE TALENT: With an all–star cast to be announced soon, this book features interviews with cast and crew to guide the reader through the film’s creation.

PUBLICATION TIED TO PREMIERE: Timed to publish along with the movie’s release.

CONCEPT–ART PORTFOLIO: Features artwork and concept designs by one of animation’s most renowned studios.

SPECIFICATIONS

*Full-color illustrations throughout *176 pages

*WIDTH: 11" - 279mm

*HEIGHT: 10" - 254mm

*Hardcover with jacket

PUB MONTH: SEPTEMBER ENTERTAINMENT, ART

ISBN 978-1-4197-7328-0

US $50.00 CAN $63.00 UK £35.00 ËxHSLELJy773280z

CARTON QTY: 8

The Art of DreamWorks Animation

CELEBRATING 30 YEARS

BY RAMIN ZAHED AND JERRY BECK; PRODUCED

BY DREAMWORKS ANIMATION; FOREWORD BY

CAMERON DIAZ

Celebrate 30 years of DreamWorks Animation’s visually rich worlds with this luxurious edition of the studio’s artistic achievements in both film and television

DreamWorks Animation’s teams of artists, writers, directors, producers, engineers, and innovators are renowned for their excellence, telling stories about dreams and the journeys their unconventional heroes take to make them come true. Over the past 30 years, the premier studio has produced some of the most groundbreaking and illustrious animated movies of all time, such as Shrek, Trolls, Kung Fu Panda, How to Train Your Dragon, The Bad Guys, Madagascar, and the newest addition, The Wild Robot, as well as acclaimed TV shows, such as Gabby’s Dollhouse, Jurassic World: Camp Cretaceous, Trollhunters, and Spirit Riding Free—among others. Brimming with rare concept art, preproduction designs, and character sketches, this collection offers behind–the–scenes access to the DreamWorks archives. Featuring a foreword from Cameron Diaz, along with insider anecdotes and perspectives from actors, directors, producers, and artists, The Art of DreamWorks Animation celebrates the studio’s enduring legacy of delivering fully immersive worlds, compelling characters, and great stories that inspire endless possibilities.

Ramin Zahed is an LA–based author and editor in chief of Animation Magazine. His books include the New York Times bestselling Spider–Man: Across the Spider–Verse: The Art of the Movie, as well as The Art of DreamWorks Puss in Boots: The Last Wish, The Art of Love, Death + Robots, and the previous edition of The Art of DreamWorks Animation Jerry Beck is a noted animation historian and cartoon producer. As a film distributor, his company Streamline Pictures brought Miyazaki’s Totoro and Otomo’s Akira to the US. His over 15 books on the animation history include The Animated Movie Guide and The 50 Greatest Cartoons. He currently teaches animation history at Cal Arts, UCLA, and Chapman University, curates a monthly “Cartoon Club” for Quentin Tarantino’s New Beverly Cinema in Hollywood, and edits two blogs, Animation Scoop and Cartoon Research. He lives in Glendale, CA. Cameron Diaz is a Golden Globe– and BAFTA–nominated actress and New York Times bestselling author known for her performance as Fiona in DreamWorks Animation’s critically acclaimed Shrek franchise.

RIGHTS: World English

SELLING POINTS

HUGE ANNIVERSARY: The Art of DreamWorks Animation arrives in time for DreamWorks’ 30th anniversary celebration.

NYT BESTSELLING AUTHOR:

Ramin Zahed is the New York Times bestselling author of Spider–Man: Across the Spider–Verse: The Art of the Movie, which sold over 160,000 copies, and editor in chief of Animation Magazine

LAVISH PRODUCTION: In line with previous editions, this 30th anniversary edition will be beautifully designed in a premium, collectible format.

CELEBRITY FOREWORD:

Features a foreword by Cameron Diaz, the voice of Fiona from DreamWorks’ blockbuster Shrek franchise.

SPECIFICATIONS

*Full-color photographs throughout *576 pages

*WIDTH: 14" - 356mm

*HEIGHT: 12" - 305mm

*Hardcover with slipcase PUB MONTH: SEPTEMBER ENTERTAINMENT, ART ISBN 978-1-4197-7267-2 US $200.00 CAN $250.00 UK £145.00 ËxHSLELJy772672z

CARTON QTY: 1

From Harney & Sons How to Read Tea Leaves • By Claire Goodchild

RIGHTS: World/All

How to Build a Fashion Icon

NOTES ON CONFIDENCE FROM THE WORLD’S ONLY IMAGE ARCHITECT BY LAW ROACH

A groundbreaking confidence manifesto by world famous stylist and image architect Law Roach

Law Roach is the mastermind behind looks that have broken the Internet time and again—from Zendaya at the Met Gala to Anya Taylor–Joy at the Golden Globes, from Lewis Hamilton’s iconic streetwear to Céline Dion’s style renaissance. Nobody knows better than Law how to turn an outfit into a moment of fashion history. In a little over a decade, he’s gone from industry outsider to the most buzzed–about name in style, having been honored, for the second year in a row, with the Hollywood Reporter’s prestigious Stylist of the Year award. Now, for the first time ever, Law shares the secrets of his approach.

With How to Build a Fashion Icon, he takes readers behind the scenes of his process and journey, revealing his tips, tricks, and most memorable styling moments to show readers how to live their most iconic and fashionable lives. Part self–help guide, part manifesto, this book will guide readers step–by–step through that process, and along the way, Law will weave in personal anecdotes—from his childhood in the Southside of Chicago to the first time he styled Zendaya—with practical exercises to help readers cultivate the most essential feature of iconic style: confidence.

Law Roach is a stylist and image architect who has worked with A–list celebrities including Zendaya, Kerry Washington, Anya Taylor–Joy, Naomi Osaka, Lewis Hamilton, Tom Holland, and many more. He is the first African American to be featured on the cover of The Hollywood Reporter’s Most Powerful Stylists issue. He was a judge alongside Megan Thee Stallion and others on HBO Max’s voguing competition show Legendary, as well as a judge on the hit TV show America’s Next Top Model. Roach has been interviewed and featured at length in outlets including the New York Times, Vogue, Vanity Fair, Harper’s Bazaar, the Guardian, and more. In April 2022, he was named the West Coast editor of British Vogue

SELLING POINTS

BIGGEST NAME IN FASHION: Law Roach is the biggest name in fashion right now. He is known for styling A–list celebrities, including creating iconic looks for Zendaya, Celine Dion, Anya Taylor–Joy, and others.

MAJOR FOLLOWING AND MEDIA DARLING: He has a massive following on social media with more than 1.3 million followers on Instagram, 144,000 on TikTok, and 72,000 on X. With his social media presence, personal connections to the biggest stars (the book will include a foreword by one of his celebrity clients), many brand partnerships, and extensive features in print and online media outlets, there are ample opportunities for promoting the book across platforms.

POPULAR SUBJECT: How to Build a Fashion Icon will follow in the footsteps of bestselling books by Black creatives in the fashion and entertainment worlds such as Billy Porter, Elaine Welteroth, and Andre Leon Talley.

SPECIFICATIONS

*176 pages

*WIDTH: 5 1/2" - 140mm

*HEIGHT: 8 1/4" - 210mm

*Hardcover with jacket

PUB MONTH: SEPTEMBER

SELF-HELP, MEMOIR, FASHION

ISBN 978-1-4197-6821-7

US $28.00 CAN $35.00 UK £19.99

ËxHSLELJy768217z

CARTON QTY: 40

ebook ISBN 979-8-88707-033-9

The Art of Danish Living

HOW THE WORLD’S HAPPIEST PEOPLE FIND JOY AT WORK

BY MEIK WIKING

A beautiful, research–backed guide on how to work like the happiest people in the world, the Danes

It is well known that the Danes have a fantastic work–life balance, that working late is discouraged, parental leave is split equally, and long summer holidays are the norm. They even have a word meaning “happiness at work”—arbejdsglæde. Meanwhile, the rest of the western world is struggling with a burn–out epidemic—but where are we going wrong? Based on a new study from the Happiness Research Institute, Meik Wiking reveals the main factors that build happiness at work— purpose, trust, relationships, balance, and more—to show how we can reduce stress, increase productivity, and find fulfillment, both in and out of work.

Meik Wiking is a happiness researcher and founded the world’s first Happiness Research Institute in 2013, in Copenhagen, Denmark. He is a New York Times and Sunday Times bestselling author whose four globally bestselling books have sold over 2 million copies worldwide: The Little Book of Hygge, The Little Book of Lykke, The Art of Making Memories, and My Hygge Home. He has been called the Indiana Jones of Smiles and probably the World’s Happiest Man by the Times

RIGHTS: US Only

SELLING POINTS

HAPPINESS EXPERT: Meik Wiking is the founder and CEO of the world’s first Happiness Research Institute and now also runs the Museum of Happiness in Copenhagen, Denmark.

BESTSELLING AUTHOR: Meik’s four previous books have sold over 2 million copies worldwide andbeen translated into 39 languages: The Little Book of Hygge, The Little Book of Lykke, The Art of Making Memories, and My Hygge Home. This is his fifth book.

TIMELY TOPIC: As many of us return back to office life, we’re looking for new ways to improve our work/life balance and find fulfillment in our jobs and careers.

PRACTICAL AND RESEARCH–BASED: Filled with interesting case studies and years of research that are put into simple, practical tips for finding joy in the place many of us spend so much of our time.

SPECIFICATIONS

*256 pages

*WIDTH: 6 3/4" - 171mm

*HEIGHT: 7 1/2" - 191mm

*Hardcover POB

PUB MONTH: DECEMBER

SELF-HELP, NONFICTION

ISBN 978-1-4197-7627-4

US $24.99 ËxHSLELJy776274z

ebook ISBN 979-8-88707-370-5

Harney & Sons How to Read Tea Leaves

A CARD DECK AND GUIDEBOOK FOR DIVINATION

BY CLAIRE GOODCHILD

Find love, fortune, and change with this 66–card deck and guidebook from global tea brand Harney & Sons Fine Teas that teaches beginners how to read and interpret tea leaves

This card deck and guidebook set by the beloved tea brand is perfect for guiding readers through the mystical art of tea leaf reading. John Harney himself, founder of Harney & Sons, loved this form of divination, and his grandchildren will attest that he was always happy to read for friends and strangers alike.

Harney & Sons How to Read Tea teaches the basics of tea leaf reading, the history behind the ancient practice, how to interpret and apply the symbols in your cup, and methods of conducting readings for yourself, friends, or family. This book’s dictionary of symbols is divided into six categories, each with a specific tea pairing, for readings of Love, Clarity, Success, Change, Omens, and Inspiration, to help you reveal hidden truths and gain spiritual insight into your life with every sip.

Harney & Sons Fine Teas was founded in 1983, and Harney & Sons sources and blends only the finest teas from around the world. Today Michael and Paul Harney, along with the third–generation, Emeric and Alex, continue to embrace tradition and innovation, as was ingrained in them by their father and grandfather, John Harney. From tea beginners to avid tea drinkers, their selection of over 300 different teas, signature blends, and exciting flavors are available in loose tea, tea sachets, and convenient tea bags. Claire Goodchild is an award–winning artist, photographer, and writer from Toronto, Canada. She created The Antique Anatomy Tarot and Arcana of Astrology, both published by Abrams Books. She is the author of The Book of Séances: A Guide to Divination and Speaking to Spirits and The Book of Ancestors: A Guide to Magic, Rituals, and Your Family History, both published by Voracious.

SELLING POINTS

POWERHOUSE BRAND: Harney & Sons is an impressive New York–based tea brand with a selection of over 300 different teas, signature blends, and exciting flavors, and almost 100,000 followers on Instagram and 185,000 followers on Facebook. Their tea is distributed in 54 countries and on all seven continents! They have had numerous big–name partnerships, including their current collaborations with Disney and the Met, and are carried in numerous wholesale channels including Barnes & Noble, Amazon, and Target.

SUCCESSFUL CATEGORY: This will appeal to readers of our successful boxed sets like Cats Rule the Earth Tarot and Antique Anatomy Tarot Kit, which have sold over 100,000 copies combined.

ESTABLISHED AUTHOR:

Goodchild is a perceptive writer who has a strong social media presence. Her company, Black and the Moon, has an audience of 77,1000 Instagram followers (@blackandthemoon) and has been featured in FLARE magazine, the acclaimed morning show BT–Toronto, the AMEX 2017 Campaign, Urban Outfitters, and Refinery 29.

SPECIFICATIONS

*66-card deck with paperback guidebook

*80 pages

*WIDTH: 6 1/4" - 159mm

*HEIGHT: 8 1/4" - 210mm

*Paperback

PUB MONTH: OCTOBER

SELF-HELP

ISBN 978-1-4197-7362-4

ebook ISBN 979-8-88707-281-4

Grandmother Remembers: Gift Edition

A WRITTEN HEIRLOOM FOR MY GRANDCHILD

BY JUDITH LEVY

For a new generation of grandparents, this gift edition of the beloved, bestselling keepsake journal now features a frameable family tree and a new look

With 1.5 million copies sold of Grandmother Remembers, two generations of grandmothers have recorded important memories, family traditions, favorite recipes, and special stories to pass along to their grandchildren. This new special edition of the timeless classic features a more modern, updated look, many of the beloved features of the previous editions, as well as a brand–new frameable fill–in family tree.

Beautifully designed with prompts to spark memory and recall important moments, Grandma can write down all the things you’ll want to know and pass on to future generations, including: Our Family Tree, My Parents, I Was Born, and more.

What a lasting, meaningful gift to share with a grandchild! The text moves sequentially, starting with Grandmother’s ancestry and childhood, schooling, relationships, meeting Grandpa, having their own children, and how she’s felt watching her grandchild grow up. It has places for her to share, in her own handwriting, her advice, memories, wisdom, humor, recipes, and even photos.

Whether Grandma lives with you or on the other side of the world, you’ll want to ensure that her memories are your memories, and that you’ll have them for the next generation and the generation after that. Some facts may surprise you. Some are sure to touch you. All will bring you closer together.

Judith Levy is the author of several keepsake books, including Grandmother Remembers Holidays. She and her husband, Herb, were named Grandparents of the Year in 2007 for the state of Florida, where they live.

RIGHTS: World/All

SELLING POINTS

BESTSELLER: Grandmother Remembers was a New York Times bestseller and has sold more than 1.5 million copies.

CONSISTENTLY STRONG

SALES: After 40 years, the book continues to sell thousands of copies per year.

EVER RENEWING MARKET: There’s a new grandmother born every day.

TIRELESS AUTHOR: Judith Levy continues to promote the book at her many speaking engagements.

SPECIFICATIONS

*64 pages

*WIDTH: 8 1/2" - 216mm

*HEIGHT: 11" - 279mm

*Hardcover POB

PUB MONTH: OCTOBER

ISBN 978-1-4197-7856-8 US $24.99 CAN $31.99 UK £17.99

CARTON QTY: 20 ebook ISBN 979-8-88707-508-2

Fifty Places to Travel Solo

TRAVEL

EXPERTS SHARE THE WORLD’S GREATEST SOLO

DESTINATIONS

BY CHRIS SANTELLA AND DC HELMUTH; FOREWORD BY KATE MCCULLEY

Chris Santella and award–winning writer DC Helmuth’s Fifty Places to Travel Solo provides a roadmap to the best, and safest places, for those who choose to adventure on their own

If there’s one striking travel trend in recent years, it’s a massive rise in solo travel. Chris Santella and award–winning writer DC Helmuth’s Fifty Places to Travel Solo, the 19th book in the Fifty Places Series, provides a roadmap to the best and safest places for those who choose to adventure on their own.

Fifty Places to Travel Solo features idyllic venues from around the world, interviews with solo travel experts, including lifestyle bloggers and representatives from companies that cater to solo travelers, and a mix of urban and outdoor adventures well–suited for individuals. With both young and mature travelers alike beginning their solo travel journeys, this guide offers two different travel options for most destinations—“On a budget” and “Luxe”—so no matter who you are, or where, you will find the perfect accommodations to satisfy your wanderlust!

Chris Santella is the author of more than 20 books, including 18 titles in the Fifty Places series. He is a regular contributor to the Washington Post, the New York Times, Trout, and Gray’s Sporting Journal, and resides in Portland, Oregon. DC Helmuth is a travel writer who also covers the outdoors, millennial cultural trends, and modern spirituality. Her first book, How to Suffer Outside: A Beginner’s Guide to Hiking and Backpacking, won the National Outdoor Book Award for Best Instructional. Her other works have been featured on NPR, named a Longreads Editor’s Pick, and nominated for the Goodreads Choice Awards.

SELLING POINTS

BESTSELLING SERIES: Since 2004, the Fifty Places series has sold more than 700,000 copies combined. The series does well in both trade and special markets channels, has international appeal, and backlists endlessly.

ON–TREND SUBJECT: Since the pandemic, the number of solo travelers has more than doubled as more and more people have the desire to complete their burgeoning bucket lists, seek new avenues for personal growth, and have greater flexibility in their jobs.

INSIDER INFORMATION: Each chapter includes advice on where to stay, what to do, and how to prepare for each solo travel adventure.

SPECIFICATIONS

*40 full-color images

*224 pages

*WIDTH: 7" - 178mm

*HEIGHT: 8" - 203mm

*Hardcover POB

PUB MONTH: OCTOBER TRAVEL, SPORTS

ISBN 978-1-4197-7363-1 US

ËxHSLELJy773631z

CARTON QTY: 14 ebook ISBN 979-8-88707-282-1

Black Friend

ESSAYS

BY ZIWE

From the writer crowned one of the smartest, funniest voices in modern America, this hotly anticipated debut collection of essays offers “a precious glimpse into how Ziwe’s uniquely fearless mind functions” (New York)

Ziwe made a name for herself staring interviewees in the eye and asking, “How many Black friends do you have?” She’s an expert at making people squirm, coming right out and asking the tough questions about race and racism that our culture has made white people experts at dancing around.

In Black Friend, she turns this incisive perspective on the culture at large, with her signature blend of bluntness and warmth that keeps her guests coming back. Throughout the book, Ziwe mixes big–picture concepts like critical race theory and white privilege with pop–culture commentary and her own personal life story. From a cringe–inducing story of mistaken identity via a Jumbotron to an all–too–real fight–or–flight encounter in the woods, Ziwe tackles questions about race head on and in a manner that evokes the way it comes up in the real world—not through deliberate studies of history and theory, which are so important, but in an awkward conversation at a party or a “yikes” comment from a coworker in the break room. The book lives in the moment of discomfort that can be the most truly educational way of unlearning biases. Plus, like everything Ziwe does, it will startle you with how much it makes you laugh.

Ziwe is the executive producer and star of the eponymous late–night variety show Ziwe on Showtime. She has also written for Desus & Mero, Dickinson, and Our Cartoon President, and she created the iconic Instagram Live show Baited. She lives in Brooklyn.

RIGHTS: World/All

SELLING POINTS

ZIWE GOES VIRAL: Clips of her eponymous show, featuring Drew Barrymore, Wayne Brady, and Chet Hanks, each received more than a million views on social media, and got covered by traditional media.

EXPLODING ONTO THE SCENE: Ziwe is the host of Showtime’s Ziwe, now in its third season. Over the last year, she has also guest–starred on HBO’s Succession, sold out shows at Brooklyn’s Bell House, and joined Pete Davidson as the face of the brand Rowing Blazers.

BREATHLESS ANTICIPATION:

Since Ziwe first announced her book, there has been a buzz from stars like Gabrielle Union and Janelle Monae, outlets like The Cut and Thrillest, and magazines like The New Yorker, all of whom are excited to read her book.

SPECIFICATIONS

*192 pages

*WIDTH: 5 1/2" - 140mm

*HEIGHT: 8 1/4" - 210mm

*Paperback

PUB MONTH: OCTOBER

HUMOR, POP CULTURE, ENTERTAINMENT

ISBN 978-1-4197-7797-4

US $16.00 CAN $20.00 UK £11.99 ËxHSLELJy777974z

ebook ISBN 978-1-64700-385-2

Generation Anxiety

A MILLENNIAL AND GEN Z GUIDE TO STAYING AFLOAT IN AN UNCERTAIN WORLD

BY DR. LAUREN COOK

From licensed clinical psychologist and TikTok therapist Dr. Lauren Cook, a practical guide aimed at Millennials and Gen Z for tackling anxiety

Millennials and Gen Z–ers are considered two of the most anxious generations in history, and with many intense generation–specific stressors facing them in recent years—including climate change, political polarization, systemic racism, gun violence, and financial instability—it’s easy to see why people are being diagnosed with anxiety at alarming rates.

Dr. Lauren Cook, a licensed clinical psychologist who specializes in treating Millennials and Gen Z clients, and a Millennial who also lives with anxiety, understands the many nuanced reasons why these two groups are struggling in different ways than their predecessors. Taking a feminist and intersectional lens, Dr. Cook shares her own struggles with anxiety and provides easy, actionable steps to help readers ride the waves of anxiety rather than constantly swimming against them. This relatable, honest, and information–packed book incorporates thorough, evidence–backed psychological research and diverse client experiences to illustrate a broad range of presentations of anxiety to help readers gain insight into their own stressors and combat anxiety.

Dr. Lauren Cook is a licensed clinical psychologist, speaker, and career coach. She began her training at UCLA, where she majored in psychology and communication studies. She earned her master’s degree in marriage and family therapy from the University of Southern California, then completed her doctorate in clinical psychology at Pepperdine University. Dr. Cook created the Name Your Story mental health group training curriculum that has been utilized by thousands of collegians around the country. She has been featured in the New York Times, the Chicago Tribune, Forbes, PBS, Shape, Bustle, and many other digital and print publications. She is represented by CAMPUSPEAK and has given more than 500 talks at various companies, universities, and organizations. She lives in Pasadena, California.

RIGHTS: North America

SELLING POINTS

TIMELY CONTENT: Generation Anxiety is written with two of the most anxious generations in history in mind. As a licensed clinical psychologist who specializes in treating Millennials and Gen Z patients—and a Millennial who also lives with anxiety—Dr. Cook understands their specific plights in today’s climate and can speak their language.

AUTHOR PLATFORM: Dr. Cook has a growing following on TikTok (@dr.laurencook) with almost 250,000 followers and 11,000 on Instagram, two platforms where she posts relatable and easy–to–understand content dealing with the ups and downs of anxiety.

ENDORSEMENTS: She’s already received endorsements from authors such as Michael Easter (author of The Comfort Crisis), Celeste Headlee (We Need to Talk; Do Nothing; and Speaking of Race), and Dr. Judy Ho (Stop Self–Sabotage).

MEDIA INTEREST: Dr. Cook has an extensive list of press she has received just in the last two years alone. She has been featured in the New York Times, the Chicago Tribune, Forbes, NBC News, PBS, Parents, Medium, Shape, Bustle, and numerous other publications, and she has given more than 500 talks for companies, universities, and organizations.

SPECIFICATIONS

*288 pages

*WIDTH: 5 1/2" - 140mm

*HEIGHT: 8 1/4" - 210mm

*Paperback

PUB MONTH: SEPTEMBER

ISBN 978-1-4197-6802-6

US $17.99 CAN $22.99

CARTON QTY: 44

ebook ISBN 979-8-88707-022-3

From Title • By Author and Artist Day of the Dead • By Artes de México

THE CELEBRATION OF AN ICON WRITTEN BY MASSIMILIANO CAPELLA; TRANSLATED BY SYLVIA ADRIAN NOTINI

A comprehensive and official history of Barbie, the iconic and beloved doll

Barbie: A Celebration of the Icon is a picture book that tells the story of one of the most influential trendsetters in history: Barbie Millicent Roberts. At 65 years of age, the doll continues to be an inspirational muse, true to her nature as a fashion icon, but ever more inclusive and attentive to global issues, consistent with her motto, “You can be anything,” which is increasingly contemporary. In the 2023 movie Barbie, directed by Greta Gerwig, she appeared for the first time in the flesh thanks to actress Margot Robbie, a true contemporary transposition of the original “Teenage Fashion Doll” presented at the New York Toy Fair on March 9, 1959: sinuous lines and a striking face commensurate with the sophisticated aesthetics of the stars of the 1950s.

In this book, through five sections and an up–to–date timeline (1959–2024), Barbie helps us reinterpret the social and aesthetic trends that have exercised their influence from the 1950s to present day through history, fashion, society, art, and costume.

A companion book dedicated to Ken will follow in 2025.

Author, curator, and museum director Massimiliano Capella particularly explores the relationship between visual arts and fashion, creating unprecedented events that combine clothes and costumes with works of art.

RIGHTS: World English

SELLING POINTS

ZEITGEIST: The Barbie movie has had a massive cultural impact since it came out, and we are seeing a revival of the hyper–femme movement like never before. This seems to transcend a simple moment on screen: Today, feminism means that a Barbie book will captivate audiences even after the Hollywood buzz has died down.

MULTIGENERATIONAL APPEAL:

Mattel has sold more than a billion dolls over the past 65 years. Even readers who have never owned a Barbie have likely experienced some part of the doll’s cultural ripple effect. Barbie is the people’s toy, and she’s been dominating the market since many of our grandmothers were ready for their first dolls.

GORGEOUS GIFT BOOK: This book will pop right off the shelves with its beautiful varnish foil and bright pink cover. The vivid photographs capture both the nostalgia and modern relevance of Barbie.

SPECIFICATIONS

*Full-color images throughout

*240 pages

*WIDTH: 9 7/8" - 251mm

*HEIGHT: 12 5/8" - 321mm

*Hardcover POB

PUB MONTH: OCTOBER

ISBN 978-1-4197-7876-6

US $50.00 CAN $63.00 UK £35.00 ËxHSLELJy778766z

CARTON QTY: 6

ebook ISBN 979-8-88707-512-9

The Little Prince

THE VISUAL ENCYCLOPEDIA

BY CHRISTOPHE QUILLIEN

Everything you need to know about Antoine de Saint–Exupéry’s globally beloved classic

This is the story of a timeless tale for readers both young and old; it is the chronicle of a philosophical fable that has marked––and changed––the lives of generations of enthusiastic readers; it is the saga of a cult classic, second only to the Bible as the world’s bestselling book!

From its first edition published in the United States in 1943 to its recent adaptation as an animated feature film, discover the incredible success of author Saint–Exupéry’s masterpiece, The Little Prince

Created in conjunction with some of the story’s greatest connoisseurs, this visual dictionary presents every aspect of The Little Prince: a behind–the–scenes look at the writing of the tale and its publication; the secrets of an unpublished chapter; rare illustrations by the author; photographs of the original manuscript; a guide to all the main characters, settings, and objects, and more . . .

This official album also includes—for the very first time—the numerous tributes paid to this admirable story, including films and animated cartoon series, musicals, graphic novels, and merchandising. This exceptional volume duly celebrates one of the greatest heroes in world cultural heritage: the Little Prince.

Christophe Quillien is a pop culture specialist whose writing on comics and other popular mediums has been published on multiple continents. His work has been featured in Rolling Stone, Le Monde, Inrockuptibles, Télérama Sortir, and many more, and he is the author of numerous books.

RIGHTS: World English

SELLING POINTS

TIMELESS CLASSIC: The Little Prince is the world’s second–bestselling book, beaten only by the Bible, and its legacy endures to this day.

RARE ARTIFACTS AND BELOVED FAVORITES: Never–before–seen illustrations and a chapter that was previously forgotten, plus the most iconic images and text from the original classic.

A COMPLETE COMPANION:

This book is truly exhaustive, featuring every piece of information a reader could hope to know about the life of Saint–Exupéry, the creation of the story, the making of the film, and more, with all manner of visual details as accompaniment.

SPECIFICATIONS

*Full-color images throughout *208 pages

*WIDTH: 7 3/4" - 197mm

*HEIGHT: 9 7/8" - 251mm

*Hardcover POB

PUB MONTH: SEPTEMBER

ISBN 978-1-4197-7877-3

US $30.00 CAN $38.00 UK £21.99 ËxHSLELJy778773z

CARTON QTY: 12

ebook ISBN 979-8-88707-513-6

Day of the Dead

THE HISTORY OF A CELEBRATION

BY ARTES DE MÉXICO

A stunning bilingual, illustrated, and photographic account of a celebrated Mexican tradition

The lively Mexican holiday of Día de Los Muertos (Day of the Dead) brings together sorrow and laughter, drawing from indigenous traditions of celebrating one’s ancestors and loved ones who have been lost. It’s a day of serenity, family, and exuberant creativity, where sugar and skulls can exist side by side. In this bilingual book, beloved Mexican art and culture magazine Artes de México creates a stunning written, illustrated, and photographic account that takes readers through the tradition’s origins, its history and evolution, and the many ways it is celebrated today.

Alongside the visually stunning displays of altars, cemeteries, costumes, and festivities, a group of renowned Mexican writers has contributed essays that cover topics including the holiday’s rural and urban distinctions, occult ancestry, and Indigenous rituals. Their words are imbued with spectacular personal significance—and impressive academic rigor—as they recount local legends, family traditions, and tales of life, death, and wandering souls.

Artes de México is a magazine that promotes and disseminates the cultural diversity of Mexico in all its creative manifestations. Since its inception 28 years ago, the magazine has been linked to the most important writers, researchers, and creators, and has been recognized with more than 150 national and international awards. Dr. Alberto Ruy Sánchez and Margarita de Orellana are the publishers of Artes de México

RIGHTS: World except Mexico

SELLING POINTS

EXPERT AUTHORS: Essays range in topic and style—from historic to modern, academic to journalistic, pop culture to personal—and were written by experts on the subject, most of whom are from Mexico.

APPEALS TO A WIDE

AUDIENCE: This book will appeal to a wide and diverse audience: lovers of Mexican culture; those curious about religion, tradition, and festivals; fans of Halloween; and more. Artes de México magazine has a large and dedicated following of 450,000 across Facebook, Twitter, and Instagram. Furthermore, the book will be bilingual in both English and Spanish.

FILLS A GAP IN THE MARKET:

Although Day of the Dead is a beloved historic tradition celebrated in Mexico and around the world, there is not a lot of literature on the subject. Where most publications on this topic are geared toward children or have a photography and art focus, this bilingual collection of essays is an integral publication to bring Day of the Dead to a large and interested mainstream audience.

SPECIFICATIONS

*272 pages

*WIDTH: 7 3/4" - 197mm

*HEIGHT: 9 7/8" - 251mm

* Hardcover POB

PUB MONTH: OCTOBER

LATINO HISTORY & CULTURE, ART, NONFICTION, PHOTOGRAPHY

ISBN 978-1-4197-6754-8

US $35.00 CAN $44.00 UK £26.00

CARTON QTY: 10

ebook ISBN 979-8-88707-529-7

RIGHTS: World/All

Playgirl: The Official History of a Cult Magazine

BY PLAYGIRL MAGAZINE

A lively, unbelievably fun (even titillating!) art book that celebrates Playgirl magazine’s 50–year anniversary, including historic articles, spreads, commentary, photography, and artwork from the ’70s through today

At the time of its conception, Playgirl wasn’t just a pale imitation of Playboy; it was a major tool in the women’s liberation movement, with stories on women breaking barriers across the globe, reproductive health, and interviews with women such as Maya Angelou (amid tasteful and erotic male nudes). Additionally, Playgirl has played a major role in LGBTQ+ culture, with a significant gay male readership through history.

In addition to the most iconic and engaging archival materials from across the past five decades, the authors will commission a handful of new articles about the role Playgirl has played in pop culture through history, the women’s liberation movement, the origins of Playgirl, and Playgirl’s relationship with the LGBTQ+ community.

Iconic. Bold. Timeless. Established in 1973, Playgirl was the first magazine for women to focus on men. From celebrities, to models, to the guy next door, Playgirl has shown it all throughout its rich history.

SELLING POINTS

A GREAT GIFT: This book will be trendy, colorful, and incredibly fun, with a gifty price and package that makes it a great special markets product.

TIMELY RELEASE: The book is timed to release during the magazine’s 50th Anniversary celebrations, which span coast–to–coast and include openings, parties, and other events, all of which can be leveraged to promote and sell the book.

EVERGREEN THEMES AND BIG–

NAME VOICES: John Waters (Facebook: 231,000) is writing an introduction about the magazine’s role in American pop culture, former editors in chief Michele Zipp and Nicole Caldwell will write about Playgirl’s ups, downs, and feminist history, and Mickey Boardman (Instagram: 97,500) will write about the magazine’s role in LGBTQ+ communities.

SPECIFICATIONS

*240 pages

*WIDTH: 7 3/4" - 197mm

*HEIGHT: 9 7/8" - 251mm

* Hardcover POB

PUB MONTH: OCTOBER

POP CULTURE, WOMEN'S HISTORY, LGBTQ+ HISTORY & CULTURE, ENTERTAINMENT

ISBN 978-1-4197-7492-8

US $35.00 CAN $44.00 UK £25.00

RIGHTS: World/All

The Seven Deadly Sins and Seven Heavenly Virtues

A VISUAL HISTORY

BY ED SIMON

A captivating artistic and philosophic exploration of humankind’s complex moral codes

A companion piece to Pandemonium: A Visual History of Demonology and Elysium: A Visual History of Angelology, Seven Sins and Seven Virtues will complete this moral trilogy and finally consider God’s most enigmatic of creations: the human soul. None of the conundrums of metaphysics are as baroque. Unlike the devils condemned to perdition and the angels compelled to paradise, humans are divine creatures that house within them warring impulses.

Seven Sins and Seven Virtues will examine the literary, philosophical, theological, and most of all artistic expressions of the seven deadly sins and their respective seven cardinal virtues, drawing upon millennia of history to gather a compendium of humanity at its best and its worst. As a volume, the book will explore the Manichean nature of the human animal in all of its grandeur and canker, motivated by the faith that tales of damnation and salvation are the only stories that are ultimately worth telling.

A staff writer for the Millions, which the New York Times calls the “indispensable literary site,” as well as the editor of Belt Magazine, Ed Simon has contributed his characteristically engaging cultural criticism to almost every major American literary publication, including the New York Times, the Atlantic, the Paris Review Daily, the New Republic, and the Washington Post. Simon’s articles have covered everything from the intersection of robotics and religion to the heretical origins of the sonnet, from Thomas Morton’s forgotten pagan settlement in colonial New England to a cultural history of the color black. Simon is the author of several books, including the top–selling An Alternative History of Pittsburgh, Pandemonium: A Visual History of Demonology, and, in fall 2023, Elysium: A Visual History of Angelology, which promises to be the standard text on the subject for popular readers.

SELLING POINTS

EVERGREEN SUBJECT: The subjects of religious art and human ethics are perennially popular, and in recent years, studies of the influence of the spiritual, mystic, and occult have become especially trendy.

SUCCESSFUL TRACK RECORD: This will be the third in Ed Simon’s trilogy of illustrated religious art books with Cernunnos, following the successes of Pandemonium: A Visual History of Demonology and Elysium: A Visual History of Angelology

RESPECTED AUTHOR: Simon holds a PhD in English, has published over a dozen books, and is a writer for the highly regarded literary website the Millions.

SPECIFICATIONS

*Full-color illustrations throughout *400 pages

*WIDTH: 7 3/4" - 197mm

*HEIGHT: 9 7/8" - 251mm

*Hardcover POB

PUB MONTH: NOVEMBER ART

ISBN 978-1-4197-7410-2

US $45.00 CAN $57.00 UK £35.00 ËxHSLELJy774102z

ebook ISBN 979-8-88707-302-6

Hieronymus Bosch & the Other Renaissance

BY BERNARD AIKEMA AND FERNANDO CHECA CREMADES

A marvelous art book that reveals the unknown face of the Renaissance and the craze for monsters

Hieronymous Bosch is known throughout the world as a painter of monstrous creatures and fantastic scenes that seem the output of dreamlike visions. His fame began in 16th–century southern Europe, which was artistically dominated by themes and styles typical of Renaissance classicism, very far from those of the Flemish painter.

This book, in addition to presenting Bosch, aims to illustrate the success of his art in the high societies of Italy, Spain, and the Americas in the period between the 16th and early 17th centuries, with particular reference to the collecting trends of the time in these two countries, where the works of Bosch and his followers were in great demand (by the Spanish Habsburgs, the Grimani in Venice, etc.). These works, in turn, inspired a large number of painters, draftsmen, engravers, and other prominent artists, including his successor, the much–renowned Bruegel the Elder.

The book thus sheds new and surprising light on a particular “Renaissance” that has always remained in the shadows compared to the classicism of Raphael, Titian, and Parmigianino, but which had actually a strong artistic and cultural impact in various parts of Europe, with often grotesque or “anticlassical” expressions such as the cycle of tapestries by Bosch at the Escorial, the paintings by masters such as Titian and El Greco, the works of engravers such as Giorgio Ghisi, and sculptors and decorators such as Bernardo Buontalenti, and finally, the culture of the Wunderkammer

Bernard Aikema is a professor of modern art history at the University of Verona, and a great expert on the artistic relations between European countries in the modern era. Fernando Checa Cremades is an art historian and former director of the Prado Museum in Madrid. Essays are contributed by Joaquim Oliveira Caetano, Juliette Ferdinand, Thomas Dalla Costa, Giulia Zanon, Claudio Salsi, Paula Findlen, Ralph Dekoninck, David Zagoury, Florike Egmond, Daan van Heesch, Concha Herrero, Noelia Garcia Perez, and Bertram Kaschek.

RIGHTS: World English

SELLING POINTS

LITTLE KNOWN HISTORY WITH MODERN APPEAL: This is a chapter of art history in Europe and the Americas that is little known to the public and even to many experts, yet it is a subject of great importance and fascination.

EXPERT CONTRIBUTORS: The book’s well–known editors are joined by a group of international scholars who specialize in various aspects of the subject, including Joaquim Oliveira Caetano (Portugal), Juliette Ferdinand (Italy), Thomas Dalla Costa (Italy), Giulia Zanon (Italy), Claudio Salsi (Italy), Paula Findlen (United States), Ralph Dekoninck (Belgium), David Zagoury (Switzerland), Florike Egmond (The Netherlands), Daan van Heesch (Belgium), Concha Herrero (Spain), Noelia Garcia Perez (Spain), and Bertram Kaschek (Germany).

LASTING INFLUENCE: Bosch has long had an immense and passionate audience for his imaginative, esoteric creatures and scenes. This beautiful and comprehensive title will offer something new while still satisfying his legions of fans.

SPECIFICATIONS

*200 full-color images throughout *352 pages

*WIDTH: 11" - 279mm

*HEIGHT: 13" - 330mm

* Hardcover POB

PUB MONTH: OCTOBER

ART, NATURE, NONFICTION

ISBN 978-1-4197-7411-9

US $125.00 CAN $157.00 UK £90.00

CARTON QTY: 4

From Manboobs • By Komail Ajiazuddin

The Science of Racism

EVERYTHING YOU NEED TO KNOW BUT PROBABLY DON’T—YET

BY DR. KEON WEST

In this frank, funny, and meticulous book, a leading social scientist lays out the striking

facts we know about racism, how we have uncovered them, and how we can start to fix them

Studies and surveys show, time and again, that about 50 percent of people believe that racism is no longer an issue today. The other half would disagree—vehemently. And much of the writing on the subject of race and racism is equally divisive, in large part because so much of it is based on opinion and personal experience. It’s not grounded in empiricism. It’s not science.

In The Science of Racism, social psychologist Keon West corrects that idea, moving this urgent conversation beyond anecdote and polemic in search of conclusive answers and solutions. Starting with a fascinating look at experiments around race in hiring, Dr. West brilliantly and methodically walks readers through our comprehensive understanding of this controversial topic. He looks at how racism impacts every stage and all facets of life, from birth to death, in education, work and business, friendships and relationships, police and the justice system, and healthcare. He also looks at the challenges around studying these questions and the ways we can uncover the truth, and then where we go from here: why unconscious bias training can actually make things worse, and what systems and techniques can lead us to a more equitable future.

Professor Keon West is a social psychologist at Goldsmiths, University of London. He earned his doctorate from Oxford University in 2010 as a Rhodes Scholar, and has since published over 70 quantitative papers on prejudice and discrimination in many of the best peer–reviewed social–psychology journals, including Personality and Social Psychology Bulletin, The Journal of Experimental Social Psychology, and Perspectives on Psychological Science Professor West has written for national and international newspapers and been the host of numerous radio and television shows on the topics of prejudice and discrimination. He is a citizen of three countries and has, over his life, been a resident of four. He is a husband, a father of two boys, a hobby photographer, and a huge fan of Star Trek. He has always been Black.

SELLING POINTS

AN INVISIBLE WOMEN FOR RACISM: Cuts through the noise and the chatter on a complicated and controversial subject with rigorous research and striking facts.

UNIQUE VOICE: Dr. West combines deep knowledge and impeccable scholarship with a sly sense of humor and entertaining writing—who knew reading about race could be fun?

BUZZY HOOKS: From how we prove bias and its consequences to how workplace training can be detrimental, and how “race–blindness” perpetuates racism, it’s a book that will spark conversations.

MEDIAGENIC AUTHOR: Dr. West is a Jamaican–born Rhodes Scholar who went to college in the United States and lives and teaches in London.

SPECIFICATIONS

*320 pages

*WIDTH: 6" - 152mm

*HEIGHT: 9" - 203mm

*Hardcover with jacket

PUB MONTH: FEBRUARY NONFICTION

ISBN 978-1-4197-7437-9

US $28.00 CAN $35.00

ËxHSLELJy774379z

ebook ISBN 979-8-88707-313-2

SEXUAL FANTASIES BY ANONYMOUS

BY GILLIAN ANDERSON

A collection of confessions from women around the world, Want is a revelatory, sensational and game–changing exploration of women’s sexuality that asks, and answers: How do women feel about sex when they have the freedom to be totally anonymous?

What do you want, when no one is watching?

What do you want, when the lights are off?

What do you want, when you are anonymous?

When we talk about sex, we talk about womanhood and motherhood, infidelity and exploitation, consent and respect, fairness and egalitarianism, love and hate, pleasure and pain. And yet for many reasons—some complicated, some not—so many of us don’t talk about it. Our deepest, most intimate fears and fantasies remain locked away inside of us, until someone comes along with the key.

Here’s the key.

In this generation–defining book, Gillian Anderson collects and introduces the anonymous letters of hundreds of self–identifying women from around the world (along with her own anonymous letter).

From a Sikh woman who writes about her secret lust for her brother–in–law, an Apache American woman who wants to be worshipped like a divine creature, a white British woman who just wants to be properly kissed one last time, another who likes to role play as a panther, or a Hispanic Jewish woman living in Bangladesh, for whom the pinnacle of sexual arousal is a doorknob, Want reveals how women feel about sex when they have the freedom to be totally anonymous.

What do you want?

Gillian Anderson is an award–winning film, television, and theatre actor. Among other honors, she has won two Primetime Emmy Awards, two Golden Globe Awards, three Screen Actors Guild Awards, and an Evening Standard Theatre Award. In 2016 Anderson was appointed an honorary OBE (Order of the British Empire) for her services to drama. She lives in London.

ebook ISBN 979-8-88707-433-7 RIGHTS:

SELLING POINTS

HUGE AUTHOR: Gillian Anderson has an enormous following and fan base, a great reputation for sex–positivity (including with her drinks brand G Spot), and a compelling backstory for the project, inspired by Nancy Friday’s My Secret Garden

HOT TOPICS, HOT READ: Introduced with essays by Anderson, these real letters explore dozens of topical issues and erotically charged situations.

TIMELY AND POPULAR: Like Lisa Taddeo’s big, bestselling Three Women crossed with Reddit’s “Confessions” and Eve Ensler’s The Vagina Monologues, these are real stories that shine light on sex, desire, fulfillment, and more.

PRESS UP FRONT: The announcement of this project got a tremendous amount of press, including coverage in People, CNN, Time Out, Harper’s Bazaar, Yahoo! News, the New York Post, and more.

SPECIFICATIONS

*336 pages

*WIDTH: 5 1/2" - 140mm

*HEIGHT: 8 1/4" - 210mm

*Hardcover with jacket

PUB MONTH: SEPTEMBER

ISBN 978-1-4197-7729-5

US $28.00

ËxHSLELJy777295z

CARTON QTY: 24

We Will Be Jaguars

A MEMOIR OF MY PEOPLE

BY NEMONTE NENQUIMO AND MITCH ANDERSON

From a fearless, internationally acclaimed activist, an impassioned memoir about an indigenous childhood, a clash of cultures, and the fight to save the Amazon rainforest and protect her people

Born into the Waorani tribe of Ecuador’s Amazon rainforest—one of the last to be contacted by missionaries in the 1950s—Nemonte Nenquimo had a singular upbringing. She was taught about plant medicines, foraging, oral storytelling, and shamanism by her elders. She played barefoot in the forest and didn’t walk on pavement, or see a car, until she was a teenager and left to study with an evangelical missionary group in the city. But after Nemonte’s ancestors began appearing in her dreams, pleading with her to return and embrace her own culture, she listened.

Nemonte returned to the forest and traditional ways of life and became one of the most forceful voices in climate change activism. She spearheaded an alliance of Indigenous nations across the Upper Amazon and led her people to a landmark victory against Big Oil, protecting over a half million acres of primary rainforest.

We Will Be Jaguars is an astonishing memoir by an equally astonishing woman. Nenquimo digs into generations of oral history, uprooting centuries of conquest, and hacking away at racist notions of Indigenous peoples. Ultimately, she reveals a life story as rich, harsh, and vital as the Amazon rainforest herself.

Nemonte Nenquimo is a leader of the Waorani people, cofounder of the Ceibo Alliance, and an internationally acclaimed activist. Born in the Amazon region of Ecuador in 1985, she is a winner of the 2020 Goldman Environmental Prize and was named to TIME’s 100 Most Influential People of 2020 list (lauded by Leonardo DiCaprio). Mitch Anderson is the founder and executive director of Amazon Frontlines, which supports the struggles of Indigenous peoples to defend their rights to land, life, and cultural survival in the Amazon rainforest. A native of the Bay Area, he is Nemonte’s partner, and they have two young children.

RIGHTS:

SELLING POINTS

MAJOR ACTIVIST: Nemonte was named one of TIME’s 100 Most Influential People in the World in 2020, introduced by Leonardo DiCaprio. She is the recipient of the Goldman Prize and a United Nations environmental award. Her work has been covered by The New Yorker, CNN, The Guardian, Forbes, Reuters, and more. The book is being written with her American–born partner, Mitch Anderson, founder and executive director of Amazon Frontlines.

CRITICAL ORIGINAL VOICE:

The Amazon, as well as traditional ways of life, are increasingly valued, but also increasingly threatened. From an extraordinary indigenous woman, this is a unique account of a forest childhood and the fight to save her homeland.

BEAUTIFUL WRITING: Immersive, lyrical, and deeply moving, this is a captivating and eye–opening memoir.

BIG CAMPAIGN: Amazon Frontlines has great connections with companies and organizations, and Nemonte will be based in the United States for publication.

SPECIFICATIONS

*8-page insert

*368 pages

*WIDTH: 6" - 152mm

*HEIGHT: 9" - 203mm

* Hardcover with jacket

PUB MONTH: SEPTEMBER MEMOIR, CURRENT EVENTS

ISBN 978-1-4197-6377-9

US $28.00 CAN $35.00

ËxHSLELJy763779z

CARTON QTY: 20

ebook ISBN 978-1-64700-779-9

RIGHTS: World/All

American Teenager

HOW

TRANS KIDS ARE SURVIVING HATE AND FINDING JOY IN A TURBULENT ERA

BY NICO LANG

From an award–winning journalist comes a vivid and moving portrait of eight trans and nonbinary teenagers across the country, following their daily triumphs, struggles, and all that encompasses growing up trans in America today

Praise for American Teenager

“An urgent and heartfelt chronicle of families under attack. Nico Lang cuts through the political ping–pong over transgender rights to surface the human stories that too often go ignored . . . Lang’s lucid and clear–eyed account of their lives offers an essential corrective, reminding us that there’s nothing more American than the freedom to be yourself.”

—Samantha Allen, author of Real Queer America

“Lang weaves this broad bleak terrain with warm insights and a clear immediacy of message . . . Expansive and compassionate.”

—Gabe Dunn, New York Times bestselling author of I Hate Everyone But You

Media coverage doesn’t hesitate to sensationalize the fight over how trans kids should be allowed to live, but what is incredibly rare are the voices of the people at the heart of this debate: transgender and gender nonconforming kids themselves. In their groundbreaking new book, journalist Nico Lang does just that. By living with seven families of eight transgender, nonbinary, and genderfluid teens, and drawing on hundreds of hours of interviews with them, their families, and the people in their communities, American Teenager paints a stunning portrait of what it’s like to grow up trans today.

Unlike the whitewashed, monolithic vignettes we regularly see, this book leans into the complexity and nuance of their lives. It takes mental strength for these teens to focus on schoolwork while being barraged with headlines about how their existence is an abomination or experiencing the deep pain of losing family after coming out. But in this necessary, vital work, Lang also documents the resiliency of their support systems, the daily moments of joy, and the hope that a better future is possible.

From the tip of Florida’s conservative panhandle to vibrant queer communities in California, Texas churches to mosques in Illinois, American Teenager gives readers a window into the lives of Wyatt, Rhydian, Mykah, Clint, Ruby, Jack, Augie, and Kylie, eight teens who, despite what some lawmakers might want us to believe, are truly just kids looking for a brighter future.

Nico Lang (they/them) is a nonbinary award–winning journalist with over a decade of experience covering the transgender community’s fight for equality. Their work has appeared in major publications, Rolling Stone, Esquire, the New York Times, Vox, the Wall Street Journal, Salon, Harper’s Bazaar, Time, The Washington Post, and the L.A. Times. Lang is the creator of Queer News Daily and previously served as the deputy editor for Out magazine, the news editor for Them, the LGBTQ+ correspondent for VICE, and the editor and cofounder of the literary journal In Our Words. Their industry–leading contributions to queer media have resulted in a GLAAD Media Award and 10 awards from the National Association of LGBTQ Journalists (NLGJA). Lang is also the first–ever recipient of the Visibility Award from the Transgender Legal Defense and Education Fund (TLDEF), an honor created to recognize their impactful contributions to reporting on the lives of LGBTQ+ people.

SELLING POINTS

DIVERSE SUBJECTS: The teens live in South Dakota, Alabama, West Virginia, Texas, Illinois, Florida, and California; we meet families of every race, and different socioeconomic classes and religions.

BROAD AUDIENCE: Readership includes families encountering the challenges over transition in their own families to teens themselves, and a general progressive audience.

VITAL PUBLISHING: Per the Trevor Project, six out of ten Americans don’t know any transgender or gender nonconforming people and do not see the impact of living with near–constant discrimination. This book is an invitation to learn more, firsthand.

STELLAR AUTHOR: Lang (they/them) is a nonbinary award–winning journalist whose decade of work on this topic has appeared in Rolling Stone, Esquire, the New York Times, the LA Times, and elsewhere. They’ve won a GLAAD Media Award for their work while serving as deputy editor of Out, news editor for Them, and LGBTQ+ correspondent for VICE Nico also runs the @queernewsdaily Instagram account (27,000 followers).

TIMELY PUBLICATION: American Teenager can be a crucial step in helping the American public understand precisely what is at stake when they cast their votes.

SPECIFICATIONS

*272 pages

*WIDTH: 6" - 152mm

*HEIGHT: 9" - 203mm

*Hardcover with jacket

PUB MONTH: OCTOBER

NONFICTION, LGBTQ+ HISTORY & CULTURE

ISBN 978-1-4197-7382-2

US $30.00 CAN $38.00 UK £21.99 ËxHSLELJy773822z

CARTON QTY: 28

ebook ISBN 979-8-88707-292-0

The Rainbow Age of Television

AN OPINIONATED HISTORY OF QUEER TV

BY SHAYNA MACI WARNER

A fun and accessible blend of pop culture, entertainment, and queer history that celebrates LGBTQ+ television and examines the past, present, and future of queer representation on the small screen

The Rainbow Age of Television is a fun and accessible blend of pop culture, entertainment, and queer history that celebrates LGBTQ+ television and examines the past, present, and future of queer representation on the small screen.

From Abbott Elementary to The White Lotus to Yellowstone and the hundreds of other gems across a multitude of platforms in between, American audiences are being treated to a second Golden Age of Television. But something completely new is stirring, too—the first Rainbow Age. For the first time in the history of American television, we have queer women who fight the trope of inevitable on–screen death (Jane the Virgin, Brooklyn Nine–Nine, Grey’s Anatomy); gay men who are more than just a flamboyant best friend (How to Get Away with Murder; Looking; OK, maybe we also still have Will and Grace); and trans people played by trans actors (The Fosters, Transparent, Pose, Euphoria,Tales of the City). But our screens certainly haven’t always been this colorful. How did we get to this veritable wealth of representation and sometimes glitter–strewn dimensionality? What sacrifices were made along the way?

The Rainbow Age of Television explores these questions and more as author Shayna Maci Warner tracks the evolution of LGBTQ+ icons across the televised ages and into the future of streaming—from the first queer kiss to rock the airwaves to the shows that are making household names and heroes of queer characters today. Through conversations with critics, creators, stars, and detailed historical reference, The Rainbow Age of Television examines the rise of today’s entertainment culture in which LGBTQ+ viewers are finally beginning to see themselves proudly on the screen and highlights the importance of such representation on television. Above all, it’s a proud celebration of the shows and their characters and creators that define this new age in television.

Shayna Maci Warner is a writer, curator, and filmmaker dedicated to the preservation and programming of queer film and television. She is a recipient of GLAAD’s 2018 Rising Stars Grant for her ongoing journalism project, The First Time I Saw Myself, which chronicles the tangible impacts of LGBTQ+ representation on individual lives. She was the 2020 Editorial Fellow for Women & Hollywood and a programming operations team member for the Tribeca Film Festival.

RIGHTS: World/All

SELLING POINTS

POP CULTURE DRAW: Fans of on–air shows like Euphoria and Pose will be drawn to The Rainbow Age of Television for the unique analysis of their favorite shows and will learn about the shows that paved the way for such series to exist.

AUTHOR PLATFORM: As a journalist and creator of the acclaimed project The First Time I Saw Myself with excellent relationships at GLAAD, Women & Hollywood, Outfest, Autostraddle, Paste magazine, and more, Warner has the platform and connections to break out this fun and accessible yet authoritative book on LGBTQ+ television.

CULTURAL CRITICISM

READERSHIP: For readers of Emily Nussbaum’s I Like to Watch and Lindy West’s Shit, Actually. SPECIFICATIONS

*304 pages

*WIDTH: 6" - 152mm

*HEIGHT: 9" - 203mm

*Hardcover with jacket

PUB MONTH: AUGUST

POP CULTURE, LGBTQ+ HISTORY & CULTURE, NONFICTION

ISBN 978-1-4197-6257-4

US $28.00 CAN $35.00 UK £19.99

ËxHSLELJy762574z

CARTON QTY: 24

ebook ISBN 978-1-64700-715-7

Manboobs

A MEMOIR OF MUSICALS, VISAS, HOPE, AND CAKE

BY KOMAIL AIJAZUDDIN

A blazing new talent’s hilarious memoir about coming of age and coming out in Pakistan, moving to America, looking for love, and falling in love with himself along the way

What do you do when you’re too gay for Pakistan, too Pakistani to be gay in America, and you’re ashamed of your body everywhere? How can you find happiness despite years of humiliation, physical danger, and a legion of Brooklyn hipsters who know you only as a queer from Whereeveristan? How do you summon the courage to be yourself no matter where you are?

Even as a young child in Lahore, Komail Aijazuddin knew he was different—no one else at his all–boys prep school was pirouetting off their desks, or bullied for their “manboobs,” or spontaneously bursting into songs from The Little Mermaid. Aijazuddin began to believe his only chance at a happy, meaningful life would be found elsewhere: America, the land of the free, the home of the gays. But the hostility of a post–9/11 world and society’s rejection of his art, his desires, and his body would soon teach him that finding happiness takes a lot more than a plane ticket. Searching for his place between two worlds while navigating a minefield of expectations, prejudice, and self–doubt, Aijazuddin discovered, sometimes painfully, sometimes hilariously, that there are people and places he’d need to let go of to move forward.

Manboobs is Aijazuddin’s riotous yet intelligent memoir of searching for love, seamlessly blending humor, politics, pop culture, and the bravery required to be yourself. Aijazuddin confidently announces himself as a sharp new voice in humor with his moving, wickedly funny reexamination of the American Dream and our search for home.

Komail Aijazuddin is a visual artist and writer with degrees from New York University and the Pratt Institute, who lives and works in New York City. You can see his work at komailaijazuddin.com.

RIGHTS: North American

SELLING POINTS

NECESSARY, HILARIOUS STORYTELLING: A memoir by a queer writer of color is going to resonate now more than ever— especially publishing in Fall 2024, when identity politics, immigration, and LGBTQ+ rights will be debated on a national scale. Komail has a wealth of experiences to speak to— immigration, queerness, our relationship with the Middle East, and more—and does so with biting humor.

MULTITALENTED AUTHOR:

Komail is also a well–known and respected painter, with many friends in the art world broadly— writers and artists alike who are keen to support his work. Two of the real–life characters in the book are the painter Salman Toor and novelist Ali Seth; all three were the subject of a recent New Yorker profile.

BREAKOUT POTENTIAL: This debut has the style and sass of a book begging to be a favorite among booksellers, librarians, and readers alike.

SPECIFICATIONS

*272 pages

*WIDTH: 5 1/2" - 140mm

*HEIGHT: 8 1/4" - 210mm

*Hardcover with jacket

PUB MONTH: AUGUST

MEMOIR, LGBTQ+ HISTORY & CULTURE, MUSLIM HISTORY & CULTURE, NONFICTION

ISBN 978-1-4197-7384-6

US $27.00 CAN $34.00 ËxHSLELJy773846z

CARTON QTY: 32

ebook ISBN 979-8-88707-293-7

I Will Do Better

A FATHER’S MEMOIR OF HEARTBREAK, PARENTING, AND LOVE

BY CHARLES BOCK

An acclaimed writer’s frank and tender memoir of parenting his toddler daughter in the wake of his wife’s untimely death

The novelist Charles Bock was a reluctant parent, tagging along for the ride of fatherhood, obsessed primarily with his dream of a writing career. But when his daughter Lily was six months old, his wife, Diana, was diagnosed with a complex form of leukemia. Two and half years later, when all treatments and therapies had been exhausted, Bock found himself a widower—devastated, drowning in medical bills, and saddled with a daunting responsibility. He had to nurture Lily, and, somehow, maybe even heal himself.

I Will Do Better is Charles’s pull–no–punches account of what happened next. Playdates, music classes, temper tantrums, oh–so–cool babysitters, first days at school, family reunions, single–parent dating, and a citywide crippling natural disaster—were minefields especially treacherous for Charles and Lily because of their preexisting vulnerability: their grief. Charles sought help from friends, family, and therapists, but this overgrown, middle–aged boy–man and his plucky child became, foremost, a duo—they found their way together.

By turns comical and heartbreaking, I Will Do Better does not shy from moments of sadness, anger, or awkwardness. It’s the remarkable journey of two defiant and wounded people, and their personal growth in the name of love.

Charles Bock is the New York Times bestselling author of the novels Beautiful Children and Alice & Oliver, and a creative writing professor at New York University. The father of two daughters, he lives in New York City.

SELLING POINTS

FEATURED IN THE NEW YORKER: This memoir’s first chapter was published in the August 22, 2022, issue as “What Happened When My Wife Died,” and was one of the top stories that month.

BELOVED AUTHOR: Charles Bock is deeply connected in the literary world and deeply loved by some very big bestselling authors who will support this book, including Cheryl Strayed, Elin Hildebrand, Rebecca Makkai, and Adelle Waldman.

POWERFUL AND UNFILLED

NICHE: A moving father–daughter story, told from the father’s perspective, that should have particular appeal to mothers and women in general.

BIG MEDIA POTENTIAL: Lily is now 14 and excited about doing publicity for the book.

SPECIFICATIONS

*208 pages

*WIDTH: 5 1/2" - 140mm

*HEIGHT: 8 1/4" - 210mm

*Hardcover with jacket

PUB MONTH: OCTOBER MEMOIR, NONFICTION

ISBN 978-1-4197-7442-3

US $26.00 CAN $33.00

ËxHSLELJy774423z

CARTON QTY: 40

ebook ISBN 979-8-88707-315-6

A MEMOIR OF MY BODY IN THE MARINES

BY BAILEY WILLIAMS

A gritty memoir that chronicles Brett Williams’s battle with misogynistic military culture, and the severe eating disorder and trauma it fostered

In 2008, 17–year–old Bailey Brett Williams bolted from her strict Mormon upbringing in West Virginia with a one–way ticket to Los Angeles. Not long after she arrived in LA, she called a marine recruiting office and enlisted. The marines seemed to offer her an opportunity to prove herself through hard work—and they didn’t think her history of disordered eating nor her suicide attempt would pose any problems once she was introduced to the strictly structured life of the marines. The marines, she was told, are a community and family where there is no gender, there are no eating disorders; there is only comradery amongst heroes who fight for our freedom.

And Bailey really wanted to believe it. But in boot camp, she witnesses and is subject to rampant misogyny that turns her with a vengeance toward her body; she starves and binges and purges and runs mile after mile after mile. Pushed to the brink time and time again by a culture that demands women torture themselves in order to possibly deserve the right to take up space, Bailey begins to show the cracks, but is still unable to accept the help of the women around her. After pushing through a gauntlet of trauma, desperate to be free, she marks her calendar—either by this date, she’ll be honorably discharged, or she’ll kill herself.

Informed by 10 years of rehab and the wisdom of hindsight, Hollow is a powerful debut memoir exposing the all–too–common reality of women in the marines.

Bailey Brett Williams holds a master’s degree in environmental policy from the Middlebury Institute of International Studies. They have published essays and short stories on feministing.com and One Green Earth, and they work at the Public Library in Juneau, Alaska. As a lover of nature, they have also worked as a ranger and backpacking guide. They served in the United States Marine Corps from 2008–11. Brett Williams currently lives in a dry cabin in Southeast Alaska, or Lingít Aaní–lands of the T’aaku Kwáan and A’akw Kwáan Tlingit peoples.

RIGHTS: North American

SELLING POINTS

OVERCOMING HARDSHIP MEMOIRS: Hollow hits two evergreen categories and will appeal to fans of Marya Hornbacher’s Wasted, Tara Westover’s Educated, and Cheryl Strayed’s Wild

BROAD APPEAL: As many as 30 million Americans have disordered eating, and a recent RAND study reports that servicewomen are three times as vulnerable to eating disorders as civilian peers, with disordered rates in the Marine Corps twice as high as compared to other military branches.

RELIGIOUS TRAUMA: Audiences flock to stories from former Latter Day Saints perspectives (from Jessop’s Escape and Krakauer’s Under the Banner of Heaven to Netflix’s Keep Sweet and Obey). The author grew up in a devout Mormon family where, as a Mormon observance, she began fasting at age seven.

SPECIFICATIONS

*320 pages

*WIDTH: 6" - 152mm

*HEIGHT: 9" - 203mm

*Hardcover with jacket

PUB MONTH: NOVEMBER

ISBN 978-1-4197-7192-7

US $27.00 CAN $34.00

ËxHSLELJy771927z

ebook ISBN 979-8-88707-212-8

Slippery Beast A

TRUE CRIME NATURAL HISTORY, WITH EELS

BY ELLEN RUPPEL SHELL

A fascinating account of a deeply mysterious creature—the eel—mixing true crime, natural history, travel, and big business

What is it about eels? Depending on who you ask, they are a pest, a fascination, a threat, a pot of gold. What they are not is predictable. Eels emerged some 200 million years ago, weathered mass extinctions and continental shifts, and were once among the world’s most abundant freshwater fish. But since the 1970s, their numbers have plummeted. Because eels—as unagi—are another thing: delicious.

In Slippery Beast, journalist Ellen Ruppel Shell travels in the world of “eel people,” pursuing a burgeoning fascination with this mysterious and highly coveted creature. Despite centuries of study by celebrated thinkers from Aristotle to Leeuwenhoek to a young Sigmund Freud, much about eels remains unknown, including exactly how eels beget other eels. Eels cannot be bred reliably in captivity, and as a result, infant eels are unbelievably valuable. A pound of the tiny, translucent, bug–eyed “elvers” caught in the cold fresh waters of Maine can command $3,000 or more on the black market. Illegal trade in eels is an international scandal measured in billions of dollars every year. In Maine, federal investigators have risked their lives to bust poaching rings, including the notorious half–decade–long “Operation Broken Glass.”

Ruppel Shell follows the elusive eel from Maine to the Sargasso Sea and back, stalking riversides, fishing holes, laboratories, restaurants, courtrooms, and America’s first commercial eel “family farm,” which just might upend the international market and save a state. This is an enthralling, globe–spanning look at an animal that you may never come to love, but which will never fail to astonish you, a miraculous creature that tells more about us than we can ever know about it.

Ellen Ruppel Shell is a writer, a journalist, and an academic. Formerly professor and director of the graduate program in science journalism at Boston University, Shell has contributed to the Boston Globe, the New York Times, and the Atlantic, where she is a longtime contributing editor and correspondent She is the author of four previous books, including Cheap: The High Cost of Discount Culture

RIGHTS: World English

SELLING POINTS

SEASONED AUTHOR: Shell is the author of four previous books, which have garnered reviews in many publications, including the New York Times, the Washington Post, the Boston Globe, Harpers, the Wall Street Journal, as well as more focused publications such as Science and Nature

LOCAL INTEREST: Though the story is global, the primary setting is Maine, which will garner lots of buzz not only from Maine institutions but across all of New England as well.

GREAT CONNECTIONS: As both a correspondent for the Atlantic Monthly and a professor at Boston University, Shell has big connections in both journalistic and academic circles.

SELLING CATEGORY: Voice–driven and engaging natural history, for readers of Sabrina Imbler’s How Far the Light Reaches, Susan Casey’s The Underworld, and Ed Yong’s An Immense World.

SPECIFICATIONS

*304 pages

*WIDTH: 5 1/2" - 140mm

*HEIGHT: 8 1/4" - 210mm

*Hardcover with jacket

PUB MONTH: AUGUST NONFICTION

ISBN 978-1-4197-6585-8

US $28.00 CAN $35.00 UK £19.99 ËxHSLELJy765858z

CARTON QTY: 28

ebook ISBN 978-1-64700-893-2

Saul Goodman v. Jimmy McGill

THE COMPLETE CRITICAL COMPANION TO BETTER CALL SAUL

BY ALAN SEPINWALL

The complete critical companion to AMC’s Emmy– and Golden Globe–nominated series Better Call Saul from the author of Breaking Bad 101 and The Sopranos Sessions

Across six critically acclaimed seasons, Better Call Saul surprised audiences and subverted Breaking Bad fans' expectations for what a prequel/sequel series could be. Bob Odenkirk reprised his role as the morally compromised defensive attorney and revealed the tragic and inevitable downfall of Jimmy McGill, a small–time con artist with big dreams and even bigger schemes. Audiences were introduced to now iconic characters, including Rhea Seahorn's Kim and Michael McKean's Chuck, as well as villains like Tony Dalton's Lalo, who rivaled Breaking Bad's most sinister creations.

Saul Goodman v. Jimmy McGill: The Complete Critical Companion to Better Call Saul collects chief TV critic at Rolling Stone Alan Sepinwall's critical essays on every episode of the Emmy and Golden Globe–nominated series. Sepinwall covered Better Call Saul from start to finish, and conducted exhaustive interviews with creator Vince Gilligan and stars Bob Odenkirk and Rhea Seahorn, reproduced here alongside new interviews with series co–creator Peter Gould. Timed to the 10th anniversary of the first season, this ultimate companion book, and follow–up to Breaking Bad 101, serves as a guide to the series’ greatness and place in pop–culture history as fan's kickoff celebratory rewatches and new fans discover the series for the first time about.

Alan Sepinwall has been writing about television for more than a quarter century and is considered one of the preeminent voices in the world of TV criticism. He has written or cowritten many books on the medium, including The Revolution Was Televised, New York Times bestsellers TV (THE BOOK) and The Sopranos Sessions, and Breaking Bad 101. Prior to his current job as the chief TV critic at Rolling Stone, Sepinwall worked as the lead TV columnist for the Star–Ledger newspaper of New Jersey, and later moved online to review television for HitFix and Uproxx. Slate has said Sepinwall “changed the nature of television criticism” and called him the “acknowledged king of the form.”

RIGHTS: World/All

SELLING POINTS

BELOVED SERIES: Emmy Award–nominated drama Better Call Saul grew its following to nearly three million active viewers by the end of its sixth and final season. This viewership on streaming services remains passionate and engaged, especially as the series continues to receive critical acclaim for its final season.

ANNIVERSARY: Publication will tie to the 10th anniversary of the first season’s premier, just in time for binges, rewatches, and critical reassessments/celebrations.

POPULAR AUTHOR: Sepinwall is a widely read and revered television critic, has 109,000 followers on X, and writes for Rolling Stone

PASSIONATE FANBASE: Breaking Bad and Better Call Saul have a hyper engaged fanbase eager to read more about the series they love.

SPECIFICATIONS

*304 pages

*WIDTH: 6" - 152mm

*HEIGHT: 9" - 203mm

* Hardcover with jacket PUB MONTH: FEBRUARY ENTERTAINMENT, NONFICTION, POP CULTURE

ISBN 978-1-4197-7719-6

US $30.00 CAN $38.00 UK £21.99 ËxHSLELJy777196z

ebook ISBN 979-8-88707-425-2

LOST: Back to the Island

THE COMPLETE CRITICAL COMPANION TO THE CLASSIC TV SERIES

BY EMILY ST. JAMES AND NOEL MURRAY

A comprehensive and critical companion to the blockbuster TV show LOST, revisiting its core themes, lore, and impact on culture

Before it premiered in the fall of 2004, LOST looked doomed to be an expensive, disastrous plane crash of a TV show. Instead, LOST was a massive hit, debuting with the biggest audience for a new drama on ABC in over a decade, reaching heights of over 23 million viewers at its peak, and holding on to a hefty fan–base for its entire six–season run. The elements that made the series seem like a boondoggle proved, instead, to be a big part of its appeal. Audiences loved the exotic island setting, became invested in the morally compromised characters, and feverishly tried to unravel the show’s many mysteries.

In LOST: Back to the Island, TV critics and veteran LOST recappers Emily St. James and Noel Murray revisit what made the show such a success and an object of enduring cultural obsession. Through essays, episode summaries, and cultural analysis, they take us back to the island and examine LOST’s lasting impact—and its complicated, sometimes controversial legacy—with a clear–eyed and lively investigation.

For fans of one of the most successful and highly discussed shows in recent memory, LOST: Back to the Island is both a delightful time capsule and a rousing work of entertainment criticism.

Emily St. James is a writer and cultural critic, currently writing on the TV series Yellowjackets. During her journalism career, she served as the critic–at–large for Vox and the first TV editor of the A.V. Club. Her work has also appeared in the New York Times, Vanity Fair, and Vulture. She is the co–author of Monsters of the Week: The Complete Critical Companion to The X–Files. Her debut novel, Woodworking, arrives in early 2025. She lives in Los Angeles. Noel Murray has been a freelance pop culture critic and reporter for over thirty years and was a key contributor to the influential websites The A.V. Club and The Dissolve. His writing about TV, movies, music, comics, and more has appeared in the New York Times, the Los Angeles Times, Vulture, Entertainment Weekly, and Rolling Stone. He lives in central Arkansas.

RIGHTS: World/All

SELLING POINTS

ANNIVERSARY AND NETFLIX STREAMING: The show will celebrate its 20th anniversary in Fall 2024. Netflix will begin streaming Lost in July 2024, ahead of the anniversary.

BELOVED AND HOTLY DEBATED: LOST fans love engaging with criticism—positive or negative—around the show. They love picking it apart and going on deep–dives, and are always looking for new ways to revisit the series. LOST won or was nominated for countless awards (including 54 Primetime Emmy nominations and 11 wins), and has had a lasting culture impact that few other shows of the early aughts can claim.

GREAT COMPS: This book shelves next to similar successful TV criticism books that Abrams has published very well—Mad Men Carousel, Sopranos Sessions—as well as other out–of–house comps published for similarly obsessive fandoms.

SPECIFICATIONS

*352 pages

*WIDTH: 6" - 152mm

*HEIGHT: 9" - 203mm

*Hardcover with jacket

PUB MONTH: SEPTEMBER ENTERTAINMENT, POP CULTURE, NONFICTION ISBN 978-1-4197-5050-2

US $30.00 CAN $38.00 UK £21.99

CARTON QTY: 24

ebook ISBN 978-1-64700-112-4

Outrageous

A HISTORY OF SHOWBIZ AND THE CULTURE WARS

BY KLIPH NESTEROFF

From the preeminent historian of comedy, an expansive history of show business and the battles over culture that have echoed through the decades and changed the United States

There is a common belief that we live in unprecedented times, that nobody got offended in the past, that people are simply too sensitive today, that racism and sexism were once widely accepted without objection. The truth is precisely the opposite. With every step of our cultural history, minorities have pushed back against racist portrayals, women have fought for respect, and people have sought to change the world of entertainment and beyond through a combination of censorship, advocacy, or protest. Likewise, opposing forces have sought to sway public opinion and shape culture through violence and political and economic pressure.

Kliph Nesteroff, author of The Comedians and We Had a Little Real Estate Problem, presents a deep dive into the history of show business and illustrates both how our world has changed and how the fierce battlegrounds of today are reflected in our past. Outrageous is a crucial and timeless book filled with surprising details, remarkable anecdotes, and unforgettable characters, including figures we think we know, such as Mae West, Roscoe “Fatty” Arbuckle, and Stan Laurel (who tried to bury his wife alive but still wasn’t “cancelled”), and others readers may never have heard of.

Kliph Nesteroff is the author of The Comedians: Drunks, Thieves, Scoundrels, and the History of American Comedy, a definitive volume, and We Had a Little Real Estate Problem: The Unheralded Story of Native Americans and Comedy. His work has been praised by everyone from Judd Apatow, Mel Brooks, and Marc Maron to Lewis Black, Fred Willard, and Steve Martin. He lives in Los Angeles.

SELLING POINTS

PROMINENT AUTHOR: Since the publication of his groundbreaking The Comedians in 2015, Nesteroff has become the leading authority on comedy (and a big voice on show business in general). He’s a frequent guest on WTF with Marc Maron and has received rave reviews and coverage from the New York Times, the Wall Street Journal, the Washington Post, and many other outlets.

HOT SUBJECT: Conversations over what we can and can’t say, can and can’t publish, and the consequences for those who do are as hot as they’ve ever been. Nesteroff shows how those questions have reverberated through American history, offering a crucial perspective.

FANTASTIC READ: Nesteroff is renowned for unearthing extraordinarily detailed stories about well–known and forgotten characters and weaving together an engaging narrative. This is an extremely entertaining and eye–opening read full of surprising chapters in showbiz history.

SPECIFICATIONS

*320 pages

*WIDTH: 5 1/2" - 140mm

*HEIGHT: 8 1/4" - 210mm

*Paperback

PUB MONTH: NOVEMBER NONFICTION

ISBN 978-1-4197-6099-0

US $18.00 CAN $23.00 UK £12.99

ËxHSLELJy760990z

ebook ISBN 978-1-64700-637-2

Hearts of Darkness

SERIAL KILLERS, THE BEHAVIORAL SCIENCE UNIT, AND MY LIFE AS A WOMAN IN THE FBI

BY JANA MONROE

For fans of Mindhunter and Criminal Minds, a chilling account of a woman facing down serial killers who was one of the first female profilers of the FBI Behavioral Sciences Unit and real–life model for The Silence of the Lambs’ Clarice Starling

Praise for Hearts of Darkness

“Jana Monroe is the single most influential woman to ever serve in the FBI. . . . This book is about great, sometimes horrifying cases and the scary people who walk among us, but it’s also the memoir of a great woman, a great human, and a great friend who has helped to define what is possible in law enforcement but few will ever achieve.”

—Joe Navarro, bestselling author of What Every BODY Is Saying (from the foreword)

Jana Monroe was no ordinary cop: a cofounder of—and, at the time, the only female agent in—the world renowned FBI Behavioral Sciences Unit at Quantico, over the course of her career she consulted on more than 850 homicide cases. Through her work, she and her BSU colleagues crossed paths with Ted Bundy, Jeffrey Dahmer, Edmund Kemper, Aileen Wuornos, and hundreds of other murderers; were also at the Branch Davidian Compound in Waco and traced the Oklahoma City bomber Timothy McVeigh’s tracks; and, in the wake of 9/11, headed up a new and expanded FBI headquarters in Las Vegas.

But to the people who know her best, Monroe is the BSU analyst upon whom the film character of Clarice (Jodie Foster) in The Silence of the Lambs was modeled; she even helped train Foster for the role. Over the course of an utterly astonishing and, until now, relatively anonymous career in shaping law enforcement and intelligence analysis, her legacy is without parallel yet not known to the public. Hearts of Darkness is Monroe’s incredible story and will have Monroe—now retired from the FBI— finally stepping out from the shadows to tell the range of gripping, sometimes gruesome, and always remarkable tales from the top moments of a life chasing the monsters among us. Within its pages, Monroe offers insight into the cases that have stayed with her most—from the infamous to lesser–known ones that readers will be introduced to for the first time in the book—offering new insight into the minds of some of the world’s most infamous and terrifying serial killers, as well as the psychological impact her work had on her day–to–day life. Hearts of Darkness will shock, enthrall, educate, and examine both extremes of human behavior—good and evil—as well as the daily norm found in the middle of this spectrum.

Jana Monroe had a distinguished 22–year career in the Federal Bureau of Investigation, where she held a variety of field investigative and operational roles across the United States, including more than five years as a criminal profiler at Quantico, Virginia. Her career culminated with Monroe pioneering as one of few women in the FBI executive leadership ranks: She served as special agent in charge in Phoenix, Arizona, and Los Angeles, California, two of the largest FBI field offices in the United States, and was the first assistant director of the FBI Cyber Division, based in Washington, DC. After retiring from the bureau, Monroe entered the private sector and now serves as the vice president of global security for Herbalife. She lives in Arlington, Texas.

ebook ISBN 978-1-64700-908-3 RIGHTS:

SELLING POINTS

THE REAL–LIFE CLARICE STARLING: Monroe shares never–before–heard insight from her and her colleagues’ cases— including Bundy, Dahmer, Kemper, Aileen Wuornos, and more—and readers will want to get inside the mind of the woman who provided analysis on more than 850 cases.

HOT GENRE: Blockbuster hits such as I’ll Be Gone in the Dark and Stay Sexy & Don’t Get Murdered demonstrate the demand for new books in this evergreen category, and Monroe’s story will stand out in this male–dominated genre, just as her career stands out in a male–dominated industry.

OUTSTANDING

CONTRIBUTORS: Monroe is working with Howard Means, ghostwriter for My FBI by former FBI director Louis Freeh; See No Evil and Sleeping With the Devil by former CIA agent Robert Baer (both New York Times bestsellers); and former CIA director George Tenet’s At the Center of the Storm: My Years at the CIA, and the book includes a foreword by Joe Navarro, FBI special agent for 25 years and author of Three Minutes to Doomsday and the international bestseller What Every BODY Is Saying.

SPECIFICATIONS

*320 pages

*WIDTH: 5 1/2" - 140mm

*HEIGHT: 8 1/4" - 210mm

*Paperback

PUB MONTH: OCTOBER

NONFICTION, MEMOIR

ISBN 978-1-4197-6612-1

US $17.00 CAN $22.00

CARTON QTY: 48

Burnt

A MEMOIR OF FIGHTING FIRE

BY CLARE FRANK

A captivating memoir of trailblazing and firefighting from a pioneering woman in a male–dominated field

Praise for Burnt

“Evocative . . . A must–read.” —Erin Brockovich

When Clare Frank was 17 years old, she became a firefighter in Northern California. Clare was five foot two and officially too young to join the service—she left her birthdate blank on her paperwork, hoping no one would notice. And she didn’t look like her peers, who sported Adam’s apples and mustaches. But her brother was a firefighter and loved it, so she thought she’d try it out, too. Very soon, she knew she had found her calling. Burnt is Clare’s inspiring, richly detailed, and open–hearted account of an extraordinary life in fire. It chronicles the transformation of a young adult determined to prove her mettle into a scarred and sensitive veteran grappling with the weight of her duties as chief of fire prevention—one of the highest–ranking women in Cal Fire history— while record–setting fires engulf her home state. Mentors and managing, funerals and scandal, pickup basketball, car crashes, and always fire—no one has written about this world, from this perspective, like Clare Frank. She masterfully mixes irreverence and awe, taking readers inside station houses, on daily calls, and along on wildfire campaigns, where antics and dark humor balance terrifying risk, trauma, and a sense of almost holy responsibility. Burnt: A Memoir of Fighting Fire is an unforgettable memoir from an American original.

Clare Frank started firefighting in California at 17 and was promoted up the ranks, becoming the state’s first and only female chief of fire protection. Along the way, she earned a BS in fire administration, an MFA in creative writing, and a JD. She has lectured at colleges, universities, and state and national fire conferences, and lives near Lake Tahoe with her husband and two dogs. This is her first book.

SELLING POINTS

GREAT VOICE: Frank is an inspirational woman with a wicked sense of humor. She is one of a kind, and her story is a joy to read.

ACCOMPLISHED AUTHOR:

Frank served as California’s first and only female chief of fire protection. Cal Fire is the largest fire department in California and the third largest in the United States (after US Forest Service and NYFD).

CURRENT EVENTS: Fire, especially in California, continues to dominate the news every summer. This is an issue that is not going away, and Frank is uniquely qualified to write about it.

SPECIFICATIONS

*336 pages

*WIDTH: 5 1/2" - 140mm

*Paperback

ebook ISBN 978-1-64700-783-6 RIGHTS: World/All

*HEIGHT: 8 1/4" - 210mm

PUB MONTH: OCTOBER MEMOIR

ISBN 978-1-4197-6391-5

US $17.00 CAN $22.00 UK £11.99 ËxHSLELJy763915z

CARTON QTY: 48

A Rome of One's Own

THE FORGOTTEN WOMEN OF THE ROMAN EMPIRE

BY EMMA SOUTHON

From the acclaimed author of A Fatal Thing Happened on the Way to the Forum, a “clever, bold, and refreshingly feminist” (Booklist) history of Rome that uses the lives of 21 women to upend our understanding of the ancient world

The history of Rome has long been narrow and one–sided, essentially a history of “the Doing of Important Things,” and as far as Roman historians have been concerned, women don’t make that history. From Romulus through the political stab–fest of the late Republic, and then on to all the emperors, Roman historians may deign to give you a wife or a mother to show how bad things become when women get out of control, but history is more than that.

Emma Southon’s A Rome of One’s Own is the best kind of correction. This is a retelling of the history of Rome with all the things Roman history writers relegate to the background, or designate as domestic, feminine, or worthless. This is a history of women who caused outrage, led armies in rebellion, wrote poetry; who lived independently or under the thumb of emperors. Told with humor and verve as well as a deep scholarly background, A Rome of One’s Own highlights women overlooked and misunderstood, and through them offers a fascinating and groundbreaking chronicle of the ancient world.

Dr. Emma Southon holds a PhD in ancient history from the University of Birmingham. The author of A Fatal Thing Happened on the Way to the Forum, Marriage, Sex and Death: The Family and the Fall of Rome and Agrippina, she cohosts a history podcast with writer Janina Matthewson called History is Sexy and works full time as a bookseller at Waterstones Belfast.

RIGHTS: North America

SELLING POINTS

HIGHLY PRAISED NEW VOICE: Southon’s work has drawn rave reviews that have highlighted her welcome fresh take on classical history, and she was featured on the cover of Publishers Weekly for this book.

ENDURING SUBJECT, NEW FOCUS: There’s a longstanding worldwide obsession with all things classical, and bestselling titles like Circe and Pandora’s Jar show that there’s an audience for a feminist perspective.

TIMELESS ISSUE: Beyond the Roman specifics, this is an uncovering of the women who are all too often painted as background characters in the story of our world. Because of the continued interest in revisionist histories, this has the potential to reach an even bigger audience than Southon’s previous book.

EXPERT AUTHOR: Southon has a PhD in ancient history from the University of Birmingham and taught ancient and medieval history, but she left behind the often grim world of academia to write for a popular audience.

SPECIFICATIONS

*416 pages

*WIDTH: 5 1/2" - 140mm

*HEIGHT: 8 1/4" - 210mm

*Paperback

PUB MONTH: SEPTEMBER

WOMEN'S HISTORY, NONFICTION

ISBN 978-1-4197-6019-8

US $18.00 CAN $23.00

ËxHSLELJy760198z

CARTON QTY: 36

ebook ISBN 978-1-64700-608-2

The Rooster House

MY UKRAINIAN FAMILY STORY: A MEMOIR

BY VICTORIA FROVOLA

A timely and deeply moving memoir of a Ukrainian family and the country’s tumultuous history

In the Ukrainian city of Poltava stands an elegant mansion known as the Rooster House, thanks to the two voluptuous red roosters flanking the door. It doesn't look horrifying, and yet, when Victoria was a girl growing up in the 1980s, her great–grandmother would take pains to avoid walking past it, because the Rooster House was home to the secret police.

Victoria grew up in Ukraine, moved abroad to the United States, then on to Europe. But in 2014, when Russian annexed Crimea and the landmarks of her personal geography—Kyiv, Kharkiv, Donetsk, Mariupol—were plunged into violence and tumult, she felt she had to go back. She had to visit her aging grandmother, and at the same time, she became obsessed with unraveling a family mystery spanning several generations, sparked by a line in her great–grandfather’s diary: “Brother Nikodim, vanished in the 1930s fighting for a free Ukraine.” It was an investigation that could only lead one place: to the Rooster House.

Inspired by the author's love for her family, and peopled by warm, larger–than–life characters who jostle alongside the ghostly absences of others, The Rooster House is at once a riveting journey into the complex history of a wounded country and a profoundly moving tribute to hope and the refusal of despair.

Born in Ukraine, Victoria Belim grew up in Chicago and now lives in Brussels, Belgium. A writer, journalist, translator, and fragrance specialist, Belim speaks 18 languages. Since 2010, she has been writing for the Financial Times’s How to Spend It magazine. Her work has also appeared in the New York Times Magazine, Elle, and Marie Claire, as well as on her own website, boisdejasmin.com.

SELLING POINTS

TIMELY SUBJECT: As Russia continues to wage war on Ukraine, the human cost of the two countries’ fraught and entangled history could not be more relevant.

EXCEPTIONAL WRITING:

Frovola layers her personal history and the story of Ukraine over the last century with travel, compelling portrayals of Ukrainians, and a gripping investigation of a family secret.

INTERNATIONAL ACCLAIM: The Rooster House has been published in 16 languages, and to rave reviews around the world.

SPECIFICATIONS

*304 pages

*WIDTH: 5 1/2" - 140mm

*HEIGHT: 8 1/4" - 210mm

*Paperback

PUB MONTH: SEPTEMBER

MEMOIR, NONFICTION, HISTORY

ISBN 978-1-4197-6786-9

US $18.00 CAN $23.00 ËxHSLELJy767869z

CARTON QTY: 48

ebook ISBN 979-8-88707-018-6

Sweet Land of Liberty

A HISTORY OF AMERICA IN 11 PIES

BY ROSSI ANASTOPOULO

A delicious and award–winning narrative history of pie in America, from the colonial era through the civil rights movement and beyond

Praise for Sweet Land of Liberty

“Food writer and editor Rossi Anastopoulo slices into the history of pie in the good ol’ US of A, from pumpkin pie on Thanksgiving to apple pie on Independence Day, using the iconic American dessert to tell the story of a country . . . interesting.”

Smithsonian Magazine, Best Books About Food

“Anastopoulo delivers these connections as though she’s relaying an interesting story to a friend, and . . . she makes the case that pie is a meaningful way through which to consider history.”

—Eater

“A really fun and interesting book, and really funny at times.”

—NPR’s “All Things Considered,” Book of the Day

From the pumpkin pie gracing the Thanksgiving table to the apple pie at the Fourth of July picnic, nearly every American shares a certain nostalgia for a simple circle of crust and filling. But America’s history with pie has not always been so sweet. After all, it was a slice of cherry pie at the Woolworth’s lunch counter on a cool February afternoon that helped to spark the Greensboro sit–ins and ignited a wave of anti–segregation protests across the South during the civil rights movement. Molasses pie, meanwhile, captures the legacies of racial trauma and oppression passed down from America's history of slavery, and Jell–O pie exemplifies the pressures and contradictions of gender roles in an evolving modern society. We all know the warm comfort of the so–called “All–American” apple pie . . . but just how did pie become the symbol of a nation?

In Sweet Land of Liberty: A History of America in 11 Pies, food writer Rossi Anastopoulo cracks open our relationship to pie with wit and good humor. For centuries, pie has been a malleable icon, co–opted for new social and political purposes. Here, Anastopoulo traces the pies woven into our history, following the evolution of our country across centuries of innovation and change. With corresponding recipes for each chapter and sidebars of quirky facts throughout, Sweet Land of Liberty is an entertaining, informative, and utterly charming food history for bakers, dessert lovers, and history aficionados alike. Ultimately, the story of pie is the story of America itself, and it’s time to dig in.

Rossi Anastopoulo is an award–winning writer whose work has appeared in TASTE, Saveur, Food52, Bon Appetit, and Eaten Magazine. In 2019 she was the recipient of the International Association of Culinary Professionals (IACP) Award for Narrative Food Writing for her piece on the bean pie and the Nation of Islam. She works as the blog editor for King Arthur Baking Company and is based in Los Angeles.

RIGHTS: World/All

SELLING POINTS

INCLUDES RECIPES: Historic pie recipes conclude each chapter of Sweet Land of Liberty, allowing readers to bake through 400 years of history.

HOLIDAY GIFT POTENTIAL: With a gifty package timed to publish ahead of Thanksgiving, Sweet Land of Liberty will make a perfect holiday gift for pie bakers (and eaters).

UNIQUE APPROACH AND STRONG CATEGORY: Pie books tend to be strong sellers in the food and drink category, and this narrative history approaches the subject in a smart and enlightening way.

AUTHOR PLATFORM:

Anastopoulo is very well–connected within the food scene through her job in culinary PR as a blog editor for King Arthur Baking Company, both in Los Angeles and in the South, and this book won the IACP Award for Best Literary or Historical Food Writing.

SPECIFICATIONS

*336 pages

*WIDTH: 5 1/2" - 140mm

*HEIGHT: 8 1/4" - 210mm

* Paperback

PUB MONTH: NOVEMBER

FOOD NARRATIVE, HISTORY

ISBN 978-1-4197-5488-3

US $18.00 CAN $23.00 UK £12.99

ËxHSLELJy754883z

ebook ISBN 978-1-64700-305-0

From Ibis • By Justin Haynes

The Heartbeat Library A NOVEL

BY LAURA IMAI MESSINA

A tender, contemplative, and uplifting novel about grief, friendship, and the many ways we heal, by the internationally bestselling author of The Phone Booth at the Edge of the World

Praise for The Phone Booth at the Edge of the World

“A must–read . . . a beautifully written book . . . Messina writes in a way that’s evocative of Kazuo Ishiguro but in an opposite way: While Ishiguro leads with comfort and hints at the sadness to come, Messina offers grief and sadness first but offers the reader a trail of breadcrumbs toward future happiness.” —Kirkus Reviews

“Thoughtful and tender, full of small daily moments and acts of kindness, Messina's novel is a testament to the power of community (and a bit of whimsy) in moving forward after loss.” —Shelf Awareness

The Heartbeat Library is a tender, contemplative, and uplifting novel about grief, friendship, and the many ways we heal, by the internationally bestselling author of The Phone Booth at the Edge of the World.

On the peaceful Japanese island of Teshima there is a library of heartbeats, a place where the heartbeats of visitors from all around the world are collected. In this small, isolated building, the heartbeats of people who are still alive or have already passed away continue to echo.

Several miles away, in the ancient city of Kamakura, two lonely souls meet: Shuichi, a 40–year–old illustrator, who returns to his hometown to fix up the house of his recently deceased mother, and eight–year–old Kenta, a child who wanders like a shadow around Shuichi’s house.

Day by day, the trust between Shuichi and Kenta grows, until they discover they share a bond that will tie them together for life. Their journey will lead them to Teshima and to the library of heartbeats . . .<

Enchanting, touching, and emotionally riveting, The Heartbeat Library is a story about loss and hope, pain and joy, reality and imagination, and the promise of healing and overcoming the odds thanks to the relationships we build and rediscover. Inspired by Les Archives du Cœur, an art installation in Japan that permanently houses recordings of the heartbeats of people throughout the world, Laura Imai Messina returns in this novel to the themes and atmospheres of her internationally bestselling novel The Phone Booth at the Edge of the World, combining a real–life pilgrimage site of healing with an unforgettable and heartwarming story.

Laura Imai Messina has made her home in Japan for the last 15 years and works between Tokyo and Kamakura, where she lives with her Japanese husband and two children. She has master’s and doctorate degrees from Tokyo University. She is the author of the internationally bestselling novel The Phone Booth at the Edge of the World, which was sold in 25 countries.

RIGHTS:

SELLING POINTS

STRONG AUTHOR TRACK:

The Phone Booth at the Edge of the World, which has sold over 100,000 copies worldwide and was translated into 25 languages, sold well for Overlook in hardcover and has backlisted well, going into six printings and counting.

PERFECT FOR FANBASE: The Heartbeat Library is similar to Phone Booth in theme, tone, and setting, making it the perfect sophomore novel for readers and reviewers who loved the first, while still functioning as a standalone novel for those new to the author’s work.

THEMES THAT RESONATE:

There continues to be a strong appetite for emotion–driven literary novels about grief and hope.

SPECIFICATIONS

*400 pages

*WIDTH: 5 1/2" - 140mm

*HEIGHT: 8 1/4" - 210mm

*Hardcover with jacket

PUB MONTH: OCTOBER FICTION

ISBN 978-1-4197-7249-8

US $27.00 CAN $34.00 ËxHSLELJy772498z

ebook ISBN 979-8-88707-234-0

Scrap A NOVEL

BY CALLA HENKEL

A true–crime obsessed young artist is drawn into the lives of an obscenely wealthy family in this fantastically entertaining thriller from Calla Henkel, author of Other People’s Clothes

Recently dumped and stuck with a mortgage, artist Esther Ray wants to burn the world, but instead, she reluctantly accepts a scrapbooking job from the deliriously wealthy Naomi Duncan. The scrapbooks, a secret birthday gift for Naomi’s husband, Bryce, trace the Duncan’s 25–year marriage. The conditions: Esther must include every piece of paper she’s been sent, must sign an NDA, and must only contact Naomi using the burner phone provided. Otherwise she’ll spoil the surprise.

As Esther binges true–crime podcasts and works through the near–200 boxes of Duncan detritus, she finds herself infatuated with the gilded family—until, mid–project, Naomi dies suspiciously. When Esther becomes convinced the husband killed her, she uses the scrapbooks’ trove of information to insert herself into the Duncans’ lives to prove it. But the more Esther investigates, the further she is dragged back to the scorched earth of her past and the famous artist who paid her to disappear.

Laced with pitch–black humor and conspiratorial unease, Scrap is a razor–sharp examination of wealth and power, art and truth, of the line between justice and revenge—and who gets to cross it.

Calla Henkel is a writer, playwright, director, and artist. Her work with Max Pitegoff has been exhibited in museums and galleries worldwide, including the Whitney Museum of Art. Previously she operated a bar, performance space, and film studio called TV.

ebook ISBN 979-8-88707-334-7 RIGHTS:

SELLING POINTS

JUICY THEMES: A very smart, book club–friendly book about art, craft, obsession, true–crime, and family secrets. This is for readers of Yellowface by R.F. Kuang, The Other Black Girl by Zakiya Dalila Harris, and Bright Young Women by Jessica Knoll.

BUZZED–ABOUT AUTHOR:

Henkel’s debut novel, Other People’s Clothes, was a New York Times Book Review Editor ’s Choice pick, a GOOP Book Club Pick, and named one of Glamour’s Best Books of the Year. It received great reviews as well in the Washington Post, Time, Kirkus (starred review), and more.

FILM AND TV NEWS: Adaptation rights to Other People’s Clothes sold in a heated eight–way auction to the Mark Gordon Company. Alexa Karolinski (Unorthodox) is working on the adaptation, and Scrap has been optioned by Lionsgate.

SPECIFICATIONS

*320 pages

*WIDTH: 5 1/2" - 140mm

*HEIGHT: 8 1/4" - 210mm

*Hardcover with jacket

PUB MONTH: AUGUST FICTION

ISBN 978-1-4197-7522-2

US $28.00 CAN $35.00 ËxHSLELJy775222z

CARTON QTY: 28

RIGHTS: World/All

Ibis A NOVEL

BY JUSTIN HAYNES

This bold, witty, magical new voice in fiction weaves a cross–generational Caribbean story of migration, superstition, and a search for family

A bold, witty, and magical cross–generational Caribbean story about migration, superstition, and a refugee’s search for her family.

There is bad luck in New Felicity. The people of the small coastal village have taken in Milagros, an 11–year–old Venezuelan refugee, just as Trinidad’s government has begun cracking down on undocumented migrants—and now an American journalist has come to town asking questions. New Felicity’s superstitious fishermen fear the worst, certain they’ve brought bad luck on the village by killing a local witch who had herself murdered two villagers the year before. The town has been plagued since her death by alarming visits from her supernatural mother, as well as by a mysterious profusion of scarlet ibis birds. Now, skittish that the reporter’s story will bring down the wrath of the ministry of national security, the fishermen take things into their own hands. From there, we go backward and forward in time—from the town’s early days, when it was the site of a sugar plantation, to Milagros’s adulthood as she searches for her mother across the Americas. In between, through the voices of a chorus of narrators, we glimpse moments from various villagers’ lives, each one setting into motion events that will reverberate outwards across the novel and shape Milagros’s fate. With kinetic, absorbing language and a powerful sense of voice, Ibis meditates on the bond between mothers and daughters, both highlighting the migrant crisis that troubles the contemporary world and offering a moving exploration of how to square where we come from with who we become.

Justin Haynes is a novelist and short story writer who was born in Port of Spain, Trinidad and Tobago, and raised just outside of it. He later moved to Brooklyn, NY. He has degrees from St. Francis College, the University of Notre Dame, and Vanderbilt University. Justin has been awarded various fiction residencies and fellowships, including from the Fine Arts Work Center, the Carl Djerassi Fellowship at the University of Wisconsin, the Vermont Studio Center, the Nicholas Jenkins Barnett fiction fellowship at Emory University, Art Omi, and at the Tin House Summer Workshop. His writing has been published in a variety of literary magazines and journals, including Caribbean Quarterly, SX Salon Small Axe Project, and Pree. Justin lives in Atlanta and teaches English and creative writing at Oglethorpe University.

SELLING POINTS

WELL–CONNECTED AUTHOR: Haynes has received great early support from high–level literary colleagues and friends, including Jericho Brown, Tayari Jones, Jenny Offill, and Marlon James, who’ve all agreed to blurb.

VIVID AND TOPICAL INTERNATIONAL FICTION: This novel paints a rich portrait of Trinidad and its relationship to the political instability in nearby Venezuela, driven by the compelling story of a young refugee and her lifelong search to find her way back to her mother.

SKILLFULLY WOVEN MAGICAL REALISM: Ibis travels from perspective to perspective and time period to time period, using the magic of Trinidadian folklore to tie its disparate plot threads together in surprising and exciting ways.

FOR READERS OF JUNOT DIAZ:

From its Caribbean setting to its sense of humor to its exploration of broader political issues, Ibis is reminiscent of works like The Brief Wondrous Life of Oscar Wao.

SPECIFICATIONS

*352 pages

*WIDTH: 5 1/2" - 140mm

*HEIGHT: 8 1/4" - 210mm

*Hardcover with jacket

PUB MONTH: FEBRUARY FICTION

ISBN 978-1-4197-7277-1

US $28.00 CAN $35.00 UK £19.99 ËxHSLELJy772771z

ebook ISBN 979-8-88707-243-2

The Night of the Scourge A

NOVEL

BY LARS MYTTING

A riveting and epic family drama set in WWII–era Norway, The Night of the Scourge is also the final novel in the internationally bestselling Sister Bells trilogy

Butangen, Norway, the years before WWII: Astrid Hekne has inherited the fighting spirit and hypersensitivity of her grandmother, who was a protector of the mythic Sister Bells that had once hung in the village’s centuries–old stave church. The once–traitorous priest Kai Schweigaard, now in his eighties, is wondering how his death, prophesied in a centuries–old tapestry, will come true. Schweigaard tries to understand the myths about the Night of the Scourge, which, according to old village beliefs, is the night when the known world will fall and the Earth will be scraped down to bare rock.

Then Norway is occupied by the Nazis. Astrid joins the Resistance, and Kai is thrown out of his own church. Betrayal within Astrid’s own family unites the Sister Bells in Dresden. Special effort and sacrifice, not only from the Hekne family, will be needed to combat the postwar rumors and mistrust.

This family drama, set in the tumultuous times of WWII, beautifully completes the Sister Bells trilogy. But while it connects to the previous books in surprising and thrilling ways, it can also be read as a standalone, a grand and epic novel that intertwines Norwegian folklore and myths with a rich story of hardship and passion.

Lars Mytting, one of Norway’s bestselling writers, is the author of The Bell in the Lake, The Reindeer Hunters, The Sixteen Trees of the Somme, and Norwegian Wood. His books, which have sold more than one million copies in 19 languages, have won the Norwegian Bookseller Prize and have been longlisted for the prestigious Dublin Literary Prize, among others.

SELLING POINTS

INTERNATIONALLY BESTSELLING SERIES: Both of the first two books in the trilogy were #1 bestsellers in Norway, where this third novel is now the most preordered book of all time. Mytting’s books have sold more than a million copies worldwide and have been published in 24 languages.

SERIES AND STAND–ALONE APPEAL: Though The Night of the Scourge concludes the Sister Bells trilogy, it also makes for an engrossing read in its own right, particularly due to its WWII Resistance plot hook.

PRIZE–WINNING NOVELIST: Mytting won the Norwegian Bookseller Prize for The Bell in the Lake and was longlisted for the prestigious Dublin IMPAC Prize.

SPECIFICATIONS

*400 pages

*WIDTH: 6" - 152mm

*HEIGHT: 9" - 203mm

*Hardcover with jacket

PUB MONTH: FEBRUARY FICTION

ISBN 978-1-4197-6093-8

US $28.00 CAN $35.00 ËxHSLELJy760938z

ebook ISBN 978-1-64700-634-1

Hotel Lucky Seven A NOVEL

BY KOTARO ISAKA

Bullet Train’s hapless underworld operative and his handler are back in this thrilling new novel from internationally bestselling author Kotaro Isaka

In Bullet Train, underworld operative Ladybug was tasked by his handler Maria Beetle with retrieving a suitcase from a high–speed train in Japan. The job did not go according to plan, to the delight of millions of readers and movie fans around the world.

Will the unluckiest assassin in the world will find things easier this time around? All he has to do is deliver a painting to a hotel guest, a portrait made by his daughter. Easy enough, except when Ladybug makes the delivery, he realizes that the guest is clearly not the guy in the painting. Then he attacks Ladybug, they fight, and the guest ends up dead. How can such simple jobs always go wrong?

Internationally acclaimed author Kotaro Isaka spins another outrageously entertaining thriller in Hotel Lucky Seven. This is a stylish, masterful book, again featuring outsized characters, gripping action, plot twists, and surprise identities.

Kotaro Isaka is a bestselling and multi–award–winning writer whose books have sold millions of copies around the world. He has won the Shincho Mystery Club Award, Mystery Writers of Japan Award, Japan Booksellers’ Award, and the Yamamoto Shugoro Prize. His novel Bullet Train was made into a major film starring Brad Pitt and Sandra Bullock.

SELLING POINTS

GREAT READ: Our most commercial Isaka novel in years, this features fan favorites Ladybug and Maria Beetle, protagonists of Bullet Train.

THE ASSASSINS SERIES: Isaka had intended Bullet Train, Three Assassins, and Mantis to be a loose trilogy. The international acclaim for Bullet Train led him to revisit these fantastic characters.

BIG IN–HOUSE AUTHOR: Three Assassins was a B&N Best Thriller of the Month selection in paperback, and we will aim to publish to publish the paperback of The Mantis in 2024, ahead of Hotel Lucky Seven

FILM NEWS: Isaka’s novels adapt well to the screen, and more films are in the works. Expect big news on this soon.

SPECIFICATIONS

*304 pages

*WIDTH: 6" - 152mm

*HEIGHT: 9" - 203mm

*Hardcover with jacket

PUB MONTH: NOVEMBER FICTION

ISBN 978-1-4197-7703-5

US $27.00 CAN $34.00

ebook ISBN 979-8-88707-416-0

The Mantis A

NOVEL

BY KOTARO ISAKA

From the internationally bestselling author of Bullet Train and Three Assassins, a propulsive thriller set in Tokyo’s criminal underworld about the intrigue and tensions a family man faces as he tries to hide his secret life as a hitman

Praise for Bullet Train

“Fueled by a seductively explosive premise, it's fast, deadly, and loads of fun.” —John Powers, NPR’s Fresh Air

“With its cavalcade of characters and dense, claustrophobic setting, Bullet Train steams forward with the frenetic chaos of a Scooby–Doo chase sequence.” New York Times

“A super cool plot, fantastic characters, tons of tension, high stakes, and just the right amount of humor. . . . Cross Murder On the Orient Express with Smokin’ Aces and layer in a healthy dose of the humor from Lock, Stock, and Two Smoking Barrels, and you wind up with Bullet Train, which is as brilliant on the page as it is on the screen.”

—Today.com

Praise for Three Assassins

“A delicate balancing act between this heady nihilism and direct, propulsive plotting . . . Three Assassins feels like a fever dream that makes sense when you’re in it, but whose strange contours linger long after you wake up.” New York Times

“A Tarantinoesque blend of offbeat wit and stylized violence.” —Times (London)

“As lean and fast–paced as a classic pulp thriller, Three Assassins dials the action up to 11 and then breaks off the knob. . . . You know you’re in the capable hands of Kotaro Isaka, whose Bullet Train was a black–humored, ultraviolent delight. Three Assassins is even faster, even funnier, and even more off–kilter.” —Apple Books Review

Kabuto is a highly skilled assassin eager to escape his dangerous profession and the hold his handler, the sinister Doctor, has over him. The Doctor, a real physician who hands over Kabuto’s targets as “prescriptions” in his regular appointments with him, doesn’t want to lose Kabuto as a profitable asset, but he agrees to let him pay his way out of his employment with a few last jobs. Only the most lucrative jobs involve taking out other professional assassins, and Kabuto’s final assignment puts him and his family—who have no idea about his double life—in danger.

The third book in a loose trilogy set in Kotaro Isaka’s imagined Tokyo criminal underworld, The Mantis features all the hallmarks of his work that readers have come to crave—assassins with quirky codenames and modi operandi, page–turning action sequences, madcap energy, and razor–sharp humor—making the novel a frenetic, unputdownable read that hurtles readers toward a thrilling climax.

Kotaro Isaka is a bestselling and award–winning writer whose books have sold millions of copies around the world. He has won the Shincho Mystery Club Award, Mystery Writers of Japan Award, Japan Booksellers’ Award, and the Yamamoto Shūgorō Prize. His novel Bullet Train was the basis for the major hit film starring Brad Pitt and Sandra Bullock. He lives in Sendai, Japan.

SELLING POINTS

ASSASSINS SERIES: The Mantis has the same high stakes and high style that readers loved in Isaka’s Bullet Train and Three Assassins

GROWING AUTHOR REACH:

The Bullet Train film generated a boom of interest in Isaka, and film adaptations of other novels in the works will keep him in front of readers and movie fans.

BIG OPPORTUNITY WITH AN INTERNATIONAL BESTSELLING AUTHOR: Isaka is an extremely highly regarded author in his native Japan, right up there with Haruki Murakami, and the author of numerous massive bestsellers. We have a huge opportunity to grow his audience in North America.

SPECIFICATIONS

*256 pages

*WIDTH: 5 1/2" - 140mm

*HEIGHT: 8 1/4" - 210mm

*Paperback

PUB MONTH: NOVEMBER FICTION

ISBN 978-1-4197-6948-1

US $17.00 CAN $22.00 ËxHSLELJy769481z

ebook ISBN 979-8-88707-092-6

The Oceans and the Stars

A SEA STORY, A WAR STORY, A LOVE STORY (A NOVEL)

BY MARK HELPRIN

Mark Helprin, the #1 New York Times, best–selling author of Winter’s Tale and A Soldier of the Great War, has returned with a fast–paced, beautifully written novel about the majesty of the sea; a life dedicated to duty, honor, and country; and the gift of falling in love

When Stephen Rensselaer, a Navy captain near the end of his career, is called upon to defend the politically doomed development of a variant of the Navy’s smallest ship, he does so without hesitation, thereby alienating the President of the United States. The program is cancelled after its first prototype, Athena, Patrol Coastal 15, and Rensselaer—his place on the promotion list for admiral all but forgotten—is given command, an intended humiliation for someone of his rank.

Rather than resign, he carries on, and while supervising Athena’s fitting out in New Orleans, encounters a brilliant lawyer, Katy Farrar, with whom he falls in love. After failed marriages for both, this is a completely unexpected and exhilarating last chance. Soon thereafter, he is deployed to the Persian Gulf. However, while refueling and taking on provisions in Israel, he discovers that his mission has been changed, which subjects his integrity, morality, and skill to the ultimate test, and ensures that Athena will live forever in the annals of the Navy.

As in the Odyssey, Katy is the force that keeps Rensselaer alive and the beacon that lights the way home through seven battles, mutiny, and court martial. In classic literary form, an enthralling new novel that extolls the virtues of living by the laws of conscience, decency, and sacrifice, The Oceans and the Stars is nothing short of a masterpiece.

Mark Helprin is the internationally acclaimed, best–selling author of Paris in the Present Tense, Winter’s Tale, In Sunlight and in Shadow, A Soldier of the Great War, Freddy and Fredericka, The Pacific, Swan Lake, Ellis Island, Memoir from Antproof Case, and numerous other works. He lives in Virginia.

RIGHTS: World English

SELLING POINTS

FAN BASE: Helprin is a #1 New York Times bestselling author with a devoted readership that has been eagerly awaiting his new novel for years.

MILITARY FICTION AUDIENCE: The Tom Clancy–level of detail and technical accuracy about all aspects of the Navy point to great potential for expanding on Helprin’s fan base.

CRITICAL ACCLAIM: Paris in the Present Tense (Overlook, 2017) received rapturous praise from the New York Times, Wall Street Journal, the Washington Post, Boston Globe, and People, among others.

STRONG TRACK: Helprin’s books are consistent sellers; Paris in the Present Tense was supported by Barnes & Noble and the indies, as well as Amazon, where it was an Editor’s Pick.

SPECIFICATIONS

*512 pages

*WIDTH: 5 1/2" - 140mm

*HEIGHT: 8 1/4" - 210mm

*Paperback

PUB MONTH: OCTOBER FICTION

ISBN 978-1-4197-6909-2

US $19.00 CAN $24.00 UK £13.99

ËxHSLELJy769092z

CARTON QTY: 28

ebook ISBN 979-8-88707-076-6

The Men Can't Be Saved

A NOVEL

BY BEN PURKERT

A rollicking debut novel that

“transcends the act of reading fiction” (Hanif Abdurraqib) while tackling a haunting question: What do our jobs do to our souls?

Praise for The Men Can’t Be Saved

“Purkert’s writing is a gift, and it shines through these pages.” —Hanif Abdurraqib, author of A Little Devil in America

“Funny, witty, and incisor–sharp, Purkert nails down the hypocrisies of modern masculinity and capitalism with the graceful hand of a poet.” —Alexandra Kleeman, author of Something New Under the Sun

“Wildly gripping, charmingly funny, bone–hard, and real. Purkert is the kind of writer I’ll follow anywhere.”

—Kaveh Akbar, author of Martyr!

SELLING POINTS

STELLAR LAUNCH: The Men Can’t Be Saved received fantastic reviews from the Washington Post, Vanity Fair, Esquire, The Boston Globe, Literary Hub, The Millions, Debutiful, and many more; it was deemed a highly anticipated or best book of 2023 by several of these outlets as well. The book was blurbed or reviewed by luminaries such as Hanif Abdurraqib, Clint Smith, Joyce Carol Oates, Alexandra Kleeman, Darin Strauss, and others. This will make for a splashy paperback launch.

SALES

AND PROMO: We’ve netted around 6,000 copies of the hardcover since August 2023, and Purkert remains an active promoter through events, readings, and literary festivals, well through 2023 and into 2024.

WORKPLACE NOVEL TREND:

A knockout debut novel “by one of my favorite writers” (Clint Smith, #1 New York Times bestselling author) that tackles a haunting question: What do our jobs do to our souls?

Seth is a junior copywriter whose latest tagline just went viral. But this professional triumph won’t fix his personal life. His coworker crush won’t be seen with him; he mistakes his local barista’s disaffection for devotion; and a romance–seeking Birthright trip lands him in a Jerusalem hospital bed. To top all this off, he’s almost certainly addicted to pills.

When his job lets him go, he can’t let go of his job. Thankfully one former colleague can’t let him go either: Robert “Moon” McCloone, a skeezy on–the–rise exec better suited to a dorm room than a boardroom. When Seth gets taken in by an overeager Orthodox rabbi, he tries to forget Moon and find higher purpose—but is he only digging himself deeper?

With this debut novel, Purkert incisively explores self–worth through two kinds of toxic masculinity: the guys who see no problem with their bad behavior and those who don’t see it as bad at all. Brimming with wit, irreverence, and soul–searching, The Men Can’t Be Saved is a startlingly original examination of work, religion, sex, drugs, and ourselves.

Ben Purkert is the author of the poetry collection For the Love of Endings. His work appears in The New Yorker, the Nation, and the Kenyon Review, among others. He is the founder of Back Draft, a Guernica interview series focused on revision and the creative process. He holds degrees from Harvard and New York University, and he currently teaches at Rutgers.

Workplace satires featuring existential crises are having a great moment, from Several People Are Typing (a GMA Bookclub pick) and Black Buck (a New York Times bestseller) to Ling Ma’s breakaway novel Severance. This subject remains evergreen in an era when we’re all reassessing our relationships to work and purpose.

SPECIFICATIONS

*304 pages

*WIDTH: 5 1/2" - 140mm

*HEIGHT: 8 1/4" - 210mm

*Paperback

PUB MONTH: AUGUST

FICTION, JEWISH HISTORY & CULTURE

ISBN 978-1-4197-6714-2

US $17.00 CAN $22.00

ËxHSLELJy767142z

CARTON QTY: 44

ebook ISBN 978-1-64700-965-6

Idlewild A NOVEL

BY JAMES FRANKIE THOMAS

A darkly funny story of two adults looking back on their intense teenage friendship, refracting the traditional coming–of–age story through queerness, trans identity, and the early days of the social Internet

Idlewild is a small, artsy Quaker high school in lower Manhattan. Students call their teachers by their first names, there are no grades, and every day begins with 20 minutes of contemplative silence. It is during one of those morning meetings that an airplane hits the Twin Towers.

For two Idlewild outcasts, 9/11 serves as the first day of an intense, 18–month friendship. Fay is a prickly, aloof rich kid who is obsessed with gay men; Nell is a shy, sensitive scholarship student who is obsessed with Fay. The two of them bond fiercely over being the only two openly queer kids at Idlewild and spend their waking hours giddily parsing everything around them for homoerotic subtext. Then, during rehearsals for the fall play, they notice and befriend two sexually ambiguous boys, Theo and Christopher. The pairs become mirrors of one another and drive each other to make mistakes that they’ll regret for the rest of their lives.

Looking back on these events as adults, Fay and Nell, who haven’t spoken in 15 years, trace that fateful school year in alternating perspectives, recalling backstage intrigue, antiwar demonstrations, boisterous teenage performances of identity, and smutty fanfic written over AIM and a shared dial–up connection—as well as the events that were, ultimately, both their making and their unmaking.

James Frankie Thomas is a lifelong New Yorker. He attended the City College of New York and the Iowa Writers’ Workshop. He has worked as a video store clerk, a Shakespeare tutor, and the “YA of Yore” columnist for the Paris Review; he was most recently a theater critic at Vulture. Idlewild is his first novel.

SELLING POINTS

ebook ISBN 979-8-88707-079-7 RIGHTS: World English

FRESH COMING–OF–AGE

STORY: Idlewild is for the readers of Prep and The Secret History who also grew up on the Internet, whose sense of humor was shaped by the early aughts, and who have an interest in queer and trans narratives.

GREAT AUTHORIAL ANGLE: Thomas realized that he was transgender only when his MFA classmates unexpectedly pointed out that one of Idlewild’s two protagonists read as a closeted trans man.

STRONG CONNECTIONS: Blurbs are already in hand from Jaya Saxena and Sarah Thankam Matthews, and the author is close friends with prominent trans author Daniel Lavery.

SPECIFICATIONS

*400 pages

*WIDTH: 5 1/2" - 140mm

*HEIGHT: 8 1/4" - 210mm

*Paperback

PUB MONTH: SEPTEMBER FICTION

ISBN 978-1-4197-6915-3

US $18.00 CAN $23.00 UK £12.99

ËxHSLELJy769153z

CARTON QTY: 44

From The Road: A Graphic Novel

• Written by Cormac McCarthy; illustrated by Manu Larcenet

AN ILLUSTRATED MEMOIR OF A VETERAN’S SERVICE DURING THE WAR IN VIETNAM

BY RICK PARKER

The long–awaited graphic novel memoir from cartoonist Rick Parker about his time in the United States Army, when he was drafted to serve during the Vietnam War

Praise for Drafted

“Rick Parker’s remarkable graphic novel Drafted is a painfully honest, funny, and often troubling account of his time in the U.S. Army during the Vietnam War. Engaging, insightful and wonderfully drawn . . . a fascinating read.” —Derf Backerf, My Friend Dahmer, Trashed, and Kent State

“Rick Parker went through basic training a few years before I did, but man, everything in his graphic novel rings true and clear. This is observational graphic storytelling at its best. If you've never been in the service, this will be an eye–opener, and if you are a vet, this will trigger some long-forgotten memories.” —Larry Hama, G.I.Joe, The ’Nam, and Vietnam Veteran

Drafted is a graphic novel memoir by Rick Parker, a shy, inexperienced, and overly protected teenager who gets drafted into the United States Army at the height of the Vietnam War. The looming threat of deployment informs every aspect of his life, from the most ludicrous experiences to the grimmest tests of endurance. Initially determined to do his patriotic duty, Parker gradually comes to the realization that he is just not cut out for a military career and wants nothing more than to serve his time and return to civilian life to pursue his dream of becoming an artist. In telling this story, he shows how Vietnam was the last war in the United States that instituted the draft; how the draft affected those who served; and how we as Americans think of war and our soldiers once they return from service. Parker also shows how being an artist helped him to survive his time in the army. Drafted is a compelling and unique graphic novel memoir, perfect for fans of Joe Sacco and Derf Backderf, and is sure to appeal to Parker’s dedicated followers and new fans alike—already proven by the response to the award–winning short film Rick Parker, I’m Afraid

Rick Parker is a letterer and cartoonist and the artist of the MTV Beavis and Butt–Head comic book series published by Marvel Comics. He is also the illustrator of the Ghoulunatics and a series of parody comics for Papercutz, which includes titles such as Diary of a Stinky Dead Kid, Harry Potty and the Deathly Boring, Breaking Down (a Twilight Saga parody), Percy Jerkson and the Ovolactovegetarians, The Hunger Pains, and The Farting Dead. He lives in Falmouth, Maine.

RIGHTS:

SELLING POINTS

ESTABLISHED CREATOR: Parker has been a veteran of the comics industry for 50 years. Drafted is the first graphic novel he has both written and illustrated.

RELEVANT TOPIC: Fewer and fewer people are enlisting in the military these days. Given recent discussions in the media around the draft and how Americans think of the Vietnam War and our ongoing military involvement overseas, this is the perfect book for classroom discussion.

HUMOROUS APPROACH: The darker themes and topics are balanced with moments of humor, showcasing Parker’s unique voice.

MOVIE ADAPTATION: In 2021, the short film Rick Parker, I’m Afraid was released and won first place at Sundance Collab, a digital space for independent artists from all over the world. It was director Shannon Meserve’s first film, and is currently being expanded into a feature documentary.

SPECIFICATIONS

*Full-color illustrations throughout *256 pages

*WIDTH: 7" - 178mm

*HEIGHT: 10 1/4" - 260mm

*Hardcover with jacket PUB MONTH: SEPTEMBER AGES 16 and up GRAPHIC NOVELS

ISBN 978-1-4197-6159-1

CARTON QTY: 12 ebook ISBN 978-1-64700-660-0

All Princesses Die Before Dawn

A GRAPHIC NOVEL

WRITTEN AND ILLUSTRATED BY QUENTIN ZUTTION

A beautifully illustrated graphic novel focusing on a single day in the life of a family whose issues reach a breaking point on the day following the death of Princess Diana

August 3, 1997. In the bathroom of his suburban home, eight–year–old Lulu is trying on his mom’s lipstick. He dreams of kissing his best friend, a neighborhood boy. Meanwhile, his teenage sister, Cam, covers her much–older boyfriend sneaking up to her bedroom by blasting the latest summer hits. In the kitchen, their mother is waiting for their father, who didn’t come home last night. On TV, newscasters are announcing the death of Princess Diana. Three love stories, from budding desire to fading passion, play out within one family on a late summer’s day—a day that will change all their lives forever.

All Princesses Die Before Dawn is a devastating and richly illustrated slice–of–life graphic novel that has already found critical success in France. Topical and relevant to the issues many families in the United States and worldwide face today, it doesn’t shy away from addressing homophobia, emotional abuse, and broken families, but remains quietly optimistic about the strength of love and the human spirit as it does so.

Quentin Zuttion is an author and illustrator of graphic novels. His work explores bodies, modern love stories, and quests of self–discovery. He is also the illustrator of the SelfMadeHero title Call Me Nathan. He currently lives in France.

RIGHTS: North American English

SELLING POINTS

TOPICAL AND RELEVANT: This graphic novel touches on the many issues that a modern family can face, including emotionally abusive relationships, homophobia, grappling with sexual identity, and an absent parent.

RICHLY ILLUSTRATED: Quentin Zuitton is a widely published Eisner Award–nominated illustrator who cites Brecht Evens, Julie Maroh, and Egon Schiele among the influences on the airily physical style of his work. The light touch with which he illustrates All Princesses Die Before Dawn perfectly suits the fragile emotional texture of the story and deftly draws you into this family’s life–changing summer day in 1997.

INTERNATIONALLY RECOGNIZED: All Princesses Die Before Dawn was originally selected to be translated into English as an effort to promote European comics abroad. Considered to be a title indicative of the literary potential of European comics, the subsequent praise it’s received from librarians and the critical acclaim it has received at home in France make it a perfect choice for American readers interested in literary comics who are looking for something new and different.

SPECIFICATIONS

*Full-color illustrations throughout *160 pages

*WIDTH: 7 5/8" - 194mm

*HEIGHT: 10 1/4" - 260mm

*Hardcover with jacket

PUB MONTH: NOVEMBER AGES 13 and up

ISBN 978-1-4197-7664-9

US $24.99 CAN $31.99 ËxHSLELJy776649z

ebook ISBN 979-8-88707-393-4

Frank Miller’s Ronin Rising Collector’s Edition

BY FRANK MILLER; ILLUSTRATED BY PHILIP TAN AND DANIEL HENRIQUES

From legendary creator Frank Miller comes Frank Miller's Ronin Rising, the follow up to the iconic 1983–84 original series from DC Comics—all six issues collected for the first time in a deluxe, landscape format

After over 40 years, Frank Miller’s critically acclaimed cult classic, Ronin, is back as one of the flagship series in Miller’s new Frank Miller Presents line of comics. This fan–favorite saga follows Casey McKenna, the lover of protagonist Billy Challas, years after the events of the original series, traveling the world with Billy’s precocious and powerful child.

With Philip Tan and Daniel Henriques providing pencils and inks for chapters 1, 2, 3, and 5 of the book, and the masterful Frank Miller himself drawing chapters 4 and 6, Frank Miller's Ronin Rising is a visual feast, with skillfully executed battle sequences that seem to jump off the page. Miller and his team continue the story of Ronin deftly and intentionally, drawing the reader into his postapocalyptic world as completely as he did in the original series run, published in 1983–84 by DC Comics, which is widely considered to be one of his most influential original works.

One of Miller’s most iconic original series, Frank Miller's Ronin Rising has incredible crossover and media potential. Not only is the series a part of comics history, comparable Miller original series, such as Sin City and 300 have had huge success on the big screen. Because of this and other cross–media hits, such as Batman: The Dark Knight Returns and Elektra, Miller is one of those auteur cartoonists whose name is instantly recognizable not just to comics fans, but to pop–culture fans worldwide. This deluxe edition shows each spread from the six issue comic series as Miller originally intended, in full landscape format.

Frank Miller is regarded as one of the most influential and prominent creators in the comic book industry today, known for his intense, hard–boiled storytelling and gritty noir aesthetic across comics, novels, and film. His most notable works include 300, Ronin, the Sin City series, Batman: The Dark Knight Returns, and Batman: Year One, among others. He has received numerous awards, including two Harvey Awards for Best Graphic Album of Original Work in 1998 and Best Continuing Series in 1996; and six Eisner Awards, including those for Best Writer/Artist, Best Graphic Novel Reprint, Best Cartoonist, Best Cover Artist, Best Limited Series and Best Short Story. In 2015, Miller was inducted Will Eisner Award Hall of Fame for his lifetime of contributions to the industry. Philip Tan is a comic book writer and artist who has worked on Spawn, Uncanny X–Men, Iron Man, and others. His collaboration with Frank Miller on Ronin Rising is just one of several prestigious creative partnerships, and he has also collaborated with industry legends like Grant Morrison and Jim Lee. Outside of the comics industry, he has illustrated for Magic: The Gathering Daniel Henriques is a Portuguese comic book artist who has contributed inks for titles published by Marvel, Image, Dark Horse, and DC Comics, collaborating with some of today’s top talents in a wide variety of titles, such as Green Arrow, Mortal Kombat X, Green Lantern, Lobo, and Spawn

RIGHTS: World English

SELLING POINTS

PRESTIGIOUS CREATOR: Frank Miller is a legend in the comic book industry: Stories like 300 and Sin City are instantly recognizable to most pop–culture fans today, and Miller has consistently used the influence and reader base he’s gained to cultivate a formidable platform for telling original stories.

ICONIC ORIGINAL STORY: Frank Miller’s Ronin is an iconic original work and a piece of comics and pop–culture history, having been cited as an inspiration by cartoonists worldwide.

DYNAMIC FORMATS: Released simultaneously in two formats, the deluxe hardcover edition and simultaneous manga tankoubon format (jacketed paperback; 978–1–4197–7662–5) will reach two different and equally receptive audiences. This deluxe, hardcover edition presents each spread in landscape format it was originally intended.

COLLECTED FOR THE FIRST TIME: Originally self–published as part of the Frank Miller Presents line as Ronin II in six issues, this critically acclaimed series is collected for the first time and includes all–new cover by Frank Miller.

INCREDIBLE ART: Tan and Henriques’s explosively dynamic black–and–white art is perfect for fans of manga, while Miller returns to illustrate part of the story himself in the iconic style which originally made Ronin a classic.

SPECIFICATIONS

*Full-color illustrations throughout *192 pages

*WIDTH: 13 1/4" - 337mm

*HEIGHT: 10 1/4" - 260mm

*Hardcover POB

PUB MONTH: OCTOBER

ISBN 978-1-4197-7661-8

US $40.00 CAN $50.00 UK £28.99 ËxHSLELJy776618z

CARTON QTY: 8

ebook ISBN 979-8-88707-392-7

RIGHTS: World English

A

GRAPHIC BIOGRAPHY

WRITTEN BY TASSOS APOSTOLIDIS; ILLUSTRATED BY ALECOS PAPADATOS

From the artist behind the critically acclaimed, award–winning, New York Times #1 bestselling graphic novel Logicomix comes a graphic novel about the life and legacy of Aristotle, the polymath who became one of the founding figures of modern thought

Little is known about the early life of Aristotle, the polymath who would go on to serve as a cultural cornerstone of modern thought and scholarship. Alecos Papadatos, the artist behind the critically acclaimed, award–winning, New York Times #1 bestselling graphic novel Logicomix, and Tassos Apostolidis, an author and teacher, bring his story to life, following the trail of clues to paint a picture of the great man and his philosophy.

The son of a renowned Macedonian physician, Aristotle pursues his studies in Athens and becomes one of Plato’s favorite disciples. A great scholar, he even serves as Alexander the Great, Ptolemy, and Cassander’s personal tutor. Aristotle goes on to found his own school, the Lyceum. There, he transmits his knowledge and passion to any student wishing to embark on an intellectual and philosophical journey. Most of his works that have endured are from this crucial time. The fact that these were not likely intended for publication and yet have had such an astounding influence on every school of Western thought, speak to the monumental legacy which Papadatos and Apostolidis carefully reconstruct in this compelling and informative graphic novel.

Alecos Papadatos was born in Thessaloniki, Greece, in 1959. In 1990, with his wife and collaborator, Annie Di Donna, they founded the production studio Spicy Toons. In 2003, he began work on the Logicomix graphic novel, published initially in 2008 by Bloomsbury. Following the great success of that project, he published Democracy (Bloomsbury, 2015). His work is internationally acclaimed, and he hosts workshops and masterclasses in Greece, Turkey, Poland, France, and the United Kingdom. Tassos Apostolidis was born in 1947 in Thessaloniki, Greece, where he studied mathematics. He has written many engaging books and graphic novels based on works of classical Greek literature. He also writes plays, newspaper columns and humor pieces, and stand–up comedy shows. Apostolidis is a member of several writers' organizations and regularly hosts workshops, classes, and conferences on subjects such as drawing, caricature, and comics.

SELLING POINTS

INCREDIBLE SUBJECT: Aristotle’s writings have endured the test of time, and he has influenced every Western school of thought, from linguistics to science to economics to philosophy.

NONFICTION GRAPHIC NOVELS: Graphic novels have become ever more popular as a medium through which to explore and explain complicated ideas and historical subjects. They have found placement in curricula at schools and universities and success with readers who are curious about these historical figures and subjects.

DYNAMIC CREATIVE TEAM: Papadatos is the illustrator of the critically acclaimed, award–winning, New York Times #1 bestselling graphic novel Logicomix (70,000 copies in paperback on Bookscan). Apostolidis has written many graphic novels on philosophy and history, and additionally has worked as a teacher for almost 40 years.

SUCCESSFUL FORMAT: Graphic novel biographies have long been a successful format for Abrams ComicArts, including recent titles such as Run: Book One, which won an Eisner Award for Best Graphic Memoir and was featured on multiple Best of the Year lists, and Joseph Smith and the Mormons, which was nominated for an Ignatz Award and won the Association of Mormon Letters award for comics.

SPECIFICATIONS

*Full-color illustrations throughout *216 pages

*WIDTH: 7 1/2" - 191mm

*HEIGHT: 10 1/4" - 260mm

*Hardcover with jacket PUB MONTH: NOVEMBER AGES 13 and up

ISBN 978-1-4197-7701-1

CARTON QTY: 10 ebook ISBN 979-8-88707-415-3

The Road

A GRAPHIC NOVEL ADAPTATION

WRITTEN

BY

CORMAC MCCARTHY; ILLUSTRATED BY MANU LARCENET

The first–ever graphic novel adaptation of Cormac McCarthy’s Pulitzer Prize–winning postapocalyptic classic, The Road, approved and authorized by McCarthy and illustrated by acclaimed cartoonist Manu Larcenet

The story of a nameless father and son trying to survive with their humanity intact in a postapocalyptic wasteland where Earth’s natural resources have been diminished, and some survivors are left to raise others for meat, The Road is one of Cormac McCarthy’s bleakest and most prescient novels. Dedicated to his son, John Francis McCarthy, McCarthy’s The Road is one of his most personal novels. Ranked 17th on The Guardian’s 100 Best Novels of the 21st century, it was the recipient of the Pulitzer Prize for literature, the James Tait Black Memorial Award, the Believer Award, and was nominated for the National Book Critics Circle Award.

This first official graphic novel adaptation of McCarthy’s work is illustrated by acclaimed French cartoonist Manu Larcenet, who ably transforms the world depicted by McCarthy’s spare and brutal prose into stark ink drawings that add an additional layer to this haunting tale of family love and human perseverance. Cormac McCarthy personally approved the making of this book before his death, and the adaptation bears the approval of the McCarthy estate.

Cormac McCarthy (1933–2023) was a playwright and novelist hailed by many, including Stephen King and literary critic Harold Bloom, as one of the major American novelists of our time. McCarthy’s multiple bestselling and award–winning works over the course of his 57–year career include The Orchard Keeper, Outer Dark, Child of God, Suttree, Blood Meridian, All the Pretty Horses, The Crossing, Cities of the Plain, No Country for Old Men, The Road, The Passenger, and Stella Maris. Many of his novels have been adapted into blockbuster films, including The Road Manu Larcenet is a 29–year veteran of the comic book industry who has published work with Fluide Glacial, Spirou, and multiple books for the French publisher Dargaud. He is a founder of comic book publisher Les Rêveurs and has received multiple awards and nominations for his work in France, including the Best Comic Book Award at Angoulême in 2004, and the 2010 French Comics Library Prize for Best Comic Book.

SELLING POINTS

ebook ISBN 979-8-88707-397-2 RIGHTS: World English

CELEBRATED AUTHOR: In the course of McCarthy’s career, spanning from 1965–2022, he won the National Book Award, the National Book Critics Circle Award, the Pulitzer Prize, and the James Tait Black Memorial Award. He has had multiple New York Times bestsellers, multiple blockbuster film adaptations of his work, and has been hailed by critics and famous authors.

OFFICIAL ADAPTATION: While McCarthy passed in 2023, this adaptation of The Road began in his lifetime with his blessing and full cooperation, and is one of the last books he worked on in his career, bearing the approval of the McCarthy estate.

TOPICAL AND RELEVANT: McCarthy’s original novel, The Road, has been cited by The Guardian as one of the five best climate–change novels, and praised by activist and writer George Monbiot as the most important environmental book ever written. As the discussion around climate change shifts in our culture, McCarthy’s postapocalyptic vision becomes more urgent than ever.

DEFTLY ILLUSTRATED: This adaptation of The Road brings a new and visual element to this work. Showing the chilling reality of a world without a biosphere, Manu Larcenet’s spare and unforgiving pen–and–ink illustrations perfectly capture the tone of the spare and unforgiving prose that defines McCarthy’s most iconic novels.

SPECIFICATIONS

*Full-color illustrations throughout *160 pages

*WIDTH: 8 1/4" - 210mm

*HEIGHT: 10 1/4" - 260mm

*Hardcover with jacket

PUB MONTH: SEPTEMBER AGES 13 and up

ISBN 978-1-4197-7677-9

US $26.99 CAN $33.99 UK £18.99 ËxHSLELJy776779z

CARTON QTY: 10

Capital &

A Graphic Novel Adaptation

BASED ON THE BOOK BY THOMAS PIKETTY, THE BESTSELLING AUTHOR OF CAPITAL IN THE 21ST CENTURY AND CAPITAL AND IDEOLOGY WRITTEN BY THOMAS PIKETTY; ADAPTED BY CLAIRE ALET; ILLUSTRATED BY

BENJAMIN ADAM

Author and illustrator Claire Alet and Benjamin Adam adapt renowned economist

Thomas Piketty’s Capital and Ideology in an accessible and richly illustrated graphic novel format

More than just a faithful graphic novel adaptation of Capital and Ideology, Claire Alet and Benjamin Adam make the original work’s ideas more accessible through the addition of a family saga. Jules, the main character, is born at the end of the 19th century. He is a person of private means, a privileged figure representative of an unequal society obsessed with property. He, his family circle, and his descendants will experience the evolution of wealth and society. Eight generations of his family serve as a connecting thread, all the way up to Léa, a young woman today, who discovers the family secret at the root of their inheritance.

Praised by Piketty himself as a “magnificent adaptation” of his book, this accessible graphic novel adaptation is perfect for anyone looking to understand the wealth gap and society. Its friendly and approachable illustrations by cartoonist and children’s book author Benjamin Adam are easy to understand. The material is adapted expertly by Claire Alet, a former journalist at Alternatives Economiques

Thomas Piketty is an economist and bestselling author whose accessible books about the wealth gap and income inequality have influenced popular conversations about our economy for at least a decade. He has received awards and honors from the University of Johannesburg, the Universidad de Chile, the Yrjö Jahnsson Award, and the Prix du Meilleur Jeune Économiste de France. His first book, Capital in the Twenty–First Century, was a New York Times bestseller and received the British Academy Medal. Capital and Ideology is the sequel to that book. Claire Alet graduated from Sciences–Po and worked as a journalist at Alternatives Economiques for several years. She is also author of documentary films for Arte and directs a literature of reality series at Bayard. Benjamin Adam is a cartoonist and illustrator of children’s books living in France. Joker (La Pastèque, 2015) and Soon (Dargaud, 2019) are among his most recently published books. Soon was selected as one of several graphic novels translated into English by Europe Comics, an initiative by the European Commission meant to spread the heritage and art of European graphic novels worldwide.

RIGHTS: World English

SELLING POINTS

CELEBRATED AUTHOR:

Thomas Piketty is one of the foremost economists of our time. His bestselling and accessible books on the subject of income and wealth inequality have launched an ongoing conversation about the current state of Western society and the uncertain future.

ACCESSIBLE ADAPTATION:

This graphic novel adaptation of Piketty’s book Capital and Ideology (2020), the sequel to his bestselling Capital in the Twenty–First Century (2014), is perfect for disseminating his groundbreaking work to an even broader audience.

TIMELY

SUBJECT MATTER:

In the face of the ever–more–glaring wealth gap exposed by the COVID–19 pandemic and strikes across multiple industries, people are more interested than ever in discussing the issues facing our society. Younger generations, who have been extremely receptive to graphic novel adaptations of prose books, are particularly interested in this subject.

ILLUSTRATED EDITION:

Benjamin Adam’s clean black–and–white illustrations bring an element of fun and visual appeal to the subject of economics without dumbing down the subject matter. The graphic novel adaptation has already proven immensely popular in France, selling over 60,000 copies within the first five days of its release.

SPECIFICATIONS

*Full-color illustrations throughout *176 pages

*WIDTH: 7 1/2" - 191mm

*HEIGHT: 10" - 254mm

*Paperback with flaps

PUB MONTH: SEPTEMBER AGES 13 and up

ISBN 978-1-4197-7705-9

CARTON QTY: 20

ebook ISBN 979-8-88707-417-7

Dante's Inferno

A GRAPHIC NOVEL ADAPTATION

WRITTEN BY DANTE ALIGHIERI; ILLUSTRATED BY PAUL AND GAËTAN BRIZZI

Acclaimed French animators Paul and Gaëtan Brizzi adapt Dante’s literary classic Inferno in the sweeping, dramatic style that brought The Hunchback of Notre Dame and Fantasia 2000 to life

Guided by the poet Virgil, Dante crosses the nine circles of Hell to find his beloved, Beatrice, in Paradise. Along the way, he must recognize and reject each of the incarnations of sin. In each circle of Hell, Dante confronts both sinners and demons, from Cleopatra, Helen of Troy, Achilles, and Paris, whose loves were famously their downfall, to the Greek Furies and Medusa, to heretics like Epicurus, whose teachings claimed that the soul died with the body, now forced to writhe in a flaming tomb for eternity. Each layer of Hell reveals monsters, gods, historical and mythological kings, philosophers, queens, and hordes of the miserable, faceless damned, all culminating in a confrontation with Lucifer himself.

Paul and Gaëtan Brizzi make this famously dense literary classic accessible without distorting it and betraying the spirit of the Italian genius. They deftly translate it into comics while taking care to preserve the heart of the story: a taste for excess, dramatic tension, and the inevitable darkness of the subject matter.

Literary aficionados will appreciate this decadent graphic novel adaptation, which does not seek to sand down the source material. Likewise, adults whose imaginations were fueled by films like Disney’s Hunchback of Notre Dame as children, which the Brizzi brothers animated sequences for, will be swept up in this lushly illustrated adult fable, unfettered by the demands of corporate animation studios.

Dante Alighieri was an Italian poet and politician active between the 13th and 14th centuries. His magnum opus is The Divine Comedy, a poetic saga where, guided by the Roman poet Virgil, he travels through Hell and Purgatory to seek his love, Beatrice, in Paradise. Dante was exiled from his hometown of Florence for speaking out against the corruption of the church, and his political endeavors became secondary to his literary and philosophical work in exile. Dante is considered the first of the “three crowns” of Italian literature, the other two being Boccaccio and Petrarch. The work of Dante Alighieri is seen as a literary bridge between the divine focus of medieval literature and the human focus of the Renaissance. Paul and Gaëtan Brizzi are twin brothers born and raised in Paris. They studied at Ecole Nationale Supérieure des Arts Decoratifs, where their passion for film and fine art led them to study animation. During the course of their nearly 50–year–long career, they have received the Ministry of French Culture’s Prix de Rome, an arts residency at the Villa Medici, the title of Chevaliers de l’ordre des Arts et des Lettres from the Ministry of French Culture, and nationwide acclaim for their literary graphic novel adaptations in France. They have worked as animators, sequence directors, and storyboard artists on such animated films as Fantasia 2000, The Hunchback of Notre Dame, the Salma Hayek–produced animated adaptation of Khalil Gibran’s The Prophet, and more.

RIGHTS: World English

SELLING POINTS

LITERARY TITAN: Dante Alighieri is one of the great literary icons of the Western world. Considered to be one of the three most important figures in Italian literature, along with Boccaccio and Petrarch, his use of the Italian language in his work, as opposed to the Latin literature of the time, had an enormous influence on the modern–day Italian language, and made Italian the popular literary language for centuries. The Divine Comedy is considered his magnum opus, and one of the most influential works of literature ever written.

RENOWNED ILLUSTRATORS:

Paul and Gaëtan Brizzi bring the full force of their nearly 50 years of animation experience to bear to illustrate Dante’s grotesque and fantastical voyage through Hell.

LITERATURE AND COMICS: Graphic novel adaptations of famous works of literature are enormously popular and widely respected. These adaptations open up the classics to new audiences, many of whom would otherwise have not sought to read these works. The Brizzi brothers are the perfect illustrators to fully benefit from this growing audience, as animated works, including ones they themselves have worked on at Disney and other studios, have a long history of adapting and riffing on classic works of literature and fables with great success.

SPECIFICATIONS

*Black-and-white illustrations throughout *160 pages

*WIDTH: 7 3/8" - 187mm

*HEIGHT: 10 1/4" - 260mm

*Hardcover with jacket

PUB MONTH: NOVEMBER AGES 13 and up

ISBN 978-1-4197-7675-5

US $25.99 CAN $32.99 UK £18.99 ËxHSLELJy776755z

CARTON QTY: 10

ebook ISBN 979-8-88707-396-5

RIGHTS: World/All

Breaking the Chain

THE

GUARD DOG STORY

WRITTEN

AND ILLUSTRATED

BY PATRICK MCDONNELL; INTRODUCTION BY ROB THOMAS AND MARISOL THOMAS OF SIDEWALK ANGELS

From the award–winning syndicated comic strip Mutts, the long–awaited “Guard Dog” story is now collected and presented in full color along with supplementary material, timed for the 30th anniversary

“McDonnell kindly and gently breaks the reader’s heart over and over again, and does so with such gentleness and grace that the reader, by the end, is in a state of elevated bliss.” — Jules Feiffer

SELLING POINTS

COLLECTED FOR THE FIRST TIME: From November 1, 2023, to December 19, 2023, Patrick McDonnell serialized the “Guard Dog” story in Mutts. Now, it’s collected for the first time and in full color, along with additional supplementary material: additional front and back matter, including an introduction by musician Rob Thomas of Matchbox Twenty (founder of Sidewalk Angels, a nonprofit animal rescue charity), an extended preface from Patrick, real–life accounts of rescued chained dogs, and resources for those who want to help ensure that no dog is tied to a stake and denied their freedom to run around and play.

AUTHORITATIVE VOICE

Guard Dog made his debut in the Mutts comic strip in 1995 and quickly became one of the strip’s most beloved characters. As a chained dog longing for freedom, he’s played an important role in raising awareness about the cruelty of tethering and has inspired countless Mutts readers to become involved in animal welfare.

In October 2023, nearly three decades after his debut, Guard Dog’s freedom story began to unfold in newspapers and online. After being abandoned by his owner, left alone and suffering, Guard Dog was discovered by his animal friends Mooch and Earl, and ultimately rescued by Doozy, a kindly neighborhood girl, and Ozzie, Earl’s guardian. After years of visiting Guard Dog to provide him with comfort and support, Doozy adopted him—marking the end of a long life of neglect and the beginning of one filled with love and safety.

The story line concludes with Guard Dog not only getting a new home but also a new name—Sparky—a nod to Patrick McDonnell’s greatest artistic inspiration, Charles M. Schulz, creator of Peanuts

As Guard Dog found his happy ending, McDonnell received requests from readers all over the world, many of whom had been invested in Guard Dog’s plight for decades, hoping that the long–anticipated story would be made into a book. This collected volume answers the demands of those passionate readers.

Brought to life with Patrick McDonnell’s warm and intimate art, and featuring the complete story, now in color for the first time, Breaking the Chain is an emotionally resonant vignette whose grounding in the real–life animal neglect issues that affect millions of chained dogs worldwide will move both long–time Mutts fans and first–time readers.

Patrick McDonnell is the bestselling author, illustrator, playwright, painter, and creator of the comic strip Mutts, which appears in more than 700 newspapers around the world. He has received numerous awards internationally, including a Caldecott Honor and the Reuben, the highest honor given by the National Cartoonists Society. He is the author of The Art of Nothing (Abrams ComicArts, 2019) and The Super Hero’s Journey (Marvel Arts, 2023). He lives in New Jersey.

: McDonnell has devoted his career to advocating for both animal rights and comics as an art form, using his platform as a syndicated cartoonist with millions of readers to advocate for causes he believes in. He has earned an incredible list of accolades, including a Caldecott Honor, five Harvey Awards, a Reuben Award for Cartoonist of the Year, four Genesis Awards, a Hollywood Genesis Award, a Voice for Animals Award from the Humane Society, a PETA Humanitarian Award, and a Sierra Club Award.

30TH ANNIVERSARY: 2024 marks the 30th anniversary of Mutts and provides us with an opportunity for promotion on this collection as well as our backlist titles with Patrick.

SPECIFICATIONS

*Full-color illustrations throughout *192 pages

*WIDTH: 7 3/4" - 197mm

*HEIGHT: 6 3/4" - 171mm

*Hardcover with jacket

PUB MONTH: SEPTEMBER

ISBN 978-1-4197-7908-4

US $22.99 CAN $28.99 UK £16.99

CARTON QTY: 18

ebook ISBN 979-8-88707-539-6

Mighty Marvel Calendar Book: A Visual History

THE MARVEL COMICS CALENDAR BOOK: 1975-1981

BY CHRIS RYALL; INTRODUCTION BY ROY THOMAS

The full set of seven Marvel calendars from 1975–81, collected for the first time in a deluxe oversize edition

Beginning in 1975, Marvel created seven annual spiral–bound calendars that were as artistically designed and captivatingly written as any of their comic books. Each of these annual calendars—whether they celebrated the Bicentennial (1976), spotlighted a specific character such as Spider–Man (1978) or Doctor Strange (1980), or villains across the pantheon of the Marvel Universe—all shared these similarly inspired features:

• Art by the biggest names in comics, created especially for these calendars. Artists include Jack Kirby, John Buscema, John Byrne, Frank Miller, Walter Simonson, Gil Kane, George Perez, Gene Colan, Jim Starlin, Sal Buscema, Mike Ploog, and dozens of others. Most of this art has never been reprinted.

•Visual call–outs for birthdays of notable Marvel staff and creators

•Key moments in Marvel history, punctuated by photos and artwork from beloved comics

•Special events, famous quotes from fan–favorite issues, and other celebratory mentions

Now the complete set of covers, interiors, and seven years’ worth of gorgeously designed monthly entries are reproduced at their original size in this beautiful, oversize hardcover package. Also included is new commentary, rare promotional materials, and an all–new introduction by longtime Marvel writer/editor/historian Roy Thomas. The years might keep ticking away, but the work collected in this book remains timeless!

“Capricious” Chris Ryall, as Stan Lee once nicknamed him, was the longtime chief creative officer, editor in chief, and writer for IDW Publishing. He is the cofounder of Syzygy Publishing and cowriter of Comic Books 101.He lives in San Diego. Roy Thomas has been a comic book writer and editor, primarily for Marvel Comics and DC Comics, since 1965. He was inducted into the Will Eisner Comic Book Hall of Fame in 2011 and currently edits Alter Ego magazine. Thomas is the author of Marvel Value Stamps: A Visual History and contributed introductions to the two volumes of the Marvel Classic Black Light Collectible Poster Portfolio

RIGHTS: World English

SELLING POINTS

RARE MATERIAL: Seldom–seen artwork and rare promotional material from some of Marvel’s most legendary artists, such as Jack Kirby, John Buscema, John Byrne, Walter Simonson, Gil Kane, George Perez, Gene Colan, Jim Starlin, Sal Buscema, Mike Ploog, and dozens more, are collected for the first time with additional material and an introduction by Marvel editor and historian Roy Thomas.

ROBUST MARVEL

PARTNERSHIP: In line with Abrams ComicArts titles such as Marvel Value Stamps and Marvel Comics Mini–Books, this builds on our existing partnership with Marvel and our commitment to preserving rare and valuable ephemera from Marvel’s astounding history.

RESPECTED AUTHORS: Ryall served as president, publisher, and chief creative officer of IDW Publishing for more than a decade. A respected writer in the comics industry, he is also an expert in the history of Marvel Comics. Thomas, a former editor at Marvel and DC Comics, returns to write the introduction.

VALUE PACKAGE: At 240 full–color oversized pages, The Mighty Marvel Calendar Book is an essential and comprehensive gallery of all seven Marvel calendars from 1975–81. A complete set of these calendars costs hundreds of dollars collectively, but is now compiled for the first time in one affordable volume.

SPECIFICATIONS

*Full-color illustrations throughout *272 pages

*WIDTH: 13" - 330mm

*HEIGHT: 13" - 330mm

* Hardcover POB

PUB MONTH: DECEMBER

COMICS, POP CULTURE, ARTT

ISBN 978-1-4197-7047-0

US $50.00 CAN $63.00 UK £35.00

ËxHSLELJy770470z

CARTON QTY: 5

Fantastic Four: Full Circle (Expanded Edition)

WRITTEN AND ILLUSTRATED BY ALEX

ROSS

An oversized, expanded edition of Fantastic Four: Full Circle—the award–winning national bestseller, named Graphic Novel of the Year by the National Cartoonists Society and the Washington Post—with 288 pages of new material, including commentary and unpublished preparatory material from Alex Ross

Praise for Fantastic Four: Full Circle

National Bestseller

Named a Best Graphic Novel of the year by the Washington Post

Winner of a 2023 Reuben Award

Nominated for an Eisner Award for Best coloring

“Alex Ross’s style combines tight linework and painted illustration in a color palette heavy on fluorescent shades of purple and green, warm shades of orange, and eerie blue, resulting in a distinctive pop art masterpiece that must be seen to be believed.”

School Library Journal, Starred Review

“Eisner winner Alex Ross, in his first solo written and drawn superhero adventure, offers a majestically drawn sequel to a 1966 Fantastic Four story line by comics legends Stan Lee and Jack Kirby.”

Publishers Weekly

The critically acclaimed, award–winning national bestseller—the first original graphic novel on the Marvel Arts list—now in an oversized, deluxe expanded edition.

This new edition has 288 additional pages of jaw–dropping bonus material from Ross (the original graphic novel was 64 pages), as he walks readers through his process and vision for the making of the book School Library Journal called a “pop art masterpiece.” Showcasing early visual concepts through final art, Ross takes readers behind–the–scenes, revealing for the first time his proposal, thumbnails, sketches, inks, and color guides.

The book also includes commentary from Ross as well as reprints of the classic Marvel comic from Stan Lee and Jack Kirby that inspired Fantastic Four: Full Circle Fantastic Four no. 51—and the subsequent run of covers from 2023 which Alex Ross created for Marvel Comics, featuring the Fantastic Four in costumes designed for Fantastic Four: Full Circle.

An essential addition to any Alex Ross fan’s bookshelf, Fantastic Four: Full Circle (Expanded Edition) is a comprehensive look at the creative process of one of the most acclaimed and influential artists of our time.

Alex Ross studied illustration at the American Academy of Art in Chicago, then honed his craft as a storyboard artist before entering the comics field. His miniseries Marvels opened a wider acceptance for painted comics. In 1996, he moved on to produce the equally successful Kingdom Come for DC Comics and has followed those up with an extensive series of work, including Uncle Sam, Justice, and Astro City. Ross has continued to produce work for Marvel Comics, including the Earth X trilogy, as well as covers for the monthly Fantastic Four and Doctor Strange comic books. Ross has produced several critically acclaimed titles with Abrams ComicArts, including Fantastic Four: Full Circle–the award–winning national bestseller–The Alex Ross Marvel Comics Poster Book, and The Alex Ross Marvel Comics Super Villains Poster Book He has also been the subject of two award–winning monographs by Chip Kidd: Mythology: The DC Comics Art of Alex Ross and Marvelocity: The Marvel Comics Art of Alex Ross

SELLING POINTS

PREEMINENT CREATOR: Alex Ross is one the world’s most respected comics creators. He has won every major award in the industry and has more than 235,000 followers on X and 780,000 followers on Instagram. Fantastic Four: Full Circle was the first graphic novel Ross both wrote and illustrated in his 30–plus year career.

COMPREHENSIVE BONUS

CONTENT: The additional material in this expanded edition of Fantastic Four: Full Circle is a must–have for any Alex Ross fan, which includes the full process of making this graphic novel, including Ross’s proposal, first–draft manuscript, thumbnails, sketches, inks, and color guides. Also includes the Fantastic Four covers and variants that Ross illustrated for Marvel after the release of the graphic novel, reprints of the classic Fantastic Four comic by Stan Lee and Jack Kirby that inspired Full Circle, and all–new commentary by Alex Ross.

MIGHTY BRAND: Marvel Comics celebrated its 80th anniversary in 2020 and is one of the most recognizable brands worldwide. Fantastic Four: Full Circle (Expanded Edition) will be the perfect companion to the upcoming live–action Fantastic Four movie, which is in preproduction.

SPECIFICATIONS

*Full-color illustrations throughout *352 pages

*WIDTH: 10 1/2" - 267mm

*HEIGHT: 13 1/2" - 343mm

*Hardcover cloth case

PUB MONTH: OCTOBER

ISBN 978-1-4197-7656-4

US $65.00 CAN $82.00 UK £50.00

ebook ISBN 979-8-88707-388-0

The Art of Futurama

BY MATT GROENING; INTRODUCTION BY DAVID X. COHEN; FOREWORD BY CLAUDIA KATZ

From Matt Groening, creator of The Simpsons, the first art book that delves into the development and history of his beloved TV series, Futurama—timed for the show’s 25th anniversary

The world of Futurama comes to life in this deluxe art book, with commentary from the show’s creator, Matt Groening, showrunner David X. Cohen, and producer Claudia Katz. Just in time for the show’s 25th anniversary and the new season on Hulu, this first and only Futurama art book examines the first seven seasons of the series, which first aired on Fox in 1999. Readers can dive into the development and visual history of all 150 episodes, including brand–new content, never–before–seen concept art, sketches, developmental work, and a complete episode guide TV Guide named Futurama one of the Greatest TV Cartoons of All Time. This comprehensive visual history is a must–have for any animation, television, or sci–fi aficionado.

Matt Groening is the creator and executive producer of the Emmy Award–winning series The Simpsons, as well as the creator of the animated television series Futurama and Disenchantment. In addition to supervising the ongoing production of these television series, Groening wrote and illustrated Life in Hell, a weekly syndicated comic strip from 1977 to 2012. He lives in Los Angeles. David X. Cohen is a longtime collaborator of Matt Groening and an animation mainstay, having written for TheSimpsons in its late–middle–early days before becoming the head writer, showrunner, and executive producer of Futurama. Cohen has won four Primetime Emmy Awards, two of which are for Futurama as “Outstanding Animated Program.” Claudia Katz is the producer of Futurama and executive vice president of Rough Draft Studios, where she has also produced Disenchantment, Drawn Together, Full English, Looney Tunes, Napoleon Dynamite, The Simpsons Movie, Star Wars: Clone Wars I & II, and more. She has received an Annecy Award for her work on The Maxx, Emmy and Hugo Awards for Futurama, Emmy Awards for Star Wars: Clone Wars I & II, and Annie Awards for Bender’s Big Score, Beast With A Billion Backs, and Into the Wild Green Yonder

RIGHTS: World/All

SELLING POINTS

25TH ANNIVERSARY: Futurama debuted on Fox on March 28, 1999. Our book will be released to time with the show’s 25th anniversary.

BELOVED BRAND: Futurama is an Emmy Award–winning cult classic and critical success. After an outpouring of fan demand, it was revived by both Comedy Central and Hulu in July 2023 following its original 2003–07 run on Fox.

CULTURAL RELEVANCE:

Season 11 of Futurama started airing on Hulu on July 24, 2023, after a 10–year hiatus. The new season has received strong interest and attention and Hulu has already announced that it has greenlit up to season 14. Futurama’s lovingly satirical skewering of life in the distant future could not be more relevant or timely, as ethical technological advances, social media, and the uncertain future dominate Millennial and Gen Z cultural conversations.

NEVER–BEFORE–SEEN

CONTENT: The Art of Futurama contains brand–new material as well as never–before–seen developmental material from the history of the show, and a complete episode guide, all presented by Matt Groening and other series contributors, including longtime showrunner David X. Cohen and producer Claudia Katz. This comprehensive, beautifully designed book offers fans an innovative look at the making of this cult classic—the perfect gift for longtime fans as well as a new generation first encountering the show on Hulu.

SPECIFICATIONS

*Full-color illustrations throughout *176 pages

*WIDTH: 11 3/8" - 289mm

*HEIGHT: 9 3/8" - 238mm

*Hardcover with jacket

PUB MONTH: OCTOBER

ISBN 978-1-4197-7350-1

US $35.00 CAN $44.00 UK £25.00

ËxHSLELJy773501z

CARTON QTY: 12

The Simpsons Treehouse of Horror Ominous Omnibus Vol. 3

FIENDISH FABLES OF DEVILISH DELICACIES

BY MATT GROENING;

INTRODUCTION

BY MARGE SIMPSON

The third volume of the trilogy collecting the complete Simpsons Treehouse of Horror comics by creator Matt Groening—packaged in a deluxe, die–cut slipcase that glows in the dark

Praise for The Simpsons Treehouse of Horror Ominous Omnibus Vol. 1

“Fans of horror, comics, the Simpsons, or even a wacky good time will adore this slice of comic history.”

—AIPTcomics.com

“The ideal gift for any Simpsons superfan . . . has plenty of laughs, gags, and big–name authors from comics and the wider entertainment world.”

—AV Club, Holiday Gift Guide 2022

The Treehouse of Horror started as an annual Halloween tradition on The Simpsons, beginning during the second season in 1990. In 1995, the first of 23 comics were produced, with all–new stories written and illustrated by some of the biggest names in comics and entertainment. Collected for the first time in a deluxe hardcover slipcase with a glow–in–the–dark die–cut cover, these award–winning comics place the world’s most beloved animated family in exciting horror, science–fiction, and supernatural settings, making this series the perfect gift for the Halloween season and Simpsons fans of all ages. This third volume in the trilogy is the perfect addition to any Simpsons collection. The volume also includes an introduction by Marge Simpson.

Matt Groening is the creator and executive producer of the Emmy Award–winning series The Simpsons, as well as the creator of the animated television series Futurama and Disenchantment. In addition to supervising the ongoing production of these television series, Groening wrote and illustrated Life in Hell, a weekly syndicated comic strip from 1977 to 2012. He lives in Los Angeles.

RIGHTS: World/All

SELLING POINTS

ENDURING PROPERTY: The Simpsons has been on the air for 35 years and won 34 Primetime Emmy Awards, 34 Annie Awards, and a Peabody Award.

DELUXE PACKAGE: This hardcover collection is beautifully designed and packaged in a deluxe, glow–in–the–dark, die–cut slipcase that matches the format of the first and second volumes of The Treehouse of Horror (Fall 2022 and Fall 2023), as well as The Simpsons Futurama Crossover Crisis (Spring 2010).

ALL–STAR CONTRIBUTORS: Features contributions from some of the biggest names in comics and entertainment.

COMPLETE SERIES: This third and final volume of the trilogy is timed for Fall 2024 Halloween promotions.

SPECIFICATIONS

*Full-color illustrations throughout *416 pages

*WIDTH: 8 1/8" - 206mm

*HEIGHT: 12" - 305mm

*Hardcover POB

PUB MONTH: AUGUST ISBN 978-1-4197-6352-6

CARTON QTY: 6

Uncle Sam

SPECIAL ELECTION EDITION

WRITTEN

BY STEVE DARNALL; ILLUSTRATED BY ALEX

ROSS

Out of print for over a decade, the long–awaited reissue of the classic Vertigo miniseries Uncle Sam by Steve Darnall and Alex Ross is a sharp political fever dream praised by Kirkus as a “truly subversive graphic novel” and “a damning account of American political history that also affirms basic democratic ideals”

Praise for Uncle Sam

“The most eloquent use of a superhuman archetype for a great many years, Darnall and Ross have, with Uncle Sam, produced a luminous and moving study of America’s iconographic landscape, at once an indictment and a reclamation of the nation’s oldest and most venerable symbol. As a portrait of a fond American dream at last waking to itself, Uncle Sam is genuinely inspiring and deserves to be read more than once. Highly recommended.” —Alan Moore, Watchmen, V for Vendetta, and Batman: The Killing Joke

Uncle Sam: Special Election Edition is a vibrant, hallucinatory tour of modern America—the story of a star–spangled, ragged vagrant named Sam who is guided by the voices in his head and his own fractured memories. Absorbed by history–traveling visions of America’s dark past, Uncle Sam struggles to remember his true identity and piece together the scattered clues of his own experiences in this deep and thoughtful look at America’s checkered past.

Meticulously researched by Steve Darnall and fully painted by Alex Ross, Uncle Sam returns in print just when it is needed most—in time for the 2024 presidential election—as a reminder of American ideals, the promise of our nation, and the democracy that is at stake.

Originally published by DC, and out of print for over a decade, this expanded and updated Special Election Edition is brought to readers by Abrams in collaboration with DC..

Steve Darnall first worked with Alex Ross when the two collaborated on a Human Torch story that served as the inspiration for the award–winning 1993 series Marvels. Steve served as a consultant on the movie Being the Ricardos and Ken Burns’s documentary Country Music. He is also the editor of Nostalgia Digest magazine, and the host of two weekly radio shows dedicated to the golden age of radio. Alex Ross studied illustration at the American Academy of Art in Chicago, then honed his craft as a storyboard artist before entering the comics field. His miniseries Marvels opened a wider acceptance for painted comics. In 1996, he moved on to produce the equally successful Kingdom Come for DC Comics. Ross is also the writer and artist of Fantastic Four: Full Circle–the award–winning national bestseller–and The Alex Ross Marvel Comics Poster Book and The Alex Ross Marvel Comics Super Villains Poster Book

SELLING POINTS

TIMELY SUBJECT MATTER: With the election coming in November 2024, the message of Uncle Sam is as relevant as it was when it was first published in 1997, with nationalist sentiment and political division running higher than ever. Our Fall 2024 Special Election Edition of this out–of–print classic by Steve Darnall and Alex Ross is timed perfectly for our current conversations about the state of our country.

INCREDIBLE CREATIVE TEAM:

Alex Ross’s art makes Steve Darnall’s words jump off the page, bringing pathos to the journey of Sam as he tries to recollect where his vision for America went wrong. Ross expertly captures both the mundane suffering of everyday Americans and the gravitas of the weight of American history. Uncle Sam would feel trite if executed by a less skilled team, brought fully and expertly to life in a medium Ross helped to define.

NEW CONTENT: In addition to reprinting the introduction by journalist Greil Marcus, Alex Ross has created a new cover and a new afterword, and writer Steve Darnall adds a new afterword and an expanded, illustrated essay on the history and iconography of Uncle Sam.

SPECIFICATIONS

*Full-color illustrations throughout *128 pages

*WIDTH: 7 1/4" - 184mm

*HEIGHT: 11" - 279mm

*Hardcover with jacket

PUB MONTH: AUGUST

ISBN 978-1-4197-7768-4 US $25.99 CAN $32.99 UK £18.99

CARTON QTY: 18

ebook ISBN 979-8-88707-458-0

Ghetto Klown

A GRAPHIC NOVEL

BY JOHN LEGUIZAMO; ILLUSTRATED BY CHRISTA CASSANO AND SHAMUS BEYALE; INTRODUCTION BY LIN-MANUEL MIRANDA; COVER ART BY DREW FRIEDMAN

The graphic novel adaptation of John Leguizamo’s award–winning stage show about his personal and professional highs and lows from New York to Hollywood

Praise for Ghetto Klown

Nominated for an Eisner Award in 2016 for Best Adaptation frm Another Medium

“John Leguizamo has democratized that most ephemeral of things, live theater, so that the rest of us could find his words and be changed. He continues that innovation with the graphic novel of his hilarious Hollywood memoir, Ghetto Klown.” —Lin–Manuel Miranda, from his introduction

In Ghetto Klown, nominated for a 2016 Eisner Award for Best Adaptation, John Leguizamo lays bare his early years, discovering acting, and his career trajectory. He shares his childhood memories and the challenges of balancing life with old friends from his lower–income neighborhood in Queens while trying to maintain a professional persona. He brings us onto the sets of TV series and major motion pictures with some of Hollywood’s biggest stars, such as Al Pacino and Patrick Swayze, and with directors like Baz Lurhrman and Brian DePalma. And he opens up about his loves and marriages, while addressing his recurring feelings of self–doubt and melancholy in a way that enlightens but entertains.

Originally on Broadway in 2011, Ghetto Klown won Leguizamo the Drama Desk Award and Outer Critics Circle Award for Best Outstanding Solo Performance. The show was later adapted into a highly rated HBO special. Teaming up with Brooklyn–based artists and illustrators Christa Cassano and Shamus Beyale, Leguizamo shares his life story as a vibrant, funny graphic novel memoir that is sure to reach a whole new audience in paperback. This revised and expanded edition includes an all–new introduction by Lin–Manuel Miranda and cover art by Drew Friedman.

John Leguizamo’s career in show business includes turns in iconic movies such as Carlito’s Way, Romeo + Juliet, Moulin Rouge!, Chef, and Disney’s Encanto, as well as six award–winning one–man Broadway and off–Broadway shows. In 2018, he received a special Tony Award for Lifetime Achievement. Christa Cassano is a visual artist and storyteller. She contributed to the RESIST! newsletter distributed at the Women’s March on Washington 2017, and the comix anthologies A.P.B.–Artists against Police Brutality and Schmuck. She was artist in residence at Yaddo and the Atlantic Center for the Arts. Shamus Beyale grew up in the Navajo Nation in New Mexico. He received a Gates Millennium Scholarship and attended SVA in Manhattan to study cartooning, graduating with a BFA. He has helped out on art direction for the DC Universe Online video game and published works from Zenescope Entertainment.

RIGHTS: World English

SELLING POINTS

HIGH–PROFILE AUTHOR: Leguizamo has enjoyed a successful, award–winning career in film and on stage; since publication of the hardcover, he received a special Tony Award for Lifetime Achievement, hosted the Daily Show, and is the host of Leguizamo Does America, a new series on MSNBC.

NEW MATERIAL: Includes an all–new introduction by Lin–Manuel Miranda and new cover art by Drew Friedman—plus a Q&A with Leguizamo, as well as never–before–seen photos, sketches, and script pages.

AUDIO BOOK TIE–IN: Also available as an audio book from Audible, read by Leguizamo.

DIVERSE CREATIVE TEAM: Leguizamo is one of the most popular and enduring Latino stars working today. Illustrator Christa Cassano is of Latin heritage, and illustrator Shamus Beyale is Navajo, which offers another level of interest to media and readers.

GREAT COMBO OF SUBJECT AND TREATMENT: Due to films like Encanto, Spawn, Super Mario Bros., and Carlito’s Way, Leguizamo has a very strong pop culture following—a demographic predisposed to graphic novels.

SPECIFICATIONS

*Two-color illustrations throughout + 16 page color insert

*208 pages

*WIDTH: 6 " - 152mm

*HEIGHT: 9" - 229mm

* Paperback

PUB MONTH: OCTOBER AGES 14 and up

COMICS, GRAPHIC NOVELS, BIOGRAPHY

ISBN 978-1-4197-1519-8

US $19.99 CAN $24.99 UK £13.99

ËxHSLELJy715198z

ebook ISBN 978-1-61312-861-9

From Grand Slam Romance (Grand Slam Romance Book 1) • By Emma Oosterhous and Ollie Hicks

Grand Slam Romance Book 1

A GRAPHIC NOVEL

BY EMMA OOSTERHOUS AND OLLIE HICKS

Storytelling team Ollie Hicks and Emma Oosterhous’s first Grand Slam Romance is a queer, full–color graphic novel that’s equal parts romance, softball, and drama, where the balls are fast, the smooches are spicy, and the girls . . . magical—now in paperback

Mickey Monsoon is the hotshot pitcher for the Belle City Broads, and their team is poised to sweep the league this season. But Mickey is thrown off their game when Astra Maxima shows up to catch for the Gaiety Gals, the Broads’ fiercest rival. Years ago, Mickey and Astra were best friends . . . and maybe more. That was until Astra unceremoniously dumped Mickey to become a softball wunderkind at a private girl’s school in Switzerland. Now, Astra is flirty, arrogant, and reckless on the field—everything the rule–abiding Mickey hates.

Astra thinks Mickey’s cute and wants to fool around, despite their rocky history and the trail of jilted softballers that Astra leaves in her wake. Too bad the only thing Mickey wants is vengeance for their broken heart and wounded pride! But even they have to admit—Astra is a certified babe. And that’s not all: Astra isn’t just a softball superstar, she’s a full–fledged magical girl.

Full of wet mitts, hard hits, and a bevy of softball–playing babes, Grand Slam Romance: Book 1 is a flawless home run that is sure to knock readers out of the park.

Ollie Hicks is a Black British comics creator and editor who lives in the UK and has Jamaican heritage. They have a PhD in comics studies–focused on 20th–century British and American girls’ comics–from the University of Dundee, which is gently gathering dust. They like to write funny gay stories with their funny gay wife, Emma Oosterhous. Grand Slam Romance is their debut graphic novel. Emma Oosterhous is a cartoonist, animal enthusiast, and lesbian from Colorado. In 2018, she earned a Marshall Scholarship and then an MDes in comics and graphic novels from the University of Dundee. She now lives in the UK, where she makes comics with her wife, Ollie Hicks. Grand Slam Romance was her debut graphic novel.

SELLING POINTS

QUEER ROMANCE FOR ADULTS: Perfect for adult readers who grew up on manga and books like Heartstopper; Fence!; and Check, Please! but are looking for a story with more mature themes.

CONTINUING SURELY SERIES:

This paperback is coming out one season after the second book in the series, Major League Hotties (Grand Slam Romance Book 2) With the same appealing package at a lower price point, we hope to appeal to a broader audience and more price conscious consumers before the release of the third book in the series.

LGBTQIA+ CREATORS: Hicks and Oosterhous are a powerhouse queer creative team focused on hugely entertaining storytelling with a diverse cast of characters.

SOFTBALL SPOTLIGHT: Softball is one of the most popular sports in the United States. An estimated 40 million Americans will play at least one softball game annually, and softball’s largest sanction body, the Amateur Softball Associate of America (ASA), has more than 3.5 million registered players.

SPECIFICATIONS

*Full-color illustrations throughout *256 pages

*WIDTH: 6" - 152mm

*HEIGHT: 8 1/2" - 216mm

* Paperback

PUB MONTH: SEPTEMBER GRAPHIC NOVELS, LGBTQ+ HISTORY & CULTURE

ISBN 978-1-4197-5802-7

US $18.99 CAN $23.99 UK £13.99

ËxHSLELJy758027z

CARTON QTY: 22

ebook ISBN 978-1-64700-478-1

West Hollywood Monster Squad

A GRAPHIC NOVEL

WRITTEN BY SINA GRACE; ART BY BRADLEY CLAYTON

A group of high schoolers get more than they bargained for when the drag show they’re attending is attacked by monsters in this funny YA graphic novel from acclaimed queer comics creator Sina Grace

Marvin Matocho just wanted to have a simple night out with his friends at a local drag show. But when a mysterious pink snow starts to fall, Los Angeles is suddenly overrun with monsters! Now, Marvin, his friends, a drag queen, and a 50–something bar manager, are the only folks who can prevent the complete annihilation of the city—that is, if they can sort through their personal issues before they become dead meat

As they fight for their lives through a thrilling night, the gang must work together to find out who’s behind the sinister pink snow. With the city of angels overrun with demons, this team of misfits will have to solve the mystery—or die trying.

Sina Grace is a writer and artist living in Los Angeles, best known for a prolific library of work that balances slice–of–life, blockbuster action, and everything in–between. His groundbreaking Iceman series at Marvel Comics paved the way for Grace to work on all of his favorites: Jughead’s Time Police for Archie, Wonder Woman for DC, Go Go Power Rangers for Boom Studios, and The Haunted Mansion for Disney/ IDW. He is currently promoting Rockstar and Softboy at Image Comics, and Superman: The Harvests of Youth, a young adult graphic novel he’s writing and drawing at DC. Bradley Clayton is a GLAAD Award–winning illustrator who hails from Brooklyn and can be found indoors most times of the year with a black cat named Pluto, plotting.

RIGHTS: World/All

SELLING POINTS

GREAT TALENT: Sina Grace is one of the best queer comics creators in the industry, with acclaimed runs on Iceman and Superman, for Marvel and DC respectively.

AMAZING ART: Bradley Clayton is a GLAAD Award–winning illustrator who has worked with Image, Dark Horse, and F(r)iction. His bright, commercial art will be a hit with YA readers.

STRONG YA COMPS: YA graphic novels with horror themes are on the rise with the success of books like Squad, Paper Girls, and Something Is Killing the Children Vol. 1

TWO FORMATS: Available in hardcover (978–1–4197–6482–0) and paperback (978–1–4197–6483–7).

SPECIFICATIONS

*Full-color illustrations throughout *176 pages

*WIDTH: 6" - 152mm

*HEIGHT: 9" - 203mm

*Hardcover

PUB MONTH: JANUARY AGES 14 to 18

YOUNG ADULT GRAPHIC NOVEL, GRAPHIC NOVELS, KIDS LGBTQ+ HISTORY & CULTURE

ISBN 978-1-4197-6482-0

US $24.99 CAN $31.99 UK £18.99

ËxHSLELJy764820z

ebook ISBN 978-1-64700-838-3

From ABCs for a Peaceful Me • Written by Shelly Becker; illustrated by Dan Yaccarino

Things That Go (A Kitty-Corn Club Book)

A BOARD BOOK

WRITTEN BY SHANNON HALE; ILLUSTRATED BY LEUYEN PHAM

From bestselling and award–winning Itty–Bitty Kitty–Corn creators, author Shannon Hale and illustrator LeUyen Pham, Things That Go is an original concept board book showing young Kitty–Corns things that race, fly, pedal, paddle, and go

Teeny–tiny mini–moo

Kitty–corns will read with you.

Pitter–patter fast and slow let’s explore some things that go!

From sports cars to bumper cars, skateboards to hoverboards,  submarines to trampolines, and every silly vehicle in between, Kitty and  Unicorn demonstrate the many ways to ZOOM! in this original board book.

LeUyen Pham and Shannon Hale are the team behind the  bestselling picture books Itty–Bitty Kitty–Corn and Pretty Perfect Kitty–Corn, the bestselling graphic novels Real Friends, Best Friends, and Friends Forever, and, with Dean  Hale, the early chapter book series the Princess in Black.  They’ve made a bunch of other books, too. They are both  moms of kids who love parties, wives to husbands who give  them homemade cards, honor award winners (Caldecott and  Newbery), caretakers of cats, and believers in unicorns.

Pham lives in Los Angeles, Hale lives in Utah, and although  they also have friends close to home, their best friend hearts  are always entwined.

SELLING POINTS

BESTSELLING SERIES: Itty–Bitty Kitty–Corn and Pretty–Perfect Kitty–Corn were both New York Times and Indiebound  bestsellers, and Party Hearty Kitty–Corn has been a steady  Indiebound bestseller as well.  With series sales of over 300,000  copies combined, Kitty & Unicorn  are everywhere!

SUPERSTAR DUO: The New York Times bestselling team behind  megahits such as the Princess in  Black series, Best Friends, and  Real Friends, Newbery honoree  Shannon Hale and Caldecott  honoree LeUyen Pham are two of  the biggest names in children’s  books today. To date, Hale and  Pham’s collaborations have sold  more than 2.5 million copies  combined!

TRANSPORTATION: A clever,  playful twist on an evergreen  genre.

NEW FORMAT FOR KITTY–CORN: Things That Go kicks off  a series of original concept–driven board books, Kitty–Corn  Club, bringing beloved characters  from the picture books to the  littlest Kitty–Corns out there.

ON–TREND: This majorly  commercial mashup combines  unicorns with cats with  transportation, very hot topics  with irresistible cuteness.

SPECIFICATIONS

*Full-color illustrations throughout *24 pages

*WIDTH: 6" - 152mm

*HEIGHT: 8" - 203mm

*Board Book

PUB MONTH: AUGUST AGES up to 3 BOARD BOOK

ISBN 978-1-4197-6881-1 US $9.99 CAN $12.99 UK £6.99 ËxHSLELJy768811z

CARTON QTY: 30

ebook ISBN 979-8-88707-049-0

AN ABRAMS BIG BLOCK BOOK

Alphablock: Deluxe Gift

Edition (An Abrams BIG Block Book)

WRITTEN BY CHRISTOPHER FRANCESCHELLI; ART BY PESKI STUDIO

Learning the alphabet is as easy as A, B, C in this chunky, oversized deluxe edition of Alphablock from Abrams’ bestselling Block Book series!

With thick pages cut into the shape of each letter, children and parents will  enjoy this peek–through guessing game around the letterform itself.  Sprinkles, hot fudge, and cherries hint at I’s ice cream sundae, while  aquarium accessories hint at F’s fish. As readers interact with the pages,  they will familiarize themselves not only with the 26 letters and associated  words, but also with each letter’s physicality—angles, holes, and curves,  both front and back.

This deluxe, jumbo–sized edition features die–cuts on every page and a  larger trim size, perfect for classrooms and playrooms. Illustrated in Peski  Studio’s bright, graphic style, Alphablock encourages the smallest readers  to manipulate the alphabet in a whole new way and is a must–have ABC  book.

Christopher Franceschelli is a seasoned publisher,  editor, and creator of children’s books. He runs Chronicle’s  Handprint imprint and the SmartInk packaging company. A  born–and–raised New Yorker, Franceschelli lives with his  family in Brooklyn. David Partington is an illustrator based  in Bristol, UK. His influences range from mid–century design  to Saturday morning cartoons. As part of Peski Studio, he  enjoys screen printing, a process that often informs his  approach to illustration. Partington’s work can be seen in  kids’ books, food packaging, and jumbo floor puzzles  around the world. He especially enjoys creating characters,  drawing friendly robots, and sending them on incredible  adventures.

RIGHTS:

SELLING POINTS

BESTSELLING SERIES: The  Abrams Block Book series  continues to grow, with more  than 1.7 million copies sold, and  ALPHABLOCK is our all–time  bestselling title with 600,000  copies in print!

NEW, FUN PACKAGE: With 104  sturdy board pages and 26  inventive die–cuts in an  oversized casebound board book  format, we’re reimagining classic  Block Books in a big, brand–new,  deluxe format, perfect for  classrooms and playrooms alike.

EDUCATIONAL: Learning the  alphabet is a major stepping–stone in a child’s development.  Each letter is presented with  graphic clues to the word that  begins with that letter, inviting  guesses before turning the page  to reveal the answer.

SEASONAL OPPORTUNITIES: Just in time for holiday gift tables.

SPECIFICATIONS

*Full-color illustrations throughout *104 pages

*WIDTH: 7 3/8" - 187mm

*HEIGHT: 8 3/4" - 222mm

* Casebound Board Book PUB MONTH: NOVEMBER AGES up to 3 BOARD BOOK, KIDS NOVELTY, KIDS NONFICTION ISBN 978-1-4197-7853-7 US $24.99 CAN $31.99 UK £18.99

Disney Princess Block (An Abrams Block Book) ENCHANTMENT FOR FANS OF EVERY AGE ILLUSTRATED BY PESKI STUDIO

Learn what it means to be truly royal with all your favorite Disney princesses in the next title in the bestselling Block Book series!

Featuring all your favorite princesses—including Snow White, Belle,  Aurora, Ariel, Mulan, Tiana, Rapunzel, Moana, and Raya—this book  teaches us there’s so much more to being royal than just a title. From being  kind and generous to brave and adventurous, there’s more than one way  to wear the crown. Each spread showcases Disney Princess moments  alongside a bouncy, rhyming text, making this book perfect for the  youngest fans as well as seasoned collectors. As with previous Block  Book titles, this book will include die–cut pages, gatefolds, and stylish art  from Peski Studios.

David Partington is an illustrator based in Bristol, UK. His influences range  from mid–century design to Saturday morning cartoons. As part of Peski  Studio, he enjoys screen printing, a process that often informs his approach  to illustration. Partington’s work can be seen in kids’ books, food packaging,  and jumbo floor puzzles around the world. He especially enjoys creating  characters, drawing friendly robots, and sending them on incredible  adventures.

RIGHTS: World English

SELLING POINTS

WIDE GIFT APPEAL: The must–have book for all generations of  Disney Princess fans, with an  eye–catching package sure to  appeal to both kids and adult  fans.

BESTSELLING SERIES: With  more than 2 million copies sold,  the Abrams Block Book series  continues to grow!

BELOVED BRAND: The  comprehensive Disney Princess  book, this includes all 13 official  princesses from Snow White (the  very first one) to Raya (the  newest!).

ORIGINAL ART STYLE: Renowned British illustrator and  designer David Partington of  Peski Studio once again brings a  fresh edge to a popular category.

SPECIFICATIONS

*Full-color illustrations throughout *86 pages

*WIDTH: 5 1/4" - 133mm

*HEIGHT: 6 1/4" - 159mm

*Casebound Board Book

PUB MONTH: OCTOBER KIDS NOVELTY, BOARD BOOK, KIDS SERIES ISBN 978-1-4197-7493-5 US $18.99 CAN $23.99 UK £13.99

CARTON QTY: 16

A HELLO!LUCKY BOOK

Easter Is Egg-cellent! (A Hello!Lucky Book)

A BOARD BOOK

A HELLO!LUCKY BOOK; STORY BY SABRINA MOYLE; PICTURES BY EUNICE MOYLE

From the superstar creators of My Mom Is Magical! and My Dad Is Amazing! comes this humor–filled board book—perfect for Easter celebrations

In this whimsical holiday romp, every bunny—and every chick and lamb—is  getting in on the festive fun! Celebrate all of the things that make Easter  special as eggs are hunted, sweets are eaten, and fascinatingly frilly hats  are worn as everyone waits for the Easter Bunny to arrive. Hello!Lucky  lends their vibrant illustrations and pun–derful voice to this ear–resistible  rhyming board book.

Hello!Lucky is all about using creativity to spread joy, fun,  and kindness. Founded by sisters Eunice and Sabrina Moyle  in 2003, Hello!Lucky is an award–winning letterpress  greeting card and design studio working with dozens of  partners to create products, including Abrams’ pun–derful  children’s books: My Mom Is Magical!; My Dad Is Amazing!;  My Grandma Is Great!; My Grandpa Is Grand!; My Brother Is the Best!; My Sister Is Super!; Super Pooper and Whizz Kid: Potty Power!; Kindness Rules!; Christmas Is Awesome!;  Halloween Is a Treat!; Sloth and Smell the Roses; Go Get ’Em, Tiger!; Thanks a Ton!; School Is Cool!; and Bananas for You! They also offer gifts, ceramics, stationery, kids’  partyware, and more. Hello!Lucky is based in San Francisco.  Find them @helloluckykids.

RIGHTS: World/All

SELLING POINTS

STRIKING PACKAGE: Beautifully  designed and illustrated, the book  features a fifth color of ink  throughout and spot gloss on the  cover.

HOLIDAY HOOK: This vibrant and  humorous board book is a great  Easter read for the youngest of  readers, and is the perfect size  for Easter baskets!

SENSATIONAL SALES:  More  than 1.5 million combined sales  for the Hello!Lucky program!

STRONG FOLLOWING: Hello! Lucky has almost 75,000  followers on Instagram and  nearly 70,000 followers on  Pinterest.

SPECIFICATIONS

*Full-color illustrations throughout *24 pages

*WIDTH: 7" - 178mm

*HEIGHT: 7" - 178mm

*Board Book

PUB MONTH: JANUARY AGES 1 to 3 BOARD BOOK

ISBN 978-1-4197-7500-0 US $8.99 CAN $11.99 UK £6.99

ËxHSLELJy775000z

CARTON QTY: 32 ebook ISBN 979-8-88707-329-3

Green Pop (With 6 Playful Pop-Ups!)

A POP-UP BOARD BOOK

WRITTEN AND ILLUSTRATED BY AURORE PETIT

Who doesn’t love a POP of color?! Every title in our Color Pops board book series focuses on a single color (in this case, green) and features a clever and surprising pop–up object on each sturdy page

What is green? A frog . . . a crocodile . . . an alien! Infants and young  readers will delight as these objects jump off the page in this unique “first  colors” and “first words” pop–up board book.

These sturdy, small books are absolutely perfect for little hands, but the  clever and surprising images will appeal to all ages. Each spread is printed  in black and white, but the pop–up object is filled in with a bold pop of color —a unique take on high–contrast books!     Make sure to catch the other books in our Color Pop series—Yellow Pop, Pink Pop, and Red Pop—to add to the growing series.

Aurore Petit is a graduate of the École Nationale  Supérieure des Arts Décoratifs of Strasbourg. After working  for some time as an illustrator for the press, in 2008 she  published her first children’s book, Ménageries, with Éditions  Thierry Magnier. Since then, she has created many books for  young readers. She is the author of A Mother Is a House (Une maman, c’est comme une maison) which was  published in 2019 by Editions Les Fourmis Rouges and was  met with great acclaim. For La Martinière Jeunesse, she  illustrated Tomatoes on My Balcony (Des tomates sur mon balcon) and How Are You? (Comment allez–vous?), as well  as This Is My Place (C’est chez moi) and Little Monkey (Petit singe), both of which she also wrote. She lives in  Nantes, France.

SELLING POINTS

BOLD COLOR: High–contrast  books for infants are always a  market favorite, and with the  added pop–up element, this book  will stand out on shelves as the  perfect choice for holiday (and  year–round) gift–giving. Combine  Green Pop with Red Pop for a  festive color pairing!

EDUCATIONAL: Doubling as a  “first colors” and “first words”  book, this board book is perfect  for young, developing minds. And  with the added novelty element,  children will play as they learn!

CHARMING PACKAGE: At a  small trim size perfect for tiny  hands, this sturdy board book is  a great addition to our other  board book and pop–up series.  There are plans for several more  colors in the series.

SPECIFICATIONS

*Two-color illustrations throughout *12 pages

*WIDTH: 4" - 102mm

*HEIGHT: 4" - 102mm

* Board Book

PUB MONTH: SEPTEMBER AGES 1 to 3

BOARD BOOK, KIDS NOVELTY, KIDS NONFICTION ISBN 978-1-4197-7341-9 US $8.99 CAN $11.99 UK £6.99 ËxHSLELJy773419z

CARTON QTY: 45

Red Pop (With 6 Playful Pop-Ups!)

A POP-UP BOARD BOOK

WRITTEN AND ILLUSTRATED BY AURORE PETIT

Who doesn’t love a POP of color?! Every title in our Color Pops board book series focuses on a single color (in this case, red) and features a clever and surprising pop–up object on each sturdy page

What is red? A ladybug . . . a firetruck . . . a heart! Infants and young  readers will delight as these objects jump off the page in this unique “first  colors” and “first words” pop–up board book.

These sturdy, small books are absolutely perfect for little hands, but the  clever and surprising images will appeal to all ages. Each spread is printed  in black and white, but the pop–up object is filled in with a bold pop of color —a unique take on high–contrast books!     Make sure to catch the other books in our Color Pop series—Yellow Pop, Pink Pop, and Green Pop—to add to the growing series.

Aurore Petit is a graduate of the École Nationale  Supérieure des Arts Décoratifs of Strasbourg. After working  for some time as an illustrator for the press, in 2008 she  published her first children’s book, Ménageries, with Éditions  Thierry Magnier. Since then, she has created many books for  young readers. She is the author of A Mother Is a House (Une maman, c’est comme une maison), which was  published in 2019 by Editions Les Fourmis Rouges and was  met with great acclaim. For La Martinière Jeunesse, she  illustrated Tomatoes on My Balcony (Des tomates sur mon balcon) and How Are You? (Comment allez–vous?), as well  as This Is My Place (C’est chez moi) and Little Monkey (Petit singe), both of which she also wrote. She lives in  Nantes, France.

SELLING POINTS

BOLD COLOR: High–contrast  books for infants are always a  market favorite and with the  added pop–up element, this book  will stand out on shelves as the  perfect choice for holiday (and  year–round) gift giving. Combine  Red Pop with Green Pop for a  festive color pairing!

EDUCATIONAL: Doubling as a  “first colors” and “first words”  book, this board book is perfect  for young, developing minds. And  with the added novelty element,  children will play as they learn!

CHARMING PACKAGE: At a  small trim size perfect for tiny  hands, this sturdy board book is  a great addition to our other  board book and pop–up series.  There are plans for several more  colors in the series.

SPECIFICATIONS

*Two-color illustrations throughout *12 pages

*WIDTH: 4" - 102mm

*HEIGHT: 4" - 102mm

* Board Book

PUB MONTH: SEPTEMBER AGES 1 to 3 BOARD BOOK, KIDS NOVELTY, KIDS NONFICTION ISBN 978-1-4197-7344-0 US $8.99 CAN $11.99 UK £6.99 ËxHSLELJy773440z

CARTON QTY: 45

How Do You Hug? (A Little Softies Board Book)

WRITTEN BY KATHRYN JEWITT, ILLUSTRATED BY DANIELLE MUDD

Cuddle up close with this rhyming, high–contrast board book featuring die–cut shapes that peek through to soft, felt pages

A peck behind the ear to say good night . . . Or a sleepy hug that holds you tight?

Cuddles come in all shapes and sizes in this boldly colored board book  perfect for the youngest children (and parents who just want an excuse to  snuggle them). With a gentle soothing rhyme and art that features bears,  lions, birds, turtles, elephants, monkeys, pandas, tigers, alligators, rhinos,  giraffes, mice, owls, and puppies, little ones will adore being read to in the  arms of their caretakers. Each page features die–cuts peeking through to  soft, brilliantly colored felt underneath, adding an extra layer of interactivity.

Kathryn Jewitt was a children’s book editor and author  from the Georgian city of Bath in the South West of England.  Danielle Mudd is a self–taught illustrator and designer  from Yorkshire, England, specializing in all things kids, cute,  and character! She loves chocolate, sunshine, and Nacho  (her cat), and hates all things mushroom–related (although  she can draw a very cute mushroom!).

SELLING POINTS

BOLD COLORS: High–contrast  books for infants are always a  market favorite, and with the  added touch–and–feel element,  this will stand out on the shelves.

TOUCH–AND–FEEL: This board  book features die–cuts that  reveal soft, boldly colored felt  underneath.

IDEAL FOR BEDTIME: With its  gentle rhyming text all about the  different ways to show  affection, ending with a  goodnight hug, this is perfect for  nighttime—or anytime!—read–alouds.

PERFECT ADDITION: The format  will fit in perfectly with our other  board book series, and is a  fantastic follow–up to Time For Bed!, pubbing in Spring 2024.

SPECIFICATIONS

*Full-color illustrations throughout *14 pages

*WIDTH: 5 1/2" - 140mm

*HEIGHT: 5 1/2" - 140mm

*Board Book

PUB MONTH: NOVEMBER AGES 1 to 3

BOARD BOOK, KIDS NOVELTY

ISBN 978-1-4197-6920-7 US $8.99 CAN $11.99  ËxHSLELJy769207z

CARTON QTY: 60

RIGHTS: World/All

Share the Love!

A VALENTINE LIFT-THE-FLAP BOOK WRITTEN BY FREDERICK GLASSER; ILLUSTRATED BY EDWARD MILLER

It’s Valentine’s Day, the perfect time to show our appreciation for each other! Lift the flaps to give out candies and cards to all kinds of community helpers in this festive board book

Open the doors to give a valentine to all the folks who make our  communities bright—a firefighter, veterinarian, mail carrier, nurse, librarian,  bus driver, and teacher. A final double gatefold spread reveals a heartfelt  Valentine’s Day party, thrown in appreciation of our ever–dependable  community helpers.

Frederick Glasser is the author of Monsters Come Out Tonight! and Is It Christmas Yet? He has worked in editorial  for Viking Penguin Children’s Books, in publicity, advertising,  and marketing for the Random House juvenile division, and  as sales director at Barron’s Publishing. He is currently  sales director at Fox Chapel Publishing. He lives in New  York City. Edward Miller has illustrated over 50 books for  kids including Is it Christmas Yet? and Monsters Come Out Tonight! He also illustrates products for kids including  puzzles, murals, and fabrics. Edward was an associate art  director at Random House and is a graduate of Parsons  School of Design. He lives in Beacon, New York.

SELLING POINTS

INTERACTIVE FORMAT: This  board book is decked out with  flaps to lift on every page and a  final double gatefold spread.

SEASONAL HOOK: With its bright  and commercial package, Share the Love! is perfect for  Valentine’s Day, but its focus on  community helpers makes this a  wonderful year–round gift.

FUN FOLLOW–UP: This sweet  love letter of a book comes from  the stellar team behind Monsters Come Out Tonight! and Is It Christmas Yet?

SPECIFICATIONS

*Full-color illustrations throughout *18 pages

*WIDTH: 6 1/2" - 165mm

*HEIGHT: 9" - 203mm

*Board Book

PUB MONTH: NOVEMBER AGES 3 to 5 BOARD BOOK, KIDS NOVELTY

ISBN 978-1-4197-7294-8

US $12.99 CAN $16.99 UK £9.99 ËxHSLELJy772948z

CARTON QTY: 46

I Am Me

A BOOK OF AUTHENTICITY (A BOARD BOOK)

WRITTEN BY SUSAN VERDE; ILLUSTRATED BY PETER H. REYNOLDS

Embrace individuality and being your authentic self in I Am Me, the companion to New York Times bestsellers I Am Human and I Am Love, now in board book

SELLING POINTS

BESTSELLING TEAM: Verde and  Reynolds make an incredible  pair, and their track as a team only  continues to grow. The success  of I Am Yoga, I Am Peace, I Am Human, I Am Love, I Am One,  and I Am Courage—with more  than 1.9 million copies sold  across formats—speaks for  itself. Both I Am Love and I Am Human were instant New York Times bestsellers.

BESTSELLING ILLUSTRATOR: Reynolds is one of the most  popular and recognizable  illustrators in the industry today,  from illustrating the mega–selling  Judy Moody and Stink series to  his own The Dot and Ish (more  than 700,000 copies sold  combined).

POWERFUL AFFIRMATION: Speaking directly to readers who  are scared of being different or  who struggle with low self–esteem or self–doubt, I Am Me reminds us that we are perfectly  imperfect and we are enough.

Sometimes I stand out in a crowd.

Sometimes I am not seen at all, and I feel alone. I start to ask myself, why can’t I blend in? Fit the mold?

But when I stop and look, I see nothing in this world is exactly the same.        Sometimes we hide who we really are to conform to the way we think  we are supposed to be in the world. Sometimes we compare ourselves to  others and feel we don’t fit in. But when we realize we are something to  be celebrated, and we proudly live out loud as our true selves, we can  make our unique mark on the world—and share our joy!

From author Susan Verde and illustrator Peter H. Reynolds, the #1 New York Times bestselling team behind the I Am series, comes a bighearted  celebration of individuality, being comfortable in our own skin, respecting  others for who they are, living authentically, and loving ourselves. For  anyone who’s ever felt like too much or not enough, I Am Me is an  affirming reminder that difference is what makes life beautiful—and that  each of us matters, just as we are.         Inside you’ll also find exercises to celebrate who we are.

Susan Verde is the bestselling author of I Am Yoga, I Am Peace, I Am Human, I Am Love, I Am One, I Am Courage, I Am Me, Who I Am, I Am We, and The Museum, all  illustrated by Peter H. Reynolds, as well as the Feel–Good  Fairy Tales books, illustrated by Jay Fleck, and Rock ’n’ Roll Soul, illustrated by Matthew Cordell. She teaches yoga and  mindfulness to children and lives with her three children in  East Hampton, New York. Peter H. Reynolds is the  illustrator of many bestselling and award–winning picture  books. His books include The Dot, Ish, I Am Yoga, I Am Peace, I Am Human, I Am Love, I Am One, I Am Courage, I Am Me, Who I Am, and I Am We. He lives in Dedham,  Massachusetts, where he operates the beloved shop Blue  Bunny Books and Toys.

INSPIRING MESSAGE: Celebrates self–acceptance and  letting our true colors shine.

MINDFULNESS AND LOVE: As  with the entire series, this book is  grounded in a message of  mindfulness and yoga practices,  while emphasizing the importance  of loving ourselves and others  just the way we are.

SPECIFICATIONS

*Full-color illustrations throughout *22 pages

*WIDTH: 7" - 178mm

*HEIGHT: 7" - 178mm

*Board Book

PUB MONTH: OCTOBER AGES up to 3

BOARD BOOK

ISBN 978-1-4197-4649-9 US $8.99 CAN $11.99 UK £6.99 ËxHSLELJy746499z

CARTON QTY: 40

ebook ISBN 978-1-68335-967-8

When You Adopt a Pugicorn

A WHEN YOU ADOPT... BOOK (A PICTURE BOOK)

WRITTEN BY MATILDA ROSE; ILLUSTRATED BY TIM BUDGEN

In the board book When You Adopt a Pugicorn, author Matilda Rose and illustrator Tim Budgen answer the question what happens when a princess wishes for a unicorn . . . but gets a PUGICORN instead?

Every year, young princesses and princes arrive at Mrs. Paws’ Haven for  Magical Pets to pick a perfect unicorn pet. But this year Princess Ava  arrived too late. There are no unicorns left . . . only Pugicorn! He’s short  and hairy. He can’t sit still or gallop gracefully—and he certainly can’t leap  over rainbows. Can a pugicorn ever be a princess’s best friend?

Matilda Rose is the author of the When You Adopt series, which includes  Pugicorn, Pandarina, and more adventures set in a fairy tale world  featuring different magical pets. With important messages about sharing,  kindness, trying your best, and being yourself, the When You Adopt books  combine sparkle, fun, and heart. Rose lives in London. Tim Budgen is a  freelance illustrator and art teacher. He’s illustrated Pugicorn and the When  You Adopt series, the Lizzie and Lucky series by Megan Rix, 20 Dinosaurs  at Bedtime by Mark Sperring, and more amazing children’s books. For much  of his life he has been scribbling down ideas and can usually be found with  a pencil in one hand and a sketchbook in the other. He lives by the sea on  Hayling Island, England, with his wife, Julia.

SELLING POINTS

TRENDY TOPIC: The trend for  pugicorns is taking off—and  you’d be barking mad to miss it!

APPEALING PACKAGE: The  cover will have foil for tons of  shelf appeal.

POSITIVE MESSAGE: This book  has a gentle message about  acceptance and the importance  of not judging animals (or people!)  by their appearance.

MAGICAL MASHUP

CONTINUES: The When You  Adopt series continues with  strong sales of almost 80,000  copies.

SPECIFICATIONS

*Full-color illustrations throughout *30 pages

*WIDTH: 6 1/2" - 165mm

*HEIGHT: 6 1/2" - 165mm

*Board Book

PUB MONTH: FEBRUARY AGES 2 to 5

BOARD BOOK, CHILDREN'S,  KIDS FICTION, KIDS FANTASY

ISBN 978-1-4197-7329-7

US $8.99 CAN $11.99  ËxHSLELJy773297z

CARTON QTY: 40 ebook ISBN 978-1-64700-490-3

In My Heart: Deluxe Gift Edition

A BOOK OF FEELINGS

WRITTEN BY JO WITEK; ILLUSTRATED BY CHRISTINE ROUSSEY

Celebrate feelings in all their shapes and sizes with the ultimate gift—the deluxe slip–cased edition of In My Heart: A Book of Feelings, the New York Times

bestselling picture book from author Jo Witek and illustrator Christine Roussey!

Happiness, sadness, bravery, anger, shyness . . . our hearts can feel so  many feelings! Some make us feel as light as a balloon, others as heavy as  an elephant. With lyrical text, In My Heart explores a full range of emotions,  empowering readers to practice articulating and identifying their own  emotions. Along with the same beautifully whimsical illustrations and  irresistible, multi–colored die–cut heart that extends through each spread,  this deluxe edition also features:

·A gorgeous die–cut slipcase patterned with glossy hearts

·Fancy foil accents on the book’s front cover.

·Foil on the interior of the book highlighting the first and last of the die–cut hearts.

Just in time for the 10th anniversary, this is the perfect gift for new  readers as well as fans of the original New York Times bestselling book.  The Growing Hearts series celebrates the milestones of a toddler’s  emotional development, from conquering fears and expressing feelings to  welcoming a new sibling.

Jo Witek and Christine Roussey are the  author/illustrator team behind the Growing Hearts series,  including In My Heart, Hello in There!, Brave as Can Be, All My Treasures, In My Room, With My Daddy, My Little Gifts,  and My Tree and Me. They both live in France.

RIGHTS: World English

SELLING POINTS

BESTSELLING SERIES: In My Heart has sold nearly 1.6 million  copies and continues to sell  consistently every year. Perfect  for the 10th anniversary, this  deluxe edition of In My Heart features a die–cut slipcase that  peeks into the eye–catching,  multicolored die–cut cover of the  book.

GORGEOUS ART: Christine’s  whimsical, colorful line drawings  give this title a modern and gifty  feel.

VALENTINE’S DAY TIE–IN: The  charming heart motif perfectly  aligns with seasonal promotions  and makes a gorgeous  Valentine’s Day gift.

SPECIFICATIONS

*Full-color illustrations throughout *30 pages

*WIDTH: 10" - 254mm

*HEIGHT: 10 1/2" - 267mm

*Hardcover, Picture, Sewn PUB MONTH: OCTOBER AGES 2 to 4

PICTURE BOOK

ISBN 978-1-4197-7852-0 US $24.99 CAN $31.99 UK £18.99 ËxHSLELJy778520z

CARTON QTY: 16

Hair Like Obama's, Hands Like Lebron's

A PICTURE BOOK

WRITTEN BY CAROLE BOSTON WEATHERFORD; ILLUSTRATED BY SAVANNA DURR

From Colin Kaepernick to Martin Luther King Jr. to Benjamin Crump, this picture book is a celebration of Black history and excellence from powerhouse author

Carole Boston Weatherford

SELLING POINTS

SUPERSTAR CREATOR: Carole  Boston Weatherford, New York Times bestselling author and  winner of multiple major book  awards, focuses on African  American history and experience.

REPRESENTATION MATTERS: Focusing on Black leaders,  athletes, inventors, explorers,  and more, this inspirational book  helps young readers realize that  there is always a space for them.

EDUCATIONAL: Back matter  includes bios of each featured  celebrity, fleshing out their  accomplishments and legacy, a  reproduction of the famous photo  of Barack Obama and a young  White House visitor that inspired  the text, and a touching author’s  note.

SPECIFICATIONS

*Full-color illustrations throughout *40 pages

*WIDTH: 9" - 229mm

*HEIGHT: 9" - 203mm

*Hardcover with jacket

I have hair like Obama’s and hands like LeBron’s. My mind is more magical than “Ice” McDonald’s wands. My legs, like Michael Jordan’s, shatter records with a leap. My soul is kissed by Africa—the future’s mine to keep.       Inspired by the famous White House photograph of five–year–old  Jacob Philadelphia touching then–president Barack Obama’s hair,  Weatherford’s powerful text—illuminated by Savanna Durr’s warm, jewel–toned art—is an ode to all the things that make Black and brown kids  beautiful. Young readers will learn about many inspiring figures in Black  history up to the present day, gaining confidence in their abilities and their  cultural legacy as they learn. The back matter includes an author’s note  and biographies of each of the featured figures: Guion Bluford, Usain  “Lightning” Bolt, “Bootsy” Collins, John Coltrane, Benjamin Crump, LeBron  James, Lonnie Johnson, Michael Jordan, Colin Kaepernick, Martin Luther  King Jr., Thurgood Marshall, Elijah McCoy, Kenrick “Ice” McDonald, Barack  Obama, Colin Powell, and Tommie Smith.

Carole Boston Weatherford writes the diverse books  she lacked as a child. She is a New York Times bestselling  author and critic, and a two–time NAACP Image Award  winner. Since her 1995 debut, she has authored 70–plus  books, including nine Coretta Scott King Award winners, a  Newbery Honor winner, and four Caldecott Honor winners.  She is a professor at Fayetteville State University in North  Carolina. Savanna Durr is an illustrator and art teacher  based in Richmond, Virginia. She primarily illustrates digitally  and loves adding textures and vibrant colors to her work.  She has spent her life being inspired by animated movies,  cartoons, and children’s books. She focuses on creating  representation within her work in the hope that others can  look at her art and see themselves.

PUB MONTH: OCTOBER AGES 3 to 6

PICTURE BOOK, KIDS AFRICAN AMERICAN HISTORY & CULTURE ISBN 978-1-4197-7148-4

US $18.99 CAN $23.99 UK £13.99 ËxHSLELJy771484z

CARTON QTY: 30 ebook ISBN 979-8-88707-182-4

A CELEBRATION WITH SHAPES (A PICTURE BOOK)

WRITTEN AND ILLUSTRATED BY DUNCAN TONATIUH

Explore a world of shapes in this vibrant, bilingual picture book from award–winning author–illustrator Duncan Tonatiuh

From award–winning and beloved author–illustrator Duncan Tonatiuh  comes ¡Felicidades!, a celebratory bilingual concept picture book of  shapes featuring a birthday party. ¡Felicidades! includes a double gatefold  finale reveal, and a brief author’s note in English and Spanish that lends  additional context.

cuadrado–una mesa/square–a table     circulo–un pastel/circle–a cake     triangulo–gorritos/triangle–party hats     ovalo–globos/oval–balloons     rectángulo–regalos/rectangle–gifts     diamante–un papalote/diamond–a kite     medio circulo–rebanadas de fruta/half–circle–fruit slices  pentágonos y hexágonos–un balón de fútbol/pentagons and hexagons–a soccer ball

estrella–una piñata/star–a piñata     corazón–una paleta/heart–a lollipop     ¡Feliz cumpleaños!/Happy birthday!

Duncan Tonatiuh (toh–nah–tee–YOU) is an award–winning author–illustrator whose numerous accolades  include the Sibert Medal, the Pura Belpré Award, and an  Orbis Pictus Honor. Duncan is both Mexican and American.  His artwork is inspired by Mesoamerican art. His aim is to  create images and stories that honor the past but are  relevant to today’s people, especially children. His books  include A Land of Books, Feathered Serpent and the Five Suns, and Separate Is Never Equal, among many others. He  grew up in and currently lives in San Miguel de Allende,  Mexico, where he celebrates Día de Muertos with his wife  and children every year.

RIGHTS: World/All

SELLING POINTS

AWARD–WINNING CREATOR: Tonatiuh’s numerous accolades  include the Sibert Award, multiple  Pura Belpré Medals and Honors,  and an Orbis Pictus Honor.

STRONG SALES TRACK: Tonatiuh’s picture books with  Abrams have sold more than  750,000 copies!

NEEDED CONTENT: There are  few bilingual books for the very  young that celebrate Mexican  culture, and Abrams aims to help  fill this gap by teaming up with  beloved author Tonatiuh.

SPECIFICATIONS

*Full-color illustrations throughout *24 pages

*WIDTH: 8 1/2" - 216mm

*HEIGHT: 8 1/2" - 216mm

*Hardcover with jacket

PUB MONTH: AUGUST AGES 3 to 5

PICTURE BOOK, KIDS LATINO HISTORY & CULTURE

ISBN 978-1-4197-7449-2

US $15.99 CAN $19.99 UK £11.99 ËxHSLELJy774492z

CARTON QTY: 34

ebook ISBN 979-8-88707-317-0

ABCs for a Peaceful Me

A MINDFULNESS SEEK-AND-FIND BOOK (A PICTURE BOOK)

WRITTEN BY SHELLY BECKER; ILLUSTRATED BY DAN YACCARINO

From the incredible team behind One, Two, Grandma Loves You and One, Two, Grandpa Loves You, Shelly Becker and Dan Yaccarino, comes a unique ABC book all about mindfulness

A is for appreciate, B is for breathe, C is for connect, and D is to discover  all of the great ways little ones can bring mindfulness into their daily  routines. Featuring bold, colorful art, each spread focuses on a unique  word promoting a healthy body–mind connection; a hidden object relating to  the letter; and an animal, such as an antelope, a bear, an elephant, a tiger,  and even a unicorn. Young readers will delight in learning this unique  alphabet, as well as new ways to self–soothe and express themselves.

Shelly Becker is the author of One, Two, Grandma Loves You and One, Two, Grandpa Loves You, both of which  received starred reviews from School Library Journal. Her  other books include the Superheroes Are Just Like Us  series. Kirkus Reviews called Even Superheroes Have Bad Days “an action–packed romp,” and it was a 2018 Blue  Spruce Award nominee. Shelly has been practicing  mindfulness for over 20 years. She lives in Toronto,  Canada. Dan Yaccarino is the internationally acclaimed  author and illustrator of more than 50 books for children,  many of which have garnered prestigious awards, as well  as adaptations into foreign editions, stage productions, and  toys. Yaccarino created and produced the animated series  Doug Unplugs, Oswald, and Willa’s Wild Life. He is also  the designer behind the animated series The Backyardigans. More than 2.5 million of his books have  been sold to date. He lives in New York City.

RIGHTS: World/All

SELLING POINTS

STELLAR ILLUSTRATOR: Yaccarino, an acclaimed picture  book artist, has won awards  such as the Bologna Ragazzi  Award and the Parents’ Choice  Award, among others. He is also  the designer behind the animated  series The Backyardigans

MINDFULNESS ON THE RISE: Books about the body–mind  connection, yoga, and self–soothing techniques continue to  be a hot topic, as shown by the  success of Alphabreaths (Sounds True, Inc., 2019) and  Abrams’ own I Am . . . series.

EDUCATIONAL: Children will  learn a unique set of ABCs that  promote a calm body–mind  connection.

INTERACTIVE ELEMENT: Each  spread features a word, an  animal, and an object directly  related to the letter, creating a fun  seek–and–find element that will  delight children.

SPECIFICATIONS

*Full-color illustrations throughout *40 pages

*WIDTH: 9" - 229mm

*HEIGHT: 9" - 203mm

*Hardcover with jacket

PUB MONTH: AUGUST AGES 3 to 5

PICTURE BOOK, KIDS NATURE & ENVIRONMENT ISBN 978-1-4197-7271-9

US $17.99 CAN $22.99 UK £12.99 ËxHSLELJy772719z

CARTON QTY: 22

ebook ISBN 979-8-88707-241-8

RIGHTS: World/All

Baby Steps

A PICTURE BOOK FOR NEW SIBLINGS WRITTEN BY KIMBERLY DERTING; ILLUSTRATED BY SHIHO PATE

A young picture book from award–winning author Kimberly Derting and illustrator Shiho Pate all about the wonder of becoming a sibling

Baby stands / Baby lands

Baby falls / Baby bawls

Brother cuddles / Brother snuggles

Brother clasps / Baby grasps

Follow along as a young boy becomes a big brother and experiences  the new noises, smells, and “firsts” a baby sibling can bring, including  baby’s first steps! With simple, sweet rhyming text—and stunning, full–color illustrations—this book is an ode to siblings everywhere.

Kimberly Derting is the award–winning author of multiple  young adult novels and co–authors numerous picture  books, including the popular Cece Loves Science and  Penny, the Engineering Tale of the Fourth Little Pig. As a  child, Kimberly’s favorite pastimes were visiting the  Bookmobile (a library on wheels) and drawing worms  because her art skills were so bad that she couldn’t draw  anything with arms or legs. These days, she lives in  Washington state with her husband, their goofy dog, and  two moody cats. She spends most of her free time spoiling  her grandkids while they destroy her at Mario Kart! Shiho Pate was born in Hokkaido, Japan, and raised in Aichi. She  received her degree in illustration from the Savannah  College for Art and Design and worked for indie gaming  studios before she started making children’s books. Among  many other books, she illustrated Ramen for Everyone by  Patricia Tanumihardja, which was a 2023 Indie Next Pick  and a Junior Library Guild Selection. Shiho lives in Southern  California with her husband and their daughter.

SELLING POINTS

ACCOMPLISHED AUTHOR: Kimberly Derting is an award–winning picture book author best  known for the Loves Science  series, which has sold over  116,000 copies on Bookscan.

SIBLING STORY: While there are  many sweet sibling books in the  market, Baby Steps stands out  with its charming story and its bold,  lively art.

RHYMING READ–ALOUD: The  simple but clever rhyming text  makes for a great read–aloud.

SPECIFICATIONS

*Full-color illustrations throughout *32 pages

*WIDTH: 8 1/2" - 216mm

*HEIGHT: 8 1/2" - 216mm

*Hardcover POB

PUB MONTH: SEPTEMBER AGES 3 to 5 PICTURE BOOK

ISBN 978-1-4197-6858-3 US $15.99 CAN $19.99 UK £11.99 ËxHSLELJy768583z

CARTON QTY: 42 ebook ISBN 978-1-64700-682-2

From The Heartbeat Drum • Written by Deidre Havrelock; illustrated by Aphelandra

RIGHTS: World/All

The Idea in You

A PICTURE BOOK

WRITTEN BY QUESTLOVE; ILLUSTRATED BY SEAN QUALLS

A joyous exploration of imagination and finding inspiration, The Idea in You is the debut picture book from Questlove—New York Times bestselling author, six–time GRAMMY Award–winning drummer, producer, and Academy Award–winning filmmaker—and Coretta Scott King Honor Award–winning illustrator Sean Qualls

An idea can come from anywhere.

Start here: reach up into the sky

And unhook a star.

Questlove’s debut picture book, an uplifting story about passion,  creativity, and joy—exuberantly illustrated by award–winning artist Sean  Qualls—will inspire kids to find their own creative pursuits.

Questlove is a six–time GRAMMY Award–winning musician, Academy  Award‒winning filmmaker, drummer, DJ, producer, director, culinary  entrepreneur, New York Times bestselling author, co–founder of the Roots,  and the musical director for The Tonight Show Starring Jimmy Fallon,  where the Roots serves as the house band. He is the author of the New York Times bestsellers Mo’ Meta Blues, Creative Quest, Music Is History, and his first children’s book series, The Rhythm of Time, as well as the  James Beard Award–nominated somethingtofoodabout, Mixtape Potluck,  and Grammy–nominated audiobook Creative Quest. Questlove made his  directorial debut with the Academy Award, GRAMMY Award, BAFTA  Award–winning documentary film Summer of Soul, which broke the record  for the highest–selling documentary to come out of the Sundance Film  Festival. He is the publisher of AUWA Books, an imprint of MCD / Farrar,  Straus and Giroux. Sean Qualls’s work is a mixed–media combination of  painting, drawing, and collage. He has illustrated many picture books,  including Before John Was a Jazz Giant, which received a Coretta Scott  King Honor Award; The Poet Slave of Cuba, a BCCB Blue Ribbon Book;  Dizzy,an ALA Notable Book and a Kirkus Reviews, School Library Journal,  and Child magazine best book, as well as BCCB Blue Ribbon Book and a  Booklist Editor’s Choice; and Emmanuel’s Dream, which was a Schneider  Award winner. He lives in Brooklyn, New York.

SELLING POINTS

LEGENDARY CREATIVE: As  drummer and joint frontman for  the Roots—featured as the in–house band for the Tonight Show since 2014—and as the  Academy Award–winning  director of Summer of Soul and  as producer on the cast album of  Hamilton, among many other  endeavors, Questlove has a  huge platform and is a widely  respected creative. This is his  picture book debut.

AWARD–WINNING ARTIST:

Sean Qualls’s many accolades  include a Coretta Scott King  Honor Award, a Schneider  Award, an ALA Notable, several  BCCB Blue Ribbons, best–of  mentions by Kirkus Reviews,  School Library Journal, Booklist, Amazon, Child Magazine, and  many starred reviews.

INSPIRATIONAL: Questlove’s  positive, universal message—all  about creativity and how ideas  can come from anywhere— blends with upbeat, vibrant art.

ADULT BOOKS SUCCESS: Questlove’s Music Is History and  Mixtape Potluck cookbook have  gotten wide, positive media  coverage.

SPECIFICATIONS

*Full-color illustrations throughout *32 pages

*WIDTH: 9" - 229mm

*HEIGHT: 11" - 279mm

*Hardcover with jacket PUB MONTH: SEPTEMBER AGES 4 to 8 PICTURE BOOK

ISBN 978-1-4197-3826-5 US $19.99 CAN $24.99 UK £13.99

ËxHSLELJy738265z

CARTON QTY: 22

ebook ISBN 978-1-64700-050-9

Baby Dunks-a-Lot

A PICTURE BOOK

WRITTEN BY JAYSON TATUM AND SAM APPLE; ILLUSTRATED BY PARKER-NIA GORDON

The Boss Baby meets Space Jam in this hilarious tale of a baby turned basketball superstar from NBA All–Star Jayson Tatum, author Sam Apple, and illustrator

Parker–Nia Gordon

When a big kid teaches his little brother how to play basketball for the first  time, something unusual happens . . . baby bro flies through the air for a  monster dunk! Before long, every professional team wants the incredible  dunking baby on their roster. Baby Dunks–A–Lot is poised to become a  basketball legend—that is, until he misses his bedtime.        Inspired by Jayson Tatum’s life as both an NBA superstar and a loving  dad, this laugh–out–loud picture book is the story of what happens when a  tot becomes an NBA teammate.

Jayson Tatum (aka Deuce’s dad) is a professional basketball player for  the Boston Celtics. He is a 5X NBA All–Star, a multi–time All–NBA First Team  selection, and an Olympic Gold Medalist. Sam Apple (aka Isaac, Nina, and  Lila’s dad) lives in Philadelphia and teaches writing at Johns Hopkins  University. He has not yet been selected to the All–NBA First Team.  Parker–Nia Gordon grew up in the musical city of Memphis, Tennessee,  home of rhythm and blues. She received her BFA at Ringling College of Art  and Design, and after graduating, Gordon returned to Memphis, where she  became a visual teacher for young elementary school children for three  years. She is the illustrator of Daddy and Me and the Rhyme to Be, written  by Chris Bridges (Ludacris) and Halcyon Pearson.

SELLING POINTS

ALL–STAR CELEBRITY: Anyone  who follows the NBA can attest  that as a four–time NBA All–Star,  Jayson Tatum (7.8 million  followers across platforms) is  the current face of the Boston  Celtics. He also created the  Jayson Tatum Foundation, which  works with underserved  populations of children, teens,  and families; he will be a member  of Team USA in the 2024  Olympics.

REAL–LIFE INSPIRATION: Long  known as a world–class  basketball player, Tatum is more  recently known as a world–class  dad. On social media, his  relationship with his son, Deuce  (the inspiration for Baby Dunks–A–Lot), has captured the hearts  of fans around the world.

SLAM DUNK CONCEPT: Combines the clever, independent  baby antics of The Boss Baby with a hilariously chaotic team  dynamic for a fun story that even  non–basketball fans can enjoy.

SPORTS HOOK: There are plenty  of subtle jokes and nods to the  game that basketball and NBA  fans will appreciate.

COMMERCIAL ART: Gordon’s  illustrations are brightly colored,  high–energy, and action–packed,  making a dynamic read that nails  every facial expression and  amplifies the humor.

SPECIFICATIONS

*Full-color illustrations throughout *40 pages

*WIDTH: 8 1/2" - 216mm

*HEIGHT: 10 1/2" - 267mm

*Hardcover with jacket

PUB MONTH: SEPTEMBER AGES 4 to 8

PICTURE BOOK

ISBN 978-1-4197-7146-0

US $19.99 CAN $24.99 UK £13.99 ËxHSLELJy771460z

CARTON QTY: 20

ebook ISBN 979-8-88707-180-0

A BOOK OF COMMUNITY (A PICTURE BOOK)

WRITTEN BY SUSAN VERDE; ILLUSTRATED BY PETER H. REYNOLDS

Cultivate connection and kindness in author Susan Verde’s and Peter H. Reynolds’s I Am We, a companion to the New York Times bestsellers I Am Human and I Am Love

Connected is what we are: part of a world–wide community, diverse and magnificent, kind and accepting, supportive and present. All of us important, none of us alone.

Sometimes we may wonder, how does caring for ourselves help anyone else? But then we realize that the better we feel inside, the more we can  be there for others—our friends, families, and communities. We are part of  something bigger than ourselves, and when we each turn our goodness  and compassion outward, we can create, learn, and love.

From the New York Times bestselling team behind the I Am series comes  a celebration of caring for ourselves AND others with open hearts and  minds. Whether it’s listening to a friend, welcoming newcomers with open  arms, or standing up against injustice, I Am We shows us what true  community looks like—and the amazing things that can happen when we  come together.

Inside you’ll also find exercises for building community.

Susan Verde is the bestselling author of I Am Yoga, I Am Peace, I Am Human, I Am Love, I Am One, I Am Courage, I Am Me, Who I Am, and The Museum, all illustrated by Peter  H.Reynolds, as well as the Feel–Good Fairy Tales books, illustrated by Jay Fleck, and Rock ‘n’ Roll Soul, illustrated by Matthew Cordell. She teaches yoga and mindfulness to children and lives with her three children in East Hampton, New York. Peter H. Reynolds is the illustrator of many bestselling and award–winning picture books, including The Dot, Ish, I Am Yoga, I Am Peace, I Am Human, I Am Love, I Am One, I Am Courage, I Am Me, and Who I Am. He lives in Dedham, Massachusetts, where he operates the beloved shop Blue Bunny Books and Toys.

SELLING POINTS

BESTSELLING TEAM: Verde and  Reynolds make an incredible  pair, and their track as a team only  continues to grow. The success  of I Am Yoga, I Am Peace, I Am Human, I Am Love, I Am One, I Am Courage, I Am Me, and Who I Am—with more than 1.9 million  copies sold across formats— speaks for itself. Both I Am Love and I Am Human were instant  New York Times bestsellers.

BESTSELLING ILLUSTRATOR: Reynolds is one of the most  popular and recognizable  illustrators in the industry today,  from illustrating the mega–selling  Judy Moody and Stink series to  his own The Dot and Ish (with  more than 700,000 copies sold  combined).

INSPIRING MESSAGE: Shows  how being kind to ourselves can  inspire kindness toward others— by checking in, speaking up,  collaborating, encouraging, and  growing together.

GLOBAL COMMUNITY: Inspires  reflection and conversation about  what "community" means to you,  and what it looks like in your  classroom, family, neighborhood,  and on a global scale.

MINDFULNESS AND LOVE: As  with the entire series, this book is  grounded in mindfulness and  yoga practices, while  emphasizing the importance of  loving ourselves.

SPECIFICATIONS

*Full-color illustrations throughout *32 pages

*WIDTH: 8" - 203mm

*HEIGHT: 8" - 203mm

*Hardcover with jacket

PUB MONTH: OCTOBER AGES 4 to 8

PICTURE BOOK

ISBN 978-1-4197-7194-1 US $15.99 CAN $19.99 UK £11.99 ËxHSLELJy771941z

CARTON QTY: 42

ebook ISBN 979-8-88707-213-5

Missing Momma

A PICTURE BOOK

WRITTEN BY WINSOME BINGHAM; ILLUSTRATED BY RAHELE JOMEPOUR BELL

A tender picture book about a veteran’s PTSD and a family’s love for each other —on good days and hard days—from award–winning creators Winsome Bingham and Rahele Jomepour Bell

Momma wears combat boots, a camouflage jacket, and a U.S. ARMY tag on her chest. She is a fighter for her country’s  freedom, but she is also a fighter for her family. When Momma comes home from a long deployment, however,  something has changed. Our narrator, Momma’s “Baby," misses the big hugs, uniform fashion shows, and music  mornings they used to share. And she really misses planting vegetables together. Now her Momma won’t even come  out to the garden. But maybe, just maybe, she can bring the garden to Momma.

Missing Momma is the poignant and ultimately hopeful, comforting story of a child with a parent affected by PTSD.  Sensitively written by Winsome Bingham and movingly illustrated by Rahele Jomepour Bell, Missing Momma beautifully  reminds kids that a family’s love endures even on days that aren’t picture perfect.

Winsome Bingham is a soul food connoisseur, master cook, US Army war and disabled veteran, and  the author of the award–winning Soul Food Sunday (illustrated by C.G. Esperanza) as well as The Walk (illustrated by E.B. Lewis). She received both bachelor’s and master’s degrees in education and has  more than 15 years of teaching experience. She lives in Connecticut. Rahele Jomepour Bell, an Iranian  American picture book creator, graduated from Iowa State University with an MFA in integrated visual  arts. She received an Illustration Mentorship Award from We Need Diverse Books and was awarded  both the Portfolio Award Grand Prize and the Social Media Mentorship Award for Illustrators at the SCBWI  National Conference. She is happiest creating illustrations that send the imagination flying, offer a new  look at an old idea, and reassure the viewer of their place in this world. Rahele lives in Ames, Iowa, with  her husband and her little girl, Darya.

SELLING POINTS

ACCLAIMED TEAM: Bingham’s  debut, Soul Food Sunday, won  numerous accolades including a  Coretta Scott King Illustration  honor. Her next book, The Walk, earned four starred  reviews. Rising–star artist Rahele  Jamepour Bell was named a 2021  Ezra Jack Keats Illustration  Award nominee and has  received many starred reviews,  including five for Our Favorite Day of the Year

FOCUS ON VETERANS: Featuring a mother returned home  from a long deployment, Missing Momma reflects an experience  that still isn’t portrayed often in  picture books—that of veterans  and their families.

MENTAL HEALTH: With honesty,  authenticity, and a gentle touch  that provides comfort to kids,  Winsome tackles trauma and the  ups and downs a family  experiences when one of its  members’ mental health is  suffering.

PERSONAL AUTHOR’S NOTE: This story is inspired by  Winsome’s experience as a  veteran with PTSD. In her  author’s note, she draws  attention to the United States’ 1.7  million female veterans (many of  whom lack access to mental  health care) and over 600,000  military families, including many  children who are living in  households that experience highs  and lows as a result of PTSD,  depression, or anxiety.

SPECIFICATIONS

*Full-color illustrations throughout *48 pages

*WIDTH: 9" - 229mm

*HEIGHT: 11" - 279mm

*Hardcover with jacket

PUB MONTH: OCTOBER AGES 4 to 8

PICTURE BOOK

ISBN 978-1-4197-6155-3

US $18.99 CAN $23.99 UK £13.99 ËxHSLELJy761553z

CARTON QTY: 18

ebook ISBN 978-1-64700-656-3

Nose to Nose

A PICTURE BOOK

WRITTEN AND ILLUSTRATED BY THYRA HEDER

From the critically acclaimed author–illustrator of How Do You Dance?, Thyra Heder’s Nose to Nose is an insightful and hilarious picture book about trying to make friends as the new dog in town and the courage it takes to face a problem “nose to nose”

Toby is the new dog on the block, and he can’t wait to meet his neighbors.

But his attempts to make friends go largely un–sniffed by his busy  neighborhood, and Toby finds being new isn’t so easy. At least he finds a  nice, smelly ball at the park. There’s just one problem: The ball actually  belongs to another pup, Pancake, who desperately wants it back.     Toby tries his best to explain his mistake, but when his messages get  misunderstood, the neighborhood rumors fly: Toby is a bad dog! Beware!  Toby doesn’t know if he’ll ever make a friend, but hopefully by being brave  and taking a chance, he can make things right.     This pooch–filled story by critically acclaimed author Thyra Heder  playfully unveils the currents of communication happening all around us  and champions the courage it takes to confront a problem “nose to nose.”

Thyra Heder is the author and illustrator of Sal Boat, Fraidyzoo, The Bear Report, Alfie, and How Do You Dance? She is also a scenic designer and storyboard artist for film  and advertising. She lives in Brooklyn.

RIGHTS: World/All

SELLING POINTS

STRONG TRACK RECORD:  Heder’s books have sold over  170,000 copies combined and  frequently attract interest from  foreign publishers.

CRITICAL ACCLAIM: Heder’s  honors include starred reviews,  Amazon Best Book of the Year,  ALA Notable Book, Texas 2x2  Master list, the E.B. White Read–Aloud list, and coverage in  esteemed publications such as  the New York Times, the  Huffington Post, the Wall Street Journal, and the Atlantic.

PUPPY LOVE: Dog lovers are  sure to fall for Toby and the many  pups who live in his  neighborhood.

CONVERSATION STARTER: The  misunderstanding and  miscommunications that befall  Toby’s community in Nose to Nose well illustrate the dangers  of misinformation. This friendship  story can be a perfect  conversation starter about  responsible use of social media.

SPECIFICATIONS

*Full-color illustrations throughout *48 pages

*WIDTH: 9 1/4" - 235mm

*HEIGHT: 10 3/4" - 273mm

*Hardcover with jacket PUB MONTH: SEPTEMBER AGES 4 to 8

PICTURE BOOK

ISBN 978-1-4197-5751-8 US $18.99 CAN $23.99 UK £13.99 ËxHSLELJy757518z

CARTON QTY: 20

ebook ISBN 978-1-64700-442-2

Caboose

A

PICTURE BOOK

WRITTEN BY TRAVIS JONKER; ILLUSTRATED BY RUTH CHAN

From children’s book creator and elementary school librarian Travis Jonker, with art from critically acclaimed illustrator Ruth Chan, Caboose is a hilarious picture book all about the antics of classroom line up

Every kid knows the joy of being line leader. You can make the line go fast.

You can make the line go slow. You can stop suddenly and make the line  crash—oh, the power! Cedric has all sorts of tricks to make sure he’s first  in line. There’s the fast walk, the slow run, the shoulder tap, the slingshot,  and so much more. But when Cedric’s line leader antics go too far, he’s  banished to the back of the line. The very back of the line.

Now that Cedric’s the caboose, he must hatch a whole new world of  hijinks. The turtle walk, the step back, the cloak of invisibility, the “no, no,  after you!” The possibilities are endless!

Travis Jonker is an elementary school librarian and the  creator of 100 Scope Notes, a kidlit blog hosted by School Library Journal. He was a member of the 2014 Caldecott  committee. Jonker lives with his wife and two children in  Zeeland, Michigan. He is the author of The Very Last Castle and Blue Floats Away as well as the author–illustrator of  Just One Flake Ruth Chan is an illustrator and author  who spent her childhood tobogganing in Canada, her teens  in China, a number of years studying art and education, and  a decade working with youth and families in underserved  communities. She now writes and illustrates full–time in  New York City.

SELLING POINTS

PROMOTIONAL OPPORTUNITIES ABOUND: Travis Jonker is the founder of  two popular and trusted kidlit  media platforms—the blog 100  Scope Notes, hosted by School Library Journal, and The Yarn  podcast. Ruth Chan also has a  substantial social media  following, boasting over 76,000  followers on Instagram.

CRITICALLY ACCLAIMED

ILLUSTRATOR: Ruth Chan’s  picture books frequently garner  starred reviews and other critical  acclaim. How Old is Mr. Tortoise? was widely praised,  was a Junior Library Guild Gold  Selection, and earned a spot on  the CBC 2023 Best Children’s  Book of the Year list.

BELOVED AUTHOR: Travis  Jonker’s picture books have sold  over 30,000 copies and counting!  He is a favorite both with  booksellers and his fellow  librarians. His work has been  called “lovely” and “accessible” in  starred reviews.

SPECIFICATIONS

*Full-color illustrations throughout *40 pages

*WIDTH: 9 1/2" - 241mm

*HEIGHT: 9 1/2" - 241mm

*Hardcover with jacket PUB MONTH: FEBRUARY AGES 4 to 8

PICTURE BOOK

ISBN 978-1-4197-6503-2 US $18.99 CAN $23.99 UK £13.99 ËxHSLELJy765032z

CARTON QTY: 22 ebook ISBN 978-1-64700-844-4

The Band in Our Basement

A PICTURE BOOK

WRITTEN BY KELLY J. BAPTIST; ILLUSTRATED BY JENIN MOHAMMED

In this rollicking, rhyming picture book, a pair of siblings who are supposed to be in bed discover a jazz band playing in their basement

The sounds downstairs are funky and we start to wiggle toes. We flip–flop and we giggle with sheets up to the nose.

The rhythm’s steady, the trumpet’s sweet. Before too long, we’re on our feet!

After hearing Daddy’s band practicing in the basement, a brother and  sister can’t resist sneaking out of bed to watch them play. Careful, careful, can’t be caught. Tiptoe past the squeaky spot! They long to join in the fun,  but can’t be seen out of bed—until the discovery of a surprise band  member turns the jam session into a family affair. With an energetic, lyrical  text from award–winning author Kelly J. Baptist and exuberant illustrations  from Jenin Mohammed, The Band in Our Basement will have readers  feeling the beat—right before settling back down for bedtime.

Kelly J. Baptist is the award–winning author of many  books for kids, including The Swag Is in the Socks, which  won the 2022 Midland Authors Award for Children’s Fiction;  her middle–grade novel, Ready, Set, Dough; and The Electric Slide and Kai, which won the Lee and Low New  Voices Honor. Baptist lives in Southwest Michigan with her  five amazing children, and practices Kobe Bryant’s Mamba  Mentality every day! Jenin Mohammed grew up in sunny  (but mostly rainy) south Florida. She loves kittens (even  though she is allergic to them), roller coasters, and scary  movies. Above all else, Mohammed enjoys traveling to  different places and teaching kids how to embrace their  inner artist.

RIGHTS: World/All

SELLING POINTS

RISING STAR TEAM: Baptist’s  debut novel received two starred  reviews, and she won Lee and  Low’s New Voices Honor Award  for her debut picture book.  Meanwhile, Mohammed is a highly  sought–after new talent whose  star is on the rise, with a number  of picture books forthcoming.

FAMILY LOVE: Depicts a close–knit Black household (and their  extended family) full of love, joy,  and music.

BEDTIME READ: A fresh take on  the genre that turns the relatable  trying–to–go–to–bed routine into  a nighttime adventure. As the  band wraps up, the text shifts to  a lullaby lilt, calming readers  down again as the kids finally fall  asleep.

READ–ALOUD: With fun rhyming  text, a musical feel, and a hint of  suspense as the kids try to creep  downstairs without getting  caught, this is perfect for  caregivers and their music–loving  little ones to read together.

TWIST ENDING: Momma is  revealed as the band’s star  singer, and once the kids are  discovered watching from their  hiding spot, they get to play  along, too.

TRUE STORY: Inspired by actual  band rehearsals that occurred in  the author’s basement.

SPECIFICATIONS

*Full-color illustrations throughout *40 pages

*WIDTH: 9 1/2" - 241mm

*HEIGHT: 9 1/2" - 241mm

*Hardcover with jacket

PUB MONTH: NOVEMBER AGES 4 to 8

PICTURE BOOK

ISBN 978-1-4197-6907-8

US $18.99 CAN $23.99 UK £13.99 ËxHSLELJy769078z

CARTON QTY: 22

ebook ISBN 979-8-88707-075-9

All at Once Upon a Time A

PICTURE BOOK

WRITTEN BY MARA ROCKLIFF; ILLUSTRATED BY GLADYS JOSE

An unexpected and wholly original fractured fairy tale by award–winning author Mara Rockliff, with a hilarious visual narrative from illustrator Gladys Jose—All at Once Upon a Time is a fantastic picture book read–aloud that will have listeners giggling ever after

Once upon a time (now, tell me if you’ve heard this one before) locked away up in a tower, lived a princess with the longest . . . NOSE?

Fairy Tale Land has gotten a shake–up. All the stories are happening  at once and . . . not exactly as they used to, once upon a time! Climbing a  beanstalk takes an unexpected twist, Little Red Riding Hood’s basket is  bursting with an unusual gift for an out–of–the–ordinary grandmother, and  Rapunzel’s nose grows longer every time she tells another whopping fib!         With a surprise on every page, readers will love trying to guess what  happens next.

Mara Rockliff is the award–winning author of dozens of  children’s books, including Signs of Hope: The Revolutionary Art of Sister Corita Kent, A Perfect Fit: How Lena “Lane” Bryant Changed the Shape of Fashion, as well  as Sweet Justice: Georgia Gilmore and the Montgomery Bus Boycott, which was awarded a Robert F. Sibert  Informational Book Medal. She lives in western  Massachusetts. Gladys Jose is an illustrator and  storyteller. She graduated from the University of Central  Florida in 2012, where she earned a BFA specializing in  graphic design. Jose is the illustrator of a number of books  for young readers, including Fresh Princess and Clayton Parker Really Really REALLY Has to Pee. She lives in the  sunny state of Florida.

RIGHTS: World/All

SELLING POINTS

HILARIOUS READ–ALOUD: With  a twist ending after almost every  page turn, this silly and  unexpected take on classic fairy–tale stories will keep readers  guessing! Story times featuring All at Once Upon a Time are  sure to  result in lots of belly laughs.

FRACTURED FAIRY TALES: Clever twists on classic tales are  perennial favorites, and this one is  perfect for fans of picture  books like Interstellar Cinderella and Endlessly Ever After

AWARD–WINNING AUTHOR: Mara Rockliff’s work consistently  garners starred reviews, and she is  the recipient of an Orbis Pictus  Award for Mesmerized and a  Robert F. Sibert Informational  Book Medal for Sweet Justice. While All at Once Upon a Time is a delightful  departure from  her nonfiction work, it is sure to  draw some nice attention.

EYE–CATCHING ART: Gladys  Jose has a true knack for visual  humor and details that delight kid  readers. Her illustrations breathe  new life into familiar characters,  introducing a diverse cast, lush  settings, and silly surprises.

SPECIFICATIONS

*Full-color illustrations throughout *48 pages

*WIDTH: 12" - 305mm

*HEIGHT: 9" - 203mm

*Hardcover with jacket

PUB MONTH: SEPTEMBER AGES 4 to 8

PICTURE BOOK

ISBN 978-1-4197-6817-0

US $18.99 CAN $23.99 UK £13.99 ËxHSLELJy768170z

CARTON QTY: 20

ebook ISBN 979-8-88707-031-5

Mamiachi & Me

MY MAMI’S MARIACHI BAND (A PICTURE BOOK)

WRITTEN BY JOLENE GUTIÉRREZ AND DAKOTA GUTIÉRREZ; ILLUSTRATED BY MIRELLE ORTEGA

A lyrical and empowering picture book written by Jolene and Dakota Gutiérrez and illustrated by Mirelle Ortega, winner of a Pura Belpré Illustrator Honor, about what it means to be a mariachi in an all–female band

Today’s the day! Rosa will take the stage next to her mami and play along  with her popular mariachi band. With her “mamiachi” and madrinas by her  side, Rosa’s stage fright is soothed away by the sound of trumpets,  guitars, and violins. Centering on the power of sisterhood, community, and  music, the warm and lively text by mother–and–son writing duo Jolene and  Dakota Gutiérrez—joined by Mirelle Ortega’s beautiful illustrations— provides a unique perspective to the male–dominated world of mariachi.

Jolene Gutiérrez and Dakota Gutiérrez see the magic in  music, from singing in a choir to enjoying mariachi  performances in Mexican plazas. Dakota’s father’s family is  from Jalostotitlán (a town in Jalisco, Mexico), so mariachi  music has a very special place in Jolene and Dakota’s lives.  Jolene is an award–winning teacher–librarian and author of  many books for young readers, including Too Much! She  lives in Denver, Colorado, and is an active member of  SCBWI and a Highlights Foundation faculty member. Dakota  is a college student at the Colorado School of Mines in  Golden, Colorado, with a passion for music and writing.

Mirelle Ortega is a storyteller and author–illustrator of  River of Mariposas and Magic: Once Upon a Faraway Land, for which she received a Pura Belpré Illustrator  Honor. She was born and raised in Mexico surrounded by  amazing mariachi music and Son Jarocho. She now lives in  Los Angeles, California.

SELLING POINTS

KEY CONTENT: With few picture  books on mariachi, let alone all–female mariachi groups,  Mamiachi and Me fills a  noticeable cultural gap in the  marketplace.

EDUCATIONAL: Information for  readers looking to learn more  about the history and rise of  women in mariachi will be  included in the back matter, along  with a glossary of Spanish  words, a bibliography, further  reading, and a detailed  breakdown of a mariachi’s  signature charro suit.

STUNNING PACKAGE: Jolene  and Dakota’s engaging text  makes for a great, kid–friendly  read–aloud, while Mirelle’s bold  art creates a lovely, commercial  package.

SPECIFICATIONS

*Full-color illustrations throughout *40 pages

*WIDTH: 9" - 229mm

*HEIGHT: 9" - 203mm

*Hardcover with jacket

PUB MONTH: JANUARY AGES 4 to 8

PICTURE BOOK, KIDS LATINO HISTORY & CULTURE

ISBN 978-1-4197-6715-9

US $18.99 CAN $23.99 UK £13.99 ËxHSLELJy767159z

CARTON QTY: 22 ebook ISBN 978-1-64700-966-3

RIGHTS: World/All

It's Hard to Be a Baby

A PICTURE BOOK

WRITTEN BY CHERYL B. KLEIN; ILLUSTRATED BY JUANA MEDINA

A perfect gift for new parents, with delightful illustrations from Pura Belpré Award–winning artist Juana Medina, Cheryl B. Klein’s picture book It’s Hard to Be a Baby is a hilarious and heartwarming read–aloud celebrating the challenges, changes, and cheers that come with being a baby

Hey there, babies.

I hear you.

Everyone thinks your lives are easy.

But you and I know the truth . . . It’s hard to be a baby!

You’re always being picked up and put down. You have to tell people  everything—when you’re hot, when you’re hungry—but they don’t always  get what you need. And some of your clothes are REALLY goofy. But  hang in there, babies—everything will get better!

With a wise and surprising narrator and charmingly expressive  illustrations, this new classic will help exhausted parents remember that  their babies, too, are figuring everything out for the first time—and find a  few laughs along the way. It’s the perfect picture book for caregivers and  their little ones to enjoy together.

Cheryl B. Klein is the author of the picture books A Year of Everyday Wonders (illustrated by Qin Leng), Wings (illustrated by Tomie dePaola), Thunder Trucks (written with  Katy Beebe, illustrated by Mike Boldt), and Hamsters Make Terrible Roommates (illustrated by Abhi Alwar), as well as  the adult nonfiction book The Magic Words: Writing Great Books for Children and Young Adults. She grew up in a  small town called Peculiar, Missouri, and now lives in  Brooklyn, New York, where she works as an editor of  children’s and young adult books. Juana Medina is the Pura  Belpré Award–winning creator of the chapter book series  Juana & Lucas, as well as the I Will! series, and Elena Rides. She has illustrated numerous picture books, including  Lena’s Shoes Are Nervous, ’Twas the Night Before Pride,  and Star of the Party. Juana teaches at George Mason  University, and lives in Northern Virginia with her wife, twin  sons, and dog.

SELLING POINTS

AWARD–WINNING TEAM: Medina is known for her Juana &  Lucas chapter book series, which  received a Pura Belpré Award. Her  illustrated book  ’Twas the Night Before Pride was named a Chicago Public  Library Best Books selection and  an NCSS–CBC Notable. Author  Cheryl B. Klein is the editorial  director at Algonquin Young  Readers. Her picture books A Year of Everyday Wonders and  Wings each received multiple  starred reviews.

CLASSIC FEEL: With a universal  text and incredibly charming art,  this has all the makings of a  classic gem like Everywhere Babies

THE PERFECT GIFT: Sure to  become a new go–to gift for new  parents.

SIBLING LOVE: At the end, the  narrator is revealed to be a loving  older sibling!

LAUGH–OUT–LOUD: Directly  addressing newborns with a  tongue–in–cheek tone, this  hilarious read–aloud will have  families giggling together.

DIVERSE: Features a racially  diverse cast of babies from  different cultural traditions, in  various settings and diverse  family structures.

SPECIFICATIONS

*Full-color illustrations throughout *32 pages

*WIDTH: 8" - 203mm

*HEIGHT: 10" - 254mm

*Hardcover with jacket

PUB MONTH: OCTOBER AGES 2 to 5 PICTURE BOOK

ISBN 978-1-4197-6733-3 US $18.99 CAN $23.99 UK £13.99 ËxHSLELJy767333z

CARTON QTY: 22

ebook ISBN 978-1-64700-979-3

RIGHTS: World/All

Maya Makes Waves

A PICTURE BOOK

WRITTEN BY MAYA GABEIRA; ILLUSTRATED BY RAMONA KAULITZKI

Maya Makes Waves is a conservation–themed picture book about appreciating and protecting our oceans, by professional big wave surfer and UNESCO Champion of the Ocean and Youth, Maya Gabeira

There is nowhere Maya feels more happy and at home than in the sea. The  water washes her worries away; there are countless wonders to  experience and creatures to learn from. The dolphins show her how to be  a stronger swimmer, the sea turtles make her feel calm, and the humpback  whale inspires her to be mighty. But when Maya starts to notice plastic  pollution and coral destruction, she realizes that her ocean home is in  danger—and it’s up to her to take action. Professional surfer Maya  Gabeira, known for surfing Guinness World Record–breaking big waves,  shares a story—inspired by her own life—of finding the courage to speak  up for the ocean. Beautifully illustrated by Ramona Kaulitzki, Maya Makes Waves is both a celebration of our big blue world, and a call to protect and  restore it.

Maya Gabeira is a Brazilian big–wave surfer best known  for setting the 2018 Guinness World Record for biggest  wave ever surfed by a woman and then breaking her own  record in 2020 with a wave of 73.5 feet, the biggest surfed  by anyone–male or female–that year. As an ESPY Award  winner and seven–time Red Bull World Surf League Big  Wave Awards winner, Gabeira is one of the most influential  surfers of all time. Named a UNESCO Champion of the  Ocean and Youth, she is also passionately committed to  and a fierce advocate for restoring the world’s oceans. She  is the author of the picture book Maya and the Beast, and  she lives in Nazaré, Portugal. Ramona Kaulitzki is the  illustrator of Maya and the Beast and the #1 New York Times bestseller Sisters First, as well as Wonderful You,  Badger’s Perfect Garden, and several other books. She  lives in Germany, and her love for animals and nature is a  major inspiration for her work.

SELLING POINTS

FEMALE ATHLETE ROLE MODEL: In 2018, Gabeira won  the first Women’s XXL Biggest  Wave Award for the biggest  wave ever surfed by a woman,  and then broke her own record in  2020 by surfing the biggest wave  of the year—male or female.

CELEBRITY ACTIVIST: Gabeira  is a passionate and outspoken  activist for ocean conservation  as Oceana ambassador and  UNESCO Champion of the Ocean  and Youth.

ENVIRONMENTAL HOOK: Gabeira’s story, inspired by  moments from her own life,  celebrates the magnificent  creatures and plants that live in  the ocean, and underlines how  it’s up to us to restore the habitat  that we have damaged.

BACK MATTER: An author’s note  includes more information and a  call to action.

ASTHMA REPRESENTATION: Both Maya in the story and  Gabeira herself experienced  childhood asthma, and turned this  physical challenge into a  strength.

VIBRANT ART: By Ramona  Kaulitzki, the illustrator of Sisters First, as well as Gabeira’s first  picture book, Maya and the Beast

SPECIFICATIONS

*Full-color illustrations throughout *40 pages

*WIDTH: 8 1/2" - 216mm

*HEIGHT: 10 1/2" - 267mm

*Hardcover with jacket

PUB MONTH: AUGUST AGES 4 to 8 PICTURE BOOK

ISBN 978-1-4197-6001-3 US $18.99 CAN $23.99 UK £13.99 ËxHSLELJy760013z

CARTON QTY: 22

ebook ISBN 978-1-64700-600-6

Gwendolyn and the Light

A PICTURE BOOK

WRITTEN BY SUSAN YOON; ILLUSTRATED BY AUDREY HELEN WEBER

Part fable, part fairy tale, all friendship story, Gwendolyn and the Light models for picture–book readers how to take care of each other, even when they might not fully understand one another

All alone in her nocturnal world, Gwendolyn longs for a friend. “What’s it  like?” she asks the moon and the trees, and they describe a friendship as  bright as all the stars, and as warm as a summer breeze. So when a warm  bright light appears—and disappears—in Gwendolyn’s forest one evening,  she wonders if this is the friend she’s been looking for. Gwendolyn goes in  search of the light across the sea, but out there she meets a little bird who  seems determined to join her on her journey. What does the bird want?  And will Gwendolyn find the light?

Lyrically told and lushly illustrated, this picture book explores the hope  and excitement of finding a new friend, sometimes in the places you least  expect.

Susan Yoon is the author of Waiting for Tomorrow from  FSG. She is a dedicated member of SCBWI and an active  member of the writing community in Toronto. While writing  for kids is her passion, Susan works full time as a  speechwriter for a senior government official, writing about  climate change and nature conservation. Susan lives in  Toronto. Audrey Helen Weber explores visual storytelling  through paintings, comics, zines, and sculpture. Audrey’s  work has been featured in numerous publications, including  the New York Times and The New Yorker. Audrey lives in  Western Massachusetts.

RIGHTS: World/All

SELLING POINTS

EYE–CATCHING ART: Audrey  Helen Weber’s immersive style  calls to mind such picture book  greats as Maurice Sendak and  modern classics like Carson Ellis.  Her work shines through in this  visually engaging picture book.

FOCUS ON FRIENDSHIP: Gwendolyn’s journey is a sweet  exploration of the hope and  struggles that can go into finding  a new friend. While the read is  fantastical, Gwendolyn’s  emotional arc will feel familiar and  authentic to many.

HEARTWARMING CHARACTERS:  Readers will fall  in love with Gwendolyn and her  new friend as they work through  their communication challenges to  form a connection.

SPECIFICATIONS

*Full-color illustrations throughout *40 pages

*WIDTH: 10" - 254mm

*HEIGHT: 9" - 203mm

*Hardcover with jacket

PUB MONTH: OCTOBER AGES 4 to 8

PICTURE BOOK

ISBN 978-1-4197-6379-3

US $18.99 CAN $23.99 UK £13.99 ËxHSLELJy763793z

CARTON QTY: 20 ebook ISBN 978-1-64700-780-5

Feeling Boo

A PICTURE BOOK

WRITTEN BY ALEX BONIELLO AND APRIL LAVALLE; ILLUSTRATED BY OLIVIA CHIN  MUELLER

Authors and Tony Award–winning producers Alex Boniello and April Lavalle perfectly balance sweet and spooky in Feeling Boo, a charming and supportive picture book that reminds readers it’s ok to feel a little boo, especially if you have friends to help you through

It’s OK to feel a little bit BOO, especially if you have friends to help you  through.

Ollie and Ellie have been friends for hundreds of years. They love taking  long midnight floats through the graveyard, going on haunting sprees, and  playing dress–up. But when Ollie wakes up feeling boo, Ellie isn’t quite sure  what to do. She tries everything she can think of to cheer Ollie up, but  nothing seems to do the trick. Finally, Ellie learns that just being present  with her friend is all he really needs.

Told with equal parts humor and heart, this picture book is a kid–friendly,  not–so–scary conversation–starter about mental health and the joy of  friendship.

Alex Boniello is an actor, musician, singer, writer, and  Tony Award–winning producer from New York. Known for  his work on CBS’s Ghosts, he most recently starred in the  Broadway production of Dear Evan Hansen and has also  appeared in Deaf West’s revival of Spring Awakening. Alex  is a passionate advocate for mental health and previously  co–authored A Case of the Zaps alongside April. April Lavalle is an actor, writer, and Tony Award–winning  producer living in New York. As an actor, April has  appeared on television and stages throughout the world,  and as a writer, she has been featured in publications such  as Reductress, McSweeney’s, and Vulture. She previously  co–authored A Case of the Zaps alongside Alex. Olivia Chin Mueller grew up in the small town of Chester,  Connecticut, and now lives in Providence, Rhode Island.  She graduated from the Rhode Island School of Design in  2014. Besides illustrating, Olivia loves playing with her cats, raising silk moths, and collecting anything cute!

RIGHTS: World English

SELLING POINTS

ALL–STAR AUTHORS: Both  Alex Boniello and April Lavelle  are Tony Award–winning  producers. Alex is also well–known for his work in Dear Evan Hansen and boasts nearly 60,000 followers on Instagram. In addition to her acting work,  April is the director of the Story  Pirates.

SOCIAL–EMOTIONAL LEARNING: Feeling Boo tackles  feelings head–on and lets readers  know that it’s okay to feel down  sometimes. It’s a perfect  conversation starter.

SPOOKY AND SWEET: Starring  two cute and friendly ghosts, this  story is a perfect fit for story time  at Halloween or all year long.

SPECIFICATIONS

*Full-color illustrations throughout *40 pages

*WIDTH: 8" - 203mm

*HEIGHT: 10" - 254mm

*Hardcover with jacket PUB MONTH: AUGUST AGES 4 to 8 PICTURE BOOK

ISBN 978-1-4197-7244-3 US $18.99 CAN $23.99 UK £13.99 ËxHSLELJy772443z

CARTON QTY: 22

ebook ISBN 979-8-88707-230-2

RIGHTS: World/All

Chloe and the Fireflies

A PICTURE BOOK

WRITTEN BY CHRIS CLARKSON; ILLUSTRATED BY JULIE JAREMA

A gentle look at transitions and new beginnings through the eyes of a child in foster care—Chloe and the Fireflies is a warm picture book that expands the view of what a family can be

It’s always hard to be the new kid—Chloe knows that better than anyone.

But for the first time, in her new foster home, Chloe feels like she doesn’t  have to hide. Suddenly her life is full of sleepovers with friends, baking  cookies, and living room dance parties. With the support of her dads and  her community, Chloe is able to thrive like never before. When Chloe  catches a firefly, she can only think of one wish: she wishes she’ll be able  to stay. But even if her wish doesn’t come true, Chloe knows she will  always treasure the time they spent together.      This gentle picture book is an expansive celebration of family love and  community care.

Chris Clarkson is the author of Where Did Benjamin Go? and That Summer Night on Frenchmen Street. Clarkson  lives in New Orleans with his dog, Avery, and a collection of  notebooks filled with stories waiting to be brought to life.

Julie Jarema is a writer and illustrator. She graduated  from Bard College with a degree in written arts. When she’s  not making up stories, you can find her going on backyard  adventures and sending snail mail.

SELLING POINTS

RISING STAR AUTHOR: With his  ability to tackle serious topics in  an approachable, kid–friendly  way, Chris Clarkson is building a  name for himself in the picture  book space.

REDEFINING FAMILY:

Compassionately centering the  perspective of a child in foster  care, Chloe and the Fireflies expands the view of what a  loving family looks like.

DEBUT ILLUSTRATOR: Newcomer Julie Jarema brings  Chloe’s world to life with warm,  vibrant illustrations throughout.

DIVERSE CAST: Chloe is a Black  child who finds home in a queer  family with two foster dads. Her  friendships also reflect an  authentically diverse community.

SPECIFICATIONS

*Full-color illustrations throughout *32 pages

*WIDTH: 8 1/2" - 216mm

*HEIGHT: 10 1/2" - 267mm

*Hardcover with jacket

PUB MONTH: NOVEMBER AGES 4 to 8 PICTURE BOOK

ISBN 978-1-4197-6648-0 US $18.99 CAN $23.99 UK £13.99 ËxHSLELJy766480z

CARTON QTY: 22

ebook ISBN 978-1-64700-929-8

UNA CARTA PARA TI (DEAR PRIMO SPANISH EDITION)

WRITTEN AND ILLUSTRATED BY DUNCAN TONATIUH

Dos primos, uno en los Estados Unidos y otro en México, descubren que sus vidas no son tan diferentes en este encantador libro del galardonado autor e ilustrador Duncan Tonatiuh. ¡Mención de Honor del Premio Pura Belpré al Ilustrador!

“Me acaba de llegar una carta de mi primo. Yo vivo en Estados Unidos y él en México, de donde es mi familia. ¡Tal vez algún día nos conozcamos!”

Por medio de cartas, dos primos se dan cuenta de que tienen más en  común de lo que sugieren las fronteras que hay en sus vidas y en sus  comunidades. A través de su arte y su historia, Duncan Tonatiuh les  presenta a los lectores jóvenes una idea muy oportuna: que la comunidad  es más grande que solo vecindarios y escuelas.

Duncan Tonatiuh (toh–nah–tee–YOU) es un galardonado  autor e ilustrador. Es mexicano y americano. Se crio en San  Miguel de Allende, México, y se graduó de Parsons School  of Design y Eugene Lang College en Nueva York. Su obra  está inspirada en el arte precolombino. Su objetivo es crear  imágenes y cuentos que honren el pasado, pero que también  sean relevantes para la gente de hoy día, especialmente  para los niños. Actualmente vive en San Miguel con su  familia, pero viaja a menudo a los Estados Unidos.

RIGHTS: North American

SELLING POINTS

EDICIÓN EN ESPAÑOL: Después  de Separados no somos iguales y La princesa y el guerrero,  Abrams seguirá publicar más del  catálogo de Tonatiuh en español.

LIBRO AMADO: ¡La edición en  inglés recibió una mención de  Honor del Premio Pura Belpré al  Ilustrador y ha vendido más de  80,000 copias!

GALARDONADO CREADOR: Sus  múltiples premios incluyen el  premios Pura Belpré y Robert F.  Sibert.

TRAYECTORIA DE VENTAS:  Los  libros de Tonatiuh han vendido  más de 750,000 copias.

ATRACTIVO EDUCATIVO: Con  libros hermosos e informativos  que llenan un vacío en el  mercado, Tonatiuh obtiene un  fuerte apoyo de escuelas y  bibliotecas.

SPECIFICATIONS

*Full-color illustrations throughout *32 pages

*WIDTH: 8 1/2" - 216mm

*HEIGHT: 11" - 279mm

* Hardcover with jacket PUB MONTH: AUGUST AGES 5 to 7

PICTURE BOOK, CHILDREN'S, JUVENILE, LATINO HISTORY & CULTURE

ISBN 978-1-4197-7580-2

US $18.99 CAN $23.99

CARTON QTY: 24

ebook ISBN 978-1-61312-440-6

'Twas the Night Before Christmas

A PICTURE BOOK

WRITTEN BY CLEMENT C. MOORE; ADAPTED AND ILLUSTRATED BY DANIEL KIRK

From the bestselling author of the Library Mouse series comes a new spin on the classic Christmas poem

When Father Mouse is awakened on Christmas Eve by a clatter outside his  window, he catches a glimpse of the one and only Santa Claus! Father  Mouse can hardly believe his eyes as he watches St. Nick come down the  chimney with a pack full of toys. In this amusing twist on the classic poem  by Clement C. Moore, Daniel Kirk reimagines the story from a fresh  perspective—and readers of Kirk’s Library Mouse series may discover a  familiar friend, too!

Daniel Kirk is the bestselling author of the Library Mouse  series as well as other picture books and the Elf Realm  trilogy. He travels extensively to talk about his work with  schoolchildren and library groups. He lives in Glen Ridge,  New Jersey.

RIGHTS: World/All

SELLING POINTS

Bestselling author: Daniel Kirk  has written numerous bestselling  books including the popular  Library Mouse series, and this  one is sure to appeal to his many  fans

Unique take on a beloved classic: Parents and kids will  love the contemporary art style  and fresh take on the familiar and  beloved Clement C. Moore poem

Perfect for holiday promotions: The Christmas and  winter themes are sure to be a hit  in the holiday season

SPECIFICATIONS

*Full-color illustrations throughout *32 pages

*WIDTH: 8" - 203mm

*HEIGHT: 8" - 203mm

*Paperback

PUB MONTH: SEPTEMBER AGES 4 to 8 PICTURE BOOK

ISBN 978-1-4197-7201-6

US $6.99 CAN $8.99 UK £4.99 ËxHSLELJy772016z

CARTON QTY: 108 ebook ISBN 978-1-61312-857-2

RIGHTS: World/All

The Heartbeat Drum

THE STORY OF CAROL POWDER, CREE DRUMMER AND ACTIVIST (A PICTURE BOOK)

WRITTEN BY DEIDRE HAVRELOCK; ILLUSTRATED BY APHELANDRA

Author Deidre Havrelock’s and illustrator Aphelandra’s The Heartbeat Drum is an uplifting picture book biography of a Cree activist and musician who founded an Indigenous hand drumming group, led by women and children, that spreads joy, healing, and unity

Whenever young Carol Powder sang along to her family’s music, her heart  felt light and full of joy. Learning from her grandfather, Moshum, Carol  listened closely to the drums’ heartbeat until one day Moshum made her a  drum of her very own. As Carol grew up, she passed down her songs to  her children, grandchildren, and many women in her community, just as  Moshum taught her—even as women and children became increasingly  excluded from sitting at the drum. Despite those who disapproved, she  formed her own drumming group called Chubby Cree.        Today, Carol and her group share their music to advocate at climate  events, to honor residential school survivors at special ceremonies, and to  spread healing for anyone who needs it. Empowering and joyfully  illustrated, The Heartbeat Drum is a radiant celebration of preserving  Indigenous traditions, finding your voice, and speaking out.        Includes both an author’s note and illustrator’s note, as well as a  personal note from Carol Powder herself.

Deidre Havrelock is a member of Saddle Lake Cree Nation  in Alberta, Canada. She is the author of Why We Dance: A Story of Hope and Healing, Buffalo Wild!, and Indigenous Ingenuity: A Celebration of Traditional North American Knowledge, coauthored with Edward Kay. She lives in  Saskatoon, Saskatchewan, on Treaty 6 Territory and the  Homeland of the Métis, with her family. Aphelandra is a  designer, illustrator, and bookworm who has been drawing  ever since she can remember. Her passion for visual  storytelling led her to work in greeting cards and children’s  books. As a descendant of the Oneida Nation of Wisconsin,  Aphelandra is especially proud to use her art to help tell the  stories of Indigenous people.

SELLING POINTS

RISING–STAR TEAM: Why We Dance received a starred review  from Kirkus, while Havrelock's  middle–grade book Indigenous Ingenuity received three starred  reviews and was named to several  reading lists. Aphelandra's Shaped by Her Hands (two starred reviews)  was a Junior Library Guild  selection and included on several  best–of lists.

CELEBRATING INDIGENOUS TRADITIONS: Considered sacred  among many First Nations and  Indigenous communities,  drumming is highlighted here as a  means of honoring ancestors.

VIRAL SENSATION: After  performing at a climate rally  attended by Greta Thunberg,  Powder’s drumming group  attracted national press coverage,  over one million video views, and  over 156,000 followers across  platforms  (@chubbycree).

ART + ACTIVISM: Chubby Cree  performs at events for women’s  rights, environmental issues, and  marginalized groups.

CREE LANGUAGE: Is woven  seamlessly into the story.

SPECIFICATIONS

*Full-color illustrations throughout *40 pages

*WIDTH: 9" - 229mm

*HEIGHT: 11" - 279mm

* Hardcover with jacket PUB MONTH: SEPTEMBER AGES 4 to 8

PICTURE BOOK, KIDS NATIVE AMERICAN HISTORY & CULTURE, BIOGRAPHY ISBN 978-1-4197-5668-9 US $19.99 CAN $24.99 UK £13.99 ËxHSLELJy756689z

CARTON QTY: 18

ebook ISBN 978-1-64700-401-9

Dragonflies of Glass

THE STORY OF CLARA DRISCOLL AND THE TIFFANY GIRLS

WRITTEN BY SUSAN GOLDMAN RUBIN; ILLUSTRATED BY SUSANNA CHAPMAN

From award–winning kids’ nonfiction author Susan Goldman Rubin, and radiantly illustrated by Susanna Chapman, the picture book Dragonflies of Glass celebrates the innovation, determination, and ambition of the brilliant woman artist behind the world–famous Tiffany glass

In the mid–19th century, most women who weren’t raising families became  teachers or nurses. But Clara Driscoll longed to be an artist, drawing  inspiration from nature: from every flower, weed, dragonfly, and even  cobweb, on her family’s farm. In 1888, Clara was hired at the renowned  Tiffany Glass Company, where Mr. Louis Comfort Tiffany was known for  creating stained–glass windows for churches, theaters, and libraries.  Impressed by her talent at choosing and cutting glass, Mr. Tiffany  eventually put Clara in charge of her own staff of 35 women designers.  These “Tiffany Girls” sketched intricate patterns, chose dazzling colors  and precise shapes, and carefully soldered and placed each piece of  glass to create stunning lamps, murals, windows, vases, and clocks. Yet  their names weren’t always credited on the finished pieces, and when  Clara designed the “Wisteria” lamp that would become Tiffany Studios’  most famous, everyone assumed that Mr. Tiffany had designed it.        Today, Clara Driscoll‘s work lives on in museums, galleries, and private  collections around the world. Dragonflies of Glass celebrates the  innovation, determination, and ambition of the unsung women behind many  of Tiffany Studios’ masterpieces.

Includes a list of places where Driscoll’s Tiffany art can be found;  examples of Driscoll’s Tiffany lamps and archival photographs; endnotes;  and a bibliography.

SELLING POINTS

WOMEN’S HISTORY: Sheds light  on Clara’s under–recognized  achievements, celebrating her  artistry and leadership in a field  dominated by men.

ARTFUL NONFICTION: Abrams  has a proven track in kids’ art  books and picture book  biographies of artists.

AWARD–WINNING AUTHOR: Rubin is known for producing  well–researched, highly praised,  and sophisticated biographies of  artists and other important  figures. Her awards include an  Orbis Pictus, several ALA  Notable Books, and the Sydney  Taylor Award for older readers.

Susan Goldman Rubin is the award–winning author  of Degas, Painter of Ballerinas; The Quilts of Gee’s Bend;  Hot Pink; and Diego Rivera. She lives in Malibu, California.  Susanna Chapman is an illustrator whose picture books  include Covered in Color: Christo and Jeanne–Claude’s Fabrics of Freedom. She lives in Nashville.

DAZZLING ILLUSTRATIONS: Chapman’s bold style brilliantly  captures the light and color of the  famous Tiffany glass.

OVERLOOKED NO MORE: There  has been much written about  Clara Driscoll recently,  proclaiming her the artist behind  many Tiffany lamps and other  items. Recently, articles about her  have appeared in the New York Times and other journals.

BACK IN STYLE: Tiffany lamps  are growing in popularity again  with recent feature articles in  Architectural Digest, Vogue, and  other high–end magazines, as  well as the New York Times and  Wall Street Journal

SPECIFICATIONS

*Full-color illustrations throughout *48 pages

*WIDTH: 8" - 203mm

*HEIGHT: 11" - 279mm

*HC-POB with Jacket

PUB MONTH: FEBRUARY AGES 6 to 9

PICTURE BOOK, KIDS NONFICTION

ISBN 978-1-4197-5436-4

US $19.99 CAN $24.99 UK £13.99 ËxHSLELJy754364z

CARTON QTY: 26

ebook ISBN 978-1-64700-275-6

RIGHTS: World/All

Spooky Lakes

25 STRANGE AND MYSTERIOUS LAKES THAT DOT OUR PLANET BY GEO RUTHERFORD

Dive into the most mysterious waters around the world (if you dare) in Spooky Lakes, an illustrated nonfiction book from TikTok star and educator Geo Rutherford

Some of Earth’s strangest—and creepiest—wonders lie deep below the  surface. There’s Lake Natron, a Tanzanian lake so briny that its waters  can mummify any creature that touches its surface; Lake Maracaibo, a  Venezuelan tidal bay where a constantly brewing storm sends an average  of 28 lightning bolts per second into the water; and at the bottom of Lake  Superior, the crew of the USS Kamloops—which mysteriously  disappeared in 1921—remains somehow almost perfectly preserved to  this day.

From Geo Rutherford—the creator of the hit series Spooky Lake Month  (over 65 million likes!)—comes this thrilling nonfiction book that plumbs  the depths of 25 unusual lakes around the world. Readers will learn not  only about the science of hydrology, but why understanding the natural  world is crucial to protecting it from pollution and climate change. Backed  by extensive research and packed with all–new content—including eerie  and eye–popping watercolor illustrations in full color—Spooky Lakes takes readers on an adventure through weird and wild waters.     Includes a glossary, bibliography, author’s note, and index.

Geo Rutherford is an artist and teacher who has spent her entire professional career working in art education. She is an adjunct professor at the University of Wisconsin,  Milwaukee and the visual arts director at Blue Lake Fine  Arts Camp. While Geo’s interest in lakes began as a part  of her artistic practice, she soon found a captive audience  after sharing the information she was learning on TikTok.  Her videos explaining the science behind strange ice  formations or drifting islands piqued the interest of viewers  worldwide, but her channel found its stride when she  began posting videos about spooky lakes every October.  Today she receives constant messages from teachers and  parents thanking her for creating educational content that  encourages kids to engage with science.

SELLING POINTS

TIKTOK STAR: The creator of the  hit series Spooky Lake Month,  Rutherford herself has over 1.7  million TikTok followers  (@geodesaurus, plus another  427,000 on Instagram). Featuring  over 80 percent new content,  this book will attract both longtime  fans and new audiences.

SPOOKY LAKE MONTH: Every  day for the month of October, the  author highlights the fascinating  and ghastly history behind a  different "spooky lake." Across  TikTok and Instagram, these  videos have over 65 million likes.

ADVANCE INTEREST:  A year in  advance of publication, preorders  are more than 3,500!

UNIQUE NONFICTION:

Accessible, illustrated middle–grade nonfiction is in high  demand. With a spooky–light feel,  a kid–friendly voice, and a  STEAM hook, Rutherford knows  how to captivate kids while  encouraging them to engage with  science.

DEBUT AUTHOR–ARTIST:  As an  artist and an art educator who  works with kids daily—and who  knows this subject inside and out —Rutherford is perfectly  positioned to make a splash in the  nonfiction space.

GIFTY: Stunning, detailed full–color art, and an oversize format  combine for maximum shelf  appeal, making this perfect for  holiday promotions or any time of  year.

SPECIFICATIONS

*Full-color illustrations throughout *96 pages

*WIDTH: 10 1/2" - 267mm

*HEIGHT: 14" - 356mm

* Hardcover POB

PUB MONTH: SEPTEMBER AGES 8 to 11

MIDDLE-GRADE NONFICTION

ISBN 978-1-4197-7053-1 US $24.99 CAN $31.99 UK £18.99 ËxHSLELJy770531z

CARTON QTY: 10

ebook ISBN 979-8-88707-131-2

Rube Goldberg's Big Book of Building

MAKE 25 MACHINES THAT REALLY WORK!

WRITTEN BY JENNIFER GEORGE AND ZACH UMPEROVITCH; ILLUSTRATED BY ED  STECKLEY

Written by the famed inventor’s granddaughter herself for builders of all ages, this is the only official guide to building 25 kid–friendly Rube Goldberg Machines at home

To build a Rube Goldberg Machine, all you need is a pile of junk and a great imagination. Rube Goldberg’s  granddaughter, Jennifer George, has teamed up with world–renowned Rube Goldberg Machine builder Zach  Umperovitch and award–winning illustrator Ed Steckley to show us just how true that is! This comprehensive guide to  building Rube Goldberg Machines at home (or school) breaks down how to create a variety of machines that solve  simple problems in complex ways. Progressing in difficulty with each chapter, kids (and builders of all ages) will learn  how to construct super simple machines that fit on a tabletop, to hard ones that take up entire rooms or yards! Learn  how to make chain reaction machines that DUNK A COOKIE, FEED A PET, PUT ON A HAT, WATER A PLANT, and more!  Filled with jokes, fun facts, trivia, hacks, and tips and tricks to make building as successful and entertaining as possible,  this book is sure to satisfy every family’s most curious and inventive minds!

Jennifer George, Rube Goldberg’s granddaughter, is the Chief Creative Officer of The Rube Goldberg  Institute, a not–for–profit 501(c)–3, committed to equity and access in STEM and art education. She is   the author of Baby Rube's Opposites, Rube Goldberg’s Simple Normal Humdrum School Day, Rube Goldberg’s Simple Normal Definitely Different Day Off, and The Art of Rube Goldberg Zach Umperovitch is the National Contest Director at the Rube Goldberg Institute, and a professional Rube  Goldberg Machine builder, 3–time Guinness Book of World Records holder, Co–Host of Discovery  Channel’s Contraption Masters, and the Creative Lead of Zyynlabs, the production company behind  many award–winning ads featuring famous Rube Goldberg Machines. Ed Steckley is an award–winning print and advertising illustrator and the artist at the helm of the Rube Goldberg  publishing program.

RIGHTS: World/All

SELLING POINTS

POPULAR SUBJECT: Rube  Goldberg was a Pulitzer Prize–winning cartoonist famous for his  zany contraptions. With almost a  billion posts for #rubegoldberg on  TikTok and millions of posts on  YouTube, working Rube  Goldberg Machines are some of  the most popular content on  social media today.

EASY TO USE: Features detailed,  step–by–step  instructions on how to build 25  Rube Goldberg Machines at home,  making builds accessible while  encouraging creative thinking and  improvisation.

STEAM HOOK: Rube Goldberg is  part of STEAM education around  the world, including 3rd to 5th  grade school curricula across the  United States. This book teaches  foundational physics concepts,  critical thinking, problem–solving,  and more.

VIDEO CONTENT: Access  video tutorials online for all 25  machines through QR codes.

LAUGH–OUT–LOUD HUMOR: An  inventive combination of practical  how–to information and humor  based on Rube Goldberg’s  classic cartoons, this book makes  learning how to build truly fun.

AUTHORIZED: Written by the  Rube Goldberg Institute team.

SPECIFICATIONS

*Full-color illustrations throughout *240 pages

*WIDTH: 9" - 229mm

*HEIGHT: 10 7/8" - 276mm

* Hardcover POB

PUB MONTH: NOVEMBER AGES 8 to 12

KIDS NONFICTION, PUZZLES,  COLORING, AND ACTIVITY BOOKS, MIDDLE-GRADE NONFICTION

ISBN 978-1-4197-6125-6 US $35.00 CAN $44.00 UK £25.00 ËxHSLELJy761256z

CARTON QTY: 8

ebook ISBN 978-1-64700-646-4

Do You Believe In Magic? (A Wild Thing Book)

THE SEARCH FOR WONDER, FROM SORCERY TO SCIENCE

BY LAURA KRANTZ

Inspired by her popular Wild Thing podcast, journalist Laura Krantz incorporates the scientific method and her journalistic skills to determine if magic might be real in Do You Believe in Magic?

Magic—spells and curses, hexes and potions, superstition, and rituals.

We’ve all heard stories of alchemists attempting to turn abundant lead into  precious, rare gold. Or of poor, unfortunate souls asking potion masters to  brew up unappetizing concoctions that will help them find love. And of  course, we’re familiar with curses—muttering magical words for the  purposes of exacting revenge on an enemy, or protecting a hidden  treasure. Who wouldn’t like the idea of special powers, or control over the  natural world? It seems pretty fun, even if it’s just the stuff of fantasy. But  a lot of what we call “magic” has grounding in real practices. In fact, magic  is at the root of many scientific fields—from chemistry to botany to  astronomy—and has been an important part of human culture.

Do You Believe in Magic? takes readers through a world where magic  and science collide. What do they have in common? Where do they differ?  What role has magic played in our history, and the history of science? Why  is magic still significant, even when it doesn’t seem to line up with reality?  And is it possible to be scientifically minded and still believe in magic?

Readers are encouraged to weigh the facts and go beyond their gut  assumptions, to stretch their imaginations and think about why magic and  science might be two sides of the same coin.

Includes color illustrations, an at–home science/magic experiment,  glossary, bibliography, and index.

Laura Krantz is a print and audio journalist whose critically  acclaimed podcast Wild Thing explores the intersection  between science and society. She spent 10 years as an  editor and producer with NPR in Washington, DC, and KPCC  in Los Angeles, and her work has appeared in Smithsonian,  Outside, and Popular Science. An Idaho native, Krantz  received her BA from Whitman College and her MA from the  Johns Hopkins University’s School of Advanced International  Studies. She lives in Denver with her husband, New York Times bestselling author Scott Carney, and their two cats.

SELLING POINTS

PRE–PODCAST AND BRAND–NEW MATERIAL: A new season  of the Wild Thing podcast, which  will focus on magic, will not be  released to consumers until  October 2024, one month after  the publication of this book,  which has 50 percent additional  material compared to the podcast.

PODCAST POPULARITY: With  more than five million downloads  across all three adult podcasts  so far, and numerous best–of  accolades in the media, Krantz’s  narrative podcast Wild Thing is a  wild success.

SERIES SUCCESS: The Search for Sasquatch was recognized  as a Summer/Fall 2022 ABA  Indies Introduce pick and  received great media attention  and early bookseller buzz.

FRESH CLASSROOM OFFERING: Discusses the scientific method,  investigative research, and  problem–solving.

FOR RELUCTANT READERS: Offers an accessible approach to  nonfiction, with a high–interest  topic and a humorous–yet–respectful tone.

THOROUGHLY RESEARCHED : “I  know the journalist Laura Krantz  to be a science–trusting, facts–first person.” ―A Martínez, NPR’s  Morning Edition

SPECIFICATIONS

*Full-color illustrations throughout *176 pages

*WIDTH: 7" - 178mm

*HEIGHT: 9" - 203mm

*Hardcover POB

PUB MONTH: OCTOBER AGES 8 to 11

MIDDLE-GRADE NONFICTION, KIDS NONFICTION

ISBN 978-1-4197-5822-5 US $19.99 CAN $24.99 UK £13.99 ËxHSLELJy758225z

CARTON QTY: 18

ebook ISBN 978-1-64700-503-0

RIGHTS: World/All

The Search for Sasquatch (A Wild Thing Book)

BY LAURA KRANTZ

Inspired by her popular Wild Thing podcast, journalist Laura Krantz incorporates the scientific method and her journalistic skills to determine if Bigfoot is real— now in paperback

When journalist Laura Krantz discovered that her long–lost cousin, Grover  Krantz, a distinguished anthropologist and professor at Washington State  University, had devoted much of his career to the search for Bigfoot, she  couldn’t quite believe it. A natural skeptic and a strong believer in facts,  Krantz decided to conduct her own quest for the most famous and elusive  mythical creature.

The Search for Sasquatch takes readers through the big guy’s fun,  fascinating, and complex world, posing the question: Could Bigfoot be out  there? Exploring the gray area between myth and science, Krantz takes  readers on a strange, surreal, and surprising hunt for the fabled  Sasquatch—showing us how to challenge our gut assumptions and open  our minds to new possibilities, to think critically, and to use the scientific  method along the way. The Search for Sasquatch asks readers to  evaluate the evidence it presents and make up their own minds, all the  while considering why Bigfoot might be important—even if we don’t find  him.

Laura Krantz is a print and audio journalist whose critically  acclaimed podcast Wild Thing explores the intersection  between science and society. She spent 10 years as an  editor and producer with NPR in Washington, D.C., and KPCC  in Los Angeles, and her work has appeared in Smithsonian,  Outside, and Popular Science. An Idaho native, Krantz  received her BA from Whitman College and her MA from the  Johns Hopkins University’s School of Advanced International  Studies. She lives in Denver with her husband, New York Times bestselling author Scott Carney, and their two cats.

SELLING POINTS

PODCAST POPULARITY: With  over five million downloads and  many best–of accolades,  Krantz’s narrative podcast Wild Thing is a wild success. Season  1 and The Search for Sasquatch focused on Bigfoot; Season 2  and Is There Anybody Out There? focused on  extraterrestrial life; and Do You Believe in Magic? (Fall 2024) will  focus on science and magic.

SERIES SUCCESS: The Search for Sasquatch was a Summer/Fall  2022 ABA Indies Introduce pick  and received great media and  bookseller buzz.

SNEAK PEEK: Includes a sample  chapter of Is There Anybody Out There?

FRESH CLASSROOM OFFERING: Discusses the scientific method,  evolution, organism classification,  investigative research, and  problem–solving.

CAPTIVATING SUBJECT: Bigfoot  is a subject of perennial  fascination.

FOR RELUCTANT READERS: Offers an accessible approach to  nonfiction, with a high–interest  topic and a humorous–yet–respectful tone.

THOROUGHLY RESEARCHED: Krantz treats myth with the fact–based, deep–dive investigative  tactics of a seasoned journalist.

SPECIFICATIONS

*Full-color illustrations throughout *176 pages

*WIDTH: 7" - 178mm

*HEIGHT: 9" - 203mm

* Paperback

PUB MONTH: AUGUST

AGES 8 to 11

MIDDLE-GRADE NONFICTION

ISBN 978-1-4197-5819-5 US $9.99 CAN $12.99 UK £6.99 ËxHSLELJy758195z

CARTON QTY: 26

ebook ISBN 978-1-64700-501-6

DC Super HeroesTM: The Ultimate Pop-Up Book

The official DC universe pop–up book—including heroes like Superman™ and the rest of the Justice League™, as well as Super–Villains like Lex Luthor™ and The Joker™—from renowned paper engineer Matthew Reinhart

From New York Times bestselling paper engineer Matthew Reinhart comes the ultimate 3D masterpiece showcasing all  your favorite comic book characters in DC Super Heroes: The Ultimate Pop–Up Book. Fly above Metropolis with  Superman™, don a cowl and zoom through Gotham City with Batman™, battle alongside the Amazons with Wonder  Woman™, and so much more as the Justice League encounters Super–Villains such as Lex Luthor and The Joker.  Featuring contemporary comics art and remarkable three–dimensional paper engineering on every page, this hefty pop–up book is a must–have for DC fans of all ages!

For as long as Matthew Reinhart can remember, art always took center stage. Despite moving several times  throughout childhood, he always had his sketchbook nearby, a constant friend wherever his family roamed. An avid  comics, fantasy, and science fiction fanatic, Reinhart has created a huge array of pop–culture pop–ups including his  bestselling blockbusters Star Wars: A Galactic Pop–Up Adventure, Frozen: A Pop–Up Adventure, LEGO Pop–Up,  Harry Potter: A Pop–Up Guide to Hogwarts, and many more. WARNER BROS. ENTERTAINMENT INC.  is a fully  integrated, broad–based entertainment company and a global leader in the creation, production, distribution, licensing  and marketing of all forms of entertainment and their related businesses, including DC Comics. DC is built on the  foundation of the world’s greatest Super Heroes, including Batman, Superman, Wonder Woman, Aquaman, and The  Flash, as well as stand–alone, high–concept stories such as “Sandman,” “Fables,” and “American Vampire.” DC also  owns MAD, the subversive humor magazine parodying pop culture and current events.

© & ™ DC. (s24)

SELLING POINTS

SUCCESSFUL CREATOR: Reinhart is the pop–up genius  behind Abrams’ Pop Magic!  books, and has created dozens  of amazing, bestselling titles from  DC to Star Wars to Disney  Princesses.

COMMERCIAL FORMAT: Licensed pop–up books, such as  Abrams’ Marvel Super Heroes: The Ultimate Pop–Up Book have  seen tremendous success in the  gift market. By featuring fan–favorite DC characters and  outrageously cool pop–ups, as  well as releasing just before the  holiday season, we expect this  beautifully packaged title to  become a mainstay on holiday gift  guides.

SUPER CHARACTERS:  DC has  created some of the most popular  and recognizable characters  worldwide, including Super  Heroes like Superman, Supergirl,  Batman, Robin, Wonder Woman,  Aquaman, The Flash, Green  Lantern, Blue Beetle, and many  more.

CROSSOVER APPEAL: The  unique format and eye–catching  illustrations make this a must–have book for DC fans of every  age, whether they’re a lifelong  fan or just discovering the  characters for the first time.

SPECIFICATIONS

*Full-color illustrations throughout *12 pages

*WIDTH: 8" - 203mm

*HEIGHT: 10" - 254mm

*Hardcover POB

PUB MONTH: OCTOBER AGES 5 and up COMICS, KIDS NOVELTY

ISBN 978-1-4197-6945-0

US $49.99 CAN $62.99 UK £35.00 ËxHSLELJy769450z

CARTON QTY: 18

Everybody Scream!: Disney Tim Burton’s The Nightmare Before Christmas

POP UP, PLAY, AND DISPLAY! WRITTEN BY EVIE DAYE

What’s this? An interactive gift book that transforms into a scene with some of your favorite characters from Tim Burton’s The Nightmare Before Christmas

The iconic world of Tim Burton springs to life in Everybody Scream!: Disney Tim Burton’s The Nightmare Before Christmas, an interactive book that’s a fun, imaginative gift for the holidays.

Do you dream as big as Jack Skellington? Can you sew yourself up when you fall, like Sally? Are you as loyal as  Zero? Then you'll feel right at home in Halloween Town!

This fun, interactive book brings some of your favorite characters from the movie to life, including Jack, Sally, Oogie Boogie, and more. When you pop the characters up and take the jacket off, you can display a scream–filled scene that  showcases the residents of Halloween Town. Perfect for fans young and old, this gifty book encourages readers to  embrace all the things that make them strange and unique!

Evie Daye is a longtime fan of Tim Burton’s The Nightmare Before Christmas and could not be more thrilled to get to  write this book. Her favorite character is Sally, and her favorite song is “This is Halloween,” of which she does all the  voices when singing along. On the rare occasion she doesn’t have her nose in a book, Daye loves to watch scary  movies, hole up in cozy coffee shops, and go on adventures with friends. She lives and writes in Brooklyn.

SELLING POINTS

ANNIVERSARY TIE–IN: Coming  off the heels of the film’s 30th  anniversary, this brand is as fresh  as ever! Longtime fans will be  eager for a new collectible book.  Releasing around the holidays— both Halloween and Christmas— offers additional promotional tie–ins.

EVERGREEN BRAND: Nightmare Before Christmas fans span all  ages and are absolutely  obsessed with the brand! There  are over 5.1 million followers of  the brand on Facebook.

GIFTY FORMAT: The pop–up  interactive features of each  spread allow readers to  reimagine a childhood classic.  The unique and eye–catching  format will appeal to older Disney  and Burton fans, as well as a  new generation of enthusiasts.

SPECIFICATIONS

*Full-color illustrations throughout *24 pages

*WIDTH: 6" - 152mm

*HEIGHT: 5 1/4" - 133mm

* Hardcover with jacket PUB MONTH: SEPTEMBER KIDS NOVELTY, ENTERTAINMENT, PICTURE  BOOK

ISBN 978-1-4197-7554-3 US $17.99 CAN $22.99 UK £12.99 ËxHSLELJy775543z

CARTON QTY: 46

From The Star Horse (Once Upon a Horse #3) • Written by Sarah Maslin Nir; art by Laylie Frazier

The Class with Wings

A PICTURE BOOK

WRITTEN BY PAUL FLEISCHMAN; ILLUSTRATED BY HANNAH SALYER

In this expertly crafted story from Newbery Medal–winning author Paul Fleischman, a fourth–grade class takes the journey of a lifetime from the comfort of their own classroom as they follow the flightpath of a small (but mighty) bird— with full–color illustrations by Hannah Salyer

Every afternoon with their heads down and eyes closed, a fourth–grade class embarks on an imaginative migration journey alongside the bird they are studying. Guided by the voice of their teacher in the cool sanctuary of the classroom, the students travel all the way from Brazil to their hometown in Wisconsin. Along the way, they encounter weather, predators, setbacks, and loss. As their imaginations soar, the children begin to relate with their subject; they, too, need rest; have a hard time holding still; and have dodged a bully or two. At the journey’s end, the class has learned much more than science and geography—they have learned to fly.

In this transcendent picture book, Newberry Medal–winning author Paul Fleischman weaves together a story rich with information, connection, and empathy.

Paul Fleischman is a Newbery Medal–winning author of over 50 books for both children and young adults. He has also received an additional Newbery Honor, National Book Award nomination, California Young Reader Medal, Boston Globe–Horn Book Award honors, and an international Hans Christian Anderson Award for his body of work. He lives in Monterey with his wife and has had a lifelong obsession with birds. Hannah Salyer is a picture book author and illustrator. Her work is rooted in a love of nature and a deep fascination in the ways we relate to the world around us. This is her first book with Cameron Kids.

ebook ISBN 979-8-88707-343-9 RIGHTS:

SELLING POINTS

ACCLAIMED AUTHOR: Fleischman is the author of more than 50 books and a Newbery Medal winner.

BIRD BONUS: Back matter features additional resources for birdwatching and encourages environmental stewardship.

BACK TO SCHOOL: A celebration of the richness of in–person learning and the joys of collaborative study, perfect for the back–to–school season.

INCLUSIVE EDUCATION: The story centers an innovative teacher and a diverse class.

SPECIFICATIONS

*Full-color illustrations throughout *40 pages

*WIDTH: 9" - 229mm

*HEIGHT: 11" - 279mm

*Hardcover with jacket PUB MONTH: OCTOBER AGES 4 to 8

PICTURE BOOK, KIDS NATURE & ENVIRONMENT

ISBN 978-1-949480-43-6

US $18.99 CAN $23.99 UK £13.99 ËxHSLJOJy480436z

CARTON QTY: 22

My Hive

A GIRL, HER GRANDFATHER, AND THEIR HONEYBEE FAMILY (A PICTURE BOOK)

WRITTEN BY MEREDITH MAY; ILLUSTRATED BY JASMIN DWYER

By the author of the memoir The Honey Bus, a bittersweet picture book about a lonesome and fearful girl who finds herself at home with her grandfather and his honeybees

From Meredith May, the award–winning author of the memoir The Honey Bus, My Hive is a bittersweet picture book about a lonesome and fearful girl who finds herself at home with her grandfather and his honeybees— illustrated by Jasmin Dywer.

Living with grandpa and his thousands of honeybees, a girl learns to overcome her fears of getting stung, how to spin comb, and that honey tastes sweet and sometimes bitter, like love. Sometimes family is whom you find yourself in a hive with. Inspired by the author’s experience of moving in with her grandparents as a child, My Hive resonates gently with themes of alternative families, generational wisdom and connection, facing one’s fears, and finding one’s home in the unlikeliest of places.

Meredith May is an award–winning journalist, author, and fifth–generation beekeeper. My Hive, her debut picture book, was inspired by her memoir, The Honey Bus, about growing up with her grandfather and his honeybees.

Meredith lives in Carmel Valley, California. Jasmin Dwyer is a fine artist and illustrator originally from Australia. She illustrated Starflower: The Making of a Poet, Edna St. Vincent Millay, published by Cameron Kids. She lives in London.

RIGHTS: World/All

SELLING POINTS

ESTABLISHED WRITER: Written by an award–winning San Francisco Chronicle reporter, author of the memoir The Honey Bus, and fifth–generation beekeeper.

BUZZ FACTOR: The popularity of beekeeping and the importance of pollination to our planet and species make for a powerful and appealing theme.

GRANDPARENT LOVE: A warm portrayal of a special intergenerational relationship and the passing of wisdom.

SWEET ART: Beautiful illustrations by fine artist Jasmin Dywer.

SPECIFICATIONS

*Full-color illustrations throughout *32 pages

*WIDTH: 9" - 229mm

*HEIGHT: 11" - 279mm

*Hardcover with jacket

PUB MONTH: SEPTEMBER AGES 5 to 7 PICTURE BOOK

ISBN 978-1-951836-82-5

US $18.99 CAN $23.99 UK £13.99

ËxHSLJPBy836825z

CARTON QTY: 22 ebook ISBN 978-1-64700-956-4

Fall Parade

A PICTURE BOOK WRITTEN BY CAMELIA KAY; ILLUSTRATED BY ALLYN HOWARD

Author Camelia Kay and illustrator Allyn Howard’s picture book Fall Parade celebrates the colorful autumn season: a playful and vibrant ode to the arrival of fall in all its glory

Here comes fall! In this seasonal follow–up to Spring Parade, follow Daddy and Baby Fox as they welcome a festive parade of autumn fun, with falling leaves, shiny red apples, acorns, and all of their beloved friends.

Camelia Kay is a children’s book author and editor. She lives in the Bay Area. Allyn Howard is a Philadelphia–based artist whose work can be found in city murals and galleries and on sets for high–profile advertising and television series. She creates art for the children’s market, paper products, and home decor.

SELLING POINTS

TAPPED TALENT: A follow–up picture book from highly stylized painter–illustrator Allyn Howard.

SEASONALLY SOUND: Fall and its accompaniments have perennial appeal.

NATURE ON PARADE: A strong visual of the natural world’s wonders marching jovially together.

SPECIFICATIONS

*Full-color illustrations throughout *32 pages

*WIDTH: 8" - 203mm

*HEIGHT: 8" - 203mm

*Hardcover with jacket

PUB MONTH: AUGUST AGES 4 to 8

CARTON QTY: 44 ebook ISBN 979-8-88707-344-6

Autumn (Petite Poems)

A PICTURE BOOK

WRITTEN BY ALEXANDER POSEY; ILLUSTRATED BY PAIGE PETTIBON

Discover the power of poetry in this simple, modern introduction to Indigenous poet Alexander Posey, featuring an ode to autumn and the changing seasons

Autumn depicts a dreamy fall day full of jaybird songs and scarlet leaves dancing through the air. In this poem, Muscogee poet Alexander Posey celebrates the changing of the seasons as the golden sun sets on summer and the world prepares for a time of rest. With stunning illustrations from Salish artist Paige Pettibon and interactive back matter that encourages young readers to create their own poetry, this accessible picture book is a joy for young poets and their parents alike.

Alexander Posey (1873–1908) was a Muscogee poet and writer. His poems celebrate the history of Indigenous peoples and the beauty of the natural world. Paige Pettibon is a Tacoma–based artist who incorporates her Indigenous and Black culture in her work. She identified as a painter from an early age but has added sewing, creative writing, digital art, and jewelry making into her repertoire. Her paintings lean toward a realistic style with a focus on portraits. However, she also enjoys exploring new ideas and techniques. Pettibon’s studio practice centers around building community within culture and identity with various art forms. She believes we can create social change through creative expression by sharing our narratives.

SELLING POINTS

IN AWE OF AUTUMN: Autumn, which celebrates the arrival of fall, will pub with plenty of time to spare for the new season.

POETRY PRIMER: Serves as an accessible introduction to poetry for even the youngest readers.

INTERACTIVE BACK MATTER: The back matter includes a biography and photo of the poet, a letter from the illustrator, and resources to learn more about both Muscogee poet Alexander Posey and writing poetry.

UPLIFTING INDIGENOUS VOICES: Autumn pairs the talented but unsung voice of Muscogee poet Alexander Posey with up–and–coming Salish illustrator Paige Pettibon. Paige further honors her background by using paints created in a traditional Indigenous style. The result is absolutely stunning!

SPECIFICATIONS

*Full-color illustrations throughout *24 pages

*WIDTH: 8" - 203mm

*HEIGHT: 8" - 203mm

*Hardcover with jacket PUB MONTH: AUGUST AGES 3 to 5

PICTURE BOOK, KIDS NATIVE AMERICAN HISTORY & CULTURE, POETRY ISBN 978-1-949480-58-0 US $15.99 CAN $19.99 UK £11.99

CARTON QTY: 48 ebook ISBN 979-8-88707-342-2

RIGHTS: World/All

Dream a Dress, Dream a Poem

DRESSMAKER AND POET, MYRA VIOLA WILDS (A PICTURE BOOK)

WRITTEN BY NANCY JOHNSON JAMES; ILLUSTRATED BY DIANA EJAITA

A poetic picture book biography about blind Black poet Myra Viola Wilds, written by the author of Brown: The Many Shades of Love

What dreams do you carry? Myra Viola Wilds dreamed of opportunity. She left her home in rural Kentucky for the city, learned to read and to write, and became a dressmaker. She hand–stitched gorgeous gowns. She worked so hard she lost her eyesight, and her world went dark. But those well–loved stitches turned into words, and one night Myra woke in the middle of the night and wrote a poem she called “Sunshine.” She kept writing. She wrote the lush green, sweet–corn yellow, cerulean blue, sunshine–y world from memory, collecting her poems into a book called Thoughts of Idle Hours, published in 1915.

Written in Wilds’s style, this lyrical, gorgeously illustrated picture book biography celebrates this little–known poet and includes a biography that provides context to her life—the Great Migration, Jim Crow segregation— as well a photograph and a small selection of her poems.

Nancy Johnson James is a poet, an educator, and the author of Brown: The Many Shades of Love; Black: The Many Wonders of My World; and Blue: The Many Ways I Feel in the Colors of My Life series. Her paternal family is from a small Kentucky town much like the one that Wilds was from. She currently lives in Maryland. Diana Ejaita is an illustrator and textile designer based in Berlin. Her work can be found in Let: A Poem About Wonder and Possibility, published by Cameron Kids, and in her starred–reviewed picture book, Olu and Greta

SELLING POINTS

VISIONARY SUBJECT: Wilds is an unsung Black female poet who, after losing her sight, began to write, making this a strong addition to the picture book bio space.

INCLUSIVE STORYTELLING:

The story celebrates a character with a disability and how she blossomed creatively.

STARRED CREATIVE TEAM:

James’s Brown: The Many Shades of Love received a starred review from Kirkus. Ejaita’s debut picture book, Olu and Greta, received starred reviews from Kirkus and Publishers Weekly

SPECIFICATIONS

*Full-color illustrations throughout *32 pages

*WIDTH: 9 1/2" - 241mm

*HEIGHT: 10 1/2" - 267mm

* Hardcover with jacket PUB MONTH: JANUARY AGES 4 to 8 PICTURE BOOK, NONFICTION, KIDS AFRICAN AMERICAN HISTORY & CULTURE

ISBN 978-1-951836-53-5

US $18.99 CAN $23.99 UK £13.99 ËxHSLJPBy836535z

CARTON QTY: 24 ebook ISBN 979-8-88707-067-4

How to Love the Whole World

A STORY ABOUT ARTIST AGNES MARTIN (A PICTURE BOOK)

WRITTEN BY HENRY MARTIN; ILLUSTRATED BY SHELLEY HAMPE

A

powerful, poetic picture book biography about artist Agnes Martin and how

she painted to show her love for the world

How to Love the Whole World is a powerful, poetic picture book biography about artist Agnes Martin and how she painted to show her love for the world from art scholar Henry Martin and author/illustrator Shelley Hampe.

Like her contemporary Georgia O’Keeffe, Agnes was deeply inspired by the New Mexican landscape and lived a solitary life there, painting what she loved. And what did Agnes love? She loved an eggshell blue sky at sunrise, and she loved the cotton candy pink sunset. Agnes loved the whole world. She said, “If I paint the things I love, then my paintings will be about love. And you will feel love when you look at them.” She even painted a painting called I Love the Whole World—twice. But some days, Agnes did not love the whole world. Not everyone understood her art, or her, and she felt it all. Agnes painted solace in pale, barely–there, mercurial hues and painstakingly simple lines and squares.

In simple, poetic language, this book tells a story of an artist and answers the question, “How do we love the whole world?” We slow down, pay attention, seek beauty and truth, feel it all, maybe even joy.

Henry Martin is a writer, lecturer, researcher, the author of Agnes Martin: Pioneer, Painter, Icon, and narrator of the award–winning documentary Agnes Martin: Before the Grid. He has written on art history for Phaidon, among others. Recently he was a Fulbright Creative Fellow at the Archives of American Art at the Smithsonian, and is currently a visiting doctoral student at the University of Oxford. He is based in the United Kingdom. Shelley Hampe is an author–illustrator based in Dallas, Texas. She illustrated the Merlin Raj series and has collaborated with professionals from Harvard University to illustrate a groundbreaking social–emotional learning program developed for children. Henry and Shelley met over their shared loved of Agnes Martin and created How to Love the Whole World, their debut picture book, together.

SELLING POINTS

STAR ARTIST: Agnes Martin’s star is on the rise, her iconic art lauded and found in over 75 public and museum collections around the world.

BIG THEMES: In addition to the art, the story explores feelings as well as themes of slowing down, paying attention, and finding solace, joy, and happiness in art and in the world.

EXPERT AUTHOR: This debut picture book author is an international art scholar and has written an adult book and helped produce a documentary about Agnes Martin.

ARTISTIC FORMAT: This book features appealing square format, thoughtful illustrations, and design inspired by Agnes Martin’s artwork.

SPECIFICATIONS

CARTON QTY: 22 ebook ISBN 979-8-88707-341-5 RIGHTS: World/All

*Full-color illustrations throughout *40 pages

*WIDTH: 9" - 229mm

*HEIGHT: 9" - 203mm

* Hardcover with jacket PUB MONTH: FEBRUARY AGES 4 to 8 PICTURE BOOK, KIDS NONFICTION, KIDS WOMEN’S HISTORY

ISBN 978-1-949480-53-5 US

The Star Horse (Once Upon a Horse #3)

WRITTEN BY SARAH MASLIN NIR

From Pulitzer Prize–nominated New York Times reporter Sarah Maslin Nir comes the third book in her Once Upon a Horse series of middle–grade novels inspired by real horses and the people who love them—illustrated by Laylie Frazier

Lights . . . Camera . . . Giddyap?

Billy is a Norwegian Fjord horse—short as horses go, but with the natural star power of a Hollywood celebrity. Lori Allegra is a horse–loving seventh grader as awkward as she is tall for her age, who finds refuge from her shyness on her family farm with her best friend: Billy, the Fjord.

Their peace is shattered when Billy is “discovered” by Marlowe Narang, superstar kid actor, and given the opportunity of a horsey lifetime—to star in a film! And with that, the chance for Lori and her mom to save their struggling stables. Lori tearfully agrees to send her horse to a new life across the country on the set of Marlowe’s newest Hollywood production, a Western set in a real ghost town.

But Billy’s star turn is cut short when a mountain lion stalks the desert set and sends him fleeing into the Mojave. When word gets back to Lori, she runs away too—to find her Billy! Lost in the endless desert, as horse and girl make their way to each other, Lori and Billy both find they are not alone. Joined in their search by a cast of characters including wild donkeys, a sassy teenage cowgirl, a plucky service dog, and even the world’s biggest kid actor himself, The Star Horse is a story about finding your herd—human and horse—and along the way, finding your voice.

Sarah Maslin Nir is a two–time Pulitzer Prize–nominated New York Times reporter and the author of Horse Crazy: The Story of a Woman and a World in Love with an Animal and the Once Upon a Horse series, published by Cameron Kids. She lives and works in New York City. Laylie Frazier is a fine artist and illustrator inspired by the natural world. She lives in Houston, Texas.

RIGHTS: World/All

SELLING POINTS

ESTABLISHED AUTHOR: This series is written by a respected New York Times reporter, two–time Pulitzer Prize finalist, and equestrian.

HORSE POWER: Horse lovers are everywhere, so this book is perfect for actual and aspirational horse lovers.

MODERN CLASSIC: Paper–over–board design and horse–focused spot gloss combined with sweet and stylish art create an appealing package.

BEHIND THE SCENES: What kid (or horse!) doesn’t dream of being a movie star?! This book, filled with behind–the–scenes moviemaking tidbits, will appeal to starstruck kids with dreams of fame.

SPECIFICATIONS

*Black-and-white line drawings throughout *176 pages

*WIDTH: 5 1/4" - 133mm

*HEIGHT: 7 1/4" - 184mm

*Hardcover POB

PUB MONTH: SEPTEMBER AGES 8 to 12

MIDDLE-GRADE FICTION, KIDS SERIES

ISBN 978-1-951836-68-9

US $16.99 CAN $21.99 UK £11.99 ËxHSLJPBy836689z

CARTON QTY: 52

ebook ISBN 979-8-88707-345-3

The Flying Horse (Once Upon a Horse #1)

WRITTEN BY SARAH MASLIN NIR; ART BY LAYLIE FRAZIER

From Pulitzer Prize nominee Sarah Maslin Nir, the author of the memoir Horse Crazy, The Flying Horse is the first in a series of fictional middle–grade novels inspired by real horses and the people who love them—illustrated with black–and–white art by Laylie Frazier

Trendsetter is a horse destined to fly—in more ways than one. Sarah is a horse–loving seventh grader who has a secret and a fear of losing the one thing she loves most in the world. Separated by an ocean, a horse and a girl’s parallel struggles to be their best include lots of luck and grit, some stubbornness, and a few failures. It is only when they find each other that the two kindred spirits find themselves. Together they learn that what’s important in life isn’t greatness—it’s being great at being you. Inspired by a real horse and a real girl, The Flying Horse will make horse–lovers’ hearts soar.

Sarah Maslin Nir is a New York Times reporter, Pulitzer Prize finalist, and the author of Horse Crazy: The Story of a Woman and a World in Love with an Animal and The Jockey & Her Horse, published by Cameron Kids. She lives and works in New York City. Laylie Frazier is a fine artist and illustrator inspired by the natural world. And while she doesn’t ride horses, she loves to illustrate them. Frazier lives in Houston, Texas.

RIGHTS:

SELLING POINTS

EYE–CATCHING PACKAGE: The paperback cover will feature brand–new full–color art showcasing Trendsetter, the horse at center of the novel. The interior includes spot black–and–white illustrations from up–and–coming artist Laylie Frazier.

ESTABLISHED AUTHOR: This series is written by a respected, Pulitzer Prize–nominated New York Times reporter, author, and equestrian.

HORSE POWER: Horse lovers are everywhere, so this book is perfect for actual and aspirational horse lovers.

CROSS–PROMOTION: Featuring a sample chapter of The Jockey & Her Horse, this paperback will publish alongside the hardcover of book 3, The Star Horse. SPECIFICATIONS

*Black-and-white spot art throughout *192 pages

*WIDTH: 5 1/4" - 133mm

*HEIGHT: 7 1/4" - 184mm

*Paperback

PUB MONTH: AUGUST AGES 8 to 12

MIDDLE-GRADE FICTION, KIDS SERIES

ISBN 978-1-4197-7670-0

US $8.99 CAN $11.99 UK £6.99

ËxHSLELJy776700z

CARTON QTY: 88

ebook ISBN 978-1-64700-953-3

RIGHTS: World/All

The Jockey & Her Horse (Once Upon a Horse #2)

INSPIRED BY THE TRUE STORY OF THE FIRST BLACK FEMALE JOCKEY, CHERYL WHITE WRITTEN BY

SARAH MASLIN NIR AND RAYMOND WHITE JR.;

ART BY

LAYLIE FRAZIER

Sarah Maslin Nir and Raymond White Jr.’s The Jockey & Her Horse is the second title in the series, inspired by the true story of the first Black female jockey, Cheryl White, who raced to the finish line on her horse, Jetolara—illustrated with blackand-white art by Laylie Frazier

“Brilliant.” —Robin Roberts, host of Good Morning America

SELLING POINTS

EYE–CATCHING PACKAGE: The paperback cover will feature brand–new full–color art showcasing Cheryl White and her beloved horse, Jetolara. The interior includes spot black–and–white illustrations from up–and–coming artist Laylie Frazier.

BLACK EQUESTRIAN HISTORY: This book touches on the history of trailblazing Black jockeys who initially dominated horse racing— and with increased media interest bringing this history to the forefront, younger readers are sure to be curious about this unsung moment of American history.

STAND–ALONE STORY: The second title in the series, this is an independent classic, in addition to being a solid companion title in the series.

ESTABLISHED AUTHOR: This series is written by a respected New York Times reporter, two–time Pulitzer Prize finalist, and equestrian, alongside Cheryl White’s brother.

Cheryl loves horses. She’s been studying thoroughbreds at her family’s horse racing stables since she was old enough to ride on the shoulders of her father, a famous horse trainer. Cheryl wants to be a jockey. One problem—she is a girl, and there has never been a Black female jockey in history! Jetolara is a young thoroughbred finding his place in the herd. When Cheryl literally falls onto his back, and Jeto sprints off across the pasture, Cheryl discovers that she doesn’t just want to be a jockey, she is a jockey—and she and Jeto were born to race. Together girl and horse make history and show everyone that once you learn to love yourself, the world is yours.

Sarah Maslin Nir is a two–time Pulitzer Prize–nominated New York Times reporter and the author of Horse Crazy: The Story of a Woman and a World in Love with an Animaland The Flying Horse, published by Cameron Kids. She lives and works in New York City. Ohio–based Raymond White Jr. hails from a family of racehorse professionals and has held almost every job there is in the racing world–jockeys’ agent, exercise rider, assistant trainer, groom–except for jockey, like his sister, Cheryl, because he was too tall! The Jockey and Her Horse is his first book. Laylie Frazier is a fine artist and illustrator inspired by the natural world. She lives in Houston, Texas.

HORSE POWER: Horse lovers are everywhere, so this book is perfect for actual and aspirational horse lovers—and especially for equestrians of color, for whom there are very few books.

CROSS–PROMOTION: Featuring a sample chapter of The Star Horse, the third title in this series.

SPECIFICATIONS

*Black-and-white spot art throughout *208 pages

*WIDTH: 5 1/4" - 133mm

*HEIGHT: 7 1/4" - 184mm

* Paperback

PUB MONTH: AUGUST AGES 8 to 12

MIDDLE-GRADE FICTION, KIDS SERIES, KIDS AFRICAN AMERICAN HISTORY & CULTURE

ISBN 978-1-4197-7671-7

US $8.99 CAN $11.99 UK £6.99

CARTON QTY: 84

ebook ISBN 978-1-64700-986-1

MAKE SOME NOISE FOR ABRAMS FANFARE , THE HOME TO THE BIGGEST, BRIGHTEST, AND BEST COMICS FOR KIDS OF ALL AGES, FROM EARLY READERS TO MIDDLE GRADE AND YOUNG ADULT. THE LIST—INSPIRED BY A LOVE OF COMICS, AND INSPIRING THE NEXT GENERATION OF COMICS READERS—FEATURES AWARD-WINNING AND CRITICALLY ACCLAIMED CREATORS, POPULAR SERIES, COMPELLING NON-FICTION, AND ORIGINAL STORIES FROM FAN-FAVORITE BRANDS.

Mythmakers • Written and illustrated by John Hendrix

RIGHTS:

Great Minds of Science (Black Lives #1)

A NONFICTION GRAPHIC NOVEL

WRITTEN BY TONYA BOLDEN; ILLUSTRATED BY DAVID WILKERSON

An exciting new graphic novel series from award–winning author Tonya Bolden and illustrator David Wilkerson—about some of the greatest Black lives in history

Matilda Evans. Archie Alexander. Gladys West. Ayana Elizabeth Johnson. These aren’t names that many people learn about in school, but they’re some of the greatest scientists that people should know about—doctors, engineers, mathematicians, and biologists. Even though they faced discrimination for being the only or some of the only Black scientists in the rooms they were in, they didn’t back down. They kept experimenting and questioning and learning, and they made significant contributions in each of their scientific fields!

Black Lives is the new graphic novel series from award–winning author Tonya Bolden and illustrator David Wilkerson that celebrates the lives of Black innovators and legends and helps brings lesser–known histories to life.

Tonya Bolden has written numerous bestselling books for children and adults, and her work has garnered many awards, including the Coretta Scott King Honor, James Madison Book Award, School Library Journal Best Book of the Year, and YALSA Best Book of the Year. She lives in New York City. Visit tonyaboldenbooks.com. David Wilkerson is an American illustrator who was born in Denver, Colorado, and is currently based in Maryland. He believes that there is healing in storytelling, and that it is the job of creatives to contribute to that cause. His career began in the animation industry, working as a character designer, prop designer, and background designer.

SELLING POINTS

AWARD–WINNING CREATOR: Bolden’s books consistently sell well, receive awards, and get starred reviews. Her work is beloved by teachers and librarians. She’s paired with up–and–coming illustrator David Wilkerson.

EXCITING NEW SERIES: Nonfiction graphic novels continue to do well, and this new series is perfect for fans of Nathan Hale’s Hazardous Tales and the Big Ideas that Changed the World series.

ILLUMINATING HISTORY: Bolden has a particular talent for shedding light on lesser–known figures and issues, and more people are looking for antiracist education that helps to elevate voices which were previously overlooked or written out of history.

SPECIFICATIONS

*Full-color illustrations throughout *128 pages

*WIDTH: 5 1/2" - 140mm

*HEIGHT: 8" - 203mm

* Hardcover POB

PUB MONTH: SEPTEMBER AGES 8 to 12

KIDS GRAPHIC NOVELS, KIDS NONFICTION, MIDDLE-GRADE NONFICTION

ISBN 978-1-4197-5269-8

US $15.99 CAN $19.99 UK £11.99

ËxHSLELJy752698z

CARTON QTY: 34

ebook ISBN 978-1-64700-215-2

The Mythmakers

THE REMARKABLE FELLOWSHIP OF C.S. LEWIS & J.R.R. TOLKIEN (A GRAPHIC NOVEL)

WRITTEN AND ILLUSTRATED BY JOHN HENDRIX

From New York Times bestselling, award–winning creator John Hendrix comes The Mythmakers, a graphic novel biography of two literary lions—C.S. Lewis and J.R.R. Tolkien—following the remarkable story of their friendship and creative fellowship

The rich worlds of C.S. Lewis’s The Chronicles of Narnia and J.R.R. Tolkien’s The Hobbit and The Lord of Rings have enchanted readers both young and old for generations. But before they created these literary landmarks, Lewis and Tolkien were simply two friends who shared a love of stories.

The Mythmakers chronicles their lives, from their horrific tour of the trenches of World War I, their first meeting at Oxford in 1929, and the literary discussions of the Inklings to World War II, the publications of their work, and their aftermath. Their personal stories are so intertwined that neither can be easily told without the other.

Written and illustrated by John Hendrix, the New York Times bestselling and award–winning creator of The Faithful Spy, The Mythmakers reveals how these remarkably creative minds influenced each other: their world–building philosophies, their ideas of mythology and faith, and their belief in the truth behind the human imagination. The Mythmakers is a masterful work capturing the extraordinary lives and literary contributions of Lewis and Tolkien, two of the most important and influential writers of the twentieth century.

John Hendrix is a New York Times bestselling author and illustrator. His books include the young adult graphic novel The Faithful Spy: Dietrich Bonhoeffer and the Plot to Kill Hitler (a YALSA Nonfiction Excellence in Nonfiction Award Finalist). He is also the author–artist behind the adult books The Holy Ghost: A Spirited Comic and Drawing Is Magic: Discovering Yourself in a Sketchbook. He is chair of the MFA Illustration and Visual Culture program in the Sam Fox School of Design & Visual Arts at Washington University in St. Louis. Hendrix lives in Webster Groves, Missouri.

RIGHTS: World/All

SELLING POINTS

AWARD–WINNING AUTHOR–ILLUSTRATOR: Illustrator of the New York Times bestselling Ronan Boyle series and author–artist behind The Faithful Spy, Hendrix has established himself as a successful creator with a strong sales track.

LITERARY LANDMARKS: Books about creativity, bookmaking, and literary figures always have an audience. Focusing on the minds behind beloved classics The Lord of the Rings and The Chronicles of Narnia, this biography highlights two literary icons who are still famous today among teens and adults.

INNOVATIVE NONFICTION: The Faithful Spy (four starred reviews) was praised for its “bold visuals,” “strong sense of historical context,” and “engaging narrative.” Following the same format, The Mythmakers weaves thoroughly researched facts and quotes with narrative and imagined conversations between characters, offering a fresh take on graphic–novel nonfiction.

ACCLAIMED ART + DESIGN: Includes hand–lettered typeface, comic panels, spot art, and the occasional map, symbol, or diagram interspersed throughout, made even more vivid by a limited color palette.

SPECIFICATIONS

*Full-color illustrations throughout *224 pages

*WIDTH: 6 3/8" - 162mm

*HEIGHT: 9" - 203mm

*Hardcover with jacket

PUB MONTH: SEPTEMBER AGES 10 to 14

YOUNG ADULT GRAPHIC NOVEL

ISBN 978-1-4197-4634-5

US $24.99 CAN $31.99 UK £18.99

ËxHSLELJy746345z

CARTON QTY: 16

ebook ISBN 978-1-68335-963-0

Treaties, Trenches, Mud, and Blood: Bigger & Badder Edition (Nathan Hale's Hazardous Tales #4)

A WORLD WAR I TALE (A GRAPHIC NOVEL)

WRITTEN AND ILLUSTRATED BY NATHAN

HALE

World War I gets the Hazardous Tales treatment in this story of warfare, treachery, strategy, and more

World War I set the tone for the 20th century and introduced a new type of warfare: global, mechanical, and brutal. Nathan Hale has gathered some of the most fascinating true–life tales from the war and given them his inimitable twist. Easy to understand, funny, informative, and lively, this series is the best way to be introduced to some of the most well–known battles (and little–known secrets) of the infamous war. Each of the Bigger & Badder editions of Nathan Hale’s Hazardous Tales features 16 pages of new content, plus an oversize trim and a gorgeous gifty cover.

Nathan Hale is the illustrator of the graphic novel Rapunzel’s Revenge, which was an Al Roker Book Club for Kids selection, an ALA notable book, and a YALSA Great Graphic Novel for Teens, as well as the recipient of three starred reviews. He is also the illustrator of the picture book The Dinosaurs’ Night Before Christmas. He lives in Provo, Utah.

RIGHTS: World/All

SELLING POINTS

FAMOUS WAR: Everyone knows that World War I was a big deal, but not everyone knows how it started or what it’s really about.

CURRICULUM TIE–IN: Fits in perfectly with world history lessons and includes copious back matter and references for further study.

ONGOING SERIES: This fourth book continues to round out the topics covered by the series, the first installment set in the 20th century.

BIGGER AND BETTER: With a new, larger format, 16 pages of additional back matter, and special effects on the front cover, this is both the perfect collector’s item for fans of the series and a way to draw in new readers.

SPECIFICATIONS

*Two-color illustrations throughout *144 pages

*WIDTH: 7 3/8" - 187mm

*HEIGHT: 10" - 254mm

*Hardcover POB

PUB MONTH: OCTOBER AGES 8 to 11 KIDS GRAPHIC NOVELS, KIDS COMICS, KIDS HISTORY, JUVENILE ISBN 978-1-4197-7635-9 US

ËxHSLELJy776359z

CARTON QTY: 12 ebook ISBN 978-1-61312-624-0

Nathan Hale's Hazardous Tales Fourth 3-Book Box Set

A GRAPHIC NOVEL COLLECTION

WRITTEN AND ILLUSTRATED BY NATHAN HALE

Discover

three of the most popular Hazardous Tales in this new box set

A box set of three books from the #1 bestselling series Nathan Hale’s Hazardous Tales, including three of the most popular titles: Cold War Correspondent (A Korean War Tale), Above the Trenches (A World War I Flying Ace Tale), and Blades of Freedom (A Tale of Haiti, Napoleon, and the Louisiana Purchase).

Nathan Hale is the illustrator of the graphic novel Rapunzel’s Revenge, which was an Al Roker Book Club for Kids selection, an ALA notable book, and a YALSA Great Graphic Novel for Teens, as well as the recipient of three starred reviews. He is also the illustrator of the picture book The Dinosaurs’ Night Before Christmas. He lives in Provo, Utah.

SELLING POINTS

BESTSELLING SERIES: Titles from the series have hit #1 on the New York Times bestseller list, and cumulatively spent dozens of weeks on the list. The series has grossed over 1.8 million copies and is still going strong.

ATTRACTIVE PACKAGE: Hale is creating all–new art for the box, making it the perfect gift and collector’s item.

VORACIOUS AUDIENCE: Hale has a huge fanbase. They were excited about the first three box sets and will be eager to get their hands on this new one.

SPECIFICATIONS

*Two-color illustrations throughout *384 pages

*WIDTH: 5 1/2" - 140mm

*HEIGHT: 7 1/2" - 191mm

*Boxed Set

PUB MONTH: NOVEMBER AGES 8 to 12

BIG IDEAS THAT CHANGED THE WORLD #6 (A NONFICTION GRAPHIC NOVEL) WRITTEN AND ILLUSTRATED BY DON BROWN

Award–winning author–illustrator Don Brown explores the science of time in It’s About Time!, part of the Big Ideas That Changed the World graphic novel series

In It’s About Time!, narrator Albert Einstein takes kids through time— literally. Measuring time is explored, from the stone circles and giant pyramids of ancient cultures to hourglasses and sundials to early time pieces and watches to atomic clocks. The book explains why there are 12 months a year, 24 hours in a day, 60 minutes in an hour, and 60 seconds in a minute. And seven days in the week.

From Stonehenge to Greenwich Mean Time to James Hutton’s Deep Time, the book helps kids understand the passage of time, and why sometimes it seems so slow and other times way, way too fast.

Also includes: Time Timeline, Who was Albert Einstein?, endnotes, and a bibliography.

Big Ideas That Changed the World is a graphic novel series that celebrates the hard–won succession of ideas that ultimately changed the world. Humor, drama, and art unite to tell the story of events, discoveries, and ingenuity over time that led humans to come up with a big idea and then make it come true.

Don Brown is the award–winning author and illustrator of many nonfiction graphic novels and picture books, including All Charged Up!, We the People!, A Shot in the Arm!, Machines that Think!, and Rocket to the Moon! His books have been called “masterful” and “a must for youth graphic collections.” Brown has received an Eisner Award nomination, two Sibert Honors, a Boston Globe–Horn Book Award honor, a YALSA Excellence in Nonfiction for Young Adults Award, and multiple starred reviews, among other awards and notices. He lives in the Hudson Valley in New York with his family.

ebook ISBN 979-8-88707-263-0 RIGHTS:

SELLING POINTS

BACKLIST STAPLE SERIES: The Big Ideas series has over 100,000 copies in print to date!

CELEBRATED AUTHOR: Brown is an award–winning author–illustrator well known to booksellers, teachers, and librarians. His graphic novel The Unwanted was a Sibert Honor Medalist and a YALSA Excellence in Nonfiction winner.

SERIES PRAISE: Books 1–4 in the series have received multiple starred reviews (with Book 5 coming Jan. 2024), and Rocket to the Moon! was chosen for the Texas Bluebonnet Award Master List.

CLASSROOM APPEAL: A must–have for science and history curricula.

POPULAR FORMAT: The graphic novel genre remains wildly popular with kids, especially in nonfiction, where Brown is a master.

RICH BACK MATTER: Includes a narrator biography, timeline, author’s note, bibliography, and endnotes.

SPECIFICATIONS

*Full-color illustrations throughout *128 pages

*WIDTH: 5 1/2" - 140mm

*HEIGHT: 8" - 203mm

*Hardcover POB

PUB MONTH: JANUARY AGES 8 to 11

KIDS GRAPHIC NOVELS, MIDDLE-GRADE NONFICTION, KIDS NONFICTION

ISBN 978-1-4197-7331-0

Adventuregame Comics: Samurai vs. Ninja (Book 3)

AN INTERACTIVE GRAPHIC NOVEL WRITTEN AND ILLUSTRATED BY JASON SHIGA

In the third installment of award–winning cartoonist Jason Shiga’s interactive graphic novel series, Adventuregame Comics: Samurai vs. Ninja guides you to choose your warrior fate. Your choice will set you on a path, solving puzzles and learning special skills, all in preparation for your ultimate quest

There is a bracelet that gives the wearer immense power, but it has fallen into the clutches of the evil Lord Touma. You must break into his house and steal it! But when Lord Touma’s guards apprehend you, it’ll be down to your smarts and your special skills to beat his rigged games and break free. Will you make the right choices or have to start a new path? Adventuregame Comics is a series of interactive graphic novels in the vein of Jason Shiga’s hit graphic novel Meanwhile. Readers follow the story from panel to panel, using tubes that connect them, and sometimes the path will split, giving readers the chance to choose how the story unfolds.

Jason Shiga is a cartoonist from Oakland, California. His comics often feature exciting uses of math, mazes, puzzles, and unconventional narrative techniques. In his 25 year career, Shiga has created many graphic novels and comic books, over a dozen magazine and newspaper strips, and the world’s second–largest interactive comic. He has won two Eisner Awards, two Ignatz Awards, and his work has been featured as an official selection for the comics festival in Angoulême.

SELLING POINTS

AWARD–WINNING AUTHOR: Shiga has won an Eisner Award, an Ignatz Award, and a Stumptown Trophy Award. His graphic novel Meanwhile is a backlist bestseller, and Gene Luen Yang called it “the best that the cartoonists of Earth had to offer the universe.”

UNIQUE FORMAT: Graphic novels are hugely popular with middle–grade readers, and this interactive format is unlike anything else out there.

RAVE REVIEWS: The first book in the series, Leviathan, received some great praise, including being named SLJ best of the year, featured in the New York Times holiday gift guide, and receiving starred reviews from Publishers Weekly, School Library Journal, and Booklist, who said that “Shiga captures the thrill of limitless possibility in this choose–your–own–path style maze of a comic book wonder.”

SPECIFICATIONS

*Two-color illustrations throughout *160 pages

*WIDTH: 5 1/2" - 140mm

*HEIGHT: 7" - 178mm

*Hardcover POB

PUB MONTH: AUGUST AGES 8 to 11 KIDS GRAPHIC NOVELS

ISBN 978-1-4197-5783-9

US $14.99 CAN $18.99 UK £10.99

ËxHSLELJy757839z

CARTON QTY: 36 ebook ISBN 978-1-64700-456-9

COSMIC ADVENTURES OF ASTRID AND STELLA

Comet Together! (The Cosmic Adventures of Astrid and Stella Book #4

( Hello!Lucky Book)) A GRAPHIC NOVEL

WRITTEN BY SABRINA MOYLE; ILLUSTRATED BY EUNICE MOYLE

Fire up the turbo pumps! Best friends Astrid and Stella are off on another high–flying adventure in Comet Together!, fourth in the graphic novel series from bestselling creators Hello!Lucky

Astrid and Stella love reading comet books and are on a mission to make one of their own. But when they run into creative differences, the dynamic duo must figure out if they can work together to take their creation to the next level.

Next, Stella is on a quest to discover if robots are helpful friends or evil machines. Bobo takes the buddies planet hopping to see if robots deserve a one–star or a five–star review. Along the way, the Friend Ship crew will encounter a new friend—Time Travel Tiger—whose tools from the future (and the past!) help them complete their mission.

With a focus on social–emotional learning and hilarious storytelling from the bestselling Hello!Lucky team, the fourth book in the Cosmic Adventures of Astrid & Stella series is perfect for emerging readers and graphic novel fans.

Hello!Lucky is all about using creativity to spread joy, fun, and kindness. Founded by sisters Eunice and Sabrina Moyle in 2003, Hello!Lucky is an award–winning letterpress greeting card and design studio working with dozens of partners to create products, including Abrams’ pun–derful children’s books My Mom Is Magical!, My Dad Is Amazing!, Super Pooper and Whizz Kid: Potty Power!, Kindness Rules!, Christmas Is Awesome!, Sloth and Smell the Roses, Go Get ’Em, Tiger!, and Thanks a Ton! They also offer bedding, ceramics, socks, stationery, custom photo albums, and more. Hello!Lucky is based in San Francisco.

RIGHTS: World/All A

SELLING POINTS

BESTSELLING TEAM: Sabrina and Eunice Moyle are the team behind Hello!Lucky. Their books have sold nearly 1.5 million copies across formats, and they boast nearly 75,000 followers on Instagram.

HIGH–DEMAND FORMAT:

Graphic novels for emerging readers are an in–demand category that’s only growing. With three easily digestible stories per book, this series is sure to satisfy.

EVERGREEN THEMES: Friendship, teamwork, communication, and more make an appearance in the pages of this latest outing from the social–emotional learning pros behind Hello!Lucky.

BELOVED SERIES: We’ve sold nearly 40,000 copies of the Astrid & Stella books and counting! And Kirkus says reading these graphic novel stories is “like being enveloped in a nonstop hug.”

SPECIFICATIONS

*Full-color illustrations throughout *112 pages

*WIDTH: 6" - 152mm

*HEIGHT: 8 1/4" - 210mm

*Hardcover POB

PUB MONTH: JANUARY AGES 6 to 9

KIDS GRAPHIC NOVELS

ISBN 978-1-4197-7455-3

US $12.99 CAN $16.99 UK £9.99

ËxHSLELJy774553z ebook ISBN 979-8-88707-318-7

Amazing Adventures (Marvel Super Stories Book #2)

BY MARVEL ENTERTAINMENT WITH VARIOUS CONTRIBUTORS; EDITED BY JOHN JENNINGS

The second volume of the first–ever middle–grade anthology series, featuring all–new Marvel comics stories by 15 all–star cartoonists

Contributors in Book Two: Ethan M. Aldridge (Estranged): Doctor Strange; Ryan Andrews (This Was Our Pact): Silver Surfer; Mike Cavallaro (Nico Bravo): Thor; Chan Chau (The Baby–Sitters Club): Moon Knight; Gabriela Epstein ( Invisible: A Graphic Novel): Silk; Tim Fielder (Matty’s Rocket): Spider–Man 2099; Brian Fies (The Last Mechanical Monster); The AvengersDean Haspiel (Mo and Jo Fighting Together Forever): Fantastic Four; John Jennings ( Kindred: A Graphic Novel Adaptation): Black Panther; Jarrett Krosoczka (the Lunch Lady series): Spider–Man; Kat Leyh ( Snapdragon): Guardians of the Galaxy; Jamar Nicholas (Leon the Extraordinary): Hulk; Amber Padilla ( The Secret Garden on 81st Street): Ant–Man; Carlisle Robinson (Deafverse) Hawkeye; Judd Winick(Hilo): Captain America

The second volume in a brand–new middle–grade anthology series with Marvel Comics, edited by John Jennings. Featuring 15 all–new six–page stories written and illustrated by some of the biggest names in comics for young readers, this all–star lineup features original stand–alone stories featuring Spider–Man, Captain America, The Avengers, Guardians of the Galaxy, the Incredible Hulk, Doctor Strange, Silver Surfer, Thor, Moon Knight, Silk, Spider–Man 2099, the Fantastic Four, Black Panther, Ant–Man, and Hawkeye. This all–star roster takes a fun, fresh look at everyone’s favorite Marvel super heroes, delivering delightful stories that will introduce them to first–time fans for a whole new generation of readers.

Marvel Entertainment, LLC, a wholly–owned subsidiary of The Walt Disney Company, is one of the world’s most prominent character–based entertainment companies, built on a proven library of more than 8,000 characters featured in a variety of media over eighty years. Marvel utilizes its character franchises in entertainment, licensing, publishing, games, and digital media. For more information visit marvel.com. John Jennings, illustrator of Kindred: A Graphic Novel Adaptation, is associate professor of visual studies at SUNY–Buffalo and has written several works on African American comics creators. His research is concerned with the topics of representation and authenticity, visual culture, visual literacy, social justice, and design pedagogy. He is an accomplished designer, curator, illustrator, cartoonist, and award–winning graphic novelist. His work overlaps into various disciplines including American studies, African American studies, design history, media studies, sociology, women and gender studies, and literature.

SELLING POINTS

ALL–STAR CONTRIBUTORS: The biggest and most diverse names in comics for kids join forces in this super hero–size anthology edited by John Jennings, featuring all–new Marvel stories by 15 notable names! Jennings, curator of our Megascope line of graphic novels, will act as our spokesperson for all interviews, along with our esteemed contributors.

ONE–OF–A–KIND SERIES: This is the first middle–grade anthology series of all–new comics ever licensed by Marvel Entertainment. Uniquely positioned to introduce kids to Marvel’s colorful cast of super heroes, this series is certain to appeal to a generation of new fans while giving longtime readers a new and exciting way to bond with their family over the characters they love.

MIGHTY BRAND: Marvel Comics celebrated its 85th anniversary in 2024 and is one of the most recognizable brands worldwide.

SPECIFICATIONS

*Full-color illustrations throughout *160 pages

*WIDTH: 5 1/2" - 140mm

*HEIGHT: 8" - 203mm

*Hardcover with jacket

PUB MONTH: NOVEMBER AGES 8 to 12

ISBN 978-1-4197-7144-6

CARTON QTY: 24 ebook ISBN 979-8-88707-179-4

3 ORIGINAL GRAPHIC NOVELS: ANIMALS ASSEMBLE!, QUANTUM QUEST!, COSMIC CHAOS!

WRITTEN AND ILLUSTRATED BY MIKE

MAIHACK

For the first time, a box set of the first three Mighty Marvel Team–Up graphic novels featuring Spider–Man and written and illustrated by award–winning cartoonist Mike Maihack!

Read the first three Mighty Marvel Team–Up graphic novels starring Spider–Man in this must–have collectible boxed set! These three hilarious and action–packed graphic novels see Spider–Man team up with the Avengers, the Fantastic Four, and the Guardians of the Galaxy as they work together to save the day and learn what it means to be friendly neighborhood super heroes!

Superstar cartoonist Mike Maihack packs these stories with some of Marvel’s most iconic heroes and villains and this boxed set is the perfect gift for any new or established Marvel fan! Join Spidey from the Quantum Realm to outer space in these thrilling team–up stories!

This box set includes: Spider–Man: Animals Assemble, Spider–Man: Quantum Quest, and Spider–Man: Cosmic Chaos and a collectible poster!

Mike Maihack is a cartoonist best known for his Cleopatra in Space graphic novels published by Scholastic/Graphix. The six–book series has earned a Florida Book Award, a YALSA Quick Pick for Reluctant Young Adult Readers selection, a starred review from School Library Journal and later produced as a children’s animated series by DreamWorks Television. Mike lives in Land O Lakes, Florida with his wife, two boys, and two cats. More of his work can be found online at operationspacecat.com.

SELLING POINTS

MIGHTY BRAND: Marvel Comics continues to be one of the most recognizable and biggest brands worldwide with Spider–Man being one of the most popular characters in their stable and in pop culture in general!

BEAUTIFUL PACKAGE: With a beautifully designed box set that includes a bonus foldout poster, this will be the perfect gift and collector’s item for any Marvel fan!

ALL–STAR CONTENT: Spider–Man: Animals Assemble! has been a huge success with over 100k copies sold through all current editions and its sequel having a strong release launch, these books are showing fantastic signs of critical and commercial success.

SPECIFICATIONS

*288 pages

*WIDTH: 6" - 152mm

*HEIGHT: 8 1/2" - 216mm

*Boxed Set - Hardcover

PUB MONTH: OCTOBER AGES 6 to 9 GRAPHIC NOVELS

A GRAPHIC NOVEL WRITTEN AND ILLUSTRATED BY PEYO

The Smurf–tacular tales continue in the fourth volume in this graphic novel series perfect for beginner readers—now in paperback

Smurfaroo! The thrilling tales and side–splitting laughs continue with the Smurfs!

It’s time for a celebration at Smurf Village! Sculptor Smurf is creating a masterpiece to showcase everyone’s hard work. But his rude, selfish ways have put everyone in a sour mood, ruining the big reveal. And Handy Smurf is ready to help his neighbors build a better village for everyone to enjoy. But when no one returns the tools they borrowed, all projects come to a halt. And Gargamel’s back! This time, he’s captured a poor Smurf for his nefarious plans! Will the Smurfs be able to bravely band together to save their friend?

Featuring three original stories chock–full of Smurfy humor, fun, and heartfelt lessons, the Smurf–ventures continue in the fourth book of this early graphic novel series.

Pierre Culliford, better known as Peyo, was a cartoonist born in Belgium in 1928 and creator of the Smurfs. In 1958, the Smurfs made their first appearance in Le Journal de Spirou and went on to become the world–famous characters we all know and love!

RIGHTS: World English

SELLING POINTS

AWARD–WINNING

TV SERIES:

Since its launch in September 2021, Nickelodeon’s The Smurfs animated series consistently ranks among the top five animated children’s series on cable in the US and won a New York Animation Film Award for Best Animated Series.

MAJOR MOVIE

ANNOUNCEMENT: An all–new Smurfs movie is in development with Paramount Animation and Nickelodeon Animation, set to release in theaters in February 2025.

POPULAR BRAND: The Smurfs have been around for more than 60 years, and have more than 12 million likes on Facebook and over 113 million views on their official YouTube channel.

EMOTIONAL UNDERSTANDING:

With stories that focus on social and emotional learning, the We Are the Smurfs series is perfect for small children who are beginning to understand big feelings such as fear, sadness, and taking care of one another.

BOOMING CATEGORY: Early reader graphic novels continue to experience tremendous growth in the children’s market with the success of the Fox & Rabbit series, Owly series, and InvestiGators series!

SPECIFICATIONS

*Full-color illustrations throughout *112 pages

*WIDTH: 6 1/2" - 165mm

*HEIGHT: 8" - 203mm

*Paperback

PUB MONTH: JANUARY AGES 6 to 9

KIDS GRAPHIC NOVELS

ISBN 978-1-4197-7103-3

US $8.99 CAN $11.99 UK £6.99 ËxHSLELJy771033z

CARTON QTY: 48

ebook ISBN 979-8-88707-156-5

The Sinister

Sisters and Other Terrifying Tales (Are You Afraid of the Dark? Graphic Novel #2)

WRITTEN BY ROSEANNE A. BROWN; ILLUSTRATED BY SHAZLEEN KHAN, BILL MASUKU, AND GIGI MURAKAMI

The second graphic novel in this original series inspired by the hit television show Are You Afraid of the Dark? features three chilling stories based on Ghanaian urban legends and folktales and written by New York Times bestselling author Roseanne A. Brown

Izzy’s sister has been acting strange. Izzy knows that something is going on with her twin, Grace; hurrying off to hang with other kids, avoiding her at school, and going to bed earlier than usual. When Izzy learns that her twin sister has been sneaking off at night to hang out with the mysterious Midnight Society, she surprises them at their night of storytelling and threatens to tell their parents about Grace’s new hobby. But in order to prevent Izzy from telling on her, the Midnight Society proposes a scare–off! If Izzy wins, Grace is booted from the Midnight Society. If Grace wins, Izzy won’t tell anyone about the Midnight Society. What follows are three terrifying tales that may determine the fate of not only the Midnight Society, but also the twins’ relationship.

In “The Tale of the Bushwalkers,” a girl who cheats in school discovers that monsters may be prowling her campus, ready to eat cheating students. In “The Tale of the Spirit Drum,” a young boy tests his luck when he comes into possession of a drum that can make his dreams come true. And in “The Tale of the Sinister Sisters,” two twins must survive the night by themselves as malignant spirits take their form to pit the twins agains each other.

Drawing from urban legends, folklores, and stories rooted from Ghana, New York Times bestselling author Roseanne A. Brown crafts all new stories inspired by the hit television series, brought to life by artists Shazleen Khan, Bill Masuku, and Gigi Murakami!

Roseanne “Rosie” A. Brown was born in Kumasi, Ghana, and immigrated to the wild jungles of central Maryland as a child. She graduated from the University of Maryland with a bachelor’s in journalism and was also a teaching assistant for the school’s Jiménez–Porter Writers’ House program. Her debut novel, A Song of Wraiths and Ruin, was an instant New York Times bestseller, an indie bestseller, and received six starred reviews. She has worked with Marvel, Star Wars, and Disney, among other publishers. Shazleen Khan is a London–based Illustrator, writer, and designer, specializing in narrative and sequential illustration. Khan began self–publishing their graphic novel work in 2011 and has since gone on to achieve a first–class bachelor’s (hons) degree in illustration (2017) and a master’s in children’s books and graphic novels (2018). Khan currently works as a freelance illustrator while doing part–time teaching work. Bill Masuku is a Nommo Award–nominated Zimbabwean comic book artist and writer known for creating comics such as Razor–Man, Welcome to Dead World, and Captain South Africa. He works as an editor for Kugali Media, a pan–African comic book company. Masuku has also worked as a storyboard artist for Triggerfish on a Netflix project and Disney x Kugali’s animated series Iwaju. Gigi Murakami is an NYC native manga artist, illustrator, writer, content creator, and small creative business owner at the intersection of horror media, alt and nerd culture, and (schlocky) film. Her work blends Japanese manga art and vintage American comic and pulp aesthetics. She specializes in traditional ink and color illustrations, and manga art focusing on dark, fantastical, and dramatic themes.

SELLING POINTS

HOT CATEGORY: Middle–grade graphic novels continue to be popular in the market, and horror is a genre that still excites younger readers. With this brand–name recognition, the combination of all of these is sure to be a hit!

KEY PARTNER: The Abrams and Paramount partnership has continued to see success with the JoJo Siwa middle grade novels, Avatar: The Last Airbender YA novels, and recently published Danny Phantom: A Glitch in Time, and the first Are You Afraid of the Dark graphic novel, which received a starred Kirkus review.

CULTURAL STORYTELLING:

Roseanne A. Brown will draw from her heritage to tell these stories that are based on legends and folklore from Ghana.

SPECIFICATIONS

*Full-color illustrations throughout *192 pages

*WIDTH: 6" - 152mm

*HEIGHT: 9" - 203mm

*Hardcover with jacket

PUB MONTH: JANUARY AGES 10 and up GRAPHIC NOVELS

ISBN 978-1-4197-6358-8 US $24.99 CAN $31.99 UK £18.99 ËxHSLELJy763588z

ebook ISBN 978-1-64700-762-1

From Fortunes & Frenemies (Wildseed Witch Book 3) • By Marti Dumas

The Maid and the Crocodile A

NOVEL IN THE WORLD OF RAYBEARER

BY JORDAN IFUEKO

A romantic standalone fantasy set in the world of Raybearer, from New York Times bestselling author Jordan Ifueko

The smallest spark can bind two hearts . . . or start a revolution.

In the magic–soaked capital city of Oluwan, Small Sade needs a job—preferably as a maid, with employers who don’t mind her unique appearance and unlucky foot. But before she can be hired, she accidentally binds herself to a powerful being known only as the Crocodile, a god rumored to devour pretty girls. Small Sade entrances the Crocodile with her secret: she is a Curse Eater, gifted with the ability to alter people’s fates by cleaning their houses.

The handsome god warns that their fates are bound, but Small Sade evades him, launching herself into a new career as the Curse Eater of a swanky inn. She is determined to impress the wealthy inhabitants and earn her place in Oluwan City . . . assuming her secret–filled past—and the revolutionary ambitions of the Crocodile God—don’t catch up with her.

But maybe there is more to Small Sade. And maybe everyone in Oluwan City deserves more, too, from the maids all the way to the Anointed Ones.

Jordan Ifueko is the New York Times bestselling author of the Raybearer series. She’s a Nebula Award, Ignyte Award, Audie Award, and Hugo Lodestar finalist, and she’s been featured in People magazine, NPR Best Books, NPR Pop Culture Hour, and ALA Top Ten. She writes about magical Black girls who aren’t magic all the time, because honestly, they deserve a vacation. Follow Jordan on Instagram and TikTok @jordanifueko.

RIGHTS: World English,

Ireland

SELLING POINTS

SERIES SUCCESS: Raybearer was an instant New York Times bestseller, an Indie Next Pick, and an Apple Best of the Month. It was on the ABA Indie’s Introduce List, NPR’S Book Conceirge, and best of the year lists for Amazon, NYPL, Kirkus, SLJ, Chicago Public Library, and Publishers Weekly. It also received four starred reviews. Redemptor also got great attention and starred reviews from Kirkus and Booklist

FAN–FAVORITE: The Crocodile was beloved by readers when he appeared in Redemptor. This is the perfect spin–off novel for fans looking to learn more about this character and also new fans excited to learn more about the world.

SPIN–OFF SUCCESS: Bestsellers like the Hazel Wood and Folk of Air series have had successful spin–off novels and show how fans are interested in learning more about new characters in their favorite worlds.

SPECIFICATIONS

*Black-and-white map in the front *304 pages

*WIDTH: 6" - 152mm

*HEIGHT: 9" - 203mm

*Hardcover with jacket PUB MONTH: AUGUST AGES 12 to 18

YOUNG ADULT, KIDS FANTASY

ISBN 978-1-4197-6435-6

US $19.99 CAN $24.99 UK £13.99 ËxHSLELJy764356z

CARTON QTY: 28 ebook ISBN 978-1-64700-818-5

Skyshade (The Lightlark Saga Book 3)

BY ALEX ASTER

The pulse–pounding third novel in the #1 New York Times bestselling series, The Lightlark Saga, by acclaimed author and #BookTok sensation Alex Aster

Love kills kingdoms . . .

Back in Grim’s castle on Nightshade, Isla is reeling in the wake of a brutal battle and the devastating truths it exposed. Her future—and the fate of the world—now hinge on a heart split in two.

Past Isla, who fell in love with the ruler of Nightshade, fights to resist feelings she considers treasonous. The Isla of the present, who has seen the ruin her powers can cause, will do anything to save Lightlark and its king.

As the line between enemy and friend is tested, Isla is more desperate than ever to understand the oracle’s final prophecy and change her heartrending fate. But a storm is coming. And with it, a long–buried evil greater than anything the realms have faced before.

With the clock ticking on her destiny and the survival of two warring kingdoms hinging on her own shattered heart, Isla Crown will either save the world—or destroy it.

Alex Aster is a #1 New York Times, Wall Street Journal, and Publishers Weekly bestselling author as well as an internationally bestselling author and one of the most followed novelists on social media. She graduated summa cum laude from the University of Pennsylvania, where she studied creative writing, and is also the author of the critically acclaimed Emblem Island series. Explore the world of Lightlark at asterverse.com.

RIGHTS: World English

SELLING POINTS

FILM BUZZ: Lightlark was preempted in a major deal by Universal and Temple Hill, the production studio behind the successful movie adaptations of the Twilight Saga, Maze Runner, and The Hate U Give

BESTSELLING SERIES: Lightlark

(The Lightlark Saga Book 1) was an instant #1 New York Times bestseller and and remained on the YA hardcover list for 52 consecutive weeks. It also debuted on the Indiebound, USA Today, and WSJ lists. The paperback edition and Nightbane (The Lightlark Saga Book 2) debuted on the New York Times bestseller list and both remain on the list to date.

SOCIAL MEDIA REACH:

#Lightlark has over 110 million views on TikTok, and Aster herself has more than 1.2 million TikTok followers and over 240,000 Instagram followers.

MEDIA DARLING: Aster has appeared on GMA and the Kelly Clarkson Show to promote Lightlark and Nightbane, in addition to receiving coverage by media outlets including today.com, Entertainment Weekly, and Refinery29. She was recently named a Forbes Top 30 Under 30.

ACCOUNT SUPPORT: Aster has formed and continues to maintain strong relationships with accounts, making efforts to personally visit select indies, B&N locations, and Target locations nationwide.

SPECIFICATIONS

*400 pages

*WIDTH: 5 1/2" - 140mm

*HEIGHT: 8 1/4" - 210mm

*Hardcover with jacket

PUB MONTH: NOVEMBER AGES 14 and up YOUNG ADULT, FICTION, SCIENCE FICTION & FANTASY

ISBN 978-1-4197-7378-5

US $22.99 CAN $28.99 UK £14.99

ËxHSLELJy773785z

ebook ISBN 979-8-88707-518-1

Lightlark:

Collector’s

BY ALEX ASTER

Edition (The Lightlark Saga Book 1)

This stunning collector’s edition of the #1 national bestseller—and first book in the beloved Lightlark Saga—from award–winning author Alex Aster includes a suite of sensational features

Welcome to the Centennial. Every 100 years, the island of Lightlark appears to host the Centennial, a deadly game that only the rulers of six realms are invited to play. The invitation is a summons—a call to embrace victory and ruin, baubles and blood.

The Centennial offers the six rulers one final chance to break the curses that have plagued their realms for centuries. Each ruler has something to hide. Each realm’s curse is uniquely wicked. To destroy the curses, one ruler must die.

To survive, Isla Crown must lie, cheat, and betray . . . even as love complicates everything.

This must–have deluxe collector’s edition features:

Premium metallic slipcase

·Satin cover with foil stamping

Full–color art insert with character and scene illustrations

8–page bonus romance scene written in the POV of Isla’s love interest

Map–illustrated endpapers

Stained edges with crown stenciling

Perfect for newcomers to the series as well as fans who have followed the New York Times bestselling series from the start, this is the ultimate gift for every romantasy reader

Alex Aster is a #1 New York Times, Wall Street Journal, and Publishers Weekly bestselling author as well as an internationally bestselling author and one of the most followed novelists on social media. She graduated summa cum laude from the University of Pennsylvania, where she studied creative writing, and is also the author of the critically acclaimed Emblem Island series. Explore the world of Lightlark at asterverse.com.

RIGHTS: World English

SELLING POINTS

FILM BUZZ: Lightlark was preempted in a major deal by Universal and Temple Hill, the production studio behind the successful movie adaptations of the Twilight Saga, Maze Runner, and The Hate U Give

BESTSELLING SERIES:

Lightlark was an instant #1 New York Times bestseller and and remained on the YA hardcover list for 52 consecutive weeks. It also debuted on the Indiebound, USA Today, and WSJ lists. The paperback edition of Lightlark and the Nightbane hardcover (The Lightlark Saga Book 2) both debuted on the New York Times bestseller list and both remain on the list to date.

SOCIAL MEDIA REACH:

#Lightlark has over 250 million views on TikTok, and Aster herself has more than 1.2 million TikTok followers and over 240,000 Instagram followers.

MEDIA DARLING: Aster has appeared on Good Morning America and the Kelly Clarkson Show to promote Lightlark and Nightbane (The Lightlark Saga Book 2), in addition to receiving coverage by national media outlets including today.com, Entertainment Weekly, and Refinery29. She was recently named a Forbes Top 30 Under 30.

ACCOUNT SUPPORT: Aster has formed and continues to maintain strong relationships with accounts, making efforts to personally visit select indies, B&N locations, and Target locations nationwide.

SPECIFICATIONS

*432 pages

*WIDTH: 5 1/2" - 140mm

*HEIGHT: 8 1/4" - 210mm

*Hardcover POB

PUB MONTH: OCTOBER AGES 14 and up

YOUNG ADULT

ISBN 978-1-4197-7879-7

US $34.99 CAN $43.99 UK £25.00

ËxHSLELJy778797z

CARTON QTY: 12

Hot Mess (Diary of a Wimpy Kid Book 19)

BY JEFF KINNEY

In Hot Mess, book 19 of the Diary of a Wimpy Kid series from #1 international bestselling author Jeff Kinney, Greg Heffley is in for a particularly awkward summer with his whole family

When the Heffleys agree to spend summer break with both Mom’s and Dad’s relatives at the same time, they have to figure out how to be in two places at once. With Greg caught in the middle, can the Heffleys pull off the ultimate scheme? Or will their vacation turn into a hilarious hot mess?

This sidesplittingly relatable summer story is the funniest Wimpy Kid book yet!

Jeff Kinney is a #1 New York Times bestselling author of the Diary of a Wimpy Kid series and the Awesome Friendly Kid series. He is a six–time Nickelodeon Kids’ Choice Award winner for Favorite Book and has been named one of Time magazine’s 100 Most Influential People in the World. He spent his childhood in the Washington, DC, area and moved to New England, where he and his wife own a bookstore named An Unlikely Story.

SELLING POINTS

GLOBAL PHENOMENON: With over 290 million books sold around the world in 84 editions and 69 languages, Wimpy Kid has turned millions of kids into readers. The series is the fourth bestselling book series—adult and kids—of all time.

MEGA BESTSELLING SERIES:

A consistent fixture on the New York Times bestseller list for almost 900 weeks—longer than any other kids’ series! Wimpy Kid is also a #1 bestseller on the USA Today, Wall Street Journal, Publishers Weekly, and IndieBound bestseller lists.

NOW A MAJOR DISNEY MOVIE FRANCHISE: Three original animated Wimpy Kid movies released on Disney+ in 2021, 2022, and 2023.

WIDE SOCIAL MEDIA REACH:

Over 6 million fans across Facebook, X, and Instagram, over 2.1 billion TikTok views for #diaryofawimpykid, 20+ million YouTube views, and 1.3 billion views on GIPHY.

SPECIFICATIONS

*350 black-and-white illustrations

*224 pages

*WIDTH: 5 1/2" - 140mm

*HEIGHT: 8" - 203mm

*Hardcover POB

PUB MONTH: OCTOBER AGES 8 to 12

ISBN 978-1-4197-6695-4

US $14.99 CAN $17.99

ËxHSLELJy766954z

CARTON QTY: 32

ebook ISBN 979-8-88707-514-3

Set

DIARY OF A WIMPY KID AND DIARY OF AN AWESOME FRIENDLY KID

BY JEFF KINNEY

Give

the gift

of Rowley—not one but two awesome friendly books from Jeff Kinney, creator of Diary of a Wimpy Kid

There are two sides to every story—the Diary of a Wimpy Kid: Best Friends Box contains the first book by Jeff Kinney in the #1 international bestselling Diary of a Wimpy Kid series along with a copy of the instant #1 global bestseller Diary of an Awesome Friendly Kid: Rowley Jefferson’s Journal. This collectible boxed set comes in a specially designed package—a must–have gift for fans new and old.

Jeff Kinney is a #1 New York Times bestselling author of the Diary of a Wimpy Kid series and the Awesome Friendly Kid series. He is a six–time Nickelodeon Kids’ Choice Award winner for Favorite Book and has been named one of Time magazine’s 100 Most Influential People in the World. He spent his childhood in the Washington, DC, area and moved to New England, where he and his wife own a bookstore named An Unlikely Story.

RIGHTS:

SELLING POINTS

GLOBAL PHENOMENON: With over 290 million books sold around the world in 84 editions and 69 languages, Wimpy Kid has turned millions of kids into readers. The series is the fourth bestselling book series—adult and kids—of all time.

MEGA BESTSELLING SERIES:

A consistent fixture on the New York Times bestseller list for almost 900 weeks—longer than any other kids’ series! Wimpy Kid is also a #1 bestseller on the USA Today, Wall Street Journal, Publishers Weekly, and IndieBound bestseller lists.

NOW A MAJOR DISNEY MOVIE FRANCHISE: Three original animated Wimpy Kid movies released on Disney+ in 2021, 2022, and 2023.

WIDE SOCIAL MEDIA REACH:

Over 6 million fans across Facebook, Twitter, and Instagram, over 2.1 billion TikTok views for #diaryofawimpykid, 20+ million YouTube views, and 1.3 billion views on GIPHY.

SUCCESSFUL SPIN–OFF: Diary of an Awesome Friendly Kid: Rowley Jefferson’s Journal was an instant #1 global bestseller and continues to be a fixture at the top of multiple bestseller lists.

SPECIFICATIONS

*448 pages

*Boxed Set

PUB MONTH: OCTOBER AGES 8 to 12

MIDDLE-GRADE FICTION

ISBN 978-1-4197-4574-4

US $27.99 CAN $33.99

Avatar, the Last Airbender: The Reckoning of Roku (Chronicles of the Avatar Book 5)

BY RANDY RIBAY

From National Book Award finalist Randy Ribay comes a gripping new chapter— starring Avatar Roku—in the New York Times bestselling Chronicles of the Avatar series, set in the world of Avatar: The Last Airbender and The Legend of Korra

A young Avatar Roku has only just commenced his training at the Southern Air Temple when his erstwhile friend Prince Sozin requests his aid in preventing the Earth Kingdom from claiming a remote Fire Nation island. Despite his inexperience, Avatar Roku slips away with the help of an irritating young Airbender named Gyatso. As the reluctant companions delve deeper into their wayward mission, they begin to realize that even greater threats lie ahead. Plagued by self–doubt but eager to prove himself, Roku fights for his life and the lives of others while ensuring that the hidden secret of the island doesn’t fall into the wrong hands.

This searing fifth installment in the Chronicles of the Avatar series explores the beginning of Roku’s journey from privileged Fire Nation noble to the powerful but indecisive Avatar whose hesitancy may ultimately pave the way for the Hundred Year War.

Randy Ribay is an award–winning author of young adult fiction. In addition to The Reckoning of Roku, he is the author of Patron Saints of Nothing, which earned five starred reviews, was selected as a Freeman Book Award winner, and was a finalist for the National Book Award, LA Times Book Prize, Walden Book Award, Edgar Award, International Thriller Writers Award, and the CILIP Carnegie Medal. His other works include Project Kawayan, After the Shot Drops, and An Infinite Number of Parallel Universes. Born in the Philippines and raised in the Midwest, Ribay earned his BA in English Literature from the University of Colorado at Boulder and his Ed.M. in Language and Literacy from Harvard Graduate School of Education. He currently lives in the San Francisco Bay Area with his wife, son, and cat–like dog. Visit him at randyribay.com or on Instagram @randyribay.

SELLING POINTS

BESTSELLING SERIES: Avatar, The Last Airbender: The Rise of Kyoshi and The Shadow of Kyoshi were both instant New York Times bestsellers, with Book 1 hitting the list in 2019 and both Kyoshi novels hitting the list side–by–side in 2020; and again, as a series after the publication of Avatar, The Last Airbender: The Legacy of Yangchen in 2023. So far, the Chronicles of the Avatar series has sold over 870,000 copies across formats.

AWARD–WINNNG NEW

AUTHOR: National Book Award finalist and Freeman Book Award winner Randy Ribay has signed on to continue the series in F.C. Yee’s stead.

SPECIFICATIONS

*368 pages

*WIDTH: 5 1/2" - mm

*HEIGHT: 8 1/4" - mm

*Hardcover with jacket PUB MONTH: JULY AGES 13 and up YOUNG ADULT, SCIENCE FICTION & FANTASY, FICTION

ISBN 978-1-4197-7603-8

US $21.99 CAN $27.99 UK £15.99

ËxHSLELJy776038z

CARTON QTY: 24

ebook ISBN 979-8-88707-382-8

Creep It Under Wraps (Monster High School Spirits #2)

BY ADRIANNA CUEVAS

The ghouls are back in Creep It Under Wraps, the second spooktacular installment in the Monster High School Spirits series, featuring original middle–grade stories set in the world of Mattel’s hit Nickelodeon show and written by author Adrianna Cuevas

There isn’t a style or pop culture trend in the monster world that Cleo De Nile isn’t on top of. But on a visit to the human world, Cleo discovers a tradition that completely escaped her: Monster Con, where humans gather to dress up as their favorite monsters.

Convinced it’s what Monster High has been missing—and determined to prove to her family that she can be a leader— Cleo decides to put on the school’s first ever Human Con. She even finds the perfect accessory for the winner of Best Dressed: a dazzling crown from the catacombs. But when Cleo tries the crown on, strange things start to happen. As the Con draws nearer, Cleo’s behavior becomes increasingly bizarre. Thank the gods for goulfriends! Clawdeen, Draculaura, Frankie, and Cleo band together to solve the mystery of the crown’s origins so they can break the hold it has on Cleo . . . before she becomes a shadow of her mummy–rific self!

Adrianna Cuevas is the author of the Pura Belpré honor book The Total Eclipse of Nestor Lopez, Cuba in My Pocket, The Ghosts of Rancho Espanto, Mari and the Curse of El Cocodrilo, and A Fright to Remember (Monster High School Spirits #1). She is a first–generation Cuban American originally from Miami, Florida. A former Spanish and ESOL teacher, Cuevas currently resides in Austin, Texas, with her husband and son. When not working with TOEFL students, wrangling multiple pets including an axolotl, and practicing fencing with her son, she is writing her next middle–grade novel.

RIGHTS: World/All

SELLING POINTS

POPULAR BRAND: Since launching Monster High, Mattel has sold more than 150 million dolls, which include highly coveted collector edition dolls that continue to sell out almost immediately. The brand continues to thrive today, with loyal fans who grew up with the show generating more than 11 billion views on TikTok and ranking it as the #7 toy brand on Instagram.

MULTIMEDIA RELAUNCH:

Mattel’s brand–new animated Nickelodeon show wrapped up Season 1 in 2023 and has already been greenlit for Season 2.In addition to the show, Mattel and Nickelodeon partnered on two new live–action Monster High films, released 2022 and October 2023 on Paramount+. The show and films draw new fans of all ages to the books, as well as older fans revisiting their favorite characters.

INCLUSIVE STORYTELLING: Monster High believes strongly in embracing one’s true, unique self. Mattel has updated its storytelling and branding to represent a more diverse and inclusive cast of characters, all while staying true to their original hook.

SPECIFICATIONS

*256 pages

*WIDTH: 5 1/2" - 140mm

*HEIGHT: 8" - 203mm

* Hardcover POB

PUB MONTH: OCTOBER AGES 8 to 12

MIDDLE-GRADE FICTION, KIDS SERIES, KIDS

FANTASYISBN 978-1-4197-7292-4

US $14.99 CAN $18.99 UK £10.99

ËxHSLELJy772924z

ebook ISBN 979-8-88707-252-4

Oliver's Great Big Universe: Volcanoes Are Hot! (Oliver's Great Big Universe #2)

WRITTEN AND ILLUSTRATED BY JORGE CHAM

Earth sciences meet Diary of a Wimpy Kid in Volcanoes Are Hot!, part of an illustrated middle–grade fiction series from bestselling author–artist Jorge Cham, the Emmy Award–nominated creator of PBS’s Elinor Wonders Why

“Mind–expanding and hilarious!”

—Jeff Kinney, author of the international bestselling series Diary of a Wimpy Kid

After writing his first book, eleven–year–old Oliver is kind of a celebrity around school—no big deal. But when he gets caught in a cafeteria catastrophe, he quickly goes from being the “funny science kid” to one of the “Epic Barf Kids”, the result of too much explosive cherry pie in the lunchroom. Oliver is desperate to restore his reputation—and winning the science fair sounds like the perfect way for everyone to forget about the whole barf thing. There’s just one obstacle standing in his way: Ana Lía Quintero, who wins the science fair every year.

Luckily, Oliver has the help of his geoscientist aunt, even though she’s a little, um, quirky (scratch that: really quirky). If Oliver has any chance of defeating his archnemesis, he’ll have to learn all about volcanic burping and bacteria farts, how Earth’s layers are basically like boba tea, and how school cliques and the solar system have a lot in common.

With laugh–out–loud humor and cartoon–style illustrations from bestselling writer and the creator of PHD Comics Jorge Cham, Oliver’s Great Big Universe is a STEAM–themed, diary–style series following one kid who’s taking on the whole universe—if he can survive middle school first.

Jorge Cham is the bestselling, Emmy Award–nominated creator of . . . many things: from the hit PBS show Elinor Wonders Why to the hit nonfiction book for adults called We Have No Idea, along with the hit podcast Daniel & Jorge Explain the Universe and the popular webcomic PHD Comics. He is, without a doubt, an expert on explaining things about the world in interesting and fun ways. He obtained his PhD in robotics from Stanford University and was an instructor and research associate at Caltech from 2003 to 2005. He is originally from Panama.

SELLING POINTS

SERIES SUCCESS: With impressive reviews, media interest, and many author appearances, this diary–style, illustrated series is off to a promising start (with Book 3 to follow in Fall 2025).

TALENTED CREATOR: Cham has a bestselling adult nonfiction book, We Have No Idea: A Guide to the Known Universe (and its follow–up, Frequently Asked Questions About the Universe), an Emmy Award–nominated PBS show (Elinor Wonders Why), a hit podcast (over 600,000 monthly downloads), and a popular webcomic. With a PhD in robotics and his own middle–grade–aged kids at home, Cham is passionate and uniquely qualified to write about science for kids.

STEAM FOCUS: Parents, teachers, and librarians will appreciate Cham’s expert research and the breadth of topics covered.

HILARIOUS: Kid–perfect, laugh–out–loud humor.

FOR RELUCTANT READERS: With a casual tone that speaks directly to kids, the book makes big concepts easy to digest.

CASUALLY DIVERSE: Characters reflect the ethnic diversity of classrooms and communities today.

SPECIFICATIONS

*Black-and-white illustrations throughout *256 pages

*WIDTH: 5 1/2" - 140mm

*HEIGHT: 8" - 203mm

*Hardcover POB

PUB MONTH: SEPTEMBER AGES 8 to 12

MIDDLE-GRADE FICTION

ISBN 978-1-4197-6410-3

US $15.99 CAN $19.99

CARTON QTY: 36

ebook ISBN 978-1-64700-807-9

Island of Whispers

WRITTEN BY FRANCES HARDINGE; ILLUSTRATED BY EMILY GRAVETT

Part gothic thriller and part coming–of–age story, a new illustrated middle–grade fantasy from award–winning author Frances Hardinge and acclaimed illustrator Emily Gravett about a strange island filled with ghosts and long–buried secrets

On the misty island of Merlack, the lingering dead can cause unspeakable harm if they’re not safely carried to the island of the Broken Tower, where they can move on. Milo’s father always told him that he wasn’t suited for dealing with the dead and could never become the Ferryman of the Dead— but one day, he’s unexpectedly thrust into the role. And his father is his first passenger . . .

Soon after, the teenage daughter of the Lord of Merlock passes. But the Lord of Merlock isn’t prepared to give her up, and he follows Milo’s boat in pursuit, in a boat filled with armed men and two sinister magicians at his command. It’s a race to the island as Milo must face swarms of sinister moths, strange headless birds, and chillingly shrouded figures to carry his ghostly passengers across the secret seas.

Filled with suspense and Hardinge’s signature sparkling prose, this new story—accompanied throughout by striking illustrations by award–winning illustrator Emily Gravett—will keep you on the edge of your seat in this remarkable and ultimately heartwarming story of grief, family, kindness, and being true to yourself.

Frances Hardinge is the winner of the Costa Book of the Year for The Lie Tree, one of just two young adult novels to win the major UK literary prize. Known for her beautiful use of language, Hardinge has written many critically acclaimed novels, including Unraveller, Deeplight, Gullstruck Island, Fly by Night, Verdigris Deep, and Fly Trap. She lives in England. Visit her at franceshardinge.com. Emily Gravett is the winner of two CILIP Kate Greenaway Medals. Emily first sprang into the limelight with the groundbreaking Wolves, which has been followed by such modern classics as Meerkat Mail, Little Mouse’s Big Book of Fears, Monkey and Me, Again!, the Bear and Hare series, Tidy, Old Hat, Cyril and Pat, and Meerkat Christmas. Emily lives in Brighton, England, with her family.

RIGHTS: North America

SELLING POINTS

ACCOMPLISHED AUTHOR: Hardinge is an award–winning author whose books always get starred reviews and lots of attention. Collectively, her backlist has sold over 150,000 copies.

INCREDIBLE ILLUSTRATOR: Gravett is an award–winning illustrator with over 26,000 followers on Instagram. She’s the author and illustrator of notable picture books Orange Pear Apple Bear, Dogs, and The Odd Egg

GIFTY PACKAGE: Highly illustrated middle–grade fantasy novels like this have great gift and crossover potential, and the cover will have foil on it, to make it a truly stunning package.

SPECIFICATIONS

*Two-color illustrations throughout *120 pages

*WIDTH: 7 5/8" - 194mm

*HEIGHT: 9 3/4" - 248mm

*Hardcover with jacket

PUB MONTH: AUGUST AGES 10 to 14

MIDDLE-GRADE FICTION, KIDS FANTASY ISBN 978-1-4197-7433-1 US $19.99 CAN $24.99

ËxHSLELJy774331z

CARTON QTY: 16 ebook ISBN 979-8-88707-311-8

The Vanished Ones

BY CHAD LUCAS

From award–winning author Chad Lucas comes an enthralling new story about a strange island where boys go missing—and the two boys intent on uncovering the truth about it

On Rhodenroode Island, a remote colony of the Homeland, there sits a Mission on the Hill, where boys are taken in and taught the ways of the faith. Darian is the only trainee of his race there, and he doesn’t remember how he came to the Mission. All he remembers are brown hands and the belly of a ship. Life among the other boys and the cantankerous Brothers is not always easy, but Darian is determined to live up to the lofty calling the leaders of the Mission have laid out for him: that one day he will carry the Sacred Word to places it has yet to reach.

But when another trainee at the Mission disappears—the latest in a string of vanishings—Darian is determined to solve the mystery that begins to shake his faith in what he’s always been taught. When he and his friend Micah sneak away from the Mission and head east to see what they can learn about the rebel sect supposedly responsible for the vanishings, they discover that the island holds far more secrets than they ever could have imagined—and somehow, they must save the other boys at the Mission from a danger that’s even greater than they realized.

Chad Lucas has been in love with words since he attempted his first novel on a typewriter in the sixth grade. He has worked as a newspaper reporter, communications advisor, freelance writer, part–time journalism instructor, and parenting columnist. He is the author of Thanks a Lot, Universe; Let the Monster Out; and You Owe Me One, Universe, all of which have received praise and acclaim, including the Ann Connor Brimer Award, a Cybils Award Finalist, a nomination for the Red Maple Award, a nomination for the MYRCA Northern Lights Award, the Texas Library Association Lone Star Reading List, and starred reviews. A proud descendant of the historic African Nova Scotian community of Lucasville, he lives with his family near Halifax, Nova Scotia. He enjoys coaching basketball and is rarely far from a cup of tea.

RIGHTS: World English

SELLING POINTS

BACKLIST PRAISE: Lucas’s debut, Thanks a Lot, Universe, was a Cybils Award Finalist, the Ann Connor Brimer Award winner, a Lone Star/TLA Pick, a JLG selection, and received two starred reviews and blurbs from Janae Marks, Wesley King, and Nic Stone. His follow–up, Let the Monster Out, was a Red Maple Award nominee, MYRCA Northern Lights Award nominee, and an Eleanor Cameron Notable Middle Grade Book.

GENRE BLENDING: Combining mystery and fantasy with a healthy dose of heartfelt prose, Lucas has crafted a story that feels very classic but for a contemporary reader and deftly discusses topics of race and religion with empathy and in a way that’s sure to connect with young readers.

CROSS–PROMOTION: The book will publish alongside the paperback of Let the Monster Out, which will include a sneak peek of Lucas’s new standalone novel.

SPECIFICATIONS

*336 pages

*WIDTH: 5 1/2" - 140mm

*HEIGHT: 8" - 203mm

*Hardcover with jacket PUB MONTH: JANUARY AGES 10 to 14

MIDDLE-GRADE FICTION

ISBN 978-1-4197-6684-8

US $17.99 CAN $22.99 UK £12.99

ËxHSLELJy766848z

ebook ISBN 978-1-64700-942-7

Fortunes & Frenemies (Wildseed Witch Book 3)

BY MARTI DUMAS

Fortunes & Frenemies is the third book in Marti Dumas’s Creole tradition inspired, fun middle–grade contemporary Wildseed Witch fantasy series, about a social–media–loving tween—and witch!

In the past year, Hasani has learned she’s a witch, been accepted by Les Belles Demoiselles, and formed her own coven—and her YouTube followers for her makeup channel are growing every day. Now that she’s in eighth grade, she’s ready to rule the school with all her witch powers and best friends by her side.

But frenemy LaToya is still at Riverbend Middle causing trouble, both magically and socially. LaToya’s determined to befriend every single possible witch at school (and turn them against Hasani), and Hasani can’t help but wonder if she’s got another scheme going. Witches aren’t supposed to interfere in each others’ business—but what if LaToya is going to hurt someone? Or herself? Hasani and her friends Dee, Angelique, and Luz have to figure out for themselves when it’s right to let things lie—and when it’s their responsibility to stand up for their community.

Marti Dumas taught elementary school literacy for 10 years, conducts teacher literacy trainings, and is the author of Jaden Toussaint, the Greatest. She lives in New Orleans with her family.

RIGHTS: World

SELLING POINTS

SERIES PRAISE: Wildseed Witch received great blurbs from Rajani LaRocca and Lisa Greenwald, who said “this book is pure magic.”

BLACK GIRL MAGIC: This charming and lively story centers a young Black witch and is inspired by Creole traditions. The protagonist is funny and relatable, and the story is perfect for reluctant readers.

CROSS–PROMOTION: Will publish alongside the paperback of Charmed Life, which will include a sneak peek in the back.

SPECIFICATIONS

*Black-and-white illustrations throughout *384 pages

*WIDTH: 5 1/2" - 140mm

*HEIGHT: 8" - 203mm

*Hardcover with jacket

PUB MONTH: SEPTEMBER AGES 10 to 14

MIDDLE-GRADE FICTION

ISBN 978-1-4197-7273-3 US $18.99 CAN $23.99 UK £13.99

CARTON QTY: 32 ebook ISBN 979-8-88707-242-5

The Duke's Curse (Sea of Gold Book 2) (A Middle Grade Adventure)

BY GREGORY MONE

In the tradition of Treasure Island, The Duke’s Curse continues this thrilling middle–grade series following an unlikely young pirate on a high–stakes sea adventure, by New York Times bestselling author Gregory Mone

Young treasure hunter Fish—nicknamed for his swimming abilities—learns that his refusal to fight has a cost when he’s torn away from his pirate family. Fish and his friends Nora and Daniel are forced to sail under Countess Marie de Bornholdt, the widely feared and very unusual captain of the Rat Queen, and her latest assistant—Fish’s arch nemesis, Scab.

In search of the storied ship with emerald eyes, the Rat Queen’s treasure hunters race from the islands of the Caribbean Sea to the canals of Venice and the sunken library of a cursed prince. Yet they’re not the only pirates on the trail. After an unusual map leads them to a mysterious island, a climactic final battle blurs the line between friend and foe, forcing Fish and his friends to make a terrible choice.

A swashbuckling tale of mistaken identities, lost maps and treasures, and the bonds of friendship.

Gregory Mone is the author of several bestselling works of fiction and nonfiction for both adults and children, including Sea of Gold, the New York Times bestsellers Bill Nye’s Great Big World of Science, the Jack and the Geniuses series (with Bill Nye), and Astrophysics for Young People in a Hurry (with Neil DeGrasse Tyson), along with Atlantis: The Accidental Invasion and Atlantis: The Brink of War. He is a contributing editor at Popular Science and an award–winning science writer. A graduate of Harvard College, he lives with his family on Martha’s Vineyard.

RIGHTS: World/All

SELLING POINTS

NYT BESTSELLING AUTHOR: Mone is co–author of the New York Times bestselling Jack and the Geniuses series, and the author of other middle–grade series including Atlantis and the first two He–Man and the Masters of the Universe books.

MIDDLE–GRADE VOICE: With instantly likable protagonists, immersive world–building, action–packed plots, fast pacing, and surprising twists, Mone knows exactly how to connect with middle–grade readers.

ARR, MATEY!: Pirates are a pop–culture mainstay and innately kid–friendly.

DIVERSE CAST: Featuring girls and kids of color, today’s readers will see themselves in Fish’s fellow shipmates.

ILLUSTRATED: Includes approximately 20 black–and–white line drawings.

SPECIFICATIONS

*Black-and-white illustrations throughout *240 pages

*WIDTH: 5 1/2" - 140mm

*HEIGHT: 8" - 203mm

*Hardcover POB

PUB MONTH: SEPTEMBER AGES 8 to 11

MIDDLE-GRADE FICTION

ISBN 978-1-4197-5685-6

US $15.99 CAN $19.99 UK £11.99 ËxHSLELJy756856z

CARTON QTY: 32

ebook ISBN 978-1-64700-411-8

The Secret of Matter (Rymworld Arcana Book 2)

BY RYAN CALEJO

The exciting sequel to the middle–grade mind–bending adventure from award–winning author Ryan Calejo, exploring worlds beyond imagination

After wielding time itself to save the Rym, Antares and Magdavellía return to Agartha as heroes. But peace is short–lived. As a mystic–led sneak attack plunges the Rym into chaos, they once again find themselves in a world on the brink of doom. Their only hope is a forgotten alchemyst map that supposedly leads to the Elementals—powerful Ancient Astronaut substances that, when combined, create the ultimate instrument of destruction. Antares and Magdavellía will have to race against old and new enemies to secure the Elementals, even as a traitor in their midst plots their long–awaited revenge against the empress. But every step they take toward the forging of the ancient weapon brings them one step closer to uncovering a horrible secret from Magdavellía’s past—a secret that could bring down her throne.

Ryan Calejo is an award–winning author born and raised in sunny South Florida. His critically acclaimed Charlie Hernández series has been featured in half a dozen state reading lists and has earned starred reviews from Booklist and Kirkus, was a Texas Bluebonnet Master List Selection, and won an International Latino Book Award, a Sunshine State Young Readers Award, and a Florida Book Award (Gold Medal). He lives in Miami.

RIGHTS: World/All

SELLING POINTS

AWARD–WINNING AUTHOR:

Calejo’s Charlie Hernández series received two starred reviews and won a Texas Bluebonnet Award, an International Latino Book Award, and a Florida Book Award. He also has a book out with George Lopez, ChupaCarter, which award–winning author Zoraida Córida called “an uproariously good time.”

LATINX REPRESENTATION:

Calejo is passionate about showing young Latinx kids that they can be the heroes of the story, and this series centers Latinx characters and puts them in a blockbuster, commercial adventure.

EXCITING NEW SERIES: With humor, action, and lots of kid appeal, this is the start of a new middle–grade series that’s perfect for fans of Sal and Gabi Break the Universe and The Last Last–Day–of–Summer

INTERIOR ILLUSTRATIONS: The book will feature beautiful interior illustrations from Julia Iredale, which will help bring the story to life for young readers.

SPECIFICATIONS

*Black-and-white illustrations throughout *336 pages

*WIDTH: 5 1/2" - 140mm

*HEIGHT: 8" - 203mm

*Hardcover with jacket

PUB MONTH: JANUARY AGES 8 to 11

MIDDLE-GRADE FICTION

ISBN 978-1-4197-5990-1

US $17.99 CAN $22.99 UK £12.99 ËxHSLELJy759901z

CARTON QTY: 32

ebook ISBN 978-1-64700-595-5

Lila Greer and the Shrieking Shadow

THE QUESTIONEERS BOOK #7

WRITTEN BY ANDREA BEATY; ILLUSTRATED BY DAVID

ROBERTS

Lila Greer and the Shrieking Shadow is the seventh Questioneers chapter–book adventure in the series from #1 New York Times bestselling team Andrea Beaty and David Roberts

Lila Greer has always loved mysteries, even when they scare her. When a spooky storm blows into Blue River Creek and Lila is startled awake by a strange shrieking shadow, she knows something is afoot. Stranger still, Lila and the Questioneers discover that on the night of the storm, someone broke into Iggy’s parents’ art gallery and stole all the paintings for the new exhibit. Could the mysterious shrieking shadow have something to do with the missing artwork? Ms. Greer and her Questioneers will have to use their detective skills to solve the mystery of the missing paintings before the exhibit’s grand opening, or the gallery might have to close forever!

Andrea Beaty is the author of many beloved children’s books, including the bestselling Questioneers series; Attack of the Fluffy Bunnies; Happy Birthday, Madame Chapeau; and One Girl. She lives just outside Chicago. David Roberts has illustrated many children’s books, including the bestselling Questioneers series. He lives in London.

SELLING POINTS

BESTSELLING SERIES: Both the Questioneers picture books and chapter books are New York Times bestsellers, and the momentum keeps building.

NETFLIX BOOST: The Netflix show Ada Twist, Scientist launched in September 2021, drawing even more readers to the books.

SOCIAL–EMOTIONAL

LEARNING: This story deals with anxiety in an accessible, kid–friendly way, and gives young readers tools to deal with the scary “what ifs” in their lives.

SPECIFICATIONS

*two-color illustrations throughout *160 pages

*WIDTH: 5 1/2" - 140mm

*HEIGHT: 8" - 203mm

*Hardcover POB

PUB MONTH: JANUARY AGES 6 to 9

CHAPTER BOOK

ISBN 978-1-4197-7572-7 US $13.99 CAN $17.99 UK £9.99

CARTON QTY: 40 ebook ISBN 979-8-88707-351-4

Team Green! (Ada Twist, Scientist: The Why Files #6)

BY ANDREA BEATY AND DR. THEANNE GRIFFITH

New York Times bestselling author Andrea Beaty and neuroscientist Theanne Griffith’s Going Green! is the sixth book in The Why Files, a nonfiction early–reader series starring Ada Twist, Scientist!

How can the sun power the lights in our homes? What happens to our things after we recycle them? How is renewable energy being used to fight climate change?

Ada Twist, Scientist: The Why Files is the perfect nonfiction resource for all these questions and more. Based on the bestselling Questioneers series and the Ada Twist, Scientist Netflix show, this nonfiction series is perfect for the youngest scientists of tomorrow as they learn along with Ada. Designed in a scrapbook format, these books combine art from the show, illustrations, and photography to bring simple science concepts to life.

Andrea Beaty is the author of the bestselling Questioneers series, among other children’s titles. She lives just outside Chicago. Theanne Griffith is a neuroscientist and the author of the Magnificent Makers chapter book series. Since she was a little girl, she’s loved both storytelling and science, and her books combine those two passions. Griffith received her BA in neuroscience and Spanish from Smith College and earned her doctorate in neuroscience from Northwestern University. She is currently an assistant professor at the University of California, Davis.

SELLING POINTS

SOARING SERIES: The Why Files series has sold over 115,000 copies so far, and the series keeps gaining momentum.

EXCITING NONFICTION SERIES:

Written with co–author Dr. Theanne Griffith, this early–reader series helps young and curious minds learn about a new topic in each book, using art from the Netflix show to help bring each concept to life.

BESTSELLING SERIES: Both the Questioneers picture books and chapter books are New York Times bestsellers.

NETFLIX TIE–IN: The Netflix show Ada Twist, Scientist launched in September 2021, drawing even more readers to the books.

ECO–FRIENDLY: The book will be printed using FSC–certified, eco–friendly materials.

SPECIFICATIONS

*Full-color illustrations throughout *80 pages

*WIDTH: 6" - 152mm

*HEIGHT: 9" - 203mm

*Hardcover POB

PUB MONTH: OCTOBER AGES 5 to 8 CHAPTER BOOK

ISBN 978-1-4197-7044-9

CARTON QTY: 42

ebook ISBN 979-8-88707-128-2

RIGHTS:

Detective Duck: The Case of the Missing Tadpole (Detective Duck #2)

WRITTEN BY

HENRY WINKLER

AND LIN OLIVER; ILLUSTRATED BY DAN SANTAT

Detective Duck: The Case of the Missing Tadpole is a hysterical, full–color chapter book adventure from New York Times bestselling creators—Emmy Award–winning actor Henry Winkler, children’s book author Lin Oliver, and Caldecott Medal–winning author–illustrator Dan Santat

Willow Feathers McBeaver, aka Detective Duck, is a crime–solving (and very precocious) little duck. She and her animal pals live on Dogwood Pond, a beautiful pond in New England adjacent to Lazy Days, a human campground. Dogwood Pond has always been a pristine spot with clear water, abundant wildlife, and shady willow trees, but now it is encountering puzzling problems—mysteries that arise from human–caused disruptions in nature, such as water pollution, refuse, warming climate, and human encroachment.

When Tad the Tadpole goes missing, Detective Duck and her friends in the Pond Squad are on the case. What first seemed like a simple search and rescue mission gets more complicated when her friends find a pipe leaking a strange brown liquid and a cluster of peculiar blue–green plants that make it difficult for the pond creatures to breathe.

Fortunately, Detective Duck is on the job, solving these puzzling mysteries before they get out of hand and destroy their habitat! The Pond Squad will have to work together to clean up their environment and bring Tad home in this charming new mystery.

Henry Winkler is an Emmy Award–winning actor, writer, director, and producer who has created some of the most iconic TV roles, including Arthur “the Fonz” Fonzarelli on Happy Days and Gene Cousineau on Barry Lin Oliver is a children’s book writer and a writer and producer for both TV and film. She is the co–founder of the Society of Children’s Books Writers and Illustrators (SCBWI) and is the managing director of the SCBWI Impact and Legacy Fund. Dan Santat is the New York Times bestselling author of more than 100 books for children, including A First Time for Everything, winner of the National Book Award, andThe Adventures of Beekle: The Unimaginary Friend, for which he won the Caldecott Medal. He lives in Southern California with his wife, two kids, and many, many pets.

SELLING POINTS

BESTSELLING TEAM: Winkler and Oliver’s Alien Superstar was an instant New York Times bestseller, and Santat is the winner of the Caldecott Medal and the National Book Award for Young People’s Literature.

CHARMING READ: With hilarious text and full–color illustrations throughout, this new chapter book series is perfect for fans of Princess in Black or Mercy Watson

ENVIRONMENTAL HOOK: Each mystery includes a light environmental message and discusses the impact that humans are having on the environment and the animals who call it home.

SPECIFICATIONS

*Full-color illustrations throughout *80 pages

*WIDTH: 6 1/2" - 165mm

*HEIGHT: 8 1/4" - 210mm

*Hardcover POB

PUB MONTH: OCTOBER AGES 6 to 9 CHAPTER BOOK

ISBN 978-1-4197-6681-7

US $14.99 CAN $18.99 UK £10.99 ËxHSLELJy766817z

CARTON QTY: 34 ebook ISBN 978-1-64700-940-3

The Monster Storm (Seashell Key #2)

WRITTEN BY LOURDES HEUER; ILLUSTRATED BY LYNNOR

BONTIGAO

The Monster Storm is the second book in author Lourdes Heuer and award–winning illustrator Lynnor Bontigao’s young chapter book series Seashell Key— perfect for fans of Princess in Black and Mercy Watson—about a diverse community of kids living in a beautiful seaside town!

It’s fall on the island of Seashell Key! A monster storm is on the horizon, but that won’t stop Mateo from entering the fall festival competitions, or Sophia and Sasha from showing off their swimming skills. When the storm finally hits, Eli, Ezra, and Elana gather around the flashlight to tell spooky stories about the monster of Seashell Key—that is if they can agree on what the monster actually is! When the storm finally passes, the gang has to work together to find Pixie the dog—hopefully before the monster of Seashell Key finds her!

Filled with a vibrant cast and lots of fall fun, this is a great addition to an exciting new chapter book series.

Lourdes Heuer holds an MFA in writing from the Vermont College of Fine Arts and is an associate professor of English at Broward College in South Florida. She is the author of several books, including On This Airplane and Esme’s Birthday Conga Line. Lourdes grew up in a city apartment above a little toy shop before moving to South Florida, where she spent many of her summers making sandcastles on the shore of the Cape Florida Lighthouse of Key Biscayne. Lynnor Bontigao is an illustrator based in New Jersey. She is a recipient of the SCBWI Tomie dePaola Award. Lynnor is the author–illustrator of Sari–Sari Summers and the illustrator of The World’s Best Class Plant by Audrey Vernick and Liz Garton Scanlon, At the End of the Day by Lisl H. Detlefsen, and Kailani’s Gift by Dorina Lazo Gilmore–Young. Growing up in the Philippines, Lynnor encountered many monster storms and like the kids in Seashell Key, looked forward to the warm bright sun after.

SELLING POINTS

POPULAR CATEGORY: Young, full–color chapter books are popular with emerging readers, and this is a masterfully written and charming new addition to the category.

ADORABLE ILLUSTRATIONS: Beautiful full–color illustrations throughout bring the world of Seashell Key to life.

DIVERSE CAST: A wide range of readers will see themselves in the playful inhabitants of this seaside town.

SPECIFICATIONS

*Full-color illustrations throughout *80 pages

*WIDTH: 6" - 152mm

*HEIGHT: 8 1/4" - 210mm

*Hardcover POB

PUB MONTH: JANUARY AGES 5 to 8 CHAPTER BOOK

ISBN 978-1-4197-6743-2

US $14.99 CAN $18.99 UK £10.99

ebook ISBN 978-1-64700-984-7

The Woofmore Is Not Haunted (The Woofmore #2)

WRITTEN BY DONNA GEPHART AND LORI HASKINS HOURAN; ILLUSTRATED BY JOSH CLELAND

Return to the luxury hotel for dogs in The Woofmore Is Not Haunted, the second book in the pawsome full–color chapter book series from authors Donna Gephart and Lori Haskins Houran and illustrator Josh Cleland

Welcome to the Woofmore, where the water bowls are always full and there’s kibble on every pillow! Rufus and his boss, Ms. Coco, work hard to make every guest feel like a VIP (Very Important Pooch).

In the second installment of this pawsome series, famous spooky–story writer Silas Fang is coming to stay at the Woofmore. Mr. Fang spends all his time thinking about scary things, so he needs a vacation full of rainbows, unicorns, and bubbles. Rufus is happy to oblige. It should be easy—after all, the Woofmore is not haunted . . . or is it? With adorable illustrations and hilarious text, this early chapter book series will hit young dog lovers smack in the funny bone!

Lori Haskins Houran and Donna Gephart are longtime furends who love books, dogs, and books about dogs! They had a pawsome time writing this one. Lori lives in Massachihuahuasetts and Donna hails from Chew Jersey. Get more details at lorihaskinshouran.com and donnagephart.com. Josh Cleland is an illustrator working out of his home studio just outside of Portland, Oregon, where he resides with his wife, Rayna, and creative director/dog, Newman. His work has been featured in various children’s magazines, including Highlights and Storytime, as well as on greeting cards, billboards, and more.

SELLING POINTS

AWESOME AUTHORS: Gephart and Houran have written a number of books that have sold well, received starred reviews, and gotten on best–of–the–year lists. Gephart’s Lily and Dunkin was an Indie Next Pick, a JLG selection, a Goodreads Choice Award winner, a Southern Book Award Winner, a YALSA Quick Pick for Reluctant Readers, and a California Young Reader Medal Winner, among many others. Houran’s books have won the Paterson Prize for Books for Young People, received starred reviews, and been named a Best Children’s Book by the Smithsonian Air & Space magazine.

DOG DELIGHT: Dog stories are perennially popular, and this pet–centered adventure is filled with puns and is super kid–friendly.

ADORABLE ILLUSTRATIONS: The chapter book will include lots of full–color illustrations, so kids can see just how adorable every hotel pup really is!

SPECIFICATIONS

*Full-color illustrations throughout *80 pages

*WIDTH: 6" - 152mm

*HEIGHT: 8 1/4" - 210mm

*Hardcover POB

PUB MONTH: SEPTEMBER AGES 5 to 8 CHAPTER BOOK

ISBN 978-1-4197-6764-7

US $14.99 CAN $18.99 UK £10.99

ËxHSLELJy767647z

CARTON QTY: 34

ebook ISBN 979-8-88707-006-3

The Woofmore on Thin Ice (The Woofmore #3)

WRITTEN

BY

DONNA GEPHART AND LORI HASKINS HOURAN; ILLUSTRATED BY JOSH CLELAND

Return to the luxury hotel for dogs in The Woofmore on Thin Ice, the third book in the pawsome full–color chapter book series from authors Donna Gephart and Lori Haskins Houran and illustrator Josh Cleland

Welcome to the Woofmore, where the water bowls are always full and there’s kibble on every pillow! Rufus and his boss, Ms. Coco, work hard to make every guest feel like a VIP (Very Important Pooch).

It’s winter at the Woofmore and the hotel is down to one guest—famous figure skater Furya LaBone. Ms. Coco wants her visit to be pawfect. The Woofmore needs more guests to stay open, and a good review from a VIP like Furya could save the hotel. But when the local ice rink closes and Furya is left with nowhere to practice for her big competition, it looks like the hotel may be on thin ice.

If Rufus can’t help this skating superstar come up with a showstopping move for her routine, it could be a ruff winter for the Woofmore. With adorable illustrations and hilarious text, this new early chapter book series will hit young dog lovers smack in the funny bone!

Lori Haskins Houran and Donna Gephart are longtime furends who love books, dogs, and books about dogs! They had a pawsome time writing this one. Lori lives in Massachihuahuasetts and Donna hails from Chew Jersey. Get more details at lorihaskinshouran.com and donnagephart.com. Josh Cleland is an illustrator working out of his home studio just outside of Portland, Oregon, where he resides with his wife, Rayna, and creative director/dog, Newman. His work has been featured in various children’s magazines, including Highlights and Storytime, as well as on greeting cards, billboards, and more.

SELLING POINTS

AWESOME AUTHORS: Gephart and Houran have written a number of books that have sold well, received starred reviews, and gotten on best–of–the–year lists. Gephart’s Lily and Dunkin was an Indie Next Pick, a JLG selection, a Goodreads Choice Award winner, a Southern Book Award Winner, a YALSA Quick Pick for Reluctant Readers, and a California Young Reader Medal Winner, among many others. Houran’s books have won the Paterson Prize for Books for Young People, received starred reviews, and been named a Best Children’s Book by the Smithsonian Air & Space magazine.

DOG DELIGHT: Dog stories are perennially popular, and this pet–centered adventure is filled with puns and is super kid–friendly.

ADORABLE ILLUSTRATIONS:

The chapter book will include lots of full–color illustrations, so kids can see just how adorable every hotel pup really is!

SPECIFICATIONS

*Full-color illustrations throughout *80 pages

*WIDTH: 6" - 152mm

*HEIGHT: 8 1/4" - 210mm

*Hardcover POB

PUB MONTH: FEBRUARY AGES 5 to 8 CHAPTER BOOK

ISBN 978-1-4197-6766-1

US $14.99 CAN $18.99 UK £10.99

ËxHSLELJy767661z ebook ISBN 979-8-88707-007-0

From Welcome to the Woofmore (The Woofmore #1) • By Donna Gephart and Lori Haskins Houran; illustrated by Josh Cleland

Nightbane (The Lightlark Saga Book 2)

BY ALEX ASTER

The seductive and action–packed follow–up to Alex Aster’s instant #1 New York Times, #1 Wall Street Journal, and internationally bestselling novel, Lightlark— now in paperback!

Isla Crown has secured the love of two powerful rulers and broken the curses that plagued the six realms for centuries, but few know the true origins of her powers.

Now, in the wake of a crushing betrayal, Isla finds herself struggling to win respect as the newly crowned leader of two separate realms. Worse, her fellow rulers haven’t ceded victory quietly, and there are others in Isla’s midst who don’t believe her ascent to power was earned.

As certain death races toward Lightlark and secrets from the past begin to unravel, Isla must weigh her responsibility to her people against the whims of the most dangerous traitor of all: her heart.

Alex Aster’s intricate world expands after the riveting culmination of the Centennial games, delving more deeply into Isla’s memories of her past, as her future hurtles toward two possible fate

Alex Aster is a #1 New York Times, Wall Street Journal, and Publishers Weekly bestselling author as well as an internationally bestselling author and one of the most followed novelists on social media. She graduated summa cum laude from the University of Pennsylvania, where she studied creative writing, and is also the author of the critically acclaimed Emblem Island series. Explore the world of Lightlark at asterverse.com.

RIGHTS: World English

SELLING POINTS

FILM BUZZ: Lightlark was preempted in a major deal by Universal and Temple Hill, the production studio behind the successful movie adaptations of the Twilight Saga, Maze Runner, and The Hate U Give

BESTSELLING SERIES: Lightlark (The Lightlark Saga Book 1) was an instant #1 NYT bestseller and and remained on the YA hardcover list for 52 consecutive weeks. It also debuted on the Indiebound, USA Today, and WSJ lists. The paperback edition and Nightbane (The Lightlark Saga Book 2) debuted on the NYT bestseller list and both remain on the list to date.

SOCIAL MEDIA REACH:

#Lightlark has over 110 million views on TikTok, and Aster herself has more than 1.2 million TikTok followers and over 240,000 Instagram followers.

MEDIA DARLING: Aster has appeared on GMA and the Kelly Clarkson Show to promote books 1 and 2, in addition to receiving coverage by outlets including today.com, Entertainment Weekly, and Refinery29. She was recently named a Forbes Top 30 Under 30.

ACCOUNT SUPPORT: Aster has formed and continues to maintain strong relationships with accounts, making efforts to personally visit select indies, B&N locations, and Target locations nationwide.

SPECIFICATIONS

*432 pages

*WIDTH: 5 1/2" - 140mm

*HEIGHT: 8 1/4" - 210mm

*Paperback

PUB MONTH: OCTOBER

AGES 13 and up

YOUNG ADULT, FICTION, SCIENCE FICTION & FANTASY

ISBN 978-1-4197-6091-4

US $13.99 CAN $17.99 UK £8.99

ËxHSLELJy760914z

CARTON QTY: 24

ebook ISBN 978-1-64700-633-4

Avatar, The Last Airbender: The Shadow of Kyoshi (Chronicles of the Avatar Book 2)

BY F.C. YEE

The epic, can’t–miss follow–up to Avatar, The Last Airbender: The Rise of Kyoshi

Kyoshi’s place as the true Avatar has finally been cemented—but at a heavy cost. With her mentors gone, Kyoshi struggles to keep the peace in a world full of corruption and violence. But while her reputation grows, a mysterious threat emerges from the Spirit World. Kyoshi’s travels take her to the Fire Nation, where she reunites with Rangi and becomes the Fire Lord’s guest of honor for an important cultural holiday. But underneath the celebration lies a dangerous game of court politics—and when the palace itself is attacked, she, Rangi, and their allies must deliver justice before the Fire Nation is consumed by strife.

This thrilling follow–up to the New York Times bestselling Avatar, The Last Airbender: The Rise of Kyoshi continues Kyoshi’s journey from a girl of humble origins to the merciless pursuer of justice still feared and admired centuries after becoming the Avatar.

Outside of writing, F. C. Yee practices capoeira, a Brazilian form of martial arts, and has a day job mostly involving spreadsheets. The Epic Crush of Genie Lo released in August 2017 to critical acclaim. He lives and writes in Denver.

SELLING POINTS

BESTSELLING SERIES: Avatar, The Last Airbender: The Rise of Kyoshi and The Shadow of Kyoshi were both instant New York Times bestsellers, with Book 1 hitting the list in 2019 and both Kyoshi novels hitting the list side–by–side in 2020; and again as a series after the publication of The Dawn of Yangchen and The Legacy of Yangchen in 2022 and 2023. So far, the Chronicles of the Avatar series has sold over 900,000 copies across formats.

EPIC CONCLUSION: This thrilling follow–up completes the never–before–told story of Avatar Kyoshi, a queer female hero beloved in the Avatar community.

SPECIFICATIONS

*352 pages

*WIDTH: 5 1/2" - 140mm

*HEIGHT: 8 1/4" - 210mm

*Paperback

PUB MONTH: OCTOBER AGES 13 and up YOUNG ADULT

ISBN 978-1-4197-5171-4

US $12.99 CAN $16.99 UK £9.99

ËxHSLELJy751714z

CARTON QTY: 28

ebook ISBN 978-1-68335-798-8

Outer Banks: Dead Break

BY JAY COLES

The Pogues hit the beach in another action–packed original YA novel based on the hit Netflix show, Outer Banks

It’s summer and there’s a big surfing competition coming to the OBX. Kiara plans to participate alongside Kooks like Rafe and Touron (tourist + moron), athletes who are flooding into the island’s hotels from all over the world. Meanwhile, a storm has brought massive waves to the waters off the island, making for perfect—yet challenging—surfing conditions. When Kiara strikes up a flirtation with one of the surfers, Pope, John B, and JJ can’t help but get jealous. Not only was Kiara at another school last year (a Kook school, to be specific), now she’s spending her summer vacation with these out–of–towners, too?! Meanwhile, the surfers are treating Pope’s dad like some kind of hero, and Heyward won’t explain why. When one of the professional surfers washes up dead, everyone assumes he got crushed by a wave. But Pope and Kiara aren’t so sure . . . Told from the alternating perspectives of Pope and Kiara, this follow–up to Outer Banks: Lights Out features a pulse–pounding mystery that will keep readers glued to the page.

Jay Coles is the author of Outer Banks: Dead Break, the critically acclaimed Tyler Johnson Was Here, and Things We Couldn’t Say; a composer with ASCAP; and a professional musician. He is a graduate of Vincennes University and Ball State University and holds degrees in English and liberal arts. When he’s not writing diverse books, he’s reading, advocating for them, and composing music for various music publishers. Jay lives and writes in Muncie, Indiana. Visit jaycoleswrites.com to learn more.

RIGHTS: World/All ex China, Crimea, Cuba, Iran, North Korea, Sudan, South Sudan, Syria, and Russia

SELLING POINTS

HOT SERIES: Outer Banks has been a fan favorite since its first season in 2020 and continued to make waves in 2021 with its release of season two. The first novel sold nearly 40,000 copies, setting up this second novel for success in the lead–up to season three, airing in February 2023.

ORIGINAL STORY AND POVS:

This all–new novel presents an untold story from Kiara and Pope’s points of view.

COMMERCIAL PREMISE: Like Outer Banks: Lights Out and the Netflix series itself, this second novelization will be an original, propulsive mystery.

SPECIFICATIONS

*272 pages

*WIDTH: 5 1/2" - 140mm

*HEIGHT: 8 1/4" - 210mm

*Paperback

PUB MONTH: OCTOBER AGES 13 to 18

YOUNG ADULT

ISBN 978-1-4197-6162-1

US $12.99 CAN $16.99 UK £9.99

CARTON QTY: 40

ebook ISBN 978-1-64700-662-4

Sleepless in Dubai

BY SAJNI PATEL

Now in paperback comes this hilarious, smart, and swoon–worthy rom–com about two teens traveling to Dubai for Diwali from the author of My Sister’s Big Fat Indian Wedding

In this hate–to–love romance, Nikki, an aspiring photographer, accompanies her family on a trip to Dubai to celebrate the five days of Diwali in style. It should be the trip of a lifetime, if Yash, the boy next door—with whom Nikki has a rocky history—weren’t on board.

Caught up in the festive spirit, Nikki’s family encourages her to get reacquainted with Yash. Turns out, a lot can change on a 12–hour flight besides just continents. But can betrayals and conflicting ambitions be set aside long enough for the two teens to discover the true meaning of the Festival of Lights?

Perfect for fans of Tokyo Ever After and The Upside of Falling, this exuberant novel captures all the joy of family celebrations along with the heady exhilaration of first love and includes a bonus scene from My Sister’s Big Fat Indian Wedding, another pitch–perfect YA rom–com from Sajni Patel.

Sajni Patel is the author of adult and YA fiction. The Trouble with Hating You is the first of two women’s fiction titles to be published with Grand Central/Forever. My Sister’s Big Fat Indian Wedding, Patel’s first book with Abrams, was published in 2022 to praise from reviewers, who called it “a warm hug of a novel” (Booklist) and “a sweet and entertaining romp” (Kirkus). Patel currently lives in Hawai’i.

RIGHTS: World English

SELLING POINTS

STRATEGIC FOLLOW–UP: Like My Sister’s Big Fat Indian Wedding, this rom–com has a feel–good, commercial plot—and its rich cultural backdrop separates it from others in the market.

SWEET ROMANCE: A light–hearted story perfect for both Valentine’s Day and as a cozy, holiday read.

STRONG HOOKS: Readers will be able to travel vicariously alongside Nikki and Yash as they explore Dubai, and the Diwali holiday hook adds another layer of interest.

SPECIFICATIONS

*288 pages

*WIDTH: 5 1/2" - 140mm

*HEIGHT: 8 1/4" - 210mm

*Paperback

PUB MONTH: OCTOBER AGES 13 to 18

YOUNG ADULT, FICTION

ISBN 978-1-4197-6697-8

US $11.99 CAN $14.99 UK £8.99

CARTON QTY: 52

ebook ISBN 978-1-64700-947-2

RIGHTS: World/All Grounded

BY AISHA SAEED, HUDA AL-MARASHI, JAMILAH THOMPKINS-BIGELOW, AND S. K. ALI

Four kids meet at an airport for one unforgettable night in this middle–grade novel by four bestselling and award–winning authors—Aisha Saeed, Huda Al–Marashi, Jamilah Thompkins–Bigelow, and S. K. Ali

Praise for Grounded

A Walter Award Honor Book

“I loved this thrilling airport adventure, complete with friendship, thunderstorms, chocolate, and a missing celebrity cat. I couldn’t put it down!”

—Victoria Jamieson, author of Roller Girl, a Newbery Honor book

“I love this book! It’s the exact type of story I dreamed about finding as a kid—fun and funny with diverse Muslim representation. So charming and full of heart!”

—Jasmine Warga, New York Times bestselling author of A Rover ’s Story

SELLING POINTS

ACCLAIMED AUTHORS: The authors are critically acclaimed creators whose work is beloved in the middle–grade space and includes our own Once Upon an Eid anthology. Ali is a Morris Award finalist and winner of the APALA Honor Award and Middle East Book Honor Award. Saeed is a New York Times bestselling author, winner of the South Asia book award, and a founder of We Need Diverse Books.

UNIQUE FORMAT: This is the first middle–grade novel that’s told in four different perspectives from four different authors. It’s a creative and ambitious project, with short, snappy chapters that are perfect for reluctant readers.

DIVERSE CAST: The four characters are each young Muslim children with different backgrounds and interior lives, and their combined narratives help to show the diverse experiences of Muslim children in North America.

When a thunderstorm grounds all flights following a huge Muslim convention, four unlikely kids are thrown together. Feek is stuck babysitting his younger sister, but he’d rather be writing a poem that’s good enough for his dad, a famous poet and rapper. Hanna is intent on finding a lost cat in the airport—and also on avoiding a conversation with her dad about him possibly remarrying. Sami is struggling with his anxiety and worried that he’ll miss the karate tournament that he’s trained so hard for. And Nora has to deal with the pressure of being the daughter of a prominent congresswoman, when all she really wants to do is make fun NokNok videos. These kids don’t seem to have much in common—yet. Told in alternating points of view, Grounded tells the story of one unexpected night that will change these kids forever.

Aisha Saeed is an award–winning and New York Times bestselling author of books for children. Aisha is also a founding member of the nonprofit We Need Diverse Books. She lives in Atlanta, Georgia, with her family. Huda Al–Marashi is the author of the bestselling memoir First Comes Marriage: My Not–So–Typical American Love Story. Her other writing has appeared in various anthologies and news outlets, such as the New York Times, Washington Post, LA Times, and Al Jazeera Jamilah Thompkins–Bigelow is a Philadelphia–based author of popular educator–recommended children’s books. She is an Irma Black Award silver medalist, and her books continue to make many “Best of” lists, including Time’s “10 Best YA and Children’s Books” and Book Riot’s “20 Best Children’s Books of All Time.” S.K. Ali is the New York Times bestselling and award–winning author of several books for young people, including the Morris award finalist Saints and Misfits and reader–favorite Love from A to Z. She has a degree in Creative Writing and is striving to write every kind of book she loved growing up.

HARDCOVER SUCCESS: The hardcover was a Walter Award Honor Book and is in its fourth printing, with over 12,000 copies sold. Author Victoria Jamison (Roller Girl, Newbery Honor) called it “thrilling” and New York Times bestselling author Jasmine Warga said it was “charming and full of heart.”

SPECIFICATIONS

*272 pages

*WIDTH: 5 1/2" - 140mm

*HEIGHT: 8" - 203mm

*Paperback

PUB MONTH: SEPTEMBER AGES 8 to 12

MIDDLE-GRADE FICTION, KIDS FICTION, JUVENILE ISBN 978-1-4197-6176-8

US $9.99 CAN $12.99 UK £6.99 ËxHSLELJy761768z

CARTON QTY: 52 ebook ISBN 978-1-64700-669-3

Dear Mothman A NOVEL

BY ROBIN GOW

Poet and author Robin Gow’s moving middle–grade novel–in–verse about a young trans boy dealing with the loss of his friend by writing to his favorite cryptid, Mothman

Praise for Dear Mothman

A School Library Journal Best Book of the Year

An Indie Next List Selection

“A hauntingly moving examination of grief, friendship, and identity, reminiscent of my favorite classics. . .

. This book is a gift.”

—Kacen Callender, author of the National Book Award winner King and the Dragonflies

*“A triumphant coming–of–age story.”

School Library Journal, starred review

“Unquestionably a must–have.”

Booklist, starred review

A few months ago, Noah’s best friend and the only other trans boy in his school, Lewis, passed away in a car accident. Feeling lost and alone, Noah starts writing letters to Mothman, Lewis’s favorite cryptid, wondering if he would understand how Noah feels. At first, Noah isn’t sure whether he actually believes in Mothman—not like Lewis did. But when strange things start to happen around his wooded home, Noah wonders whether there might be something to the stories. He decides to make his science fair project about Mothman, despite his teacher’s urging to study something “real.” As Noah’s mind begins to open, so does his world. He makes friends with a group of girls in his grade and finally feels like he belongs. But most people are not so accepting, and he has no evidence to prove that Mothman exists. With the science fair looming closer, Noah decides to risk everything, trek into the woods, and find Mothman himself. Moving and lyrical, Dear Mothman is a story about finding belonging and hope in the most unexpected places.

Robin Gow (it/fae/he) is a poet, educator, and witch from rural Pennsylvania. It is a community educator on disability justice and LGBTQIA2S+ issues and author of critically acclaimed books for children and young adults including Dear Mothman, Ode to My First Car, and A Million Quiet Revolutions. Fae lives with faer partner and their many lovely pets. Fae enjoys wandering in the woods and any kind of arts and crafts.

ebook ISBN 978-1-64700-820-8 RIGHTS:

SELLING POINTS

QUEER REPRESENTATION: Gow is a trans author who has crafted a grounded and heartfelt story that will help more young trans readers feel seen and supported.

CRITICAL ACCLAIM: The hardcover was named to the Indie Next list and School Library Journal Best of the Year list and received two starred reviews, among many other honors.

ACCESSIBLE READ: The format of letters and other multimedia elements help to make the heavy topics discussed in the novel feel accessible to a younger audience, and the novel in verse format is perfect for fans of Starfish and Canyon’s Edge

SPECIFICATIONS

*12 black-and-white illustrations

*320 pages

*WIDTH: 5 1/2" - 140mm

*HEIGHT: 8" - 203mm

*Paperback

PUB MONTH: OCTOBER AGES 10 to 14

MIDDLE-GRADE FICTION, LGBTQ+ HISTORY & CULTURE, KIDS FICTION

ISBN 978-1-4197-6441-7

US $9.99 CAN $12.99 UK £6.99 ËxHSLELJy764417z

Let the Monster Out A NOVEL

BY CHAD LUCAS

Now in paperback, an equal parts heart–pounding and heartfelt middle–grade mystery about facing––and accepting––your fears, perfect for fans of Stranger Things and The Parker Inheritance

Bones Malone feels like he can’t do anything right in his new small town: He almost punched the son of the woman who babysits him and his brothers, he’s one of the only Black kids in Langille, and now his baseball team (the one place where he really feels like he shines) just lost their first game. To make matters worse, things in town are getting weird His mom isn’t acting like herself at all—she’s totally spaced out, almost like a zombie. And then he and his brothers have the same dream—one where they’re running from some of their deepest fears, like a bear and an eerie cracked mirror that Bones would rather soon forget.

Kyle Specks feels like he can never say the right thing at the right time. He thinks he might be neurodivergent, but he hasn’t gotten an official diagnosis yet. His parents worry that the world might be too hard for him and try to protect him, but Kyle knows they can’t do that forever. Even though he’s scared, he can’t just stand by and do nothing while things in this town get stranger and stranger, especially not after he and Bones find a mysterious scientist’s journal that might hold answers to what’s going on.

But when faced with seemingly impossible situations, a shady corporation, and their own worst nightmares, will Kyle and Bones be brave enough to admit they’re scared? Or will the fear totally consume and control them?

Chad Lucas has been in love with words since he attempted his first novel on a typewriter in the sixth grade. He has worked as a newspaper reporter, communications advisor, freelance writer, part–time journalism instructor, and parenting columnist. A proud descendant of the historic African Nova Scotian community of Lucasville, he lives with his family near Halifax, Nova Scotia. He enjoys coaching basketball and is rarely far from a cup of tea.

RIGHTS: World English

SELLING POINTS

STAR–STUDDED BACKLIST: Lucas’s debut novel, Thanks a Lot, Universe, was a Junior Library Guild selection; received blurbs from Nic Stone, Wesley King, and Janae Marks; and got two starred reviews, including one from Kirkus, who called it “tenderhearted and bold.” Let the Monster Out also received great praise, including a glowing review from The Horn Book Magazine, who called it “highly accomplished.”

EMPATHETIC NARRATIVE: Along with action and scares, this story deftly discusses fear, regret, and how we learn to live with both.

DIVERSE CAST: The cast of characters reflect the diversity in the real world: characters of different races, socioeconomic classes, family make–ups, and both neurotypical and neurodivergent characters.

CROSS–PROMOTION: Will publish alongside Lucas’s new untitled novel, and include a sample chapter in the back.

SPECIFICATIONS

*320 pages

*WIDTH: 5 1/2" - 140mm

*HEIGHT: 8" - 203mm

*Paperback

PUB MONTH: JANUARY AGES 10 to 14

MIDDLE-GRADE FICTION, JUVENILE, CHILDREN'S ISBN 978-1-4197-6844-6 US $8.99 CAN $11.99 UK £6.99

ËxHSLELJy768446z ebook ISBN 978-1-64700-542-9

Charmed Life (Wildseed Witch Book 2)

BY MARTI DUMAS

Inspired by creole traditions, Charmed Life is the second book in Marti Dumas’s fun, middle–grade contemporary fantasy Wildseed Witch series with an all–BIPOC cast, about a social–media–loving tween—and witch!

After a summer of being the worst witch at a fancy witch school, Hasani can’t wait to get back to the peace and normalcy of Riverbend Middle where she knows all the rules and is destined to be captain of the Mathletes. There are a few little hiccups to work out—like how she’s going to tell her best friend that she’s a witch—but even though the other two members of Hasani’s coven have joined her friend group and her school, there’s no reason to think that eighth grade won’t be smooth sailing . . . that is until her former friend (and fellow witch) LaToya shows up.

LaToya starts trying to take her friends and make Hasani seem like the bad guy. To make matters worse, strange things begin happening around the school—including a termite infestation—and Hasani is sure that LaToya is to blame. However, when Miss Lafleur comes to visit to help deal with the termites and investigate the magic, she helps Hasani to channel her powers and realize just how strong her magic has become.

But Miss Lafleur also isn’t convinced that LaToya could have caused all this chaos on her own—so Hasani sets out to prove it, and heads to a magical market, 3Thirteen, to find the ingredients she needs to do so. But in all her focus on proving she’s right and learning more about her magic, is Hasani losing sight of the people and things that are most important to her?

Includes a teaser chapter of Charm Schooled (Wildseed Witch Book 3).

Marti Dumas taught elementary school literacy for 10 years, conducts teacher literacy trainings, and is the author of Jaden Toussaint, the Greatest. She lives in New Orleans with her family.

SELLING POINTS

SERIES PRAISE: Wildseed Witch recevied great blurbs from Rajani LaRocca and Lisa Greenwald, who said "this book is pure magic."

BLACK GIRL MAGIC: This charming and lively story centers a young Black witch and is inspired by Creole traditions. The protagonist is funny and relatable, and the story is perfect for reluctant readers.

CROSS–PROMOTION: Will publish alongside the third book in the series in hardcover.

SPECIFICATIONS

*384 pages

*WIDTH: 5 1/2" - 140mm

*HEIGHT: 8" - 203mm

*Paperback

PUB MONTH: AUGUST AGES 10 to 14

MIDDLE-GRADE FICTION, KIDS FANTASY, KIDS FICTION

ISBN 978-1-4197-5564-4

US $8.99 CAN $11.99 UK £6.99

CARTON QTY: 40 ebook ISBN 978-1-64700-370-8

The Shape of Time (Rymworld Arcana, Book 1)

BY RYAN CALEJO

A middle–grade mind–bending adventure from award–winning author Ryan Calejo, destined to be an instant classic—now in paperback

Fourteen–year–old Antares De La Vega is a natural born adventurer. He dreams of journeying across burning deserts, trekking through wild and uncharted jungles, sailing the furthest reaches of the seas—and yet, he’s never even stepped foot outside of South Florida . . . But that all changes when strange creatures come leaping out of lightning bolts to kidnap him. Locked away in a secret prison in the middle of the Bermuda Triangle, Antares meets 14–year–old Magdavellía, a mysterious and iron–willed girl who opens his eyes to a shocking truth: that this world is a far different place than he’s been led to believe. He learns of the existence of the Flat Earth Society, an ancient secret order, whose main function is to keep the world beyond the great Ice Wall a mystery—a land known as Rymworld. But Rymworld is in trouble. Led by a nameless evil, a sinister group of mystics seek to seize control over its only truly resource: time itself. Antares and Magdavellía must set out beyond the edges of any map to discover the undiscoverable: a lost and forgotten island where there is rumored to exist a legendary artifact: a mythical compass that just might hold the key to foiling the mystics’ plans. Following a series of intricately concealed clues left behind by Magdavellía’s parents (clues Antares seems to be the key to unlocking), they must wield both geometry and alchemy, outsmart molemen and mermaids, and outrun fiendish outer space aliens—all while attempting to solve a riddle as old and mystifying as the sun.

Ryan Calejo is an award–winning author born and raised in sunny South Florida. His critically acclaimed Charlie Hernández series has been featured in half a dozen state reading lists and has earned starred reviews from Booklist and Kirkus, was a Texas Bluebonnet Master List Selection, and won an International Latino Book Award, a Sunshine State Young Readers Award, and a Florida Book Award (Gold Medal). He lives in Miami.

RIGHTS: World/All

SELLING POINTS

AWARD–WINNING AUTHOR:

Calejo’s Charlie Hernández series received two starred reviews and won a Texas Bluebonnet Award, an International Latino Book Award, and a Florida Book Award. He also has a new series out with George Lopez, ChupaCarter, which award–winning author Zoraida Córida called "an uproariously good time."

LATINX REPRESENTATION:

Calejo is passionate about showing young Latinx kids that they can be the heroes of the story, and this series centers Latinx characters and puts them in a blockbuster, commercial adventure.

EXCITING NEW SERIES: With humor, action, and lots of kid appeal, this is the start of a new middle–grade series that’s perfect for fans of Sal and Gabi Break the Universe and The Last Last–Day–of–Summer

INTERIOR ILLUSTRATIONS: The book will feature beautiful interior illustrations from Julia Iredale, which will help bring the story to life for young readers.

SPECIFICATIONS

*Black-and-white illustrations throughout *320 pages

*WIDTH: 5 1/2" - 140mm

*HEIGHT: 8" - 203mm

*Paperback

PUB MONTH: JANUARY AGES 8 to 11

MIDDLE-GRADE FICTION, KIDS LATINO HISTORY & CULTURE, KIDS FANTASY

ISBN 978-1-4197-5989-5

US $8.99 CAN $11.99 UK £6.99

ËxHSLELJy759895z

ebook ISBN 978-1-64700-594-8

The Tale of the Gravemother (Are You Afraid of the Dark #1)

BY RIN CHUPECO

Inspired by Nickelodeon’s hit TV classic Are You Afraid of the Dark? comes the nightmarish first novel in an all–new middle–grade horror series from master horror writer Rin Chupeco—now in paperback with a sneak peak from The Tale of the Twisted Toymaker, the chilling second book in the series

The Gravemother won’t rest until she gets what she wants . . .

Everyone in Solitude knows the legend of Stilgarth Manor, the former home of a wealthy heiress believed to be responsible for the disappearance of three orphaned children long ago. When Zane Kincaid and his family move to town to claim ownership of the manor, all eyes are on them. What Zane and his family don’t know is that demolition efforts have awakened the fury of a long–dormant spirit . . . one bent on vengeance.

Zane’s new classmates are friendly—except for the mortician’s son, Garrett Sevilla, who dislikes Zane from the start. When Zane and Garrett are the only ones in a crowd of people to witness a jawless woman emerging from the manor grounds, they’re forced to acknowledge each other. Soon after, the spirit begins terrorizing Solitude. Can the two boys set aside their differences and put the Gravemother’s spirit to rest once and for all, or will the Gravemother claim new victims . . . starting with Zane’s sister, Emma?

This terror–inducing first tale in an all–new series based on Nickelodeon’s hit TV classic Are You Afraid of the Dark?—and told by members of an all–new Midnight Society—is sure to keep readers up at night. This volume includes a chapter from The Tale of the Twisted Toymaker by acclaimed horror writer Danielle Valentine.

Rin Chupeco is a nonbinary Chinese Filipino writer born and raised in the Philippines. In addition to The Tale of the Gravemother, they are best known for their YA series, including the Bone Witch, the Girl from the Well, the Never Tilting World, and A Hundred Names for Magic. Formerly a graphic designer and technical writer, they now write fiction full–time and live with their partner and two children in Manila.

SELLING POINTS

HOT CATEGORY: Scary stories are more popular than ever in the middle–grade space, and the beloved Are You Afraid of the Dark? brand brings a built–in audience to an already hot genre.

TV TIE–IN: The revival of Are You Afraid of the Dark? is now in its third season and was recently nominated for Outstanding Directorial Achievement in Children’s Programs at the 75th Annual Directors Guild of America Awards.

KEY PARTNER: The Abrams–Paramount partnership has seen proven success, and our Paramount titles have generated sustained revenue for the Abrams licensing program.

SPECIFICATIONS

*256 pages

*WIDTH: 5 1/2" - 140mm

*HEIGHT: 8" - 203mm

*Paperback

PUB MONTH: SEPTEMBER AGES 8 to 12 MIDDLE-GRADE FICTION

ISBN 978-1-4197-6350-2

US $8.99 CAN $11.99 UK £6.99

ËxHSLELJy763502z

CARTON QTY: 60 ebook ISBN 978-1-64700-756-0

A Fright to Remember (Monster High School Spirits #1)

BY ADRIANNA CUEVAS

The first book in a fangtastic new series inspired by Nickelodeon’s animated show Monster High!

As Monster High prepares for its annual talent show, Frankie Stein is left wondering what they could perform. When Torelei Stripe mocks Frankie’s music playing abilities, Frankie is left even more confused about which of their brain parts is exciting enough for the talent show. Luckily, Headmistress Bloodgood presents Frankie with new information about their brain that might hold the answer. Except Frankie discovers that their brain part is from a disgraced scientist accused of unethical experiments. Plagued by dreams from the scientist’s life, Frankie teams up with Draculaura and Clawdeen to discover the truth about their past—and save Monster High in the process.

Adrianna Cuevas is the author of the Pura Belpre honor book The Total Eclipse of Nestor Lopez, Cuba in My Pocket, The Ghosts of Rancho Espanto, and Mari and the Curse of El Cocodrilo. She is a first–generation Cuban–American originally from Miami, Florida. A former Spanish and ESOL teacher, Adrianna currently resides in Austin, Texas with her husband and son. When not working with TOEFL students, wrangling multiple pets including an axolotl, and practicing fencing with her son, she is writing her next middle grade novel.

RIGHTS:

SELLING POINTS

POPULAR BRAND: Since launching Monster High, Mattel has sold more than 150 million dolls, including a 2020 collector’s edition that sold out almost immediately. The brand is still just as relevant today, with loyal fans who grew up with the show generating more than three billion views on TikTok and ranking it as the #7 toy brand on Instagram.

MULTIMEDIA RELAUNCH: In addition to a brand–new animated show, Mattel and Nickelodeon have partnered on a new live–action Monster High film, released on October 6th 2022. The show and film draws new fans of all ages to the books, as well as older fans revisiting their favorite characters.

INCLUSIVE STORYTELLING:

Monster High believes strongly in embracing one’s true, unique self. Mattel has updated its storytelling and branding to represent a more diverse and inclusive cast of characters, all while staying true to their original hook.

SPECIFICATIONS

*248 pages

*WIDTH: 5 1/2" - 140mm

*HEIGHT: 8" - 203mm

*Paperback

PUB MONTH: SEPTEMBER AGES 10 to 14

MIDDLE-GRADE FICTION, KIDS SERIES, FICTION, SCIENCE FICTION & FANTASY

ISBN 978-1-4197-6987-0

US $8.99 CAN $11.99 UK £6.99

ËxHSLELJy769870z

CARTON QTY: 64

ebook ISBN 979-8-88707-102-2

Rosie Revere and the Raucous Riveters

THE QUESTIONEERS BOOK #1

WRITTEN

BY

ANDREA BEATY; ILLUSTRATED BY DAVID ROBERTS

From the #1 New York Times bestselling team Andrea Beaty and David Roberts who created Ada Twist, Scientist and Iggy Peck, Architect comes a spirited story full of adventure, friendship, and science in Rosie Revere and the Raucous Riveters, first in the Questioneers chapter book series

Rosie Revere is no stranger to flops and fails, kerfuffles and catastrophes. After all, engineering is all about perseverance! But this time, Rosie has a really important project to tackle—one that feels much bigger than herself.

Rosie’s beloved Aunt Rose and her friends, the Raucous Riveters—a group of fun–loving gals who built airplanes during World War II—need help inventing something new. And Rosie is just the engineer for the job!

After one flop . . . then another . . . and another . . . Rosie starts to lose hope. But thanks to some help from her fellow Questioneers Iggy Peck and Ada Twist, Rosie gets the job done. And, along with the Riveters, she rediscovers the meaning of home.

Andrea Beaty is the author of many beloved children’s books, including the bestselling Questioneers series, I Love You Like Yellow, Happy Birthday, Madame Chapeau, and One Girl. She lives just outside Chicago. David Roberts has illustrated many children’s books, including the bestselling Questioneers series. He lives in London. Andrea and David are both executive producers of the Emmy Award–winning show Ada Twist, Scientist on Netflix.

SELLING POINTS

BESTSELLING SERIES: The Questioneers chapter books have sold almost one million copies and have appeared on the New York Times bestseller list.

NEW FORMAT: The series is now available for the first time in paperback!

NETFLIX BOOST:The Netflix show Ada Twist, Scientist launched in September 2021, drawing even more readers to the books.

BONUS BACK MATTER: Informational back matter helps the youngest readers and scientists learn more about the concepts discussed in the book.

SPECIFICATIONS

*two-color illustrations throughout *144 pages

*WIDTH: 5 1/4" - 133mm

*HEIGHT: 7 5/8" - 194mm

*Paperback

PUB MONTH: OCTOBER AGES 6 to 9

KIDS SCIENCE, JUVENILE ISBN 978-1-4197-7721-9 US $7.99 CAN $9.99 UK £5.99

ËxHSLELJy777219z ebook ISBN 978-1-68335-427-7

Ada Twist and the Perilous Pants

THE QUESTIONEERS BOOK #2

WRITTEN

BY

ANDREA BEATY; ILLUSTRATED BY DAVID ROBERTS

From the #1 New York Times bestselling team Andrea Beaty and David Roberts who created Ada Twist, Scientist and Iggy Peck, Architect comes a spirited story full of adventure, friendship, and science!

Now a Netflix series!

Praise for Ada Twist and the Perilous Pants

New York Times bestseller!

“Packs plenty of information into a high–flying adventure.” School Library Journal

“Adventure, humor, and smart, likable characters make for a winning chapter book.” —Kirkus Reviews

Ada Twist is the Queen of Questions. Like, why does hot coffee smell stronger than cold? What kind of birds live in her backyard? And, especially, why does her brother Arthur get so cranky when she borrows his stuff for experiments? But Ada’s questions really come in handy when her friend Rosie Revere needs help. Rosie’s Uncle Ned has gotten carried away in his famous helium pants, and Ada needs some answers—fast! How high can Uncle Ned float? Will he fly off into outer space? And, most important, how can they get him down? With the help of her fellow Questioneers Iggy Peck and Rosie Revere, her brother Arthur, and some new friends, Ada Twist is ready to save the day! Ada Twist and the Perilous Pants is the second in a unique and exciting series of chapter books for children, parents, and teachers who want to make STEM (science, technology, engineering, and math) fun.

Andrea Beaty is the author of many beloved children’s books, including the bestselling Questioneers series, I Love You Like Yellow, Happy Birthday, Madame Chapeau, and One Girl. She lives just outside Chicago. David Roberts has illustrated many children’s books, including the bestselling Questioneers series. He lives in London. Andrea and David are both executive producers of the Emmy Award–winning show Ada Twist, Scientist on Netflix.

SELLING POINTS

BESTSELLING SERIES: The Questioneers chapter books have sold almost 1 million copies and have appeared on the New York Times bestseller list.

NEW FORMAT: The series is now available for the first time in paperback!

NETFLIX BOOST: The Netflix show Ada Twist, Scientist launched in September 2021, drawing even more readers to the books.

BONUS BACK MATTER: Informational back matter helps the youngest readers and scientists learn more about the concepts discussed in the book.

SPECIFICATIONS

*two-color illustrations throughout *144 pages

*WIDTH: 5 1/4" - 133mm

*HEIGHT: 7 5/8" - 194mm

*Paperback

PUB MONTH: OCTOBER AGES 6 to 9

ISBN 978-1-4197-4971-1

US $7.99 CAN $9.99 UK £5.99

CARTON QTY: 74

ebook ISBN 978-1-68335-476-5

Seashell Key (Seashell Key #1)

WRITTEN BY LOURDES

HEUER; ILLUSTRATED

BY LYNNOR BONTIGAO

A new young chapter book series, perfect for fans of Princess in Black and Mercy Watson, about a diverse community of kids living in a beautiful seaside town!

"Ideal for sensitive beginning readers . . . Appealingly light and gentle, with a sprinkle of good–natured mischief." —Kirkus Reviews

SELLING POINTS

PERFECT BEACH READ: The story is inspired by the author’s summers in South Florida. It’s a light, sweet adventure, perfect for summer reading.

POPULAR CATEGORY: Young, full–color chapter books are popular with emerging readers, and this is a sweet and charming new addition to the category.

ADORABLE ILLUSTRATIONS:

Beautiful illustrations throughout bring the world of Seashell Key to life.

SPECIFICATIONS

*Full-color illustrations throughout *80 pages

*WIDTH: 6" - 152mm

Welcome to Seashell Key! Summer is here, and the children of this cozy coastal town are ready to welcome visitors to their little oasis. There’s Mateo, who runs his little kite–making business, Sail and Soar, alongside his dad’s Sky and Sea store; Sasha and Sophia, who comb the seashore next to their mother’s One Stop Shore Shop; and Eli, Ezra, and Elana, who live in the cozy–but–cramped lighthouse and entertain passing tourists with tall tales.

Filled with a vibrant cast and lots of summery fun, this is the start of an exciting new chapter book series.

Lourdes Heuer is the author of nearly a dozen children’s books, including board books, picture books, and chapter books. She is also a poet, translator, and college professor. The daughter of Cuban immigrants, Lourdes was born in Spain and immigrated to the United States as a child. She lives in South Florida with her husband, son, and many dogs. Lynnor Bontigao stapled her first illustrated story at the age of ten in the Philippines. In college, she joined a children’s book illustrator group, where she fell in love with children’s books. After emigrating to the US, she became a programmer analyst for a financial firm for 15 years. Lynnor is the author–illustrator of Sari–Sari Summers, her debut picture book, and is also the illustrator of The World’s Best Class Pet, written by award–winning authors Liz Garton Scanlon and Audrey Vernick, and You Are Revolutionary by Cindy Wang Brandt. Lynnor is the winner of the 2020 SCBWI Tomie dePaola Professional Development Award, the 2020 Kweli/SCBWI Emerging Voice Award, and the 2021 Kweli Sing the Truth! Mentorship. She loves stories where family relationships, culture, and food are intertwined. Lynnor Bontigao lives in Roselle Park, New Jersey, with her family and one tiny dog.

*HEIGHT: 8 1/4" - 210mm

*Paperback

PUB MONTH: SEPTEMBER AGES 5 to 8

CHAPTER BOOK, KIDS SERIES

ISBN 978-1-4197-6742-5

US $8.99 CAN $11.99 UK £6.99 ËxHSLELJy767425z

CARTON QTY: 66

ebook ISBN 978-1-64700-983-0

Welcome to the Woofmore (The Woofmore #1)

WRITTEN BY DONNA GEPHART AND LORI HASKINS HOURAN; ILLUSTRATED BY JOSH CLELAND

First in a pawsome original full–color chapter book series about a hotel for dogs from authors Donna Gephart and Lori Haskins Houran and illustrator Josh Cleland

Welcome to the Woofmore, where the water bowls are always full and there’s kibble on every pillow! Rufus and his boss, Ms. Coco, work hard to make every guest feel like a VIP (Very Important Pooch).

It’s the grand opening of the hotel, and Rufus and Ms. Coco want everything to be pawfect. Especially for their VIP guest, movie star Greta Garbark. But how can Rufus keep the puparazzi from hounding Ms. Garbark? And what will Ms. Coco do when a (very itchy) problem hits the hotel?

With adorable illustrations and hilarious text, this new early chapter book series will hit young dog lovers smack in the funny bone!

Lori Haskins Houran and Donna Gephart are longtime furends who love books, dogs, and books about dogs! They had a pawsome time writing this one. Lori lives in Massachihuahuasetts and Donna hails from Chew Jersey. Get more details at lorihaskinshouran.com and donnagephart.com. Josh Cleland is an illustrator working out of his home studio just outside of Portland, Oregon, where he resides with his wife, Rayna, and creative director/dog, Newman. His work has been featured in various children’s magazines, including Highlights and Storytime, as well as on greeting cards, billboards, and more.

SELLING POINTS

AWESOME AUTHORS: Gephart and Houran have written a number of books that have sold well, received starred reviews, and gotten on best–of–the–year lists. Gephart’s Lily and Dunkin was an Indie Next Pick, a JLG selection, a Goodreads Choice Award winner, a Southern Book Award Winner, a YALSA Quick Pick for Reluctant Readers, and a California Young Reader Medal Winner, among many others. Houran’s books have won the Paterson Prize for Books for Young People, received starred reviews, and been named a Best Children’s Book by the Smithsonian Air & Space magazine.

DOG DELIGHT: Dog stories are perennially popular, and this pet–centered adventure is filled with puns and is super kid–friendly.

ADORABLE ILLUSTRATIONS: The chapter book will include lots of full–color illustrations, so kids can see just how adorable every hotel pup really is!

CROSS–PROMOTION: This paperback will be timed to release with the hardcover of book two.

SPECIFICATIONS

*Full-color illustrations throughout *80 pages

*WIDTH: 6" - 152mm

CARTON QTY: 66 ebook ISBN 979-8-88707-005-6 RIGHTS:

*HEIGHT: 8 1/4" - 210mm

*Paperback

PUB MONTH: SEPTEMBER AGES 5 to 8

CHAPTER BOOK, KIDS SERIES

ISBN 978-1-4197-6763-0 US $8.99 CAN $11.99 UK £6.99

ËxHSLELJy767630z

RIGHTS: World/All MARYA KHAN

Marya Khan and the Awesome Adventure Park (Marya Khan #4)

WRITTEN BY SAADIA FARUQI; ILLUSTRATED BY ANI BUSHRY

Perfect for fans of Ivy & Bean and Stella Diaz, this charming chapter book series by Saadia Faruqi and Ani Bushry follows a Pakistani American third–grader whose plans may backfire but whose persistence and heart are inspiring

Spring break is finally here, and Marya could not be more excited. This year she, Hanna, and Alexa are going to Skye Adventure Park—the coolest theme park around! Skye Adventure Park is huge and has so many things to do. They have to go to the water park (obviously) and avoid boring rides like the Ferris wheel. But most of all, Marya wants to do the obstacle course. It has a leaderboard that displays the fastest people’s names, and Marya knows that she has to win and make it on that board! She just needs to practice and practice and beat out the very athletic Alexa. But when the time comes, will Marya win the obstacle course? Or is there more to this park than winning after all?

Saadia Faruqi was born in Pakistan and moved to the United States when she was 22 years old. She writes the Yasmin series and popular middle–grade novels such as Yusuf Azeem Is Not a Hero. Besides writing books for kids, she also loves reading, binge–watching her favorite shows, and taking naps. She lives in Houston with her family. Ani Bushry graduated from the University of West England with a background in graphic design and illustration. She grew up listening to stories her mom used to tell her and always wanted to tell her own. She lives in the Maldives with her husband and cat, Lilo, whom she loves to spoil.

SELLING POINTS

ALL–STAR AUTHOR: Faruqi’s books consistently garner acclaim. Meet Yasmin! received two starred reviews, was a JLG selection and a Kirkus Best of the Year, and the series has sold more than 700,000 copies; A Place at the Table was a Sydney Taylor Book Award Notable Book and a TLA Lone Star reading list pick; and A Thousand Questions was a JLG selection and a NYPL Best Book. This series is perfect for readers who have aged out of Faruqi’s Yasmin series and are looking for their next great read.

SERIES MOMENTUM: The series is building, with over 35,000 copies sold, a starred review, placement on state lists and best of the year lists, as well as buys from First Book and Little Feminist, among other accolades.

BONUS BACK MATTER: Back matter includes an obstacle course for readers to draw and create.

SPECIFICATIONS

*Black-and-white illustrations throughout *144 pages

*WIDTH: 5 1/4" - 133mm

*HEIGHT: 7 5/8" - 194mm

*Paperback

PUB MONTH: SEPTEMBER AGES 6 to 9

CHAPTER BOOK

ISBN 978-1-4197-6123-2

US $6.99 CAN $8.99 UK £4.99 ËxHSLELJy761232z

CARTON QTY: 100

ebook ISBN 978-1-64700-644-0

From The Life-Changing Magic of Drumming • Written by Nandi Bushell; illustrated by Andrea Stegmaier

DISCOVER HOW THE BEST THINGS IN LIFE TAKE TIME WRITTEN BY RACHEL WILLIAMS; ILLUSTRATED BY LEONIE LORD

From a single minute to a full century, hearts beat, trees bloom—and a human lives a lifetime. Follow the life cycles of plants, trees, animals, and people as you discover that good things are worth the wait.

A lot of life is spent waiting—waiting for the day to start, waiting for the toast to cook, waiting for the school bus. Waiting is not easy, but as life happens, things change and grow while you are waiting. Discover how good things take time, and how there is a season for everything

Discover how long it takes for

·Light from the sun to reach Earth

·A barn owl to hunt

·The moon to rise and fall

·A nymph to grow wings

·A bird to incubate its eggs

·A camel to cross the desert to drink

·A bear to wait for spring

·An apple tree to grow fruit

·A coral to grow

·A patch of rainforest to regrows

·A tortoise to complete its life cycle

·. . . and more!

By understanding how everything has a time and place, readers will be better able to cope with not having things instantly. They will discover that everyday wonders require patience and process.

Rachel Williams studied literature before becoming an editor and publisher of children’s books. She is also the author of bestselling natural history and adventure books, including Slow Down, Illuminature, and the Atlas of Adventures series. She lives with her husband and daughter in London. After studying illustration at Central St. Martin’s in London. Leonie Lord began her children’s picture book career illustrating books for Martin Waddell. She lives with her husband and two sons in Gloucestershire, England.

SELLING POINTS

SUCCESSFUL AUTHOR: Rachel Williams is the author of Slow Down: 50 Mindful Moments in Nature, which has sold over a million copies worldwide.

ANTIDOTE TO AN INSTANT

WORLD: This new book will help readers to pause and appreciate that some of the best things in life take time.

GIFTY FORMAT: Beautiful illustrations in an anthology format make this a great gift to return to again and again.

SPECIFICATIONS

*Full-color illustrations throughout *80 pages

*WIDTH: 9 1/4" - 235mm

*HEIGHT: 11 1/2" - 292mm

* Hardcover

PUB MONTH: OCTOBER AGES 8 to 12

KIDS NATURE & ENVIRONMENT, KIDS NONFICTION

ISBN 978-1-4197-7463-8

US $24.99 CAN $31.99

CARTON QTY: 20 ebook ISBN 979-8-88707-321-7

The Inventor's Workshop

HOW PEOPLE AND MACHINES TRANSFORMED EACH OTHER WRITTEN BY RUTH AMOS; ILLUSTRATED BY STACEY THOMAS

Explore ten inventions that changed the world in The Inventor’s Workshop: How People and Machines Transformed Each Other, from award–winning inventor Ruth Amos

Step inside the inventor’s workshop to see how one creative spark leads to another . . . until an invention is born. Find out how, when, and why these ingenious breakthroughs happened, and learn about all the people who created them. Discover how Ada Lovelace’s code inspired Charles Babbage’s work on the first modern computer; see how Lewis Latimer’s technology made Thomas Edison’s light bulb possible; and much more. This STEM book for middle grade readers features:

Real–life stories behind 10 great inventions—computer, compass, radio, camera, television, light bulb, engine, telephone, bicycle, and clock

Mini biographies and profiles of more than 50 inventors

Beautifully illustrated timelines, showing how creations of today exist because of the long line of inventions and inventors that came before Incredible cross–sections, revealing the intricacies of each discovery Featuring detailed illustration by the inimitable Stacey Thomas, Ruth Amos’s The Inventor’s Workshop is the perfect book for every budding inventor.

Ruth Amos is an award–winning inventor, entrepreneur, and edutuber. A true pioneer for engaging children in STEAM subjects, Ruth’s YouTube channel, Kids Invent Stuff (as seen on The One Show, BBC News Online and Tomorrow’s World Live ), offers primary–aged children the chance to have their invention ideas built by real engineers. She lives in the UK. Stacey Thomas is an illustrator and maker based in Oxfordshire, UK. She studied illustration at the University of Brighton, graduating in 2017. She is inspired by folklore, traditional crafts, museums and the natural world, and enjoys comedy, board games and wildlife–spotting in the local countryside.

RIGHTS: North America

SELLING POINTS

PART BIOGRAPHY, ALL STEM: Hear the inspirational stories of more than 50 inventors and witness their contributions to 10 important inventions in this nonfiction narrative book.

TEN FAMOUS INVENTIONS:

Discover the story of how the computer, compass, radio, camera, television, light bulb, engine, telephone, bicycle, and clock were invented with beautifully illustrated timelines and “How Did it Work?” cross–sections.

DIVERSE INVENTORS: Featured inventors come from all walks of life and parts of the world, making this the perfect book for every budding inventor.

WRITTEN BY AN AWARD–WINNING INVENTOR: Ruth Amos is a British inventor and entrepreneur whose YouTube channel, Kids Invent Stuff, has over 62,000 subscribers, also seen on The One Show, BBC News Online, and Tomorrow’s World Live

SPECIFICATIONS

*Full-color illustrations throughout *64 pages

*WIDTH: 9 1/4" - 235mm

*HEIGHT: 11 2/5" - 290mm

*Hardcover

PUB MONTH: OCTOBER AGES 8 to 11

KIDS NONFICTION

ISBN 978-1-4197-7348-8

US $22.99 CAN $28.99

ËxHSLELJy773488z

CARTON QTY: 16

ebook ISBN 979-8-88707-274-6

A FAMILY GUIDE TO BIRDS AND HOW TO SPOT THEM WRITTEN BY DAVID LINDO; ILLUSTRATED BY SARA BOCCACCINI MEADOWS

Swoop in and discover the incredible diversity of birds around the world in Fly: A Family Guide to Birds and How to Spot Them, a lushly illustrated collection featuring more than 150 birds

Meet the lesser flamingo, “hero of the friendly flock,” and discover other flocking birds, from the chimney swift to the starling, whose murmurations mesmerize birdwatchers from around the world. Next, get to know the Adélie penguin, “hero of the water world,” and discover other birds that are more at home in the sea than the sky. Then continue through the avian world as you meet birds with brilliant beaks, fantastic feet, wonderful wings, eye–catching colors, and more. Packed with interesting facts and extraordinary species, this book is sure to instill a love of birds among young readers. Author David Lindo, the Urban Birder, is the perfect guide to the world of birds, bringing together an aviary of species with superhuman abilities, splendid plumage, and surprising behaviors. He also delves into the world of folklore and mythology, showing how cultures from ancient to modern have been inspired by their feathered friends.

David Lindo, also known as the Urban Birder, is a writer, broadcaster, photographer, and educator. Through his broad array of work, he strives to inspire people to engage with birds in urban environments. He was awarded the prestigious H. H. Bloomer Award 2021 from the Linnean Society of London for his work making biological sciences accessible to all. Based in the UK, he is a proud ambassador for Leica Birding, London Wildlife Trust, and Birding For All, and is involved in many other nature conservation and wildlife organizations. Sara Boccaccini Meadows is a British–born illustrator based in New York City and Los Angeles. Her playful and illustrative work, created in watercolor, gouache, and ink pen, and inspired by the great outdoors, has won her a devoted following on Instagram. Her previous works for children include Grow and Glow

SELLING POINTS

PERENNIAL SUBJECT: This engaging title offers a unique take on the popular topic of birds.

POPULAR SERIES: Fly joins the In Our Nature Series, which includes Glow and Grow, and has sold more than 80,000 copies around the world.

HIGH PROFILE

AUTHOR/ILLUSTRATOR: David Lindo—the Urban Birder—is a prominent naturalist, while Sara Boccaccini Meadows has nearly 220,000 instagram followers.

PERFECT FOR WINGSPAN FANS: This title will appeal to fans of Wingspan, a hugely popular board game and video game that has crossed over from the gaming community to the mainstream.

SPECIFICATIONS

*Full-color illustrations throughout *64 pages

*WIDTH: 10" - 254mm

*HEIGHT: 12" - 305mm

*Hardcover, Picture

PUB MONTH: SEPTEMBER AGES 8 to 12

KIDS NATURE & ENVIRONMENT, KIDS NONFICTION

ISBN 978-1-4197-7346-4

US $22.99 CAN $28.99

ËxHSLELJy773464z

ebook ISBN 979-8-88707-272-2

RIGHTS: North America

Name That Thing!

STRETCH YOUR BRAIN POWER WITH 20 PICTURE QUIZZES

WRITTEN BY DR. GARETH MOORE; ILLUSTRATED BY RYAN O'ROURKE

Stretch your brain power with 20 fact–packed picture quizzes from expert puzzle master Dr. Gareth Moore in Name That Thing!—featuring illustrations from award–winning artist Ryan O’Rourke

Can you name a BIRD from its feather or a SPORT from the ball used to play it? How about a MEAL from its ingredients? What about a DOG BREED from the origin of its name? Each of the 20 puzzles includes two illustrated pages of brain–building, boredom–busting clues followed by a two–page answer key. Covering topics from nature to space to sports and mythology to geography, this exciting quiz book will keep everyone guessing with hours of family fun.

Dr. Gareth Moore is the best–selling author of over 250 puzzle and brain–training titles for both children and adults, including Brain Games for CleverKids, The Ordnance Survey Kids’ Adventure Book, and The BBC Puzzle Book. His books are available in over 40 countries and have sold over 5 million copies. He is also the creator of Brained Up, which offers daily sessions to help you make the most of your brain, and the puzzle site PuzzleMix.com. He is based in the UK. Ryan O’Rourke has been working as an artist and educator since graduating with his BFA from The University of Hartford in 2000. He has illustrated fifteen children’s books and has written two. Ryan has received numerous awards for his work from The International Reading Association, Children’s Book Council, American Illustration, Society of Illustrators, SILA, 3x3 Magazine, and the Connecticut Art Directors Club. He lives in Connecticut.

SELLING POINTS

PERFECT GIFT: Part quiz book, part encyclopedia, with gorgeous hand–lettering and traditional artwork, this book is the ultimate gift book that can be enjoyed by the whole family.

SOMETHING FOR EVERYONE:

Full of fun facts on topics from nature to sports—there’s something to feed every child’s imagination and quench their thirst for knowledge.

EXPERT IN THE FIELD: Written by bestselling international puzzle and brain–trainer; “Britain’s King of Puzzles”—The Sun

HOLIDAY GIFTING: Publishing in time for Christmas and Hanukkah.

FAMILY FRIENDLY: Large format making it the perfect quiz book for curious children and their families to gather around.

SPECIFICATIONS

*Full-color illustrations throughout *96 pages

*WIDTH: 9 1/2" - 241mm

*HEIGHT: 11" - 279mm

* Hardcover

PUB MONTH: SEPTEMBER AGES 8 to 12

KIDS NONFICTION, PUZZLES, COLORING, AND ACTIVITY BOOKS

ISBN 978-1-4197-7347-1

US $22.99 CAN $28.99 ËxHSLELJy773471z

CARTON QTY: 14

ebook ISBN 979-8-88707-273-9

RIGHTS: North America

Animal Words for Little Zoologists

100 INTERESTING WORDS!

WRITTEN

BY

WILL MILLARD; ILLUSTRATED

BY

MONIKA FORSBERG

In Will Millard’s Animal Words for Little Zoologists, kids will discover a world of interesting words from the animal kingdom—from arachnid to biped to crustacean—paired with vibrant illustrations by Monika Forsberg

This vocabulary builder brings together 100 fascinating words to describe animals both great and small, each one chosen to delight, surprise, and inform natural history fans. Artwork from bestselling illustrator Monika Forsberg brings to life 20 scenes from the animal kingdom. Each double–page spread shows a different habitat featuring five interesting words chosen by a natural history expert, as well as a search–and–find game. Definitions of the interesting words appear at the bottom of the pages. Readers will have fun as they:

Explore animal lifecycles with words like larvae, spawn, and nymph Begin to understand classification with words like reptile, mammal, and amphibian

Discover animal behaviors with words like shoal, hibernate, and migrate Learn what animals get up to with words like pollinator, bioluminescent, and camouflage

Simply delight in interesting animal parts with words like proboscis, tentacle, and baleen!

The back matter contains more information about animal classification. By engaging with new words, young zoologists will develop their understanding of the natural world and expand their vocabulary, which studies have recently proven to be the biggest indicator of a child’s potential later in life.

Will Millard is a writer, television presenter, and public speaker. Prior to his television work, Millard led remote expeditions in West Papua and West Africa. When he isn’t exploring, he’s writing at the kitchen table or out fishing the rivers and lakes around his South Wales, United Kingdom, home. Monika Forsberg is a freelance illustrator, born and raised in Luleå, a coastal town in Swedish Lapland, now living in London. Her recent clients include Anthropologie, The New York Review of Books, UNICEF, John Lewis, Liberty’s in London, and the United Nations.

SELLING POINTS

BESTSELLING SERIES: The 365 Words series has sold more than 100,000 copies around the world.

UNUSUAL TAKE ON A POPULAR TOPIC: This unique vocabulary book focuses on the ever–popular children’s category of natural history.

HIGH–PROFILE ILLUSTRATOR: Monika Forsberg has 97,000 followers on Instagram.

GIFTABLE: Illustrations and small format make this the perfect tabletop title.

SPECIFICATIONS

*Full-color illustrations throughout *64 pages

*WIDTH: 7 2/3" - 195mm

*HEIGHT: 8 1/4" - 210mm

*Hardcover POB

PUB MONTH: SEPTEMBER

AGES 4 to 8

KIDS NATURE & ENVIRONMENT, KIDS NONFICTION

ISBN 978-1-4197-7752-3

US $16.99 CAN $21.99

CARTON QTY: 30 ebook ISBN 979-8-88707-444-3

She Speaks

THE GIRLS OF GREEK MYTHS IN THEIR OWN WORDS

WRITTEN

BY

HONOR CARGILL-MARTIN; ILLUSTRATED BY CAMELIA PHAM

Written by “the new Mary Beard,” classicist Honor Cargill–Martin flips the script in this enchanting anthology of eight Greek myths where women take center stage

In She Speaks, passionate classicist Honor Cargill–Martin redresses this imbalance by retelling eight classic Greek myths, this time from an all–female perspective.

Written in first–person, we hear from the astute sorceress Medea and her role in the quest for the Golden Fleece; discover the contributions of Cretan princess Ariadne in the slaying of the Minotaur; witness the strength and resilience of Atalanta, Circe, Helen of Troy, and other women who have been previously overshadowed by their male counterparts. With her meticulous research and insightful storytelling, readers will be mesmerized as Honor resurrects these voices, breathes new life into well–loved stories, and drags the Classics into the modern world.

This enchanting anthology for children ages 8+ features: eight classic Greek myths, specially retold for young feminists; insightful storytelling from “the new Mary Beard,” classicist Honor Cargill–Martin; striking illustrations by Camelia Pham; and stunning holographic foil on the cover.

Honor Cargill–Martin is a twenty–four–year–old writer, classicist and art historian from London. Honor read Classical Archaeology and Ancient History at Oxford, where she won a scholarship before graduating with a first–class degree in 2019. She remained at Oxford to study for a masters degree in Greek and Roman History, graduating with a Distinction. She is currently studying for a doctorate focusing on political sex scandals in Ancient Rome at Christ Church College Oxford. Honor has published a number of fiction titles for children and teenagers, and her first adult non–fiction book Messalina: A Story of Empire, Slander and Adultery published in May 2023. Camelia Pham is a Vietnamese illustrator and art director based in Hanoi. After discovering a love of conceptual, storytelling illustration, she now finds herself illustrating full–time on a variety of projects from editorial features to advertising campaigns and narrative projects. Her art style utilizes strong colors, bold geometry, and kaleidoscopic textures to create a portfolio of work that is both complex in textures and thoughtful in concepts.

RIGHTS: United States

SELLING POINTS

GIVING WOMEN A VOICE: Eight classic Greek myths, specially retold for young feminists.

DEBUT CHILDREN’S BOOK FROM A CLASSICIST ON THE RISE: Honor’s first adult nonfiction book was a feminist spin on the Roman empress Messalina, and upon publication in 2023, received glowing reviews from publications like the New York Times; and on the other side of the pond, the Telegraph is hailing her the “new Mary Beard.”

ILLUSTRATOR WITH A GROWING PRESENCE ONLINE: Camelia has an Instagram following of 50,000.

GORGEOUS GIFT: With epic holographic foil on the cover.

SPECIFICATIONS

*64 pages

*WIDTH: 9 2/5" - 239mm

*HEIGHT: 11" - 279mm

*Hardcover

PUB MONTH: OCTOBER AGES 8 to 12 PICTURE BOOK

ISBN 978-1-915569-90-5 US $19.99 CAN $24.99 ËxHSLJLFy569905z ebook ISBN 978-1-917044-57-8

The Life-Changing Magic of Baking

A BEGINNER'S GUIDE BY BAKER JOY WILSON

WRITTEN BY JOY WILSON WITH CLIFF WILSON; ILLUSTRATED BY TATIANA KAMSHILINA

The Life–Changing Magic of Baking is a beginner ’s guide to baking, with secrets from social media sensation and award–winning baker, Joy Wilson

Learn how Joy Wilson, also known as Joy the Baker, grew up watching her parents bake, and later took chocolate chip cookies to her first job interview. She shares her baking process–from creaming butter and sugar and greasing a pan to adding frosting and rainbow sprinkles–and offers insider tips for young fans. This biographical beginner’s guide features: An introduction to baking from social media star and baking sensation Joy Wilson

Step–by–step instructions for essential baking techniques Joy’s recipe for Happy Every Day cake

Paired with warm, engaging illustrations from Tatiana Kamshilina, this is the perfect book to inspire young bakers everywhere.

Joy Wilson is well known for her daily dabbles in butter and sugar as her blogging alter ego, Joy the Baker. A California girl and longtime New Orleans resident who now calls Houston, Texas, home, Joy is a 100 percent taste buds–taught baker and home cook. Since 2008, Joy has shared her indulgent and comforting–yet–approachable recipes through her popular blog, inspiring home cooks of all ages to try new things. Joy is also a three–time cookbook author, editor in chief of the biannual Joy the Baker magazine, and editor in chief of Camp Joy, a zine inspired by Joy’s viral backyard camping and cooking video series. On any given day she can be found with a bag of cookies and a pound of butter in her purse. Tatiana Kamshilina is a freelance illustrator and animator based in Russia. Her work is often inspired by nature, animals, human living, daily life, dreams, myths, and folklore. Tatiana mainly works digitally using traditional textures and brushes. She has worked as a freelance illustrator on projects ranging from product design, visual development, commercial illustration, and children’s publishing.

SELLING POINTS

HIGH–PROFILE AUTHOR: Joy Wilson is an award–winning baker, blogger, and author who has close to 525,000 followers on Instagram.

PART BIOGRAPHY, PART GUIDE: Packed with step–by–step skills and oozing with passion, this engaging format is easy for young readers to follow.

PERENNIAL SUBJECT: Unique biographical take on the popular hobby of baking.

NEW SERIES: This is the fourth title in the Life–Changing Magic series that celebrates the magic of life skills that bring joy, and the heroes who made them their passion.

SPECIFICATIONS

*Full-color illustrations throughout *40 pages

*WIDTH: 7 1/3" - 186mm

*HEIGHT: 9 1/3" - 241mm

*Hardcover POB PUB MONTH: SEPTEMBER AGES 6 to 10 KIDS NONFICTION

ISBN 978-1-4197-7607-6 US $14.99 CAN $18.99

ËxHSLELJy776076z

CARTON QTY: 44 ebook ISBN 979-8-88707-359-0

The Life-Changing Magic of Drumming

A BEGINNER'S GUIDE BY MUSICIAN

NANDI BUSHELL WRITTEN BY NANDI BUSHELL; ILLUSTRATED BY ANDREA STEGMAIER

The Life–Changing Magic of Drumming is a beginner’s guide to drumming, with secrets from world–famous musician Nandi Bushell

Find out how Nandi Bushell—the young drummer who has played with the Foo Fighters—discovered drumming when she was just five years old. She shares how she plays—from the simple drumming beats she first learned to drum rolls, fills, and backbeats—and offers insider tips and advice for young musicians around the world. Packed with practical tips and oozing with passion, this joy–filled introduction to drumming features words by world–renowned drumming sensation and social media star Nandi Bushell; step–by–step instructions; and basic and advanced drum beat exercises. With fun–filled, engaging illustrations from Andrea Stegmaier, and in the words of Nandi Bushell herself, this is the perfect book to inspire children to find their own beat.

Nandi Bushell is a teen who has already performed on some of the biggest stages in music, from Wembley Stadium and the O2 Arena in London to the Forum in Los Angeles. Nandi has been fortunate to have had some of the best mentors in the business, jamming with the likes of Dave Grohl (Foo Fighters and Nirvana), Lenny Kravitz, Chad Smith (Red Hot Chili Peppers), Tom Morello (Rage Against the Machine), Matt Helders (Arctic Monkeys), Roger Taylor (Queen), Anderson Paak, and Nile Rogers. In 2020, during the COVID–19 pandemic, her drum battle with Dave Grohl got millions of views and worldwide coverage. Nandi also writes and records her own music. She lives in the UK. Andrea Stegmaier is is an illustrator and architect. She lives with her family in a tiny town house in Stuttgart, a busy city in Germany. She draws a lot. She draws digital and traditional, straight lines and wonky lines, serious and funny things, animals and people, houses and plants, anything and everything. When she is not drawing, Andrea can be found in her little garden or exploring the world with her family.

SELLING POINTS

HIGH–PROFILE AUTHOR: Nandi Bushell is a musician, songwriter, actor and singer who has nearly one million followers on Instagram and over 400,000 YouTube subscribers. She is internationally known following her drum battle with Dave Grohl during lockdown.

PART BIOGRAPHY, PART GUIDE: Packed with step–by–step skills and oozing with passion.

PERENNIAL SUBJECT: Unique biographical take on the popular hobby of drumming.

NEW SERIES: Third title in an exciting new series that celebrates the magic of life skills that bring joy, and the heroes who made them their passion.

SPECIFICATIONS

*Full-color illustrations throughout *40 pages

*WIDTH: 7 1/3" - 186mm

*Hardcover POB

CARTON QTY: 44 ebook ISBN 979-8-88707-360-6 RIGHTS:

*HEIGHT: 9 1/3" - 241mm

PUB MONTH: JULY

AGES 6 to 10

KIDS NONFICTION

ISBN 978-1-4197-7608-3

US $14.99 CAN $18.99 ËxHSLELJy776083z

RIGHTS: North America

This Little Light of Mine

A PICTURE BOOK

ILLUSTRATED BY SAWYER CLOUD

In This Little Light of Mine, Sawyer Cloud’s beautifully illustrated retelling of the popular gospel song, every child has a little light inside them

When children are feeling confident and valued by others, their light shines brightly. When they’re feeling low or worried, their light dims. But other children and teachers are on hand to help everyone’s light shine! Follow two children as they have breakfast, go to school, and make friends in this heartwarming celebration of a diverse community. This inspirational title celebrates how we can all lift each other up and shows each child they have the power to brighten the world. Share the light with a child you love.

Sawyer Cloud is a freelance artist living in Madagascar, her native country. Her passion for children’s literature pushed her to turn it into a living as she just couldn’t consider any other occupation than creating pictures for kids. She has worked on many titles with most of the major publishers in kids publishing, including The Juneteenth Story, A Family Looks Like Love, and Under the Mango Tree. Cloud loves sunny days and music. She dreams of owning a small cottage and traveling the world. Today she still lives in Madagascar with her family and her two pets, Arya the dog and Potter the cat.

SELLING POINTS

BELOVED SONG: The classic gospel song is a perennial favorite.

HAPPY, UPLIFTING READ: This joyful title shows children they can share their little light and help others find theirs.

CELEBRATES DIVERSITY: Illustrations reflect a diverse community where everyone feels welcomed and accepted.

BEAUTIFULLY ILLUSTRATED: Bright, colorful illustrations will delight young readers.

SPECIFICATIONS

*Full-color illustrations throughout *32 pages

*WIDTH: 9 1/2" - 241mm

*HEIGHT: 11" - 279mm

*Hardcover with jacket

PUB MONTH: AUGUST AGES 3 to 6

PICTURE BOOK

ISBN 978-1-4197-7421-8

US $18.99 CAN $23.99 ËxHSLELJy774218z

CARTON QTY: 28

ebook ISBN 979-8-88707-306-4

RIGHTS: United

The Dinosaur Next Door

WRITTEN AND ILLUSTRATED BY

DAVID LITCHFIELD

A beautiful and heartwarming dinosaur story from the author of The Bear and the Piano and The Boy and the Giant

Liz is sure that her next–door neighbor has a secret. He’s got a very long neck, clumpy feet, and a strange taste for green leaves . . . he’s a dinosaur! Unfortunately, she’s not the only one who’s noticed. When Mr. Wilson is taken away by scientists, Liz realizes that everyone is free to live the life they wish, and she must help save her friend. A beautiful story about acceptance and letting people live the life they want from the prize–winning and bestselling author of The Bear and the Piano, The Boy and the Giant, and Kid Christmas.

David Litchfield is an illustrator from Bedfordshire, UK. He is the creator of the award–winning, bestselling The Bear and the Piano trilogy, as well as numerous other picture books. His first picture book, The Bear and the Piano, won the Waterstones Children’s Book Prize (Illustrated Book category) and became a bestseller in the UK and US. It has sold in over 25 languages to date. His other picture books include The Boy and the Giant, Lights on Cotton Rock and Kid Christmas. David lives in Bedford with his family.

SELLING POINTS

DAVID LITCHFIELD’S FIRST DINOSAUR STORY: The bestselling author–illustrator has created a dinosaur tale like no other!

STUNNING ARTWORK: Brings to life both a Parisian–inspired city and the lost world of the dinosaurs.

HEARTWARMING TALE: With classic David Litchfield themes of acceptance and belonging, this story will tug at your heart.

SPECIFICATIONS

*40 pages

*WIDTH: 9 1/3" - 237mm

*HEIGHT: 10 2/5" - 264mm

*Hardcover

PUB MONTH: SEPTEMBER AGES 3 to 6 PICTURE BOOK

ISBN 978-1-915569-88-2

US $18.99 CAN $23.99

ebook ISBN 978-1-917044-69-1

RIGHTS: United

Wherever You Go, My Love Will Follow

8 STORIES OF LOVE AND WISDOM

WRITTEN AND ILLUSTRATED BY BIRGITTA

SIF

A beautifully illustrated collection of eight life lessons, written as stories from a parent to a child, full of wisdom to take with them on their life’s journey

This is a stunning, heartfelt collection of short stories, told from a parent to a child, encompassing the life lessons they want them to take out into the world. In “Stones,” a little bear builds a tower, only to see it come crashing down, but that’s OK—it’s the chance to start again and dream a new dream. In “Sparks,” they realize that they don’t have to be good at everything all at once—they just have to begin. In “Stars,” they discover that hope is always there, if they’re brave enough to look for it. Beautifully and thoughtfully illustrated, this is a book of wisdom for someone to carry close to their heart wherever life’s journey might take them.

Birgitta Sif was born in Reykjavik, Iceland, and lived in and around Scandinavia and America while growing up. She completed her BFA from Cornell University, New York, and worked as a graphic designer in New York before graduating with a masters in children’s book illustration at Cambridge School of Art. Her debut picture book, Oliver, won the Icelandic Dimmalimm Prize and was endorsed by Amnesty. Birgitta has written and illustrated numerous picture books that have sold all over the world.

SELLING POINTS

A GIFT OF LOVE FOR SOMEONE SPECIAL IN YOUR LIFE: Packed full of pearls of wisdom.

EIGHT SHORT STORIES ON LIFE’S BIGGEST LESSONS: Love, trying again when at first you don’t succeed, having the courage to begin, slowing down and appreciating quieter moments, opening your heart to new experiences, choosing friends that let you be you, knowing that hope can always be found, and discovering magic in everyday life.

IDEAL FOR GIFTING MOMENTS THROUGHOUT THE YEAR: Back to school, birthdays, or holidays.

SPECIFICATIONS

*112 pages

*WIDTH: 8 1/5" - 208mm

*HEIGHT: 10 3/5" - 269mm

*Hardcover

PUB MONTH: SEPTEMBER AGES 4 to 6

PICTURE BOOK ISBN 978-1-915569-93-6

$19.99 CAN $24.99

ebook ISBN 978-1-917044-59-2

RIGHTS:

Little Dinosaurs, Big Feelings

WRITTEN BY SWAPNA HADDOW; ILLUSTRATED BY YITING LEE

A mindful guide to mastering dinosaur–size feelings from multi–award–winning author Swapna Haddow and her evolved dinosaur friend, Doctor Diplo

Doctor Diplo is the Jurassic kingdom’s best–loved therapist. Meet him and 10 of his Jurassic friends as they learn to navigate different emotions with simple mindfulness tools and exercises.

Meet:

Steggie the Angry Dinosaur

Rex the Scared Dinosaur

Bruno the Sad Dinosaur

Minka the Happy Dinosaur

Poppy the Lonely Dinosaur

Percy the Shy Dinosaur

Terrie the Excited Dinosaur

Trev the Overwhelmed Dinosaur

Iggy the Bored Dinosaur

Nino the Content Dinosaur

Hear their stories, and discover how to navigate different emotions with simple mindfulness tools and exercises.

Swapna Haddow is the best–selling author and award–winning funny lady of over 20 books for younger readers. She has won the Sainsbury's Book Award and Sheffield Children's Award, and is the creator of Dave the Pigeon. Originally from the UK, Swapna now lives in New Zealand with her husband, son and dog, Archie. Dr Amber Owen is a clinical psychologist and founder of Mindful Pathways, an organization dedicated to the wellbeing of young people around the world. Yiting Lee is a Taiwanese artist based in the UK. This is her first dino–tastic book for younger readers.

SELLING POINTS

10 FUNNY READ–ALOUD STORIES: From bestselling author Swapna Haddow that help little ones accept and master their big feelings.

EACH STORY STARS A DIFFERENT DINOSAUR: with a problem, and a mindfulness exercise to master.

WRITTEN IN CONSULTATION WITH CHILD PSYCHOLOGIST DR. AMBER OWEN: with simple mindfulness exercises to complete at the end of each story.

SPECIFICATIONS

*112 pages

*WIDTH: 7" - 178mm

*HEIGHT: 9" - 203mm

*Hardcover

PUB MONTH: AUGUST AGES 5 to 8 PICTURE BOOK

ISBN 978-1-915569-87-5

US $19.99 CAN $24.99

ËxHSLJLFy569875z

ebook ISBN 978-1-917044-56-1

RIGHTS:

The Treasure

A STORY ABOUT FINDING JOY IN UNEXPECTED PLACES

WRITTEN BY MARCELA FERREIRA; ILLUSTRATED BY BRIAN LAMBERT

A stunning picture book which teaches that real treasure is not gold and friendship is the best gift of all

Once, atop a cold, dark mountain, there was an old wooden chest. And in the chest, there was a treasure so special that it could make your dreams come true. Or so it was said . . .

Join Hare as she sets off to find the treasure, hoping for an exciting adventure. On the way, she meets Bear, whose dream is to make friends, and Bird, whose dream is to overcome shyness. But when they eventually get to the top and find the treasure, they realize that they’ve already found what they’re looking for.

Perfect for ages 4+, this stunning picture book teaches that real treasure is not gold, but rather friendship holds the most value of all.

Marcela Ferreira was born in Rio de Janeiro and moved to London as a teenager. She lives in London with her husband, two children, and a pair of newly rescued kittens, Loki and Thor. Her first picture book, The Queen Next Door, was published in the UK in March 2023. Brian Lambert is an illustrator and graphic designer based in the Northwest region of the US. In his own words, “I draw cute things–but sometimes I’ll draw things that I think are cool . . . cutely.”

SELLING POINTS

FIND JOY IN UNEXPECTED PLACES: With picture book duo Marcela Ferrara and Brian Lambert.

A HEARTWARMING CELEBRATION OF FRIENDSHIP AND PERSEVERENCE: In a read–aloud picture book.

GOLD–FOILED COVER: Perfect for gifting.

SPECIFICATIONS

*32 pages

*WIDTH: 9 2/5" - 239mm

*HEIGHT: 11" - 279mm

*Hardcover

PUB MONTH: SEPTEMBER AGES 3 to 6 PICTURE BOOK

ISBN 978-1-915569-89-9

US $18.99 CAN $23.99

ËxHSLJLFy569899z

ebook ISBN 978-1-917044-58-5

Knock Knock: Merry Christmas!

A GOOGLY-EYED JOKE BOOK

ILLUSTRATED

BY ROB HODGSON

The googly–eyed animals in Rob Hodgson’s Knock Knock: Merry Christmas!, a book of Christmas knock–knock jokes will have kids laughing all the way through holiday season!

Knock, knock! Who’s there?

Meet a snowman, a reindeer, an elf, and more in this interactive joke book full of holiday fun. With each knock on the door, join our cat host in asking, “Who’s There?” before turning the page to discover a different googly eyed Christmas guest and their giggle–worthy punchline. This easy–to–follow first joke book is packed with Christmas hilarity sure to make the whole family merry.

Rob Hodgson lives in Bristol, England, where he spends his days making a mess and turning it into quality illustration projects and books. In 2017, he released his first picture book, The Cave, and since then has published a small bookshelf more, which have been translated into over a dozen languages. Approaching his work with a curiosity of techniques, he is equally likely to be found rummaging around in the trash for unusual materials as he is to be buried in a computer working on new digital processes.

SELLING

ebook ISBN 979-8-88707-268-5 RIGHTS:

POINTS

DIE–CUTS AND GOOGLY EYES: The tactile interactive format features die–cuts on each page to reveal hilarious googly eyes.

FIRST JOKE BOOK: Simple knock knock jokes provide silly fun that’s right on target for young readers.

PLAYFUL ILLUSTRATIONS:

Funky, fun artwork is sure to keep young audience captivated.

SERIES FULL OF LAUGHS: This latest addition to the Googly Eyed Joke Book series joins the hilarious Knock Knock: Who’s There?

SPECIFICATIONS

*Googly eyes; full-color illustrations and die-cuts throughout *16 pages

*WIDTH: 7 2/3" - 195mm

*HEIGHT: 8 1/4" - 210mm

*Casebound Board Book

PUB MONTH: SEPTEMBER AGES 3 to 5 BOARD BOOK

ISBN 978-1-4197-7337-2

US $12.99 CAN $16.99

ËxHSLELJy773372z

CARTON QTY: 36

I Love You Always

A BROWN BEAR WOOD PICTURE BOOK

WRITTEN BY RACHEL PIERCEY; ILLUSTRATED BY FREYA HARTAS

Help Bear search for 100 hearts and celebrate the love between parent and child in I Love You Always, a heartwarming addition to the Brown Bear Wood series

Join Bear and Papa Bear as they spend a glorious day together in the woods. Children will delight as they help Bear find and count 100 hearts gifted from his dad. The gentle, rhyming text reinforces the importance of being yourself. No matter what Bear does or who is he, Papa Bear loves him unconditionally. This board book for children ages 2+ features: ·A chance to practice counting from one to 20. Twenty hearts are hidden in each of the five endearing scenes for a total of 100 hearts! Gentle, rhyming text from acclaimed poet Rachel Piercey Intricate illustrations from bestselling artist Freya Hartas . . . little ones will find new things to spot every time!

Celebrating the unconditional love between a parent and child, this board book makes a wonderful Valentine’s Day gift and is perfect for sharing at bedtime.

Rachel Piercey is a freelance poet, editor, and tutor. She has co–edited children’s poetry anthologies with the Emma Press and regularly performs her work and runs poetry workshops in primary schools. Piercey’s poems for adults have been published in various journals, including The Poetry Review, Magma, and The Rialto, as well as two pamphlets with the Emma Press and one with HappenStance. She lives in London. Freya Hartas is a UK–based illustrator specializing in children’s books. She lives in the vibrant city of Bristol with her partner and their ancient black cat, Katsu, and works from her cozy, cluttered desk in a shared studio down the road. She graduated from Falmouth University with a degree in illustration in 2014. Hartas loves to conjure up humorous characters, animals, and monsters, creating the most fantastical worlds for them to inhabit and get lost in.

RIGHTS:

SELLING POINTS

PERFECT FOR VALENTINE’S DAY: Full of hearts and a message that celebrates the love between a parent and child, this book makes the perfect Valentine’s Day gift.

BESTSELLING ILLUSTRATOR: Freya Hartas is a popular artist with over 50,000 followers on Instagram.

INTERACTIVE TEXT FROM ACCLAIMED POET: Features an engaging seek–and–find activity matched with lovely read–aloud poetry.

POPULAR SERIES: This title is the latest addition to Brown Bear Wood: an immersive, cozy world that encourages little ones to look at nature around them and step into a world of imaginative play, where animals do just as a child would—play games, go to school, and enjoy fun times with friends and family.

SPECIFICATIONS

*Full-color illustrations throughout *14 pages

*WIDTH: 6 1/2" - 165mm

*HEIGHT: 7 2/25" - 180mm

*Casebound Board Book

PUB MONTH: NOVEMBER

AGES 2 to 5 BOARD BOOK

ISBN 978-1-4197-7338-9

US $9.99 CAN $12.99 ËxHSLELJy773389z

CARTON QTY: 48 ebook ISBN 979-8-88707-269-2

RIGHTS: United

The Birthday Music Book

PLAY

HAPPY

BIRTHDAY AND CELEBRATORY

MUSIC BY BACH, BEETHOVEN, MOZART, AND MORE WRITTEN BY JENNIFER

ECKFORD;

ILLUSTRATED BY AMY ADELE

An interactive story book with eight musical clips, including “Happy Birthday” and other classical masterpieces

Get ready to celebrate with eight touch–activated sound chips, join sing along to “Happy Birthday” and discover seven other iconic pieces of classical music, as you follow one little mouse who wakes up on her birthday, goes out to pick flowers in the woods, then returns home to discover all her friends and family are ready to surprise her with a birthday party! Simply press the stars on the pages to hear the songs in this interactive sound book, which also includes sheet music for budding musicians.

Music includes: “Happy Birthday,” Bach’s Cello Suite No 1 “Prelude,” Beethoven’s “Ode to Joy,” Grieg’s “In the Hall of the Mountain King,” Offenbach’s “Can–Can,” Rossini’s “William Tell Overture,” Strauss’s “The Blue Danube,” and Mozart's "Overture from the Marriage of Figaro."

Jennifer Eckford studied fine art at the Slade before becoming a writer and editor of children’s books. Her work has been published into more than 30 languages. She lives in the North Norfolk countryside in the UK with her husband, young son, and dog. Amy Adele is a UK–based illustrator specializing in children’s books. She studied illustration at Falmouth University in Cornwall, UK. Adele lives with her partner and two young children. Her work inspirations include nature and imagining the secret lives of woodland animals while on walks with her children. She primarily works in watercolor and gouache, with a little digital magic here and there. Her pockets are full of sea glass, feathers, and chestnuts, partly collected by her children but mostly by herself.

SELLING POINTS

INTERACTIVE SOUNDBOOK FORMAT: Seamless reading experience as you press the page to make the integrated sound chip play.

UNIQUE BIRTHDAY BOOK: The only book on the market to play a full rendition of “Happy Birthday,” plus seven other well–known pieces.

WORLD–FAMOUS COMPOSERS: The perfect first introduction to Mozart, Bach, Beethoven, and others.

GREAT READ–ALOUD STORY: Rhyming couplets make this story lovely to read aloud.

GIFTABLE PACKAGE: Stunning gold foil cover and cute artwork makes this the perfect gift for every little mouse’s birthday!

SPECIFICATIONS

*24 pages

*WIDTH: 12" - 305mm

*HEIGHT: 10" - 254mm

* Other

PUB MONTH: SEPTEMBER AGES 3 to 6

KIDS NOVELTY, PICTURE BOOK

ISBN 978-1-915569-92-9

US $24.99 CAN $31.99 ËxHSLJLFy569929z

Letters from the North Pole

WITH FIVE LETTERS FROM SANTA CLAUS TO PULL OUT AND READ WRITTEN BY ANNIE ATKINS; ILLUSTRATED BY FIA TOBIG

Read five letters from Santa Claus himself in this beautifully illustrated book from renowned Wes Anderson designer and visual artist Annie Atkins

Five children from all around the world write to Santa Claus with ideas for Christmas gifts and are amazed when he writes back! Through five letters from Santa that children can pull out and read, the hidden world of the North Pole is revealed, from how reindeer can sleep standing up to what snacks Santa would like left out on Christmas Eve, and how he gets round the world so quickly. But will the gifts the children have requested be made in time? This nostalgic, festive tale is written and art directed by Annie Atkins, the legendary prop designer of The Grand Budapest Hotel, Isle of Dogs, and Box Trolls, and beautifully illustrated by Fia Tobing.

Annie Atkins is a graphic designer and prop maker for film and television. Her first job after graduating was on the third season of The Tudors, creating the calligraphy for Henry VIII’s death warrants (among other things). She is known for her work with Wes Anderson on The Grand Budapest Hotel, which won the Academy Award for Best Production Design at the 87th Academy Awards. Since then, she has worked again with Wes Anderson on Isle of Dogs and The French Dispatch. Annie’s first book, Fake Love Letters, Forged Telegrams, and Prison Escape Maps, was published in 2020 by Phaidon. Annie lives in Dublin, Ireland, where she teaches workshops out of her studio. Fia Tobing is a freelance illustrator from Jakarta, Indonesia. She currently lives in Perth, Australia. Drawing has always been in her heart since she was little. Her lifelong passion for picture books and drawing has driven her to become a children’s illustrator. Working mainly digitally, she loves creating cute characters and whimsical illustrations. She discovers inspiration from childhood memories, nature, animated movies, and children’s books. When taking a break, she spends most of her time with her family, watching movies, or drawing on her sketchbook while enjoying a cup of hot tea.

RIGHTS: United

SELLING POINTS

A BOOK OF LETTERS FROM SANTA CLAUS: With five real letters from the North Pole to pull out and open.

FIRST CHILDREN’S BOOK FROM WES ANDERSON’S FILM DESIGNER, ANNIE ATKINS: With North Pole ephemera, stamps, and letterheads designed by Annie.

CHARMING READ–ALOUD STORY: Perfect for curling up with at Christmastime.

SPECIFICATIONS

*48 pages

*WIDTH: 8 1/5" - 208mm

*HEIGHT: 10 3/5" - 269mm

*Hardcover

PUB MONTH: OCTOBER AGES 3 to 6 PICTURE BOOK

ISBN 978-1-915569-91-2

US $19.99 CAN $24.99

Glow Puzzle

500 PIECE SPACE-THEMED JIGSAW PUZZLE

ILLUSTRATED BY SARA BOCCACCINI

MEADOWS

A 500–piece puzzle of our beautiful night sky

This stunning puzzle illustrated by celebrated artist Sara Boccaccini Meadows depicts the planets and moons of our solar system with a beautiful starry night sky backdrop. The silver foil and textured box contain a 500–piece puzzle and double–sided poster, making this a perfect gift to bring the family together. Refer to the poster to see how your completed puzzle should look, then flip it over to discover facts, quizzes, and activities on the reverse side.

Sara Boccaccini Meadows is a British–born illustrator based in Los Angeles. Her playful and illustrative work, created in watercolor, gouache, and ink pen, and inspired by the great outdoors, has won her an audience of a quarter of a million followers on Instagram.

SELLING POINTS

STUNNING FOILED BOX AND 500–PIECE PUZZLE: Brings together stars and planets in a rich and beautiful design.

DOUBLE–SIDED POSTER:

Poster inside shows the puzzle artwork on one side and details stargazing activities and puzzles on the reverse.

ONLINE FOLLOWING: Illustrator has 225,000 followers on Instagram.

SPECIFICATIONS

*1 pages

*WIDTH: 10" - 254mm

*HEIGHT: 10" - 254mm

*Puzzle

PUB MONTH: SEPTEMBER AGES 7 to 9 PUZZLES, COLORING, AND ACTIVITY BOOKS

ISBN 978-1-917044-46-2

US $21.99 CAN $27.99

Bunny's Birthday Puzzle

A MAGICAL WOODLAND 100 PIECE PUZZLE

ILLUSTRATED

BY FREYA HARTAS

A stunning 100–piece jigsaw puzzle in the internationally bestselling Brown Bear Wood series, in this zero–plastic giftable puzzle

It’s Bunny’s birthday party! Featuring gorgeous artwork of a woodland scene, this 100–piece jigsaw puzzle will open your eyes to new ways of seeing the natural world around you. Be amazed, piece by piece, as the wonders of Brown Bear Wood unfold. Includes a fold–out poster which can be used as an aid to complete the puzzle, and features 20 things to spot in the puzzle.

Freya Hartas is a UK–based illustrator specializing in children’s books. She lives in the vibrant city of Bristol with her partner, and works from her cozy, cluttered desk in a shared studio down the road. She graduated from Falmouth University in 2014 with a first–class honors BA in illustration. Hartas loves to conjure up humorous characters, animals, and monsters, creating the most fantastical worlds for them to inhabit and get lost in. She is the illustrator of the internationally bestselling Slow Down and Brown Bear Wood series.

US $21.99 CAN $27.99 ËxHSLJLHy044455z RIGHTS:

SELLING POINTS

MINDFUL ELEMENT: Piece together Bunny’s birthday party and create a beautiful underground woodland scene.

FOLD–OUT, DOUBLE–SIDED POSTER: Puzzle artwork on one side, 20 things to spot in the puzzle on the other.

POPULAR SUBJECT: Perennially popular subject of woodlands and nature.

CHARMING CHARACTERS: Stars lovable characters from the Brown Bear Wood world.

GIFTABLE: Gorgeous graining finishes make this zero–plastic puzzle ideal for birthday gifting.

SPECIFICATIONS

*1 pages

*WIDTH: 10" - 254mm

*HEIGHT: 10" - 254mm

*Puzzle

PUB MONTH: AUGUST AGES 5

PUZZLES, COLORING, AND ACTIVITY BOOKS

ISBN 978-1-917044-45-5

RIGHTS: United States and Canada

Slow Down Activity Cards

30 MINDFUL ACTIVITY CARDS

BY EMILY SHARRATT, ILLUSTRATED BY FREYA HARTAS

This boxed card deck includes 30 creative mindfulness games, visualizations, and exercises inspired by nature and the bestselling Slow Down

With 30 nature–inspired activities to do on your doorstop, help your little one feel grounded, find calm, improve focus, practice loving kindness, and relax. Whimsical full–color illustrations on both sides of the cards break down each practice into easy–to–follow steps. Tips on individual cards plus an 8–page instructional booklet shows modifications that make these activities inclusive for children of all abilities.

Freya Hartas is a children’s book author and illustrator who graduated from Falmouth University in 2014 with first–class honors and a BA in illustration. She lives in the vibrant city of Bristol, in England.

SELLING POINTS

30 MINDFULNESS CARDS: In the bestselling Slow Down series.

NATURE INSPIRED MINDFULNESS PROMPTS: For any situation or time of day.

HELP YOUR LITTLE ONE FEEL GROUNDED: Find calm, improve focus, and relax.

SPECIFICATIONS

*30 pages

*WIDTH: 4 2/3" - 119mm

*HEIGHT: 7 1/3" - 186mm

*Boxed Set

PUB MONTH: JANUARY AGES 5 to 7

SELF-HELP, PUZZLES, COLORING, AND ACTIVITY BOOKS

ISBN 978-1-915569-94-3

US $16.99 CAN $21.99

The World to Come

BY ROBERT MACFARLANE AND JOHNNY FLYNN, ILLUSTRATED BY EMILY SUTTON

Stunning picture book collaboration from bestselling author Robert Macfarlane, actor Johnny Flynn and illustrator Emily Sutton

On my way through the wood wound a thread through the dream... Take a lyrical journey with a father and son who walk together through an ever–changing landscape and discover a world to come that's filled with hope. This beautiful book sings with a love of words and rhythm, and vividly conjures the magic of nature. Astonishing artwork makes this picture book an instant classic.

· An all–star collaboration created by actor–musician Johnny Flynn, bestselling author Robert Macfarlane, and award–winning illustrator Emily Sutton

· An instant classic showcasing the beauty of nature ·Wonderful read–aloud text that sings with a love of words and rhythm ·Stunning illustrations for a picture book filled with hope and wonder

Robert Macfarlane is a bestselling, multi–award–winning author who is internationally renowned for his writing on nature, people, and place. His work has been widely adapted for film, music, television, stage, and radio. The Lost Words: A Spell Book (2017), which he co–created with artist Jackie Morris, was chosen by the UK as one of its all–time favorite books on the natural world. He has collaborated with actors including Willem Dafoe, musicians including Cosmo Sheldrake and artists including Olafur Eliasson. In 2017 he was awarded the E.M. Forster Award for Literature by the American Academy of Arts and Letters. Johnny Flynn is a singer, composer, musician, and actor. He has released two full live albums, Live in Washington DC (2014) and Live at the Roundhouse (2018) and various EPs and soundtracks. He is currently appearing as Richard Burton in Jack Thorne’s sell–out play The Motive and the Cue, directed by Sam Mendes. Raised in the iconic North Yorkshire countryside, Emily Sutton has become a true icon of modern–day illustration. Aside from her evocative animation of other people’s characters, Emily wrote her own book for Walker Books, Penny and the Little Lost Puppy, and has created several other titles in the last few years.

ebook ISBN 978-1-917044-60-8 RIGHTS:

SELLING POINTS

READ–ALOUD STORY: Beautiful read–aloud story of nature through the seasons.

AN OBJECT OF BEAUTY TO TREASURE FOREVER.

AWARD–WINNING TEAM:

Created by an award–winning, bestselling author and illustrator team.

SPECIFICATIONS

*32 pages

*WIDTH: 9 2/5" - 239mm

*HEIGHT: 11" - 279mm

*Hardcover

PUB MONTH: NOVEMBER AGES 1 to 5

PICTURE BOOK

ISBN 978-1-917044-25-7

$18.99 CAN $23.99

The Little Box of Joy

FIND JOY EVERYDAY WITH 30 SIMPLE MINDFUL ACTIVITY CARDS

WRITTEN BY JOANNE RUELOS DIAZ; ILLUSTRATED BY ANNELIES

DRAWS

This boxed card deck brings together 30 activities that celebrate the little things which bring great joy

Gift a little joy this holiday season with this giftable box of mindfulness cards. Each card features a charming child on the front of the card, and a fun, inclusive activity on the reverse, offering a mindful prompt to encourage gratitude for the simple things that can bring happiness to our everyday lives. A booklet is also included to help guide carers through the activities

Joanne Ruelos Diaz is a writer and editor dedicated to nurturing a love for reading and learning. She writes for children, parents, and teachers, and values physical, mental, social, and emotional health for all members in a family. Joanne and her family live in New Jersey. Annelies Draws is a self–taught illustrator based in the Netherlands, originally from South Korea. She has loved to draw since she was a little girl, and works with traditional mediums such as colored pencils and gouache paints, with whimsical colors. Annelies finds inspiration through her daily life, and hopes her work can bring a little joy to your day.

SELLING POINTS

30 MINDFUL ACTIVITY CARDS: Learn to appreciate the world around you and practice gratitude every day.

PERFECT GIFT: Celebrate finding joy in the smallest things with this activity box in a beautiful gifty package.

ILLUSTRATED BY ANNELIES DRAWS: Instagram star with over 300,000 followers.

SPECIFICATIONS

*30 pages

*WIDTH: 4" - 102mm

*HEIGHT: 5 3/5" - 142mm

*Boxed Set

PUB MONTH: OCTOBER AGES 5

SELF-HELP

Unicorns & Other Magical Horses: 4 in 1 Card Game

ENJOY 4 CLASSIC GAMES IN 1 WITH THESE BEAUTIFULLY ILLUSTRATED CARDS ILLUSTRATED BY RAE RITCHIE

This 32 card game is an enchanting way for any unicorn–lover to play Snap, Go Fish, Swap, and Pairs

Do you believe in unicorns? Would you like to meet their magical friends? Discover eight different mythological horses, from water horses to flying horses, while playing four classic family games: Snap, Go Fish, Swap, and Pairs! This boxed card deck is the perfect way to enjoy spending time with the whole family, and also features a leaflet containing fun trivia about the mystical creatures featured.

Rae Ritchie lives with her daughter, her husband, and her cat, Nomi, in Minneapolis, Minnesota. Her watercolor and gouache paintings are created in a sunny little room in her home, and she is greatly inspired by the lushness of nature, classic children’s books, and old photographs. Rae’s clients include Los Angeles Times, Dear Stella Design, and Fjallraven.

SELLING POINTS

POPULAR SUBJECT: Perennially popular subject of unicorns.

GIFTY PACKAGE: Beautifully illustrated, perfect gift in a tried–and–tested format.

LEARNING ELEMENT: Learn fun trivia about mythical horses as you play.

FAMILY FUN: Easy to understand instructions for classic games that the whole family can enjoy.

CHRISTMAS GIFTING: Publishing in time for Christmas!

SPECIFICATIONS

*32 pages

*WIDTH: 5 3/5" - 142mm

*HEIGHT: 4" - 102mm

*Boxed Set

PUB MONTH: NOVEMBER AGES 5 to 7 KIDS FANTASY

ISBN 978-1-917044-18-9

US $16.99 CAN $21.99

RIGHTS:

Knots in a Box

30 ESSENTIAL KNOTS; HOURS OF TIMELESS FUN

ILLUSTRATED

BY

CHRIS DURIEZ

Master the art of 30 essential knots in this zero–plastic box of giftable cards

This entertaining, easy–to–follow, and eminently practical set of 30 cards will equip readers with knotting skills to last a lifetime. Each card features step–by–step in instructions for knot tying and mastering. From the clove hitch to the Albright knot, readers will learn an array of loops, hitches, and binding knots, as well as variations of the most famous examples.

Chris Duriez is a Scottish children’s illustrator and printmaker based in Cambridge, England. Having worked for many years as an animator and primary school teacher in the big city, he is now working toward a masters in children’s book illustration at the Cambridge School of Art.

SELLING POINTS

HAVE FUN . . . WITH KNOTS: 30 knots for the young adventurer to learn to tie.

REDISCOVER A FORGOTTEN SKILL: Discover the joy of this ancient craft with step–by–step instructions.

PERFECT STOCKING STUFFER: Ideal gift for the young, intrepid knot master.

SPECIFICATIONS

*30 pages

*WIDTH: 4" - 102mm

*HEIGHT: 5 3/5" - 142mm

*Boxed Set

PUB MONTH: OCTOBER AGES 7 to 9

PUZZLES, COLORING, AND ACTIVITY BOOKS

ISBN 978-1-917044-19-6

US $16.99 CAN $21.99

ABRAMS IS PLEASED TO ANNOUNCE A NEW PARTNERSHIP WITH RED COMET PRESS , AN INDEPENDENT CHILDREN’S BOOK PUBLISHER WITH A FOCUS ON ILLUSTRATED STORYTELLING. RED COMET PRESS PUBLISHES A WIDE RANGE OF VOICES AND THEY ARE PASSIONATE ABOUT BRINGING LITERATURE FROM A BROAD SPECTRUM OF CREATORS TO A WIDE AUDIENCE OF READERS.

From The Modern Goth Tarot Deck

• Cards illustrated by Natalie Foss; handbook by Stephen Baird

Enchanted Lion

Milky Way Picture Books Tate Publishing

Comet Press

The Purple One

A STORY OF PRINCE

WRITTEN BY MATTHEW BURGESS; ILLUSTRATED BY SIRIN THADA

From award–winning author Matthew Burgess and debut illustrator Sirin Thada, a picture book biography of music icon Prince, from childhood to superstardom, that crackles with electricity and soul

Prince is remembered as one of the greatest musicians and performers of all time. But before he achieved global superstardom, he was a child growing up in Minneapolis, with a universe of music inside him. From his first forays into writing songs with his school friends to his unprecedented three–album record deal at 19, and his surprise hit film Purple Rain to performing at the Super Bowl, Prince was never afraid to blaze his own trail—creating something entirely new, entirely free, and entirely PRINCE that would shape music and culture and resonate with audiences for generations to come.

Matthew Burgess is a poet, professor, and children’s book author. He teaches at Brooklyn College and is a teaching artist in New York City public schools. He is also the author of, among other titles, Enormous Smallness: A Story of E.E. Cummings; Drawing on Walls: A Story of Keith Haring; Make Meatballs Sing: The Life & Art of Corita Kent; and Sylvester’s Letter. He lives with his husband in Brooklyn and Berlin. The daughter of Thai immigrants, Sirin Thada was born and raised in Baltimore, and has been making art since childhood. Most recently, she was the in–house illustrator for Catapult magazine, and has been published in the Washington Post, Guardian, TIME magazine, and more. She currently lives and works in NYC along with her husband, scientific artist Jason Brougham, and their adorable rescue pup, Indie. The Purple One is her picture book debut.

RIGHTS: World English

SELLING POINTS

TIMELY CELEBRATION OF PRINCE: 2024 marks the 40th anniversary of Purple Rain, which was recently announced to be adapted into a new Broadway show.

GORGEOUSLY ILLUSTRATED: Captures Prince and his settings in the bright neon colors and rich purples he deserves.

FOREGROUNDS THE TRUE GENIUS OF PRINCE: Delves into Prince’s childhood, showing the seeds of his talent, focus, and vision.

INSPIRING ACT OF SELF–CREATION: Prince’s agency, drive, and creativity will inspire & encourage children to pursue their own dreams.

AWARD–WINNING AUTHOR: Burgess’s picture book bios recognized as Best Books of the Year by Kirkus, Washington Post, Boston Globe, Brain Pickings, New York Public Library, and the Chicago Public Library.

SPECIFICATIONS

*Full-color illustrations throughout *68 pages

*WIDTH: 8" - 203mm

*HEIGHT: 10" - 254mm

*HC-POB with Jacket

PUB MONTH: NOVEMBER AGES 6 to 9

KIDS NONFICTION

ISBN 978-1-59270-422-4

US $19.95 CAN $25.95 UK £13.99

ebook ISBN 978-1-59270-440-8

Thank You, Everything

WRITTEN

AND ILLUSTRATED

BY ICINORI; TRANSLATED FROM FRENCH BY EMILIE ROBERT WONG

This magnificent new title from Icinori starts as a word book of things to be thankful for and turns into a thrilling adventure story along the way

What starts as a series of “thank yous” addressed to common objects that inhabit our daily lives gradually builds into a fantastic journey across landscapes, seasons, and inner discoveries. Deceptively simple, each page acknowledges the contributions of a different object (spoon, rock, beasts) or concept (summer, slumber, surprise), with each image building on the next to create a dazzling narrative that invites readers to puzzle and play, explore and discover, appreciate and marvel. Aaron Becker’s Journey meets Carter Higgins’s Circle Under Berry in this visual tour de force and invitation to look at the world with new eyes.

Icinori is an experimental design and illustration duo, made up of couple Mayumi Otero and Raphael Urwiller. Designers, visual artists, and editors, they concoct a wide range of projects together, spanning illustration, graphic design, exhibitions, publishing, and teaching. They have published several artists’ books and children’s books, including Et Puis, which was selected as an honor book in the fiction category of the 2019 Bologna Ragazzi Awards, and have contributed art to the New York Times, Wired, and Forbes Magazine. Growing up in a French–Chinese American family, Emilie Robert Wong attended school in the French national education system before studying comparative literature and neuroscience at Harvard College. She is an associate editor at Enchanted Lion, as well as the co–translator, with Karin Snelson, of You Can’t Kill Snow White (shortlisted for the Global Literature in Libraries Initiative’s Translated YA Book Prize) and At the Drop of a Cat (a Kirkus Best Book of 2023 and a NYPL Best Children’s Book of 2023).

RIGHTS: World English

SELLING POINTS

BEAUTIFUL ART AND PRODUCTION: Poetic shapes, an array of styles, and a limited palette of colors, featuring special Pantone inks, provide bookstore, gift, and museum store appeal.

NOVELTY: A novel version of the word book, wherein each object is not merely named but becomes part of the story, with the narrative thread given by the entrée of new objects/words.

BROAD DEMOGRAPHIC AND INTERGENERATIONAL APPEAL:

Part word book, part picture book, part art book, part book–objet, this striking volume is perfect for book lovers of every age, as well as design aficionados, elementary school teachers, poets, artist, the 99% and the 1%.

IMMEDIATE APPEAL: Thank you, alarm clock... Thank you, soap... Thank you, shoes… A list of daily things reminds us to be grateful. By recognizing the contributions of each object, the protagonist awakens readers to appreciation and mindfulness. And who doesn’t understand the power of that?

DELUXE PAPER, LUXURIOUS FEEL: Printed on sumptuous, Swedish–milled Munken paper.

SPECIFICATIONS

*Full-color illustrations throughout, printed with three special Pantone inks *176 pages

*WIDTH: 8 5/8" - 220mm

*HEIGHT: 8 5/8" - 220mm

*Hardcover

PUB MONTH: NOVEMBER AGES 4 to 8

PICTURE BOOK

ISBN 978-1-59270-423-1

US $29.95 CAN $40.95 UK £21.99

ËxHSLFTCy704231z

ebook ISBN 978-1-59270-441-5

Making Space

WRITTEN

BY

PAOLA QUINTAVALLE; ILLUSTRATED BY MIGUEL TANCO

A delightful and inspiring picture book about making time for the little things that make life rich and beautiful, from author Paola Quintavalle and award–winning illustrator Miguel Tanco

Watching a flower grow. Taking time to say goodbye. Giving yourself the chance for another try. Holding hands and letting go. And welcoming the night when the moon is up.

These are all things for which we need to make time—things that involve both imagination and intention, even though they are ordinary. By sharing these small moments, this playful, conceptual book inspires us not to waste but to fill the precious time we have on our hands.

Paola Quintavalle was born in Rome, Italy. She has worked with children and books in a variety of contexts for many years. She joined Orecchio Acerbo Editore, a prestigious Italian publisher specializing in illustrated books, in 2003, and she moved to New York in 2010. Making Space is her second book as an author, following Crescendo, illustrated by Alessandro Sanna. Miguel Tanco is the author and illustrator of over 60 children’s books, for which he has received numerous awards and recognitions. Tanco teaches illustration and organizes creative workshops with children and illustrators around Europe. Born in Extremadura, Spain, he now lives in Milan, Italy, with his wife and two sons.

RIGHTS: World English

SELLING POINTS

ENCOURAGES OPENNESS, PATIENCE, AND MINDFULNESS: Encourages making space for new experiences and embracing the possibilities of what we might rush past or forget, with an affirming and positive message.

CLASSIC, CHARMING TEXT AND ART: With simple–yet–lyrical phrases and assured line art with gift appeal, colored in a limited palette, this is a classic in the making that harkens back to small–format books of the ’50s and ’60s, like those from Ruth Krauss and Maurice Sendak.

RELATABLE KIDS OF ALL KINDS: Readers are sure to find connections with the characters of all different personalities and backgrounds.

PERFECT GRADUATION

GIFT: For taking stock of where you've been, celebrating milestone moments, and looking forward towards the future.

SPECIFICATIONS

*Illustrations in yellow, black, and white throughout *56 pages

*WIDTH: 6" - 152mm

*HEIGHT: 7.5" - 191mm

*HC-POB with Jacket

PUB MONTH: AUGUST AGES 5 to 7 PICTURE BOOK

ISBN 978-1-59270-408-8

US $17.95 CAN $24.95 UK £12.99

ËxHSLFTCy704088z

ebook ISBN 978-1-59270-448-4

There's a Ghost in the Garden

WRITTEN BY KYO MACLEAR; ILLUSTRATED BY KATTY MAUREY

A gentle, probing picture book from award–winning author Kyo Maclear and celebrated illustrator Katty Maurey about the special relationship between a grandfather and his grandson, and the many traces, memories, and even ghosts with which we live

There’s a ghost in Grandpa’s garden. It leaves tracks by the path where there was once a cool, dark stream. It makes mischief by knocking over flowerpots. And sometimes, it leaves behind a gift perfect for a curious boy in the form of little treasures from times gone by.

The boy who is the narrator of this picture book loves spending time with his grandpa in the garden, enjoying the natural world, listening to memories of how things used to be, and making up stories about the friendly ghost. With Grandpa as his loving guide, the boy learns to look closely at the garden and marvel at its mysteries, to uncover the layers of history that make up this special place, and also to fashion new things from all that he has found.

Kyo Maclear is an essayist, novelist, and children’s author. She has written over 25 books for little and big people, many of which have been translated internationally. She holds a doctorate in environmental humanities and teaches writing in Tkaronto/Toronto, where she lives with a lively family of cats and musicians. Katty Maurey is an illustrator who has published many picture books. She is passionate about painting, sculpting, printmaking, and, most of all, marveling at the natural world. Among other distinctions, her work has been nominated for the Governor General Award in the children’s book category.

RIGHTS: World English

SELLING POINTS

ATYPICAL GHOST STORY: A rich speculation on the many ways in which the past is contained within the present.

INTERGENERATIONAL RELATIONSHIP: Beautifully depicts how the transmission of memories from one generation to another guards so much that is valuable and necessary.

FOR MUSEUM SHOPS, BOTANICAL GARDENS: Beautiful materials and hand–painted art of plants and trees make this a natural for all stores with an art or garden focus.

CLASSROOM CONNECTION:

Themes of family, memory, and traces, plus a teachers guide ranging from the creators’ mixed heritage to eco–grief, make this an excellent resource for oral history units as well as local ecology.

DELUXE PAPER, LUXURIOUS FEEL: Printed on sumptuous, Swedish–milled Munken paper.

SPECIFICATIONS

*Full-color illustrations throughout *56 pages

*WIDTH: 8 3/4" - 222mm

*HEIGHT: 11 1/4" - 286mm

*HC-POB with Jacket PUB MONTH: OCTOBER AGES 6 to 9

PICTURE BOOK

ISBN 978-1-59270-405-7 US $18.95 CAN $24.95 UK £13.99

ËxHSLFTCy704057z

The Wanting Monster

WRITTEN BY MARTINE MURRAY; ILLUSTRATED BY ANNA READ

From award–winning author Martine Murray (dubbed Australia’s Kate DiCamillo) and painter Anna Read comes a timeless and timely tale about the monstrousness of envy, and every creature’s—even a monster’s—need for love

It starts with a whisper in your ear. A prickly feeling that something isn’t quite right. And it builds until a sneaky, possessive thought wriggles into your mind, and an insidious want burrows into your heart. Before you know it, you’re discontent, convinced that you’re owed more than what you’ve got. This is the work of the Wanting Monster.

One day, the Wanting Monster arrives in a small village, but no one notices him, despite his antics. Feeling snubbed, he starts sowing discontent and envy of one’s neighbor. So infectious is the wanting and greed awakened by the Wanting Monster that even the stars are plucked, one by one, from the sky. Covetousness and distrust reign. Will the village people ever return to their senses? Will they ever learn that it’s the monster of wanting that’s been poisoning their minds? The Wanting Monster almost triumphs . . . fortunately, he is finally seen for what he is, and this recognition unleashes the purifying force of collective lamentation and a coming together to reroot and rebuild.

Martine Murray is an acclaimed Australian author and illustrator whose work has been translated into more than 20 different languages. Her first novel, The Slightly True Story of Cedar B Hartley, was selected for the White Ravens list of outstanding international children’s books and was one of the New York Public Library’s 100 Titles for Reading and Sharing and a Book Sense 76 Children’s Pick. Anna Read is an Australian artist whose work spans painting, ceramics, music, theater, and garden design. Always deeply committed to and informed by her connection to the natural world, Anna was a co–founder of Studio Su in Castlemaine, a ceramic gallery space. She is also the co–founder of Parachute Press, a small independent publisher. Anna resides in Campbells Creek, a little town on the edge of Castlemaine in central Victoria.

RIGHTS: World English

SELLING POINTS

A MODERN–DAY FABLE: A beautifully illustrated book with high relevance to our times, while reclaiming the age–old art of fables and fairy tales.

INTERGENERATIONAL APPEAL: A philosophical story which will appeal to both children and adults thanks to its playful approach to deep themes.

RELEVANT AND TIMELY: Puts a sharp focus on the tendency to want and crave more than is needed and on the value of giving back. Embedded in the story is an ecology degraded by greed and redeemed by the realization of interconnection and our human capacity to see well and rightly.

FROM A WELL–LOVED AUSTRALIAN AUTHOR: Murray is a highly acclaimed middle–grade and YA author in her native Australia.

PRODUCED SUSTAINABLY: In keeping with the book's ecological themes.

SPECIFICATIONS

*Full-color illustrations throughout *76 pages

*WIDTH: 8" - 203mm

*HEIGHT: 11 1/2" - 292mm

*HC-POB with Jacket

PUB MONTH: FEBRUARY AGES 6 to 9

PICTURE BOOK

ISBN 978-1-59270-419-4

US $19.95 CAN $25.95

ËxHSLFTCy704194z

ebook ISBN 978-1-59270-442-2

Miss Leoparda

WRITTEN

AND ILLUSTRATED BY

RIGHTS: World English

NATALIA SHALOSHVILI; TRANSLATED FROM RUSSIAN BY LENA TRAER

Beautiful illustrations from an internationally recognized fine artist make this fun, ecologically–minded book about a bus–driving, tree–loving leopard a standout!

When Miss Leoparda isn’t sleeping in her beloved tree home, she drives the bus, taking her animal friends around town on their animal business. Every day, all of the bus’s seats are taken . . . until the day something amazing and new appears: a little car that speeds off into the distance, leaving clouds of smoke in its wake. Intrigued, the bus’s passengers each get a car of their own, one by one, until the day that Miss Leoparda is the only one left on the bus.

But more and more cars on the road mean more and more traffic jams, more and more arguments, and fewer and fewer trees—as trees, it seems, are just getting in the way of the jammed–up travelers. Will Miss Leoparda be able to nourish a new awareness and help her community return to their senses? With humor, insight, and gorgeous art, this is a picture book about the importance of the natural world and the value of community, to read again and again.

Natalia Shaloshvili writes and illustrates books for children. Her picture books Miss Leoparda and What a Small Cat Needs have been translated into many languages, with more books coming soon. She creates illustrations with acrylic paints and watercolor pencils, finishing them digitally. Besides making picture books, Natalia is an artist, with works showcased in exhibitions worldwide and held in private collections. She lives in London with her family. She likes big and small cats and riding a bike. Lena Traer is a Russian– and English–language literary translator with a focus on books for children and young adults. She is a member of the Society of Children’s Book Writers and Illustrators. Her past projects include translating Wind: Discovering Air in Motion, On the Edge of the World, and How to Be Your Dog’s Best Friend into English and translating a variety of picture books and scientific materials into Russian. Born and raised in Siberia, Russia, Lena now lives in San Francisco.

SELLING POINTS

A GREAT PACKAGE: Silkscreened satin spine, beautiful paper & impeccable color realization make this a standout.

HUMOR AND INSIGHT: Slyly comments on the fickleness of humans while celebrating the tenacity of the natural world.

ENCOURAGES ECOLOGICAL AWARENESS: Inspires reflection on nature conservation and good stewardship with humor and insight, not preachiness.

SPECIFICATIONS

*Full-color illustrations throughout *56 pages

*WIDTH: 11" - 279mm

*HEIGHT: 9 5/8" - 244mm

*HC-POB with Jacket

PUB MONTH: OCTOBER AGES 5 to 7 PICTURE BOOK

ISBN 978-1-59270-412-5

US $18.95 CAN $24.95 UK £13.99 ËxHSLFTCy704125z

ebook ISBN 978-1-59270-444-6

A STORY OF COSMIC FRIENDSHIP

WRITTEN BY LEE JUCK; ILLUSTRATED BY LEE JINHEE; TRANSLATED FROM KOREAN BY STINE SU YON AN

A beautiful picture book of cosmic dimensions about the tranquility and happiness that come from no longer feeling alone, by Korean singer–songwriter Lee Juck and award–winning illustrator Lee Jinhee

A long, long time ago, in a far, far corner of the universe, there lived a lonely little star. One day, a comet appears—is this finally the star’s chance to make a friend? Inspired by Halley’s Comet, this picture book written by Korean singer–songwriter Lee Juck and illustrated by acclaimed artist Lee Jinhee is about the moments of connection—however brief or rare—that give us the joy and hope to shine bright across the vast universe.

Lee Juck is a singer–songwriter who has released over 100 songs since his debut in 1995. He is the author of One Day, also published by Enchanted Lion, and Fingerprint Hunter, a collection of short stories. He has two children. Lee Jinhee is an artist who lives and works in Seoul. She has published several picture books, including One Morning, You and the World; and Alef. She received the 2008 CJ Picture Book Award in illustration for her first picture book and was selected for the 2020 Bologna Children’s Book Fair Illustrators Exhibition. Stine Su Yon An is a poet, literary translator, and performer based in New York City. She holds an MFA in literary arts from Brown University and a BA in literature from Harvard College. She is the recipient of fellowships and grants from the American Literary Translators Association, the Corporation of Yaddo, and the PEN/Heim Translation Fund.

RIGHTS:

SELLING POINTS

RELATABLE SOCIAL–EMOTIONAL THEMES: Perfect conversation starter about loneliness, self–reliance, patience, and friendship.

UPLIFTING MESSAGE & GORGEOUS ART: A beautiful story of solitude and connecting with something larger than yourself, illustrated with stunning art.

NONFICTION APPEAL FOR BUDDING SCIENTISTS: Inspired by Halley’s Comet, with a silent frame story encouraging observation and imagination.

INFORMATIVE BACKMATTER: Includes backmatter on orbits, celestial bodies, and Halley's Comet, making it a great fit for curious kids, astronomer lovers, and science & space museums.

DELUXE PAPER, LUXURIOUS FEEL: Printed on sumptuous, Swedish–milled Munken paper.

SPECIFICATIONS

*Full-color illustrations throughout *48 pages

*WIDTH: 8 7/8" - 225mm

*HEIGHT: 10 1/2" - 267mm

*HC-Cloth with Jacket

PUB MONTH: SEPTEMBER AGES 5 to 7

PICTURE BOOK

ISBN 978-1-59270-400-2

US $18.95 CAN $25.95 UK £13.99 ËxHSLFTCy704002z

ebook ISBN 978-1-59270-446-0

On All Fours

WRITTEN AND ILLUSTRATED BY GAËTAN DORÉMUS; TRANSLATED FROM FRENCH BY EMILIE

ROBERT WONG

A bear cub sets out to discover the world—with a little encouragement from a nearby parent—in this charming picture book from the author–illustrator of New York Times Best Illustrated Book Bear Despair

The best way to explore the world is on all fours! With its four little paws, a curious bear cub dances across pebbles, feels the tickling grass, splishes and splashes in puddles. So delightful are the curious cub’s encounters that even prickly weeds or a little tumble are just part of the fun!

From sensory experience to sensory experience, the bear cub goes on a journey of discovery and surprise that leads it far away from where it started. Perhaps even too far away? Help!! But the moment of panic is soon resolved when the cub is lifted up by two loving arms into a big hug from a parent.

From acclaimed author–illustrator Gaëtan Dorémus, a charming, brightly colored picture book about exploration, play, budding independence, and security.

Born in 1971, Gaëtan Dorémus received his degree from the School of Decorative Arts in Strasbourg, France. Once out in the world, he picked up a few other degrees while creating picture books and illustrations for the press. Dorémus has illustrated more than 25 books and has produced hundreds of editorial illustrations and cartoons. He loves bicycle riding, walking in the mountains, eating green tomatoes with cinnamon, and being a papa. Dorémus’s Bear Despair was a New York Times Best Illustrated Book of 2012. Growing up in a French–Chinese American family, Emilie Robert Wong attended school in the French national education system before studying comparative literature and neuroscience at Harvard College. She is an associate editor at Enchanted Lion, as well as the co–translator, with Karin Snelson, of You Can’t Kill Snow White (shortlisted for the Global Literature in Libraries Initiative’s Translated YA Book Prize) and At the Drop of a Cat (a Kirkus Best Book of 2023 and a NYPL Best Children’s Book of 2023).

RIGHTS: World English

SELLING POINTS

PERFECT PACKAGE FOR THE YOUNGEST PICTURE BOOK

READERS: Bright colors, strong shapes and textures, and minimal words are sure to appeal to kids.

DEPICTS INDEPENDENT

DISCOVERY: Inspires curiosity, self–reliance, exploration of nature & secure parental attachment and ends with a big parent–child hug!

AWARD–WINNING ARTIST: Dorémus’s picture book Bear Despair (also starring bears!) was a NYT Best Illustrated Children’s Book of 2012, with stars from PW & SLJ My Baby Crocodile hailed by the NYT as “touching,” with a “riveting, spiky beauty.”

GIFT& MUSEUM SHOP APPEAL: Vibrant colors, sumptuous paper, line–hatched art, and tactile form make this ideal for these arenas.

SPECIFICATIONS

*Color illustrations throughout *40 pages

*WIDTH: 7 1/4" - 184mm

*HEIGHT: 8 7/8" - 225mm

*Hardcover, Picture PUB MONTH: FEBRUARY AGES 3 to 5

ISBN 978-1-59270-388-3 US $16.95 CAN $22.95 UK £11.99

ËxHSLFTCy703883z

Lamberto, Lamberto, Lamberto

WRITTEN

BY

GIANNI RODARI; ILLUSTRATED BY ROMAN MURADOV; TRANSLATED FROM ITALIAN BY ANTONY SHUGAAR

From Gianni Rodari, the father of modern Italian children’s literature, comes a pithy, humorous tale about life and death, health and wealth . . . and bandits and balloons! A refreshed translation from Batchelder Award–winner Antony Shugaar, illustrated with all–new art from Roman Muradov

“Gianni Rodari gave free rein to his imagination, with inspired panache and gleeful lightness. At the same time, he had a precise and meticulous love for detail, for rich and exact language, and so all of his inventions are set in a very concrete world with real form and action.”

—Italo Calvino

Baron Lamberto is very old, very rich, and very sick. He lives on a private island in the middle of Lake Orta, tended to by his butler, Anselmo, who keeps track of the baron’s 24 maladies, 24 banks, and endless eccentricities. After a mysterious trip to Egypt, the baron hires six people to take up residence in the attic of his villa. Their only task? To repeat his name, “Lamberto, Lamberto, Lamberto,” throughout the day. Why is anyone’s guess, but Baron Lamberto does appear to be getting better, little by little, day by day. But trouble looms when Lamberto’s nefarious nephew Ottavio enters the scene, scheming up a way to get his hands on the baron’s fortune. And things go from bad to worse when a band of 24 bandits (all named Lamberto, too, by the way) lays siege to the baron’s villa and attempt to hold him for ransom.

In typical Rodarian fashion, Lamberto, Lamberto, Lamberto is a thoroughly enjoyable, deeply thought–provoking read. While it playfully skewers the absurdities of the rich, the bureaucracy, the media, and more, it also encourages readers to liberate their imaginations, to expect the unexpected, and to embrace the kind of possibilities that normally only happen in fairy tales.

Italian author Gianni Rodari wrote many beloved children’s books and was awarded the prestigious Andersen Prize. He was also an educator who understood the liberating power of the imagination. Decades after his death in 1980, Rodari’s writing remains as powerful and innovative as ever. Roman Muradov is an artist, illustrator, and graphic novelist living in Brooklyn. His surreal illustrations have appeared in a variety of esteemed publications, including the New York Times, Wall Street Journal, and Vogue. He has received numerous awards from institutions like the Art Directors Club and the Society of Illustrators. Antony Shugaar is a writer and translator. His translation of Rodari’s Telephone Tales received the 2021 Batchelder Award for most outstanding children’s translation and was awarded the 2020 Italian Ministry of Foreign Affairs English Translation Prize.

RIGHTS: World English

SELLING POINTS

FUNNY, FANTASTICAL, THOUGHT–PROVOKING: Madcap characters and a fantastical plot invite readers young and old to reflect on wealth, aging, fame, and more.

BITING, LAUGH–OUT–LOUD SATIRE WITH CROSSOVER

APPEAL: A wry send–up of the absurdities of the upper class, as well as moral and physical decrepitude, in a funny, sophisticated way.

WONDERFUL, NEWLY ILLUSTRATED EDITION: Fresh, stylish illustrations using three Pantone colors make for a gorgeous edition of this work.

A GREAT ADDITION TO OUR AWARD–WINNING RODARI COLLECTION: Following Batchelder winner Telephone Tales and New York Times Best Illustrated Book Telling Stories Wrong, this is sure to be a title that booksellers will wish to carry.

SPECIFICATIONS

* 86 spot illustrations in three special pantone inks

*168 pages

*WIDTH: 6 1/4" - 159mm

*HEIGHT: 9 1/2" - 241mm

*HC-POB with Jacket PUB MONTH: JANUARY AGES 9 to 12 MIDDLE-GRADE FICTION

ISBN 978-1-59270-415-6

US $29.95 CAN $40.95 UK £21.99

ËxHSLFTCy704156z ebook ISBN 978-1-59270-443-9

The Grammar of Fantasy

AN INTRODUCTION TO THE ART OF INVENTING STORIES

WRITTEN BY GIANNI RODARI; ILLUSTRATED BY MATTHEW FORSYTHE; TRANSLATED FROM ITALIAN BY JACK ZIPES

From the father of modern Italian children’s literature, a guide to fairy tales and their potential for teaching creative storytelling to children—with radiant illustrations from Matt Forsythe and a refreshed translation from Jack Zipes

“The ultimate synthesis of Rodari’s exuberant knowledge, a book of both pedagogy and poetics, poetry for teachers and pedagogy for poets.” —Italo Calvino

A groundbreaking pedagogical work that is also a handbook for writers of all ages and kinds, The Grammar of Fantasy offers a playful, practical path to finding your own voice through the power of storytelling. Full of ideas, glosses on fairy tales, stories, and wide–ranging activities, this book changed how creative arts were taught in Italian schools. Gianni Rodari is not only revered as a children’s author, but also remembered for his visionary pedagogy, and it is these two fields he combines in this revolutionary essay collection. Translated into English by acclaimed scholar of folklore and children’s literature Jack Zipes, and with original art from illustrator Matthew Forsythe, this edition of The Grammar of Fantasy is one to live with and return to for its humor, intelligence, and remarkable understanding of children.

Gianni Rodari is widely considered the father of modern Italian children’s literature. In 1960, he collaborated with the Education Cooperation Movement to develop exercises to encourage children’s creative and critical thinking abilities. The recipient of the prestigious Andersen Prize in recognition of his contribution to children’s literature, he was also one of Italy’s most important educators and an activist who understood the liberating power of the imagination. Jack Zipes is a renowned children’s historian and folklorist who has written, translated, and edited dozens of books on fairy tales (Breaking the Magic Spell,The Irresistible Fairy Tale, The Original Folk and Fairy Tales of the Brothers Grimm). He is professor emeritus of German and comparative literature at the University of Minnesota. Matthew Forsythe is the award–winning author–illustrator of picture books Pokko and the Drum, Mina, and The Golden Leaf. He was also lead designer on Cartoon Network’s Adventure Time and production designer of the Oscar–nominated short film Robin Robin.

RIGHTS: World English

SELLING POINTS

RODARI’S LEGACY OF IMAGINATION: Following the success of ELB’s edition of Telephone Tales (2020), this is a major work in pedagogy and storytelling, children’s studies and cultural studies, from the father of modern Italian’s children’s literature.

BREAKS DOWN STORYTELLING FOR TEACHERS AND WRITERS: This guide to unleashing the imagination in creative writing proposes theoretical structures and practical exercises to engage the young (and young at heart) in storytelling.

LIBERATORY GUIDE FOR ANY CREATOR OR ARTMAKER: Can be used as a self–help book for any creator seeking to unblock themselves and nourish and unleash their own creativity and critical thinking.

ILLUSTRATED FOR THE FIRST TIME EVER, BY LEADING ARTIST OF TODAY: Award–winning illustrator Matthew Forsythe has created luminous, expressive art to imbue Rodari’s seminal text with fresh visual life.

SPECIFICATIONS

*Color illustrations throughout *316 pages

*WIDTH: 6.25" - 159mm

*HEIGHT: 9.5" - 241mm

* Hardcover with jacket

PUB MONTH: MARCH 2025 ISBN 978-1-59270-305-0

US $29.95 CAN $40.95 UK £21.99

ËxHSLFTCy703050z

CARTON QTY: 20

Tales from Dreamland

BY ED VALFRE

LA photographer Ed Valfre imagines stories from snapshots of ordinary life, inviting readers to discover the magical in the everyday

“Through the lens of Ed Valfre’s mind, the everyday becomes the ethereal. His images spark the imagination and take us to a place just beyond reach. Or perhaps the dream already exists and Valfre shows us the proof.”

—TV Producer Michael Feldman

A cup of coffee with a swirl of cream. Clouds reflected on a tabletop. A shopping cart abandoned on the sidewalk. Photographer Ed Valfre captures these little moments of everyday life in his pictures and subsequently imagines the extraordinary universes, striking feelings, and unexpected narratives each moment might contain. By turns surreal, humorous, and profound, Valfre reveals the magic to be discovered in the everyday with this collection of photographs and accompanying short stories.

Ed Valfre is a photographer and musician, and the author of two children’s books (Backseat Buckaroo and Vacationers from Outer Space). He has exhibited his photographs in Los Angeles, Bologna, and Rome. He currently resides in Los Angeles, or possibly in an alternate dimension.

RIGHTS: World English

SELLING POINTS

POWERFUL LOCAL COMMUNITY: Valfre is known in and around LA and will be able to drive local support.

MUSEUM SHOP & GIFT APPEAL: Beautiful design and keen sequencing create a powerful, immersive collection.

CONTEMPORARY FEEL & RELEVANCE: Image driving story and street photography heightened to symbol feels fresh.

SPECIFICATIONS

*Full-color photographs throughout *92 pages

*WIDTH: 8 1/4" - 209.55mm

*HEIGHT: 8 1/4" - 209.55mm

*Hardcover with jacket

PUB MONTH: FEBRUARY

ART, YOUNG ADULT, PHOTOGRAPHY

ISBN 978-1-59270-377-7

US $29.95 ËxHSLFTCy703777z

CARTON QTY: 20 ebook ISBN 978-1-59270-449-1

Old as Stone, Hard as Rock

OF HUMANS AND WAR

WRITTEN

AND ILLUSTRATED

BY ALESSANDRO SANNA; INTRODUCTION BY AMMIEL ALCALAY

From acclaimed Italian artist Alessandro Sanna, a sweeping history of war and humanity as told wordlessly through paintings—tracing both human destruction and creation through the ages, as witnessed and recorded by stone

A stone falls to the Earth. It picks up speed, rolling down the steep side of a mountain until it comes to rest in an empty plain. But the plain won’t remain empty for long: out of the shadows emerge two figures, who immediately start to grapple, using that very stone as a weapon to kill.

But those same hands, our human hands, holding the same weight of stone, also shape and forge, chisel and build, creating as they destroy, rendering beauty and violence alike. What is the relationship of those twin impulses? In these pages, artist Alessandaro Sanna uses the shaping force of his hands to explore the seemingly endless, perversely steadfast human capacity for destruction. Unflinchingly tracing humanity’s long history of war, from the havoc of armies on horseback, to the violence of the conquistadores, to the carnage of the First World War, to the ghastly terror of the atomic bomb, and the cruel, shockingly intentional attack on the Twin Towers, Sanna records our compulsion to destroy. The hands mold clay, streak color across a sky, define a world, give beauty to the eye; and yet fires burn, an acrid smell arises, smoke blots out the sun. For what and why?

Includes an introduction from esteemed poet and scholar Ammiel Alcalay, as well as an artist’s note.

Born in 1975, Alessandro Sanna is considered one of Italy’s leading contemporary illustrators. He has earned wide recognition across Europe as an illustrator and author, and his work has appeared in the New York Times Book Review and The New Yorker. He is a prolific and popular creator of illustrated books for children and readers of all ages, including The River, Pinocchio: The Origin Story, and Crescendo, and has received many awards and had many exhibitions. He lives and works in Mantua, Italy.

RIGHTS: World English

SELLING POINTS

INTRO BY AMMIEL ALCALAY: Poet, novelist, translator, and scholar, Alcalay powerfully reflects on Sanna’s work.

A GREAT AND CONTEMPORARY ARTIST: Sanna gives us watercolor paintings at their most sublime.

RELEVANT AND NECESSARY :

Given that the 21st century appears to be a time of “permanent war,” this poetic works silently witnesses and documents the paradox of human creativity and our drive to wage war and destroy.

DELUXE PAPER, LUXURIOUS FEEL: Printed on beautiful, high–quality Fedrigoni paper from Italy.

SPECIFICATIONS

*Full-color illustrations throughout *184 pages

*WIDTH: 7 7/8" - 200mm

*HEIGHT: 10 7/8" - 276mm

*HC-POB with Jacket PUB MONTH: JANUARY ART

ISBN 978-1-59270-421-7

US $34.95 CAN $46.95 UK £25.00

ËxHSLFTCy704217z

ebook ISBN 978-1-59270-445-3

Hekla and Laki

A PICTURE BOOK

WRITTEN AND ILLUSTRATED BY MARINE

SCHNEIDER

A comforting, poetic picture book about the beauty and brutality of life and death, inspired by two Icelandic volcanoes, from award–winning creator

Marine Schneider

Carried in by a strong wind, a tiny creature named Hekla twirls delicately into a crater, falling at the feet—and, very suddenly, into the life—of an old giant named Laki. Each is vastly different from the other: Laki is a solitary being, preferring order and calmness, while Hekla is young, spirited, and messy. But in their newfound state of coexistence, they learn to live together and help each other grow, forging an attachment that binds them in life—and in death. Inspired by two Icelandic volcanoes, Hekla and Laki is a masterstroke of text and image about the beauty and the brutality of life, the passing of knowledge over time, and the sense of optimism that emerges in death.

Marine Schneider is a Belgian author and illustrator, who decided, at age five, that she would grow up to make children’s books. After studying illustration in Ghent and traveling the world, she began her career by illustrating three books for children’s author Elisabeth Helland Larsen. Schneider’s most recent work, Hekla et Laki, was awarded the 2022 Pepite d’or–one of France’s top honors for children’s literature–at the Montreuil Children’s Book Fair. She lives and works in Brussels.

RIGHTS: World English

SELLING POINTS

GOLD STANDARD: Hekla and Laki won the 2022 Pépite d’or (Gold nugget), one of France’s top honors for children’s literature, at the Montreuil Children’s Book Fair.

BREATHTAKING BEAUTY: Schneider’s illustration style, presented largely in blue and orange hues, offers incredible depth to a story already ripe with symbolism.

BROUGHT TO LIFE: This beautifully written tale gives readers young and old a nuanced perspective on the subject of life and death, creating an entry point for discussion.

BLOWING UP: Author and illustrator Marine Schneider has nearly 11,000 followers on Instagram.

SPECIFICATIONS

*Full-color illustrations throughout *64 pages

*WIDTH: 10" - 254mm

*HEIGHT: 12 1/2" - 318mm

*Hardcover with jacket PUB MONTH: SEPTEMBER AGES 6 to 9 PICTURE BOOK

ISBN 978-1-990252-31-0

US $21.99 CAN $24.99 UK £15.99 ËxHSLJTAy252310z

All Kinds of Things/Todo tipo de cosas

WRITTEN AND ILLUSTRATED BY BERNADETTE GERVAIS

From renowned creator Bernadette Gervais, a colorful, eye–catching word book—written in both English and Spanish—showing us how everyday things are connected in unique ways

What do a watering can, a shoe, and a saltshaker have in common? What about a kangaroo, popcorn, and a spring? From the mind of award–winning author–illustrator Bernadette Gervais, discover the answers to these questions and learn about other similarly interesting connections in All Kinds of Things/Todo tipo de cosas. Arranging animals, objects, and other items in a fashion at times humorous and poetic, this picture book— written in both English and Spanish—organizes our world in a unique way, bringing together more than 200 large, magnificent images created with stencils and brushes. Marvel at how much more things have in common than you might’ve thought!

Bernadette Gervais is a highly regarded author and illustrator, credited with the creation of over 100 children’s books. Born in Brussels, she studied fine arts at École des Beaux–Arts in Mons, where she began crafting her diverse range of illustration techniques, such as stenciling and engraving. Gervais is a winner of the 2020 Pépite d’or from the Montreuil Children’s Book Fair and received a special mention for her work at the 2022 BolognaRagazzi Awards.

RIGHTS: World English

SELLING POINTS

BEAUTIFULLY BILINGUAL: All Kinds of Things/Todo tipo de cosas features over 200 images with associated words written in both English and Spanish.

MAJOR ADAPTATION: This word book is the English adaptation of Gervais’s Des trucs comme ci, des trucs comme ça, which received a special mention at the 2022 BolognaRagazzi Awards at the Bologna Children’s Book Fair.

LIVING LEGEND: Author–illustrator Bernadette Gervais has more than 100 picture book credits to her name over the last 20 years.

UNIQUE CONNECTIONS: The categorization of images and their associated words in this book offers a truly distinct perspective for young readers to learn language.

BOLD IMAGERY: Gervais’s signature stencil and brushing styles are on full display, offering up nearly 200 colorful, striking images for kids to feast their eyes upon.

SPECIFICATIONS

*Full-color illustrations throughout *56 pages

*WIDTH: 9 1/2" - 241mm

*HEIGHT: 13" - 330mm

*Hardcover

PUB MONTH: OCTOBER

AGES 2 to 5

KIDS NOVELTY

ISBN 978-1-990252-36-5 US $21.99 CAN $24.99 UK £15.99

Milo the Knight

WRITTEN BY GRÉGOIRE LAFORCE; ILLUSTRATED BY CHARLOTTE PARENT

The empowering tale of a knight who emotionally sheds the only identity he’s ever known to discover his true self, from writer Grégoire Laforce and illustrator Charlotte Parent

From the moment he was born, all Milo has ever known is knighthood. He eats, sleeps, and breathes it every moment of his life, never taking his armor off even for a minute. After all, Milo lives in the shadow of generation upon generation of knights before him and feels duty–bound to defend his colony should a dragon ever attack. But while training one day, rain begins to fall and eventually turns Milo’s armor to a pile of rust, leaving the young knight weakened and unable to move. It isn’t until a chance encounter with a court jester, who helps him shed his armor and lay down his spear, that Milo has his first taste of freedom.

Grégoire Laforce is a former military man who’s slowly rediscovering his more childlike side. Through his work in the community, he discovered firsthand the importance of engaging men in preventing gender–based violence. Milo the Knight is his second picture book, following his October 2023 debut, The Lost Drop. He and his family can often be caught having wild kitchen dance parties in their home in Gatineau, Canada. Charlotte Parent is a freelance illustrator and comic artist based in Montréal. She holds a BFA from Concordia University, where she specialized in drawing. She also has an MA in art conservation, and works as an archaeological and world cultures conservator.

RIGHTS: World English

SELLING POINTS

INTERNALLY INSPIRED: Identity is a major theme in Milo the Knight and can offer young readers courage in feeling free to discover and be their true selves.

SOPHOMORE STRENGTH: Milo the Knight, a tale of great personal significance to the author, is the second picture book published by up–and–comer Grégoire Laforce.

VIVID VIBRANCE: With 2,300 followers on Instagram, illustrator Charlotte Parent and her signature style are on full display, bringing life to the animal characters in the story.

POWERFUL POIGNANCE: In a world constantly under siege, Milo the Knight gives educators a significant tool to acknowledge the existence of war, in the context of stepping back from it to creating positive change.

SPECIFICATIONS

*Full-color illustrations throughout *48 pages

*WIDTH: 8" - 203mm

*HEIGHT: 10 1/2" - 267mm

*Hardcover with jacket

PUB MONTH: NOVEMBER AGES 4 to 8

YOUNG ADULT, FICTION

ISBN 978-1-990252-35-8

US $19.99 CAN $23.99 UK £13.99

The Dream Kite

WRITTEN BY GRACE HALLWORTH; ILLUSTRATED BY SOPHIE BASS

Arty has a magical dream about flying a wonderful kite made of many colors. But when his mother wakes him, he realizes that it was just his imagination

Arty has a magical dream about flying a wonderful kite made of many colors. But when his mother wakes him, he realizes that it was just his imagination. Will Arty’s family be able to help him make his dream come true of making his own marvelous kite in time for the kite festival? And will he know how to fly it without the help of his friends?

Grace Hallworth (1929–2021) was born in Trinidad and arrived in the UK on a Churchill Fellowship, travelling from Trinidad via internships at the Toronto and New York City public libraries. She was appointed children’s librarian for Hertfordshire Libraries, serving in several key roles from 1957 to 1985. When she retired, Grace continued as a professional storyteller and helped establish the Society of Storytelling, becoming its first chair. Sophie Bass is a London–based Illustrator of mixed British and Trinidadian heritage. She creates work inspired by music, social justice, mythology, and symbolism. Previous work includes her bold and evocative illustrations for John Agard’s Windrush Child

SELLING POINTS

VIBRANT PAIRING: Both text and illustrations uniquely and beautifully capture the sights and sounds of Trinidad and Tobago.

DIVERSE CHARACTERS: Reflecting the multicultural and multiethnic landscape of the Caribbean.

STORYTELLING TRADITION: Hallworth’s committed to preserving and promoting the oral storytelling tradition. Her written works carry the authenticity and warmth of traditional storytelling, connecting readers to a rich cultural heritage.

SPECIFICATIONS

*Full-color Illustrations throughout *32 pages

*WIDTH: 8 57/64" - 226mm

*HEIGHT: 11 3/8" - 289mm

*Hardcover

PUB MONTH: SEPTEMBER AGES 5 to 7

PICTURE BOOK

ISBN 978-1-84976-888-7

US $18.99 CAN $23.99

The Sun and The Rhinoceros

WRITTEN BY ONDJAKI; ILLUSTRATED BY CATALINA VASQUEZ

A great rhinoceros, plagued with sorrow, learns a lesson from the sun about the secret to happiness

In the ancient forest, a beautiful rhinoceros was wondering what sadness he felt in his heart and asked for help. What follows is an enchanting fable about the importance of kindness and empathy, vividly illustrated by Catalina Vásquez and movingly penned by the award–winning writer Ondjaki.

Ndalu de Almeida, who uses the pen name Ondjaki, is a poet and writer. His work has been translated into nine languages and has won major literary prizes in Angola, Brazil, Portugal, and France. Catalina Vásquez is an artist, illustrator, filmmaker, and designer.

SELLING POINTS

INSPIRATIONAL

STORYTELLING: Exploring the theme of happiness through the unlikely friendship between the sun and a rhinoceros.

BREATHTAKING

ILLUSTRATIONS: Transports the reader to ancient forests in foreign climes.

TEACHABLE MOMENTS: A valuable resource for educators and parents. It offers teachable moments for discussing emotions and the importance of embracing positivity in life.

SPECIFICATIONS

*Full-color illustrations throughout *32 pages

*WIDTH: 10 15/64" - 260mm

*HEIGHT: 10 15/64" - 260mm

*Hardcover

PUB MONTH: SEPTEMBER AGES 5 to 7 PICTURE BOOK

ISBN 978-1-84976-904-4

US $18.99 CAN $23.99

Thanks!

WRITTEN AND ILLUSTRATED BY JONO GANZ

From the author–illustrator of Mildred the Gallery Cat comes another charming caper about a young girl learning that it’s OK to ask for help

Little One is finally grown up enough to go out with her friends on one of their big adventures! But when things start to go extraordinarily wrong, Little One is determined to fend for herself.

Thousands of miles away from home, can she conquer her fear and learn to ask for help?

Jono Ganz draws and writes in his home in London, which he shares with his partner, cat, and a 19th–century weaving loom. He likes folklore, wonky shapes, and the music of ABBA.

SELLING POINTS

HEARTWARMING AND HILARIOUS: A relatable storyline that is engaging, accessible, and very humorous; sure to capture the attention and imagination of young readers.

POSITIVE MESSAGE: Empowering message for children that asking for help is a brave and responsible action. The book aims to instill valuable life skills in a gentle and encouraging manner.

DOGS, ALIENS, AND FUN DAYS OUT WITH FRIENDS: What’s not to love?

SPECIFICATIONS

*Full-color illustrations throughout *32 pages

*WIDTH: 10 15/64" - 260mm

*HEIGHT: 10 15/64" - 260mm

*Hardcover

PUB MONTH: SEPTEMBER AGES 5 to 7 PICTURE BOOK

ISBN 978-1-84976-885-6

US $18.99 CAN $23.99

Not in the Mood

WRITTEN AND ILLUSTRATED BY JOSEPH

NAMARA HOLLIS

Hedgehog didn’t want to play outside, he didn’t want to play dress–up, he didn’t want to go sky–diving, he even didn’t want his favorite noodles. He was simply Not in the Mood

Hedgehog didn’t want to play outside, he didn’t want to play dress–up, he didn’t want to go sky–diving, he even didn’t want his favorite noodles. He was simply Not in the Mood. A heartwarming tale of a hedgehog who wakes up feeling sad and doesn’t know why. But with patience and understanding, his friends help him understand that it’s OK to have tough days. Through love and friendship, they show him that feelings, like the weather, can change. This touching picture book beautifully explores emotions and the power of friendship for young readers.

Joseph Hollis is an award–winning illustrator passionate about creating picture books. His current focus is making children’s books and lecturing at Nottingham Trent University.

SELLING POINTS

EMPATHY BUILDING: Depicting a character experiencing a challenging day, providing an opportunity for children to understand and relate to others’ emotions, promoting emotional intelligence.

EXPRESSIVE ILLUSTRATIONS:

Unique artwork capturing the range of emotions experienced on a bad day. Visual storytelling enhances the narrative, making it more accessible and engaging for children.

HUMOR AND PLAYFULNESS:

“Wild and zany” ideas paired with bold illustrations enhance the story, making it a delightful and funny read for both young and old.

SPECIFICATIONS

*Full-color illustrations throughout *32 pages

*WIDTH: 10 15/64" - 260mm

*HEIGHT: 10 15/64" - 260mm

*Hardcover

PUB MONTH: SEPTEMBER

AGES 5 to 7

PICTURE BOOK

ISBN 978-1-84976-886-3 US $18.99 CAN $23.99

Robots Don't Make You Go to Bed

A PICTURE BOOK

WRITTEN BY LAUREL GALE; ILLUSTRATED BY SUSANNA COVELLI

In this sci–fi picture book by author Laurel Gale and illustrator Susanna Covelli, join Owen as he learns that a robot mother might seem like a good idea, but there are a few screws loose

When Owen wins a build–a–robot kit, he assembles what he hopes will be the perfect mother. Robots don’t make you eat your breakfast. Robots don’t make you clean up your toys. And robots definitely don’t make you go to bed. But there are some things that make mothers unique, and Owen soon realizes that a robot mother can never replace the real thing. With a Tim Burton–esque art style, a die–cut and embossed cover, and a gentle moral, Robots Don’t Make You Go to Bed is perfect for aspiring inventors and anyone with a mother.

Laurel Gale lives in Washington with her husband and her ferrets. Her other books include the children’s novels Dead Boy and Story Magic. You can learn more about her at www.laurelgale.com. Susanna Covelli was born in a small town in Piedmont, Italy, earned an MA in architecture, and followed her passion for art and decided to attend a specialization course in both traditional and digital illustration at Scuola Internazionale di Comics in Turin. Her art expresses her own imagination and inspiration from nature, and she has always been attracted by sinuous shapes, baroque style, and out–of–the–ordinary perspectives.

SELLING POINTS

ENGAGING AND QUIRKY: Offers a unique and entertaining story about a young boy, Owen, who wins a build–a–robot kit and tries to create the perfect mother. Readers will be captivated by Owen’s adventures as he discovers the pros and cons of having a robot mother, making it a delightful and relatable read for kids. Tim Burton–esque illustrations add to the intrigue.

STEM TIE–IN: This book provides an excellent opportunity for educators and parents to engage children in STEM (science, technology, engineering, and mathematics) discussions. The theme of building a robot ties in perfectly with STEM concepts, making it a valuable resource for introducing these subjects to young readers in an enjoyable way.

UNIVERSAL APPEAL: While the book highlights the importance of mothers, its themes of creativity, family, and the significance of genuine relationships make it appealing to a wide audience, including parents, educators, and children alike.

AUTHOR EXPERIENCE: Laurel Gale, the author of this book, has a proven track record of creating engaging children’s literature. Mentioning her other works, such as Dead Boy and Story Magic, can help build trust among readers who are already familiar with her storytelling style.

SPECIFICATIONS

*Full-color illustrations throughout *32 pages

*WIDTH: 8" - 203mm

*HEIGHT: 10" - 254mm

*Hardcover

PUB MONTH: OCTOBER

AGES 3 to 5

PICTURE BOOK

ISBN 978-1-64170-566-0

$16.99 UK £11.99 ËxHSLGOBy705660z

ebook ISBN 979-8-89396-027-3

New House, New Home

A PICTURE BOOK ABOUT BUILDING A HOUSE WRITTEN BY MEGAN SABEN ILLUSTRATED BY LIZ AND KATE POPE

A picture book for families building a home, with illustrations by Twinkle Tots illustrators Liz and Kate Pope

In rhyming text by Megan Saben, two eager children watch step–by–step as their new home is built over the course of a year. With an adorable puppy to find on each page and a collection of boards, pipes, and wires, New House, New Home is the perfect gift for aspiring builders.

Megan Saben holds master’s degrees in children’s literature from Hollins University and in library science from University of Iowa, and applied them as a children’s librarian for four years. She writes for Redeemed Reader, is the author of Something Better Coming, and has served on children’s book award committees for WORLD magazine and the Virginia Library Association. Saben and her husband live in south central Virginia, where she drinks lattes, homeschools their five boys, and knits or fiddles when she isn’t reading or writing. The Pope twins, Liz and Kate Pope, born and raised in Derbyshire, now live on opposite sides of Chesterfield. After both gaining first–class degrees in surface pattern from Staffordshire University, Liz and Kate began their careers as professional greeting card and book illustrators, working together to create their signature colorful and collaged style. Liz describes herself as the illustrator of the team, sketching out designs which she then gives to Kate to work up in paint, collage, and patterned paper. This mixture of illustration and design gives their charming artwork a sense of vibrancy, movement, and eclecticism. When they’re not drawing, Liz and Kate like to scour charity shops for bargains, ensuring their personal styles are just as individual as there artwork!

SELLING POINTS

ENGAGING STORYLINE:

Toddlers fascinated by construction sites and young readers exploring new words will be captivated by the story’s delightful journey from a pile of dirt to a loving home. It’s the perfect blend of entertainment and education!

SIMPLE MEMORABLE RHYMES:

Uses rhythmic narrative to teach children about the construction process, making it easy for children to understand and remember. This simplicity ensures an enjoyable reading experience, making it an essential addition to any child’s library.

VALUABLE LIFE LESSONS:

Beyond the joy of construction, this book imparts essential life lessons. It explores the difference between a “house” and a “home,” teaching children the true meaning of family and love. With relatable situations and a heartwarming twist, it’s not just a book; it’s a valuable resource for parents, educators, and librarians aiming to nurture empathy and understanding in young hearts.

DIVERSE AUDIENCES: With its universal themes, this book appeals to a wide audience spectrum. From toddlers to parents, educators, and even building contractors and realtors looking for thoughtful gifts, this book bridges generations and professional circles. It’s a unique and versatile choice for anyone invested in children’s growth and development.

SPECIFICATIONS

*Full-color illustrations throughout *24 pages

*WIDTH: 7" - 178mm

*HEIGHT: 10" - 254mm

*Hardcover POB

PUB MONTH: JANUARY AGES 3 to 5

PICTURE BOOK

ISBN 978-1-64170-969-9

US $16.99 UK £11.99

ËxHSLGOBy709699z

ebook ISBN

979-8-89396-041-9

Nocturnal Nico

A BEDTIME PICTURE BOOK FOR NIGHT OWLS

WRITTEN AND ILLUSTRATED BY GABE JENSEN

With a cast of characters as quirky as the artwork by author and illustrator Gabe Jensen, Nocturnal Nico follows the title character as he resists bedtime, mirroring the nocturnal creatures outside in the moonlight

SELLING POINTS

BEDTIME RELATABILITY: Children will relate to Nico’s bedtime resistance as he insists on being nocturnal, just like the creatures outside his window. It’s a relatable and entertaining story that captures a common bedtime struggle.

EDUCATIONAL VALUE: Nocturnal Nico introduces children to various nocturnal animals, teaching them about creatures that come alive in the dark. It’s an excellent resource for expanding their knowledge of the natural world.

AWARD–NOMINATED AUTHOR–ILLUSTRATOR: Gabe Jensen, an award–nominated author and illustrator with a background in advertising and children’s digital media, brings his creative style to this book. Parents can trust the quality and creativity behind the story.

SPECIFICATIONS

*Full-color illustrations throughout *32 pages

Nico doesn’t want to sleep—he must be nocturnal! Like the owl in the tree, Nico is alert. Like the bat flying in the night, Nico isn’t afraid of the dark—or is he? With comic–like illustrations and obscure nocturnal animals throughout, this picture book will help your little night owl get to bed. Hopefully!

Includes one page of backmatter explaining the difference between nocturnal and diurnal animals and the adaptations that allow them to thrive at night.

After working as an advertising creative for clients like Coca–Cola, Gabe Jensen spent 15 years making children’s digital media for Poptropica, Miniclip, and Ranger Rick Online. His first children’s book, Neverwoof, was released in 2021 and was shortlisted for the Kids’ Book Choice Awards. Gabe grew up in Brooklyn and currently lives in Berkeley, California, with three kids, a one–eyed cat (true), and a two–eyed Cyclops (false).

*WIDTH: 9" - 229mm

*HEIGHT: 9" - 203mm

*Hardcover POB

PUB MONTH: OCTOBER AGES 5 to 7 PICTURE BOOK

ISBN 978-1-64170-958-3 US $16.99 UK £11.99

ebook ISBN 979-8-89396-029-7

This Book Is Not for You

A PICTURE BOOK WITHOUT ANY NINJAS, ZOMBIES, OR ALIENS

WRITTEN BY HOWARD PEARLSTEIN; ILLUSTRATED BY SUSANNA COVELLI

With dynamic illustrations by Susanna Covelli that hilariously contradict the story, This Book Is Not for You is told hilariously by Howard Pearlstein in the voice of an oblivious narrator who explains why this book is not for you

Are you a kid?

Are you reading this book? If so, drop it like a hot potato. Seriously, skipper.

This book is not for you.

Packed with everything a kid could never want—nothing funny, gross, cool, cute, or silly—this picture book is really not for you. There definitely aren’t any monsters or ninjas, and you can forget about aliens. You probably won’t even like this story. But you’re going to read it anyway, aren’t you?

The narrator, a curmudgeonly man with an impressive mustache, is delightfully unaware of the funny, gross, cool, cute, and silly things happening around him and his anxious dog (who is very aware). Whenever the narrator speaks, monsters, aliens, and all the things that a kid would like jump off the page. So if this book is not for you, who is it for? (The answer is absolutely not at the end.)

Howard Pearlstein is the author of three picture books and is an advertising creative director who has worked on some of the world’s most popular brands, including Toyota, Verizon, and Mitsubishi. A California native, Howard now lives in Birmingham, Alabama, with his wife, Debi. Howard has three daughters: Amanda, Jacquie, and Emily, who live across the country, and one dog, Maeby, who still lives at home. Susanna Covelli was born in a small town in Piedmont, Italy, earned an MA in architecture, and followed her passion for art and decided to attend a specialization course in both traditional and digital illustration at Scuola Internazionale di Comics in Turin. Her art expresses her own imagination and inspiration from nature, and she has always been attracted by sinuous shapes, baroque style, and out–of–the–ordinary perspectives.

SELLING POINTS

HILARIOUSLY CONTRADICTORY

ILLUSTRATIONS: This Book Is Not for You features dynamic illustrations by Susanna Covelli that comically contradict the story, adding a hilarious twist to the narrative.

INTERACTIVE EXPERIENCE:

This picture book offers an interactive experience for young readers and pre–readers. It encourages children to act “acceptably naughty” by not following the “author’s” directions.

AUTHOR’S BACKGROUND:

Howard Pearlstein, the author, brings a wealth of experience as an advertising creative director and author of three picture books. His unique storytelling style is sure to captivate young readers.

SPECIFICATIONS

*Full-color illustrations throughout *32 pages

*WIDTH: 11" - 279mm

*HEIGHT: 9" - 203mm

*Hardcover with jacket PUB MONTH: AUGUST AGES 5 to 7 PICTURE BOOK

ISBN 978-1-64170-992-7 US $17.99 UK £12.99 ËxHSLGOBy709927z ebook ISBN 979-8-89396-012-9

After a While, Crocodile

A

LIFT-THE-FLAP PICTURE BOOK OF WORDPLAY WRITTEN AND ILLUSTRATED BY BRAD SNEED

With art and text by Brad Sneed, this lift–the–flap picture book turns a mother and daughter into different animals as they go through their morning routine

SELLING POINTS

INTERACTIVE LEARNING: This book engages children with its interactive elements, encouraging them to participate in the storytelling. The call–and–response format of “After a while, crocodile!” adds a playful dimension to the reading experience.

ACCOMPLISHED AUTHOR–

ILLUSTRATOR: Brad Sneed, the author and illustrator of the book, brings a wealth of experience to the project. With nearly 20 picture books to his name, some of which he has written and illustrated, Sneed has a proven track record of creating engaging and visually appealing books for children.

EDUCATIONAL

ENTERTAINMENT: After a While, Crocodile offers children a delightful and educational reading experience. Author Brad Sneed takes young readers on a journey filled with wordplay and rhyming, and introduces them to obscure animals.

Sneed’s hilarious story goes beyond the typical “After a while, crocodile!” call–and–response and introduces kids to wordplay, rhyming, and obscure animals. With three pages of fun facts about all the animals featured in the book, After a While, Crocodile is both interactive and educational.

Brad Sneed has illustrated almost 20 picture books, some of which he has also written. His titles include Deputy Harvey and the Ant Cow Caper; Aesop’s Fables; and When Wishes Were Horses. He lives in Kansas.

SPECIFICATIONS

*Full-color illustrations with lift-the-flap reveals *32 pages

*WIDTH: 10 1/2" - 267mm

*HEIGHT: 8" - 203mm

*Hardcover

PUB MONTH: AUGUST AGES 3 to 5

NATURE, PICTURE BOOK

ISBN 978-1-64170-954-5 US $18.99 UK £13.99

Red Rover, Red Rover, Send a Vowel Over

A PICTURE BOOK ABOUT VOWEL SOUNDS

WRITTEN BY KIMBERLEE GAURD; ILLUSTRATED BY SANDIE SONKE

The newest addition to the Language is Fun series, this colorful picture book from award–winning author Kimberlee Gard and illustrator Sandie Sonke teaches children all about vowel sounds

The vowels, little a, e, i, o, and u, know they are different from the other letters, so they hesitate to join in the playground games, but when the consonants try to form words, they realize just how impossible that is without the vowels. With some encouragement from little y, a letter who belongs to both groups, the vowels join the fun and use their sounds to make words we all love. With anthropomorphized letters as the characters and fun visualizations of words with and without their vowels, Red Rover, Red Rover, Send a Vowel Over is the perfect gift for teachers or parents of new readers!

Kimberlee Gard is an award–winning and bestselling children’s author of multiple picture books. She lives on a small farm in Colorado with her husband, sons, and a gaggle of barnyard friends. You can visit her at www.kimberleegard.com. Sandie Sonke is an illustrator living in Rancho Cucamonga, California. She graduated with a BA in studio art from Cal State University–Fullerton in 2010. Wearer of many hats, Sonke is a freelance illustrator, wife, and mom to two inspirational souls. When she is not drawing, you can find her playing Legos with her kids or sipping coffee with her husband.

SELLING POINTS

EMPOWERING MESSAGE: The book empowers children with the knowledge that they have the power to make words and contribute to the world of language, reinforcing the idea that learning can be both fun and meaningful.

SUPPORTS EARLY LITERACY: For parents and guardians, this book serves as a valuable tool for teaching children about the fundamentals of language, including vowel letters, vowel sounds, and word formation.

UNIQUE SERIES: This book is part of the Language is Fun series, making it an ideal choice for parents and educators looking for a comprehensive collection of educational materials that promote literacy and language development. The series’ unique concept of anthropomorphized letters as characters adds a fresh and imaginative twist.

ENGAGING FOR CHILDREN: Features whimsical characters and layers of humor that will captivate young readers, making learning about vowels a fun and enjoyable experience.

SPECIFICATIONS

*Full-color illustrations throughout *32 pages

*WIDTH: 8" - 203mm

*HEIGHT: 10" - 254mm

*Hardcover with jacket

PUB MONTH: SEPTEMBER AGES 5 to 7 PICTURE BOOK

ISBN 978-1-64170-956-9

US $16.99 UK £11.99

ËxHSLGOBy709569z

ebook ISBN 979-8-89396-024-2

Hooray, It's Three Kings Day!

A PICTURE BOOK FOR EPIPHANY

WRITTEN BY ANNETTE M. CLAYTON; ILLUSTRATED BY JONE LEAL

A picture book celebration of Three Kings Day, with foil details on the cover, is the perfect gift for the Epiphany season

Sofia and her abuela share a special Three Kings Day tradition: Abuela brings her wooden santos all the way from Puerto Rico and tells the story of the wise men seeking Baby Jesus, drawn by a star. Surrounded by family and beautiful tradition, Sofia basks in the beauty of the holiday. Drawing upon her own experiences with her Puerto Rican abuela, author Annette Clayton explores the food, stories, and traditions that surround Three Kings Day. With rich illustrations by Venezuelan illustrator Jone Leal, Hooray, It’s Three Kings Day! includes four pages of backmatter with traditional recipes, a Spanish glossary, and details about the way this holiday is celebrated in different countries around the world. The gorgeous holiday gift will also be released in Spanish.

Annette M. Clayton, the accomplished author of over 20 children’s books, brings her passion for storytelling and love of family traditions to Hooray, It’s Three Kings Day! Her commitment to inspiring children to dream and explore shines through in this heartwarming tale. When she’s not writing, Clayton enjoys hiking, sipping lattes, and planning adventures with her husband and twin daughters in Maryland. Her dedication to preserving cultural heritage and family values is evident in her work. Jone Leal is an illustrator from Venezuela with an expansive portfolio. Her previous work includes Be Bold! Be Brave!: 11 Latinas Who Made U.S. History, Courageous History Makers: 11 Women from Latin America Who Changed the World, and Fearless Trailblazers: 11 Latinos Who Made U.S. History. She draws inspiration from everyday life events and the people she cares about.

SELLING

ebook ISBN 979-8-89396-034-1 RIGHTS:

POINTS

HEARTWARMING FAMILY TRADITION: Hooray, It’s Three Kings Day! beautifully captures the essence of family traditions and the magic of the holiday season. Follow Sofia as she learns about her family’s unique Three Kings Day celebration and discovers the true meaning of the season.

DIVERSE REPRESENTATION:

This book is a must–have for Latinx families, offering a relatable and heartwarming story that reflects their cultural heritage. It’s also a fantastic choice for families of all backgrounds who are eager to learn about new holiday traditions.

PERFECT FOR ALL AGES: While the target audience is children aged three to nine years old, this book is a heartwarming read for people of all ages. It’s a story that grandparents, parents, and children can enjoy together, making it an ideal addition to family bookshelves.

REAL–LIFE INSPIRATION:

Annette M. Clayton’s personal journey to create this book, driven by her desire to share the beauty of Three Kings Day with her own children, adds an inspiring backstory to the book’s creation.

SPECIFICATIONS

*Full-color illustrations throughout *32 pages

*WIDTH: 10" - 254mm

*HEIGHT: 10" - 254mm

*Hardcover with jacket

PUB MONTH: NOVEMBER AGES 5 to 7

KIDS LATINO HISTORY & CULTURE, PICTURE BOOK

ISBN 978-1-64170-957-6

US $17.99 UK £12.99

ËxHSLGOBy709576z

¡Genial, llegó el Día de Reyes!

A PICTURE BOOK FOR EPIPHANY

WRITTEN BY ANNETTE M. CLAYTON; ILLUSTRATED BY JONE LEAL

Un libro ilustrado sobre la celebración del Día de Reyes con una cubierta adornada con detalles en metálico: el regalo perfecto para este día.

Sofía y su abuela comparten una tradición especial del Día de los Reyes Magos: la abuela lleva sus santos de madera desde Puerto Rico y le cuenta la historia de los Reyes Magos, que partieron en busca del bebé Jesús guiados por una estrella. Sofía, rodeada de su familia y de esta preciosa tradición, vive la magia de la fiesta.

La autora, Annette Clayton, se basa en su experiencia personal con su abuela puertorriqueña para explorar la gastronomía, las historias y las tradiciones que envuelven el Día de los Reyes Magos. ¡Genial, llegó el Día de Reyes! nos muestra vivas ilustraciones de la artista Jone Leal, así como recetas tradicionales, un glosario en español y detalles sobre cómo se celebra esta fiesta en varios países de todo el mundo.

SELLING POINTS

HEARTWARMING FAMILY TRADITION: Hooray, It’s Three Kings Day! beautifully captures the essence of family traditions and the magic of the holiday season. Follow Sofia as she learns about her family’s unique Three Kings Day celebration and discovers the true meaning of the season.

DIVERSE REPRESENTATION:

This book is a must–have for Latinx families, offering a relatable and heartwarming story that reflects their cultural heritage. It’s also a fantastic choice for families of all backgrounds who are eager to learn about new holiday traditions.

PERFECT FOR ALL AGES: While the target audience is children 3 to 9 years old, this book is a heartwarming read for people of all ages. It’s a story that grandparents, parents, and children can enjoy together, making it an ideal addition to family bookshelves.

REAL–LIFE INSPIRATION:

Annette M. Clayton’s personal journey to create this book, driven by her desire to share the beauty of Three Kings Day with her own children, adds an inspiring backstory to the book’s creation.

SPECIFICATIONS

*Full-color illustrations throughout *32 pages

*WIDTH: 10" - 254mm

*HEIGHT: 10" - 254mm

*Hardcover with jacket

PUB MONTH: NOVEMBER AGES 5 to 7

PICTURE BOOK, KIDS LATINO HISTORY & CULTURE

ISBN 978-1-64170-871-5

US $17.99 UK £12.99

ËxHSLGOBy708715z

ebook ISBN 979-8-89396-033-4

I Love Me from A to Z

A BODY POSITIVE ABC BOARD BOOK

WRITTEN BY EMILY LAUREN DICK; ILLUSTRATED BY MIMI MOFFIE

A chunky, colorful board book affirming that every child is unique and amazing, inside and out

SELLING POINTS

EMPOWERING EARLY SELF–ACCEPTANCE: This book serves as a crucial foundation for children aged zero to six to embrace self–acceptance and body positivity from the very beginning. In a world where body image issues can emerge as early as age three, this book provides an age–appropriate introduction, nurturing confidence, and a positive mindset from the start.

INCLUSIVITY AND DIVERSITY:

Through colorful illustrations and affirmations, the book celebrates diversity in all its forms. It teaches children to appreciate and love their bodies, regardless of shape, size, or ability. By emphasizing inclusivity, the book fosters empathy and understanding, encouraging children to embrace differences in others as well.

IMPORTANT LIFE LESSONS:

From the author of Body Positive, Emily Lauren Dick, and viral Instagram artist Mimi Moffie comes a celebration of different talents, bodies, and abilities. With each letter of the alphabet comes a new affirmation encouraging children to use their minds and bodies to experience the world and love themselves more completely.

Emily Lauren Dick is a body image expert and activist who is committed to making girls feel comfortable in their own skin. Emily believes that educating young people about body image, teaching resiliency, and normalizing real bodies is critical in combating negative thinking and improving self–esteem. Mimi Moffie is Nina Alberg, a Caribbean illustrator, writer, and teacher who is currently based in Amsterdam. Her work is focused on and inspired by expressions of joy and self advocacy by Black women. She makes both digital and hand–drawn illustrations and has worked with several major international publishers and publications.

Beyond the ABCs, the book touches on vital concepts such as body appreciation, consent, and kindness. It not only teaches children about letters but also imparts essential life values. Parents can use this book as a tool to initiate conversations about body positivity and holistic well–being, laying the groundwork for positive self–esteem.

THOUGHTFUL

GIFT AND TEACHING

TOOL

: More than just a book; it’s a meaningful gift for occasions like baby showers and birthdays. It symbolizes planting the seeds of good self–esteem and self–love early on.

SPECIFICATIONS

*26 pages of full color illustration

*26 pages

*WIDTH: 6.25" - 159mm

*HEIGHT: 5" - 127mm

*Board Book

PUB MONTH: FEBRUARY AGES 2 to 4 BOARD BOOK

ISBN 978-1-64170-971-2

US $12.99 UK £9.99

ËxHSLGOBy709712z

ebook ISBN 979-8-89396-038-9

Good Night, World—I Love You So

A LITTLE BOOK OF GRATITUDE

WRITTEN AND ILLUSTRATED BY

OLIVIA HERRICK

From the creator of Good Morning, World—I Love You So , designer Olivia Herrick, comes a bedtime board book to calm little bodies and minds

I love you, world, I really do. Goodnight for now (shh), I’ll see you soon With rhyming text and modern aesthetic, Good Night, World—I Love You So bids the world good night, from the zippered pajamas to the fading sunlight. Cultivate gratitude with this simple bedtime book as your little one drifts off to sleep.

Olivia Herrick is a graphic designer based in the Twin Cities of Minnesota, best known for her playful, vibrant, and positive artwork. Though you will often find her glued to her computer at her studio, Olivia finds her greatest inspiration in the great outdoors.

SELLING POINTS

BEDTIME CALM: In the tradition of Good Morning, World—I Love You So, designer Olivia Herrick brings you a soothing bedtime board book. As the day winds down, immerse your little one in a calming world of rhymes and modern aesthetics.

VIBRANT DESIGN: Olivia Herrick’s colorful and modern design springs to life on every page. Bright, contrasting colors set against muted backgrounds create a visually stimulating experience perfect for young readers.

AUTHOR PLATFORM: With over 45,000 followers, Olivia Herrick is not just an author but a social media sensation. Her design work has been featured on platforms like BuzzFeed and PopSugar, promising a book filled with creativity and style.

SPECIFICATIONS

*Full-color illustrations throughout *20 pages

*WIDTH: 7" - 178mm

*HEIGHT: 7" - 178mm

*Board Book

PUB MONTH: DECEMBER AGES 1 to 3 BOARD BOOK

ISBN 978-1-64170-897-5

US $9.99 UK £6.99 ËxHSLGOBy708975z ebook ISBN 979-8-89396-035-8

Nita's Food Signs

AN INTERACTIVE ASL BOARD BOOK WRITTEN BY

KATHY MACMILLAN; ILLUSTRATED BY EKATERINA LADATKO

Nita is back for a third installment of the Little Hands Signing series, the pull–tab board books that teach children sign language created by ASL expert Kathy MacMillan

Sign language makes it easy to communicate with your child, and Nita makes it fun! With adorable illustrations by Ekaterina Ladatko, Nita and her family learn 10 ASL food signs throughout the day, from bananas to bread, and a cookie for dessert, putting each sign in context. Even better, each page slides open to reveal accurate instructions on how to make each sign, plus tabs on the side of each page make it simple to locate every sign for later reference. No signing book collection is complete without Nita!

Kathy MacMillan is a writer, American Sign Language interpreter, librarian, and signing storyteller. She writes picture books, children’s nonfiction, and middle–grade and young adult fiction. Her debut young–adult novel, Sword and Verse (2016), was a finalist for the Compton Crook Award. She has also published eight resource books for educators, librarians, and parents. Kathy established the mentoring program for the Maryland/Delaware/West Virginia Region of the Society for Children’s Book Writers and Illustrators, and served as the co–regional advisor for five years. She lives in Baltimore, Maryland. Find her online at www.kathymacmillan.com or on Twitter and Instagram at @kathys_quill. Ekaterina Ladatko is a Moscow–based illustrator and animation art director. She is a mother of two children who never let her forget about the magic in the world.

SELLING POINTS

EMPOWERING COMMUNICATION: Empowers parents and children alike by making sign language accessible and enjoyable. With easy–to–follow instructions and charming illustrations, this book teaches 10 essential ASL food signs, fostering effective communication and strengthening the parent–child bond.

INTERACTIVE LEARNING: Unlike traditional sign language books, Nita’s Food Signs offers an interactive learning experience. Each page slides open to reveal step–by–step instructions for each sign, ensuring that readers can actively engage with the content.

REAL–LIFE CONTEXT: Nita and her family’s journey through the day provides real–life context for learning ASL food signs. From breakfast to dessert, readers learn signs like bananas and cookies within the context of everyday activities.

EXPERT GUIDANCE: Authored by ASL expert Kathy MacMillan, this book guarantees accuracy and authenticity in teaching sign language.

SPECIFICATIONS

*12 pages of full color illustration

*12 pages

*WIDTH: 8" - 203mm

*HEIGHT: 7" - 178mm

*Board Book

PUB MONTH: FEBRUARY AGES 1 to 3

BOARD BOOK, FOOD & DRINK

ISBN 978-1-64170-951-4 US $14.99 UK £10.99

Adoptees Who Changed the World

A BOARD BOOK

WRITTEN BY LORI ANTOSZ BENSON; ILLUSTRATIONS BY JUANITA LONDOÑO-GAVIRIA

From the noble strength of Crazy Horse to the innovative genius of Steve Jobs, Adoptees Who Changed the World is a board book introduction to people who made a difference in the world–and who also happen to be adopted

SELLING POINTS

INSPIRING STORIES: Introduces young readers to adoptees who have made a difference in the world. It’s a source of inspiration for children and parents alike.

AUTHOR EXPERTISE: The author, Lorri Antosz Benson, is an award–winning television producer and writer with extensive experience. Her background in the media industry paired with her own adoption experience lends credibility to the book’s content.

COMMUNITY ENGAGEMENT

AND PROMOTION: Benson plans to tap into her adoption network, social media communities, and email marketing database for event promotion, ensuring that the book reaches its intended audience. With a 12–city book tour, both virtual and in–person events, Q&A sessions, and book signings, this book is set to receive widespread promotion and reach a diverse audience.

DIVERSE RANGE OF ADOPTEES

Simple text by adoptive mother Lorri Antosz Benson and adorable illustrations by Juanita Londoño–Gaviria teach young readers about the contributions of eight famous adoptees: George Washington Carver, Crazy Horse (Tashunca–Uitco), Nelson Mandela, Faith Hill, Steve Jobs, Jamie Foxx, Simone Biles, and Kristen Chenoweth. A quote from each hero is included on each spread, along with colorful, delightful artwork.

Lorri Antosz Benson is an award–winning television producer, writer, author, family advocate, and former internationally syndicated columnist. She worked on Donahue, the acclaimed show hosted by the legendary Phil Donahue, for 15 years, eight of which were spent as senior producer. Lorri received two Emmy Awards and 10 Emmy nominations for her work on Donahue and was twice awarded the American Women in Radio and Television commendation. She spent 11 years writing Talk theTalk, an internationally syndicated column on talk television. Illustrator Juanita Londoño Gaviria was born in Colombia amidst the mountains, surrounded by nature, birds, and flowers. She believes that what led her to illustration was bedtime stories–she wouldn’t go to sleep if her parents didn’t read from a storybook. Juanita studied fashion design in her hometown, Medellín, and graduated with a degree in concept art from Vancouver Film School.

FEATURED: The book features a diverse group of adoptees from different backgrounds and fields, offering a well–rounded perspective on adoption and success.

SPECIFICATIONS

*Full-color illustrations throughout *16 pages

*WIDTH: 7" - 178mm

*HEIGHT: 7" - 178mm

*Board Book

PUB MONTH: NOVEMBER AGES 2 to 5

KIDS NONFICTION

ISBN 978-1-64170-994-1 US $9.99 UK £6.99

ebook ISBN 979-8-89396-032-7

100 First Words for Little Bookworms

WRITTEN BY STEPHANIE CAMPISI; ILLUSTRATED BY KYLE KERSHNER

A tongue–in–cheek board book with characters and terms that every bibliophile wants to teach to the next generation, with colorful illustrations by Kyle Kershner

You have a stack of unread books, but you still keep buying new ones. Your ideal evening would be spent reading on a cozy chair. And you know the book is ALWAYS better than the movie.

Congratulations—you’re a bookworm, and it’s your job to ensure the little ones you care about grow up to love books just as much as you do. Curated by bookworm Stephanie Campisi, author of Quacks Like a Duck, this collection of bookish words is the perfect addition to any home library. With references to classic and contemporary literature, adult and children’s books, 100 First Words for Little Bookworms is the ultimate collection of words every book lover should know from a young age.

Stephanie Campisi is an Australian author living in the US. Her picture books to date include the Kirkus–starred Ugly Dumpling, Luis and Tabitha, Very Lulu, Five Sisters, and Axolotls: Day to ZZZ Quacks Like a Duck is her sixth book, and combines two of her very favorite Aussie things: platypuses and pavlovas. Kyle Kershner has loved drawing since he was a tot. He graduated from the Savannah College of Art and Design with a BFA in sequential art and spends his days doing what he loves most: illustrating children’s books and making kid–friendly art.

SELLING POINTS

NURTURE A LOVE OF READING: Imagine your child’s first words being inspired by the world of books. This unique board book, curated by passionate bookworm Stephanie Campisi, introduces little readers to essential bookish vocabulary. From “bibliophile” to “bookworm,” and from classic literature references to contemporary favorites, these words lay the foundation for a lifelong love affair with reading.

INTERACTIVE LEARNING

THROUGH ART: Each page is a visual delight, making learning an interactive and engaging experience. As your child explores the pages, they not only learn words but also develop an appreciation for the artistry of storytelling, setting the stage for their own creative journeys.

BUILDING FAMILY LIBRARIES:

This book is the newest addition to the series of 100 First Words books. It’s more than a book; it’s a celebration of literary heritage, inviting your little one to embrace the wonderful world of books and stories.

SPECIFICATIONS

*Full-color illustrations throughout *16 pages

*WIDTH: 6" - 152mm

*HEIGHT: 8" - 203mm

*Board Book

PUB MONTH: SEPTEMBER

AGES 3 to 5

PUZZLES, COLORING, AND ACTIVITY BOOKS, BOARD BOOK

ISBN 978-1-64170-898-2

US $9.99 UK £6.99

ebook ISBN 979-8-89396-020-4

I Can Be Brave Like Martin Luther King Jr.

WRITTEN BY FAMILIUS; ILLUSTRATED BY SUSANNA COVELLI

In the newest installment in the Finger Puppet Heroes series, a plush puppet emerges from the center of each die–cut page of this chunky board book about MLK’s life and legacy

“The time is always right to do what is right.” —Martin Luther King Jr. With gorgeous, detailed illustrations by Susanna Covelli and simple text, I Can Be Brave Like Martin Luther King Jr. invites children to witness the lifelong fight for equality that made King a hero. Despite the odds and opposition, he never stopped dreaming of a better world. You, too, can be brave like Martin Luther King Jr.

Susanna Covelli was born in a small town in Piedmont, Italy, earned an MA in architecture, and followed her passion for art and decided to attend a specialization course in both traditional and digital illustration at Scuola Iternazionale di Comics in Turin. Her art expresses her own imagination and inspiration from nature, and she has always been attracted by sinuous shapes, Baroque style, and out–of–the–ordinary perspectives.

SELLING POINTS

INTERACTIVE PUPPET: This book features an innovative touch–and–feel element with plush finger puppets emerging from each die–cut page. Watch as children engage with Martin Luther King Jr. in a whole new way, making the story come alive right at their fingertips.

EDUCATIONAL: I Can Be Brave

Like Martin Luther King Jr. is not just a storybook but also an educational tool. It’s an excellent way to introduce children to the incredible legacy of Martin Luther King Jr. and the importance of equality and justice.

BEAUTIFULLY ILLUSTRATED: Susanna Covelli’s exquisite illustrations bring MLK’s journey to life, captivating young readers with detailed visuals that enhance their understanding of his extraordinary life and the civil rights movement.

SPECIFICATIONS

*Full-color illustrations, die-cut board book with puppet *12 pages

*WIDTH: 5" - 127mm

*HEIGHT: 5" - 127mm

*Board Book

PUB MONTH: DECEMBER

AGES 3 to 5

BOARD BOOK, KIDS AFRICAN AMERICAN HISTORY & CULTURE

ISBN 978-1-64170-747-3

US $9.99 UK £6.99

Hide-and-Seek Monsters

A LIFT-THE-FLAP BOOK

WRITTEN BY ANNEMARIE RILEY GUERTIN; ILLUSTRATED BY HANNAH WOOD

A lift–the–flap board book full of all your favorite monsters from author Annemarie Riley Guertin, featuring scare–tastic illustrations by Hannah Wood

Some monsters are hiding inside of this book. Do you think you can find them? Go have a look! The monsters are coming out to play in this delightfully spooky lift–the–flap book! Open the sarcophagus to find the mummy inside. Peek inside the kitchen cupboards for a ghostly surprise. Ghosts, vampires, werewolves, skeletons, zombies, and more haunt the colorful pages. Perfect for Halloween, but not holiday–specific, so you can read it to your monster–lover all year long!

Annemarie Riley Guertin is the author of several books for children. Her titles include How the Finch Got His Colors, Why Evergreens Keep Their Leaves, The Monsters on the Broom, and ABC, Rise Up and Be! Annemarie works as a high school early education CTE teacher in Methuen, Massachusetts. She lives in Massachusetts with her husband, Michael, and their two children. Hannah is from England but grew up in the Netherlands and Norway. She returned to England to study politics and history at university until the moment she finally saw the light and, after a spell as a graphic designer, followed her first love–illustration. Hannah’s illustration styles and techniques are always evolving.

SELLING POINTS

ENGAGING, SPOOKY FUN: Offers an immersive and delightfully spooky experience for young readers, filled with thrilling surprises under every flap. It’s the perfect choice for Halloween enthusiasts but suitable for year–round enjoyment.

CAST OF SPOOKY CHARACTERS: The book introduces young readers to a variety of monsters, including ghosts, vampires, werewolves, skeletons, and zombies. This diversity of characters sparks curiosity and imagination, making it an ideal choice for children looking for a spooky adventure.

ESTABLISHED AUTHOR:

Author Annemarie Riley Guertin boasts an impressive portfolio of children’s books, including titles like How the Finch Got His Colors, Why Evergreens Keep Their Leaves, The Monsters on the Broom, and ABC, Rise Up and Be! Her track record demonstrates her storytelling prowess and ability to connect with young readers.

SPECIFICATIONS

*Full-color illustrations throughout *16 pages

*WIDTH: 8" - 203mm

*HEIGHT: 8" - 203mm

*Board Book

PUB MONTH: AUGUST AGES 2 to 4

BOARD BOOK, SCIENCE FICTION & FANTASY

ISBN 978-1-64170-995-8 US $9.99 UK £6.99

PuzzleTrain: Monsters 26-Piece Puzzle

BY SUSANNA COVELLI

All aboard the monster train, a durable, oversize, 26–piece, 50–inch floor puzzle with all your favorite monsters from A to Z by Susanna Covelli

Packaged in an adorable box with a rope handle, this sturdy puzzle is perfect for little hands. Join Dracula, the Headless Horseman, Frankenstein’s monster, the Kraken, and other spooky creatures on a train ride that teaches the alphabet to your little monster. With boldly colored and hilarious monster illustrations, Puzzletrain: Monsters provides a colorful, educational, and toylike experience that makes learning fun.

Susanna Covelli was born in a small town in Piedmont, Italy, earned an MA in architecture, and followed her passion for art and decided to attend a specialization course in both traditional and digital illustration at Scuola Internazionale di Comics in Turin. Her art expresses her own imagination and inspiration from nature, and she has always been attracted by sinuous shapes, Baroque style, and out–of–the–ordinary perspectives.

SELLING POINTS

DURABLE PACKAGE: Packaged in an adorable box with a rope handle, this puzzle is not only entertaining but also easy to carry and store. The sturdy construction is designed to withstand the rigors of playtime, ensuring it will be a beloved educational toy for years to come.

SKILLS DEVELOPMENT: Fosters alphabet recognition and enhances children’s dexterity and motor skills.

ESTABLISHED AUTHOR–ILLUSTRATOR: Susanna Covelli brings her expertise, with over 15 books, to the table with a well–crafted and artistically engaging learning tool.

SPECIFICATIONS

*26-puzzle pieces with full-color illustrations

*26 pages

*WIDTH: 8 1/4" - 210mm

*HEIGHT: 6" - 152mm

*Puzzle

PUB MONTH: AUGUST AGES 1 to 3

PUZZLES, COLORING, AND ACTIVITY BOOKS

ISBN 978-1-64170-730-5

US $14.99 UK £10.99

Let's Count Australia

MY FIRST AUSSIE COUNTING BOOK WRITEN BY ANN INGALLS; ILLUSTRATED BY KAT

KALINDI

A counting board book for little Aussies from award–winning author Ann Ingalls and Australian illustrator Kat Kalindi

SELLING POINTS

EDUCATIONAL AND ENGAGING: This counting board book is not just fun, it’s educational, too! Kids will effortlessly learn their numbers while also discovering a rainbow of colors that make Australia come to life on each page.

IDEAL FOR LOCALS AND TOURISTS ALIKE: Whether you’re a local looking to instill a sense of pride in your homeland or a tourist wanting to learn about Australia’s wonders, this book is the perfect choice. It’s a great souvenir and educational tool all in one.

EXPERIENCED AUTHOR: With over 60 books for young readers, including award–winning titles like Pencil: A Story with a Point! and J Is for Jazz, Ann Ingalls is a trusted name in children’s literature. You can trust the quality of this book.

Numbers and colors are more fun down under! Young readers count from one to 10—learning colors along the way—as they discover the places, animals, and other wonderful things that make Australia so unique! Perfect for locals or tourists alike!

Ann Ingalls passes the day exaggerating (writing fiction) or telling the truth (writing nonfiction). Ann has written over sixty books for young readers. Pencil: A Story with a Point! made the Banks Street Best Books list of 2020. J Is for Jazz won the 2015 Annual American Graphic Design Award and the Ella Fitzgerald Foundation’s A Book Just for Me! Little Piano Girl also won the Ella Fitzgerald Foundation’s A Book Just for Me! She has received a handful of awards from the Highlights Foundation for poetry and short stories. Kat Kalindi is an illustrator and surface pattern designer from the sunny Gold Coast, Australia. Kalindi has been illustrating for over 13 years. Before going freelance, she worked as an in–house textile designer for a fashion retailer. Being a collector of all things cute and botanical, Kalindi’s life is filled with lots of color and magic. These are inspirations for her artwork, and her home is filled with Japanese kitsch toys, art books, succulents, rainbows, sunshine, and patterns! Kalindi licenses her art and works for various clients, including Mudpuppy, Spotlight, Kippins, Earth Nymph, Cotton On, Proctor & Gamble, RSVP greeting cards, Coca–Cola, Cadbury, and many more. Let’s make some magic together.

COMPANION BOOK: This book pairs perfectly with A Is for Australia, also by Ann Ingalls. Together, these books provide a comprehensive introduction to Australia for young readers.

SPECIFICATIONS

*Full-color illustrations throughout *20 pages

*WIDTH: 5" - 127mm

*HEIGHT: 5" - 127mm

*Board Book

PUB MONTH: JANUARY AGES 1 to 3

BOARD BOOK

ISBN 978-1-64170-903-3 US $12.99 UK £9.99

ËxHSLGOBy709033z

ebook ISBN 979-8-89396-036-5

Let's Count New York City

WRITTEN BY ADINA OBERMAN; ILLUSTRATED BY VOLHA KALIAHA

A board book counting primer for all things NYC from Adina Oberman, with illustrations by Volha Kaliaha sure to delight the tiniest New Yorkers

SELLING POINTS

PERFECT FOR LOCALS AND TOURISTS: Whether you’re a local or a tourist, this book is the perfect companion for exploring New York City. It introduces you to iconic landmarks, delicious food, and the diverse people of NYC, making it a must–have for families living in or visiting the city.

AUTHOR EXPERT: Adina Oberman, a native New Yorker and former preschool teacher, brings over 15 years of experience in early childhood education to this book. Her passion for children’s literature and education shines through, making it an ideal choice for parents and educators.

EDUCATIONAL AND ENTERTAINING: Beyond counting, this book explores the sights, sounds, and flavors of NYC. It features historic landmarks, iconic food, and famous events, providing a well–rounded learning experience for children.

From one Empire State Building to 10 sneakerheads rocking their kicks downtown, Let’s Count New York City introduces readers to the places, food, and people of NYC with a fun counting element. Perfect for locals and tourists alike!

Adina Oberman is a New York native, former preschool teacher, and mom of two young kids. For over 15 years, she’s helped families through the ups and downs of early childhood. She loves sharing her knowledge of early childhood education and her passion for great children’s literature. She’s the creator of Big Books for Little Hands, a site dedicated to helping parents and educators find the best books for navigating the challenges of life with kids. She holds a master’s degree in early childhood education, with an additional certificate in early childhood special education. Adina is currently part of the Familius marketing team. Volha Kaliaha is a vector designer and illustrator from Minks, Belarus. Motherhood enhanced her life as an artist, helping her to imagine the world from a child’s perspective and to see magic in simple things.

SPECIFICATIONS

*20 full-color illustrations

*20 pages

*WIDTH: 8" - 203mm

*HEIGHT: 8" - 203mm

*Board Book

PUB MONTH: AUGUST AGES 1 to 3

BOARD BOOK, FOOD & DRINK, TRAVEL

ISBN 978-1-64170-914-9

US $12.99 UK £9.99 ËxHSLGOBy709149z

ebook ISBN 979-8-89396-039-6

N Is for New York City

WRITTEN BY ADINA OBERMAN; ILLUSTRATED BY VOLHA KALIAHA

An ABC board book with all the sights and sites in NYC, N Is for New York City is designed for the youngest New Yorkers

SELLING POINTS

A WINDOW TO NYC: Offers a glimpse of historic landmarks, iconic food, and famous events, allowing children to explore the diversity and culture of life in the Big Apple.

LOCAL FLAVOR: N Is for New York City incorporates local terminology, introducing young readers to words like “slice,” “cabs,” and “shmear,” helping them connect with the authentic language of the city.

CELEBRATE DIVERSITY: The book celebrates the rich tapestry of cultures and history in NYC by featuring diverse experiences and iconic landmarks that are symbolic of the city’s unique identity.

EDUCATIONAL AND FUN: Authored by Adina Oberman, a New York native with a background in early childhood education, this book seamlessly combines education and entertainment, making it an excellent tool for early learning.

With words by Adina Oberman and illustrations by Volha Kaliaha, take an alphabetized tour of the Big Apple. From the Apollo Theater to Zabar’s emporium, each letter represents iconic people and places from New York City. Perfect for locals and tourists alike!

Adina Oberman is a New York native, former preschool teacher, and mom of two young kids. For over 15 years, she’s helped families through the ups and downs of early childhood. She loves sharing her knowledge of early childhood education and her passion for great children’s literature. She’s the creator of Big Books for Little Hands, a site dedicated to helping parents and educators find the best books for navigating the challenges of life with kids. She holds a master’s degree in early childhood education, with an additional certificate in early childhood special education. Adina is currently part of the Familius marketing team. Volha Kaliaha is a vector designer and illustrator from Minks, Belarus. Motherhood enhanced her life as an artist, helping her to imagine the world from a child’s perspective and to see magic in simple things.

SPECIFICATIONS

*20 color illustrations

*20 pages

*WIDTH: 8" - 203mm

*HEIGHT: 8" - 203mm

*Board Book

PUB MONTH: AUGUST AGES 1 to 3

BOARD BOOK, TRAVEL

ISBN 978-1-64170-913-2 US $12.99 UK £9.99

ËxHSLGOBy709132z

ebook ISBN 979-8-89396-040-2

12 Little Elves Visit Georgia

A CHRISTMAS COUNTING PICTURE BOOK WRITTEN BY TRISH MADSON; ILLUSTRATED BY SADIE

HAN

The newest addition to the 12 Little Elves regional series, this counting picture book by Trish Madson, with illustrations by Sadie Han, is sure to get you in the Christmas spirit

SELLING POINTS

HOLIDAY FUN: Immerse yourself in the holiday spirit as you explore Georgia with the elves. The book is filled with holly and holiday fun, making it a festive and joyful read for the whole family.

COLLECTIBLE: Each book in the series features unique and adorable elves, so collectors can enjoy new faces in familiar outfits with every new addition. It adds a fun twist to the series that fans will appreciate.

NEW ADDITION TO THE SERIES:

The latest addition to the beloved 12 Little Elves regional series. This book is a perfect holiday gift for both tourists and Georgia locals. It’s a wonderful keepsake that captures the essence of Georgia’s holiday spirit.

SPECIFICATIONS

*Full-color illustrations throughout *32 pages

*WIDTH: 9" - 229mm

*HEIGHT: 9" - 203mm

*Hardcover with jacket

’Twas Christmas in Georgia, and 12 elves were sent to see who was sleeping . . . away the elves went! In 12 Little Elves Visit Georgia, 12 charming elves travel throughout the state to see who is still awake before Santa comes. Along the way, they visit iconic landmarks and curiosities, all bedecked in holly and holiday fun. From the Jekyll Island trail to the Okefenokee Swamp, Anna Ruby Falls, and more, these little elves take in the fuqua orchids at the botanical gardens, float down the Chattahoochee River, sample all the flavors at the Coca–Cola museum, and enjoy a juicy Georgia peach. Their last stop? Your home, of course. Jump in bed!

Trish Madson is a lifelong book enthusiast with over 20 years of experience in the publishing and entertainment industry. Her true passion is creating books that inspire and encourage children to learn while ultimately having fun. Sadie (Seungjin) Han is an aspiring author and illustrator of I Am On My Way. Her style is playful and has a whimsical sense of humor. She is an illustrator based in Los Angeles.

PUB MONTH: OCTOBER AGES 3 to 5

KIDS NOVELTY, PICTURE BOOK

ISBN 978-1-64170-988-0

US $16.99 UK £11.99

ËxHSLGOBy709880z ebook ISBN 979-8-89396-028-0

Little Hare Finds a Gift

WRITTEN AND ILLUSTRATED BY OLEKSANDR SHATOKHIN

A new holiday classic in the making with a message for all that highlights the spirit of gifts and giving

One morning Little Hare wakes up to a thud on her roof. When she goes outside to investigate, she finds a gift–wrapped package has landed on her house. So starts a search to find the owner. She drags the package all over the forest on the back of her sled, but no one knows whose it is, until she bumps into a large figure dressed in red and white with a long white beard and glasses. This charming story follows the unfolding adventure as Little Hare helps to avoid a disaster and save Christmas for all her forest friends. Little Hare is rewarded for her generosity and selflessness with her own special gift. With delightful pastel art, Shatokhin has penned a tale that wonderfully embodies the spirit of the gifting season.

Oleksandr Shatokhin is an artist and children’s book illustrator who lives and works in Ukraine. He is the creator of the stunning wordless picture book Yellow Butterfly, which is his response to the war in Ukraine. He also wrote and illustrated the book The Happiest Lion Cub, also published by Red Comet Press. Little Hare Finds a Gift is his third book published for the English–speaking market. Despite the conflict, he continues to live with his family in Sumy, close to the Russian border with Ukraine.

RIGHTS: World English

SELLING POINTS

A HOLIDAY TITLE WITH A HEARTFELT MESSAGE OF KINDNESS: Featuring an endearing selfless main character who is rewarded for her kindness.

CHARMING ARTWORK: The third book on our list by talented Ukrainian illustrator Oleksandr Shatokhin.

FRESH COLOR PALLET: Will stand out from the field of other Christmas titles.

SOMETHING NEW!: Will appeal to those looking for something fresh and new for the holidays.

CLASSIC STORYTELLING: With a fresh twist on the art and an endearing protagonist.

SPECIFICATIONS

*Full-color illustrations throughout *40 pages

*WIDTH: 10" - 254mm

*HEIGHT: 10" - 254mm

*Hardcover with jacket

PUB MONTH: SEPTEMBER AGES 3 to 7

ISBN 978-1-63655-116-6

US $18.99 CAN $24.99 UK £13.99

ebook ISBN 978-1-63655-115-9

The Rescues Best Day Ever (The Rescues # 2)

WRITTEN BY TOMMY AND CHARLIE GREENWALD; ILLUSTRATED BY SHIHO PATE

What’s in store for today? Three new adventures for adopted pet friends, Moose, Bear, and Tiger

A trip to the vet, an unexpected storm, and overactive imaginations all contribute to three stories that all take place in once exhausting day. Moose, Bear, and Tiger have a stressful time facing up to their fears, and eventually finding comfort snuggling down in a big comfy chair at the end of a very busy day! They support each other through a packed day full of drama and conflict, but all ends happily as they settle down together for a well–earned rest.

Tommy Greenwald is the author of many popular books for children, including picture books, novels for middle grade readers, and The Rescues, his first series for emerging readers. Charlie Greenwald is a copywriter by profession and a co–author with his dad on this children’s book series. The Greenwald family has had four rescue dogs–Moose, Coco, Abby, and Momo–who inspired this series. (They have not had a dog named Bear, but give it time.) Shiho Pate is a California–based illustrator with experience in the gaming field. She is passionate about children’s book illustration and has published several books, including Ramen for Everyone and the Chi–Chi and Pey–Pey series. Shiho lives with her husband, daughter, and new dog addition Olive, whom she adopted when they met at a book signing/dog adoption event for the first Rescues book.

RIGHTS: World

SELLING POINTS

BESTSELLING AUTHOR: Of the Crimebiters series (over 300,000) and Charlie Joe Jackson’s Guide to NOT Reading (150,000 copies sold) many other books.

BRAND NEW SERIES: Second title in a brand new early–reader series.

ADOPTION THEME: An adoption story about friendship and settling into a new home.

HUMOR AND HEART: Written with gentle touches of humor and heart to engage readers.

SIBLING TRAITS: Recognizable sibling traits in relationship between the characters.

DIVERSITY: These misfit characters have physical disabilities.

PACING: Reader split into three distinct chapters provides pacing for learners.

THREE TALENTED CONTRIBUTORS: Authors and illustrator all US–based, available for local appearances.

SEQUELS: Third book planned for Fall 2025.

IRRESISTIBLE: Who can resist these two imperfect shelter dogs (and cat!)?

SPECIFICATIONS

*Full-color illustrations throughout *48 pages

*WIDTH: 6 3/4" - 171mm

*HEIGHT: 9 3/4" - 248mm

*Hardcover

PUB MONTH: SEPTEMBER AGES 5 to 8

ISBN 978-1-63655-117-3

US $14.00 CAN $18.99 UK £9.99 ËxHSLGNGy551173z

ebook ISBN 978-1-63655-118-0

Eighteen Flowers for Grandma

WRITTEN BY ALISON GOLDBERG; ILLUSTRATED BY JESSE WHITE

A celebration of family, culture, and the enduring bond between generations

Sadie’s grandmother is studying art and invites Sadie to learn and share her passion. But Sadie’s grandmother passes on more than her love of art to her grandchild; she also shares her knowledge of Jewish cultural traditions. Sadie learns about the meaning of “chai”—the Hebrew word for life—and the significance of the lucky number eighteen. Her grandmother will soon graduate from college, so Sadie commits herself to finding a perfect way to celebrate with a gift that combines her love of art and newly learned traditions. Readers will appreciate the relationship at the heart of the story in which a passion for art and cultural traditions are lovingly shared between the generations. Eighteen Flowers for Grandma is where love, tradition, and creativity intersect; it will leave an indelible mark on the hearts of readers young and old. Backmatter includes additional information about several Jewish cultural references found in the book, the Hebrew alphabet, and a note about the author’s inspiration for the story.

Alison Goldberg is a writer based in Cambridge, Massachusetts, and the author of I Love You for Miles and Miles. She also wrote the award–winning nonfiction picture book Bottle Tops, a biography of the Ghanaian artist El Anatsui. Eighteen Flowers for Grandma was inspired by her own grandmother, who graduated from college at the age of seventy–eight. You can visit Alison online at alisongoldberg.com. Jesse White is an illustrator, author, and muralist who creates whimsical, wonder–filled work about imagination and adventure. Nature is her core throughline, a focus that comes from her childhood in rural North Carolina. Jesse graduated with a BFA in studio art from the University of North Carolina at Chapel Hill and earned her master’s in art education from Virginia Commonwealth University. Her first author–illustrator project, Brave Like Fireweed, is due out from Union Square Kids. She lives in Durham, North Carolina. Visit Jesse online at www.jessewhiteillustration.com.

RIGHTS: World English

SELLING POINTS

CELEBRATES FAMILY: Portrays a loving intergenerational relationship between a grandmother and her beloved granddaughter.

CELEBRATES CULTURE:

Embraces a rich tapestry of Jewish Traditions from “chai” to klezmer music, to the significance of the lucky number 18 to Jewish paper cutting.

LOVE OF LEARNING: Shows a love of lifelong learning in a character who graduates.

WHERE LOVE, TRADITION, AND CREATIVITY INTERSECT: Leaving an indelible mark on readers young and old.

PERSONAL STORY: Inspired by the author’s own grandmother.

VETTED CONTENT: Portrayal is vetted by a knowledgeable rabbi, ensuring an accurate and respectful representation.

INFORMATIVE BACKMATTER: Additional information about traditions, the Hebrew alphabet, and the origin of the story.

SPECIFICATIONS

*Full-color illustrations throughout *52 pages

*WIDTH: 10 1/4" - 260mm

*HEIGHT: 10 1/4" - 260mm

*Hardcover with jacket

PUB MONTH: SEPTEMBER

AGES 4 to 7

ISBN 978-1-63655-121-0

US $19.99 CAN $25.99 UK £13.99 ËxHSLGNGy551210z

ebook ISBN 978-1-63655-122-7

Is a Book a Box for Words?

WRITTEN BY HARRIET ZIEFERT; ILLUSTRATED BY MERCÈ GALÍ

A STEAM–centered exploration of boxes to spark scientific inquiry in a fun and engaging way!

There are so many types and uses for boxes, it’s time to think of as many as we can. In this entertaining book with rhyming text, young children are invited to explore all the different boxes we find in our lives and what they are used for. With a little investigation, boxes are found in so many shapes and have so many uses: from carrying fruit or playing hopscotch, to a house for bees, or a case for a guitar. What constitutes a box? What size is it? What fits inside? What is it used for? Endless amount of discussion will result from this book, and even the titular question will get kids thinking. A perfect book to initiate early–years scientific inquiry in a fun and inventive way and set children on the path to thinking critically, creatively, and reflectively.

Harriet Ziefert is a former elementary school teacher from New Jersey. A graduate of Smith College, she also holds an MA in education from NYU. She is the bestselling author of more than 250 children’s books and has developed easy–to–read series for several major publishing houses. As founder of Blue Apple Books, she has published over 500 titles, many of which have become bestselling modern classics. Harriet Ziefert continues to create and publish books from her home in Great Barrington, Massachusetts. Mercè Galí is an illustrator from Barcelona. She grew up surrounded by stories in her parents’ bookstore and studied illustration and fine arts at the University of Barcelona, specializing in engraving. She mainly illustrates children’s books for a number of publishing houses in various countries. Her books have been recognized at the Bologna Children’s Book Fair and her project, Petit Indi, was a finalist in the Silent Book competition. Mercè Galí lives and works in Barcelona, Spain.

RIGHTS: World English

SELLING POINTS

STEAM–CENTERED TITLE: Perfect for elementary school–age students.

DISTINCTIVE ARTWORK: By a new ,talented Catalonian artist.

SOPHISTICATED AND THOUGHT PROVOKING: Asks the reader to think beyond the basic concepts —“out of the box,” literally.

APPEALING CHARACTERS: Full of adorable appealing characters including a magenta–colored bear!

SCIENTIFIC INQUIRY: Provides abundant inspiration for early years scientific inquiry and exploration.

EDUCATIONAL RESOURCE: Supplemental materials will support this for classroom use.

SPECIFICATIONS

*Full-color illustrations throughout *34 pages

*WIDTH: 9 1/4" - 235mm

*HEIGHT: 11 1/2" - 292mm

*Hardcover

PUB MONTH: OCTOBER AGES 5 to 8

ISBN 978-1-63655-125-8

US $18.99 CAN $24.99 UK £13.99

ËxHSLGNGy551258z

ebook ISBN 978-1-63655-126-5

Really Bird, Really Lucky (Really Bird Stories #7)

WRITTEN

AND ILLUSTARTED BY HARRIET ZIEFERT

In this latest adventure, Really Bird finds a beautiful red box and spends the day deciding what to use it for

Meet Really Bird, a small bird who lives in a large city park with his friends Cat, Rabbit, and Pup. In each story, Really Bird finds himself really wanting something—to be bigger, to have his fair share, or to be a leader—to be really silly, funny, strong, cool, happy or brave. And when he feels something, he really feels it. Each story is an entertaining, character–driven caper based on relatable social/emotional themes, delivered with surprise twists, high drama, and expert comic timing. Along the way, lessons are learned about qualities such as teamwork and compassion. The emphasis is on character growth and development through creative problem solving. Friendship and emotional engagement are at the heart of every story. In Really Bird, Really Lucky, Really Bird finds a bright red box, his lucky box. He shows it off to all his friends, who are mostly not impressed. Really Bird tries to think of a use for the box and tries out several ideas. Eventually all his friends come together and gather fruit in the box. The whole episode ends when the friends enjoy each others company and eat the fruit together . . . and then someone takes a nap in it! Children always love playing with boxes, and this entertaining story will inspire them to find their own lucky box for imaginative play.

Harriet Ziefert is a former elementary school teacher from New Jersey. A graduate of Smith College, she also holds an MA in education from NYU. She is the bestselling author of more than 250 children’s books and has developed easy–to–read series for several major publishing houses. As founder of Blue Apple Books, she has published over 500 titles, many of which have become bestselling modern classics. Harriet Ziefert continues to create and publish books from her home in Great Barrington, Massachusetts.

SELLING POINTS

SEVENTH ADVENTURE in the successful Really Bird Stories series.

EXPERT STORYTELLING from Harriet Ziefert, who helped launch Step into Reading at Random House and has written numerous beginning readers for RH, Penguin, Scholastic, Sterling, and others.

STAND–ALONE STORY titles work as strong picture books and do not need to be read sequentially.

ENORMOUS KID APPEAL.

ONE BOOK every season going forward.

LEVELING: Guided reading and Lexile leveling provided.

SPECIFICATIONS

*Full-color illustrations throughout *56 pages

*WIDTH: 7" - 178mm

*HEIGHT: 8 3/4" - 222mm

*Hardcover

PUB MONTH: NOVEMBER AGES 5 to 8

ISBN 978-1-63655-119-7 US $12.99 CAN $16.99 UK £9.99 ËxHSLGNGy551197z ebook ISBN 978-1-63655-120-3

We Sing From the Heart

HOW THE SLANTS® TOOK THEIR FIGHT FOR FREE SPEECH TO THE SUPREME COURT WRITTEN BY MIA

WENJEN; ILLUSTRATED BY VICTOR BIZAR GÓMEZ

A compelling account of Simon Tam’s fight for free speech that ended with a landmark Supreme Court decision

Music is a way to transcend cultures and divides. Simon Tam used his band’s name, The Slants®, to make a powerful statement that racist insults could no longer be hurtful to Asian Americans. But then the U.S. Trade and Patent Office tries to stop him. In his eight–year battle to win trademark protection, Simon would go all the way to the Supreme Court in a landmark case to rout out structural racism in our government systems. Mia Wenjen takes us back to Simon’s early days and the formation of the band, to the long battle to claim the name they chose to use. We learn of his motivations and the years–long struggle that leads ultimately to the Supreme Court of the United States. Told using lyrics from the band’s hit song about their trademark fight, this compelling story will keep readers riveted until the dramatic ending. We Sing from the Heart gives background and context to the significance of Simon’s quest, not just for him and his band, but for free speech rights for us all. Newcomer to children’s books, Victor Bizar Gómez, channels the indie music world with dynamic artwork that compliments the storytelling and is sure to draw in readers with his exciting graphic approach.

Mia Wenjen blogs about parenting, children’s books, and education at PragmaticMom.com and is the co–creator of Read Your World, celebrating Multicultural Children’s Book Day, a nonprofit celebrating diversity in children’s books. She is the author of several illustrated nonfiction children’s books, including Changing the Game: Asian Pacific American Female Athletes, Asian Pacific American Heroes, and Food for the Future: Sustainable Farms Around the World. Wenjen lives in Boston with her husband and three kids. Follow her at #PragmaticMom on X, Instagram, Pinterest, and Facebook. Victor Bizar Gómez is a painter, illustrator, and graduate of Pacific Northwest College of Art. He was raised in the desert of Phoenix, and now lives in the green forests of Portland, OR. He has worked with several clients including Disney, LA Times, Dark Horse, and Portland Monthly. We Sing from the Heart is his debut as a picture book artist. Find more about Victor at bizarthestar.com and Instagram at @bizar_gomez.

RIGHTS: World English

SELLING POINTS

STUNNING DEBUT: Striking, powerful illustrations by a new talented illustrator—his first children’s book.

DRAMATIC AND ENGAGING STORYTELLING: Wenjen’s approach is to bring a court case to life and highlight the dramatic moments using lyrics from one of the songs.

FULLY ENDORSED BY SIMON

TAM: Subject of this biographical picture book had the full support and collaboration of Simon Tam, its protagonist.

DIVERSE VOICES: A compelling narrative by and about Asian American voices.

BACK MATTER: Substantial back matter to support research and provide further context to the narrative.

FANTASTIC EDUCATIONAL RESOURCE: A valuable contribution to the conversations about racism and free speech rights.

SPECIFICATIONS

*Full-color illustrations throughout *48 pages

*WIDTH: 11" - 279mm

*HEIGHT: 11" - 279mm

*Hardcover

PUB MONTH: OCTOBER AGES 8 to 12

ISBN 978-1-63655-087-9

US $19.99 CAN $25.99 UK £13.99

ËxHSLGNGy550879z ebook ISBN 978-1-63655-088-6

RIGHTS:

Tiny Floating Coral (Start Small, Think Big #3)

WRITTEN BY MARY AULD; ILLUSTRATED BY LA SCARLATTE

Follow the life cycle of a tiny coral planula and learn the broader impact of coral reefs on the health of our oceans

Tiny Floating Coral starts small with a tiny coral planula floating through the ocean in a soup of plankton, looking for the perfect place to settle, divide, and grow. It finds a place on a healthy reef off the coast of Australia. Learn about the remarkable life of coral, how it feeds, starts a colony and becomes a part of Australia’s Great Barrier Reef—a vast underwater city where other animals live, feed, hide, and bring up their young. The story’s narrative progresses in a way that builds understanding, and the delicate illustrations bring the story to life. Thinking BIG, the book highlights that 25 percent of marine life relies on the world’s coral reefs, and the big foldout map shows where they can be found. There is also an illustrated life cycle, and a Reef I–Spy to take children back into the book to deepen the learning experience. The books features a large foldout illustration on the final pages and a die–cut hole, highlighting the coral, on the front cover.

Mary Auld is an award–winning author for children. She writes on music, art, and science, and hopes to inspire young readers with her own enthusiasm and passion for these subjects. Her latest book, Masterpieces in Pieces, was shortlisted for the UK School Library Association Information Book Award 2023. How to Build an Orchestra, produced in association with the London Symphony Orchestra, gave rise to a spin–off series that started with A Little Book of the Orchestra: The Violin. She divides her time between Nottinghamshire, England, and France. La Scarlatte creates delicate hand–drawn botanical and animal designs. Her detailed compositions are used for advertising, package, products, textiles, and books. Tiny Floating Coral is her first children's book. She lives in the Netherlands with a curious toddler, an Italian partner, and a red–haired cat. Visit her at lascarlatte.com

SELLING POINTS

UNIQUE NARRATIVE

APPROACH: Clear narrative text about a remarkable life story with additional facts and connections to how it fits into the wider world.

ELEMENTARY SCIENCE

TOPICS: The lifecycle of coral, marine food webs, metamorphosis, fluorescence, and other life processes, the role reefs play in the health of the ocean.

NOVELTY FEATURES: Large gatefold poster at end of book; textured die–cut cover.

BEAUTIFUL ILLUSTRATIONS:

A blend of nonfiction realism and picture–book beauty.

STRONG SUPPORTING MATERIALS: Extensive materials available online for free to extend the learning into the home or classroom environment.

CONTINUING SERIES: A total of six titles planned, each focused on a different environment.

SPECIFICATIONS

*Full-color illustrations throughout *28 pages

*WIDTH: 9 1/4" - 235mm

*HEIGHT: 9 1/4" - 241mm

*Hardcover

PUB MONTH: NOVEMBER AGES 5 to 8

ISBN 978-1-63655-123-4

US $15.99 CAN $20.99 ËxHSLGNGy551234z

Fluffy Flying Seed (Start Small, Think Big #4)

WRITTEN BY MARY AULD; ILLUSTRATED BY DAWN COOPER

Follow the life cycle of a dandelion seed from its small beginnings to its larger impact on the ecosystem of meadows and beyond

Start Small, Think Big sets readers on a journey of discovery, beginning with small miracles of life and connecting them to the big picture of our natural world. Each book features a large foldout illustration on the final pages. Fluffy Flying Seed starts small, with a tiny dandelion seed being carried by the wind and landing safely in a meadow, the perfect place to grow. This is its story: how it grows, protects itself from frost, reproduces, and becomes a food source for many creatures. There are facts about germination, photosynthesis, seed dispersal, parts of a plant, and food chains. The narrative progresses in a way that builds understanding, and the gorgeous illustrations bring the story and the science to life. Thinking big, the book shows why this much–maligned wildflower is important to animals in the spring, and why it is so successful at surviving and spreading. A big foldout has a world map showing the temperate regions where it thrives, an illustrated life cycle, and a Meadow I–Spy to take readers back through the book to deepen the learning experience. This book features a textured die–cut hole cover and a large foldout poster at the back of the book.

Mary Auld is an award–winning writer of children’s information books, most notably How To Build an Orchestra with the London Symphony Orchestra. Mary Auld is a pen name for Rachel Cooke, former editorial director at Hachette and an honorary fellow of the English Association in recognition of her work in children’s nonfiction. Dawn Cooper is a talented British illustrator with a passion for nature. She also illustrated Little Brown Nut in this series. Other recent books include Insect Emporium and Ocean Emporium (Egmont), and Up Close (Wren & Rook). She lives in Bristol, England.

SELLING POINTS

UNIQUE NARRATIVE

APPROACH: Clear, narrative text about a remarkable life story, with additional facts, told with in first person, with connections to how it fits into the wider world.

ELEMENTARY SCIENCE

TOPICS: The lifecycle of a dandelion seed, germination, photosynthesis, seed dispersal, parts of a plant, food source, and survival.

NOVELTY FEATURES: Large gatefold poster at end of book; textured die–cut cover.

BEAUTIFUL ILLUSTRATIONS: A blend of nonfiction realism and picture–book beauty.

STRONG SUPPORTING MATERIALS: Extensive materials available online for free to extend the learning into the home or classroom environment.

CONTINUING SERIES: A total of six titles planned, each focused on a different environment.

SPECIFICATIONS

*Full-color illustrations throughout *28 pages

*WIDTH: 9 1/4" - 235mm

*HEIGHT: 9 1/4" - 241mm

*Hardcover

PUB MONTH: FEBRUARY AGES 5 to 8

ISBN 978-1-63655-127-2

US $15.99 CAN $20.99

200 CLEVER RECIPES TO TRANSFORM YOUR FORGOTTEN INGREDIENTS

WRITTEN BY ANNA BERRILL; ILLUSTRATIONS BY AGA WIECKOWSKA

Pantry Genius reveals the true potential of the cans, bags, and packets sitting in your pantry. With 200 delicious recipes based on the staples like corn, peanut butter and canned tomatoes, you'll never look at them the same way again

Simple but inventive meal ideas to bring new flavors to your table: with this book, you’ll never look at a sardine the same way again!

Forty different store–cupboard stables are showcased, each with five easy recipe ideas. Elevating everyday staples like lentils, beans, and olives, Anna presents a host of flavors from around the world, and with 200 recipes, you’ll never run out of ideas. Designed for real–world simplicity, every recipe takes only a single paragraph to explain, so they’re sure to become regular favorites, returned to time and again.

Anna Berrill is commissioning editor for Feast (the Guardian’s Saturday food magazine), and writes their weekly agony–aunt column, Kitchen Aide, as well as a variety of food features. She has also written for Waitrose Food, Jamie Oliver magazine, Red, Homes & Gardens, Food & Travel, the Huffington Post, Healthy, and Decanter, and has appeared on Radio 4’s The Food Programme, as well as the Guardian’s Today in Focus podcast.

SELLING POINTS

AUTHOR CONNECTIONS:

As commissioning editor of the Guardian’s food magazine, Anna Berrill is perfectly placed for wide press coverage and endorsements.

EXCEPTIONAL VALUE:

Hundreds of recipes plus a handy reference for each ingredient make it well priced within the category.

TREND–LED: Taps into current trends for fermented food and legumes—and includes many vegetarian and vegan recipes.

QUICK, TASTY, AND AFFORDABLE: Full of recipes that are quick, uncomplicated, yet rich in flavor (and from the store cupboard!).

BEAUTIFULLY ILLUSTRATED:

Vibrant illustrations make this book a feast for the eyes as well as the taste buds.

SPECIFICATIONS

*100 color illustrations

*176 pages

*WIDTH: 7" - 178mm

*HEIGHT: 8 7/8" - 225mm

*Hardcover

PUB MONTH: AUGUST FOOD & DRINK

ISBN 978-1-83776-043-5 US $24.99 CAN $31.99

RIGHTS:

When Artists Get Bored... They Make Paper Planes

WRITTEN AND ILLUSTRATED BY TREVOR BOUNFORD

A surprising selection of 16 paper plane designs inspired by some of art’s greatest names

Each of the planes included in this book celebrates an instantly recognizable masterwork from one of history’s great artists. Transformed into brand–new designs by the ingenious imagination of paper plane expert Trevor Bounford, they’re easy to cut out, fold, and fly, so you’ll soon be taking to the skies! The selection includes Hokusai’s iconic woodcut Great Wave off Kanagawa, Mondrian’s Broadway Boogie Woogie, and Leonardo da Vinci’s Vitruvian Man—as well as designs inspired by the work of Frida Kahlo, Hilma af Klint, and Sonia Delaunay. Reimagined in this book, all become elegantly cultured gliders, each one celebrating form, color, and aerodynamics.

Trevor Bounford is a graphic designer, illustrator, artist, and author of more than 15 books including one on origami and three on making paper airplanes. His design and illustration work has appeared in museums and galleries worldwide, and his art has been exhibited in London’s Royal Academy annual Summer Exhibition, and at London’s Mall Galleries. In this book he combines his passion for the work of great artists and designers with a lifelong fascination for paper airplane–making

SELLING POINTS

TAKE TO THE AIR: Easy–to–follow instructions with spectacularly swooping results.

CULTURE AND FUN: An immediate title that lightly delivers manageable chunks of art history, landing it in a sweet spot for gallery and museum stores.

EXPERTLY PILOTED: The author’s previous books on this subject have sold well internationally.

SPECIFICATIONS

*100 color illustrations

*64 pages

*WIDTH: 10 1/8" - 257mm

*HEIGHT: 11 1/8" - 283mm

*Paperback with flaps

PUB MONTH: AUGUST SELF-HELP, CRAFT

ISBN 978-1-83776-048-0

US $14.99 CAN $18.99

The Modern Goth Tarot Deck

AN ILLUSTRATED 78-CARD SET OF TAROT CARDS, BASED ON THE RIDER-WAITE DECK, WITH AN INTRODUCTORY HANDBOOK CARDS ILLUSTRATED BY NATALIE FOSS; HANDBOOK BY STEPHEN BAIRD

Celebrating the glories of gothic style and attitude, this tarot deck and accompanying handbook will help any goth find their true path

With traditional tarot iconography given a uniquely gothic aesthetic, this deck is illustrated with sophisticated new art by illustrator—and goth— Natalie Foss. Using the 78 cards and 40–page guidebook, elegantly presented in a gift box, the deck will accompany the user on their journey toward self–knowledge, and a more profound understanding of their place in the world. The 22 cards of the traditional Major Arcana, taking the user on a journey from the Fool to the World, are a proven way to address life’s challenges; the 54–card Minor Arcana, consisting of suits of Wands, Pentacles, Cups, and Swords, help us understand our creative, material, emotional, and rational selves. All are explained and demystified in the accompanying book, written by a seasoned tarot practitioner (and ex–goth) Stephen Baird, so even beginners will be able to interpret the cards they draw, singly or as part of sophisticated spreads.

Natalie Foss is a Norwegian illustrator and artist who has a degree in illustration from Kingston University and lives in London. Her client list includes Penguin Random House, Rolling Stone, Entertainment Weekly, Laurence King Publishing, Stylist, Wired, and many more; she created the bestselling Movie Tarot deck for Laurence King Publishing, and used to run a goth club night. Stephen Baird, who contributes the text, is a bookseller, ex–goth, and tarot reader.

SELLING POINTS

CATEGORY IN DEMAND: Most bookstores and many gift stores have dedicated tarot tables; this art and package will stand out in that context.

NO DIRECT COMPETITOR: A new spin on a trending format. The first goth tarot cards designed for bookstores and the specialty channel.

POPULAR ILLUSTRATOR

ESTABLISHED IN THE GIFT MARKET: @nat.foss (48,000+ on IG) has previously illustrated Angels for the Modern Mystic and Movie Tarot for Laurence King.

SPECIFICATIONS

*Full-color illustrations; 78 tarot cards; handbook

*40 pages

*WIDTH: 3" - 76mm

*HEIGHT: 5" - 127mm

*Boxed Set

PUB MONTH: AUGUST SELF-HELP

ISBN 978-1-83776-042-8

US $24.99 CAN $31.99

RIGHTS: US and Canada

School For Dogs (and their Humans)

FIFTY CARDS WITH TIPS AND TRICKS FOR DOGS AND THEIR OWNERS WRITTEN BY SOPHIE

COLLINS; ILLUSTRATIONS BY CHARLOTTE FARMER

Train your unruly pup to play nicely, behave impeccably, and become a charming member of the family

The best way to keep your dog happy and well–behaved is to give it challenging things to think about or do. School for Dogs presents 50 ingenious ideas for tricks, training, and doggy happiness. You’ll learn how to introduce new games and toys into the day, how to keep your dog lively and friendly, and how to address occasional behavior problems before they become serious. Each card presents one simple piece of Sophie Collins’s expert advice paired with a winning illustration from the pen of Charlotte Farmer. Topics include Swapping not Snatching, Slow Walking, Bake Tray Treasure Hunt, and more. Whether you’re teaching your dog something useful or just having more fun with it, the format makes it easy to pick up a new idea and quickly introduce it to your pooch.

Your dog will be schooled by Sophie Collins, who wrote the classic guide to the body language of dogs, Tail Talk, a bestseller in 12 countries; since then, she has created a number of successful books including the award–winning Tricks & Games to Teach Your Dog; and, most recently, How to Raise a Happy Dog. Illustrator Charlotte Farmer completes the cards; her previous books include The Hipster Coloring Book, The Passive–Aggressive Coloring Book, and The Museum of Me.

SELLING POINTS

BESTSELLING AUTHOR: Learn 50 tips and tricks from Sophie Collins (author of Tail Talk, a global bestseller, and countless other successful books on dog training and behavior).

POPULAR, CONTEMPORARY ILLUSTRATOR: Charlotte Farmer (author of The Hipster Coloring Book) is known for her bright, standout color combinations.

NEW TAKE ON A PERENNIAL CATEGORY: Combines proven dog know–how with wry illustrations in a fresh package.

THE PERFECT GIFT: For dog owners. There are a phenomenal 89 million dogs in the USA!

SPECIFICATIONS

*Full-color illustrations; 50 cards

*50 pages

*WIDTH: 4" - 102mm

*HEIGHT: 6" - 152mm

*Boxed Set

PUB MONTH: OCTOBER PETS

ISBN 978-1-83776-047-3

US $20.00 CAN $25.00 ËxHSLINHy760473z

RIGHTS: US and

Super Realism!

HOW TO DRAW AMAZINGLY LIFELIKE OBJECTS WITH COLORED PENCILS

WRITTEN AND ILLUSTRATED BY SARAH

EVANS

SELLING POINTS

A brand new approach to colored pencil drawing, with humor, taste, and amazing step–by–step workthroughs.

You’ll

never look at a fried egg the same way again!

Pick up your pencils and get ready to draw like you never knew that you could. Transforming the banal into the beautiful, Sarah’s hyper–real colored–pencil drawings highlight the fascinating detail and harmony in the everyday world around us. Simple items that seemed dull and unappealing gain a fresh and playful aspect—and an immediate, Instagram–friendly appeal. With this book, you’ll learn how to draw your own super–real artworks. Thirty step–by–step tutorials show you each stage on the way to an impressive finished effect. From a simple spoon to appetizing avocado and beautiful rosebuds, you’ll discover the confidence to have a go, as Sarah Evans expertly guides you through the materials and techniques you’ll need.

Sarah Evans became a full–time artist, specializing in prints and drawings, after working as an architect for 15 years. In 2017, she started a new series, My Still Life, which marked a departure from her signature architectural style and instead focused on hyper–real pencil drawings of modern foodstuffs with a playful edge. Evans also works with Derwent to inspire new artists to experiment with colored pencils.

MUCH–NEEDED, NEW APPROACH: Existing pencil techniques books are dry, old–fashioned, and badly dated: Super Realism brings the fun back.

EASY TO FOLLOW: An authoritative techniques section leads into 30 detailed work–throughs with hundreds of step–by–step images.

INSTAGRAMMABLE

PROJECTS: Create hyper–real drawings that are fresh, playful, and raise a smile.

AUTHOR CONTENT: Author an expert at creating how–to videos and engaging reels (valuable content for key accounts). See @pencilon__paper on Instgram for examples.

SPECIFICATIONS

*Full-color illustrations throughout *96 pages

*WIDTH: 7 7/8" - 200mm

*HEIGHT: 9 7/8" - 251mm

*Paperback with flaps

PUB MONTH: AUGUST ART ISBN 978-1-83776-046-6

$18.99 CAN $23.99

RIGHTS:

Make Every Day Creative

WRITTEN AND ILLUSTRATED BY MARION DEUCHARS

Art projects to inspire and nurture your creativity. Screen–free, relaxing, colorful—and suitable for artists of all ages and levels of experience

Live the life of a true creative! Marion Deuchars invites you into her world, introducing over 100 projects and ideas, and plenty of inspiration to release your artistic potential. Projects like hand printing, marbling, cyanotype, and rubber stamping will absorb you for an enjoyable afternoon; others like street photography, beach sculpture, and dog doodling can be done in the moment. It’s never too late to discover—or rediscover—your artistic side. With Marion’s inspiring ideas to get you started, you’ll learn how a little creativity every day can bring happiness and fulfillment.

Marion Deuchars’s distinctive lettering and illustration has established her as one of the UK’s leading visual creatives. She has won Gold and Silver awards from Art Directors Club NY, and three D&AD Yellow Pencils. Her first book for adults, Yoga for Stiff Birds, has been translated into eight languages. She has also written numerous books for children, including Let’s Make Some Great Art, Bob the Artist, Art Play and Colour.

SELLING POINTS

TIMELY ANTIDOTE TO DIGITAL: In a screen–dominated age, this book will help readers explore hands–on artistic expression— and enjoy themselves.

ALL–AGE AND FAMILY FRIENDLY: The projects can work for any skill level and be enjoyed by adults, families, or groups.

A BESTSELLING AUTHOR:

Marion’s amazing track record in the UK has made her a category bestseller, and her books sell in many languages. She is a great fit in museum and gallery retail as well as the book trade.

CATEGORY BREAKOUT: This is an art title that will add to any lifestyle display.

SPECIFICATIONS

*400 full-color illustrations

*192 pages

*WIDTH: 6 3/4" - 171mm

*HEIGHT: 9 1/8" - 232mm

*Paperback

PUB MONTH: SEPTEMBER ART

ISBN 978-1-83776-015-2

US $19.99 CAN $24.99

The Voyage of HMS Beagle

CHARLES DARWIN'S JOURNEY OF DISCOVERY:

A 1000-PIECE JIGSAW PUZZLE ILLUSTRATION BY

MARIA RIVANS

An upmarket puzzle celebrating Darwin’s epochal voyage—one of the most important in human history—in Maria Rivans’s signature style

In the same style as her successful Orient Express puzzle, Maria Rivans celebrates one of history’s greatest ever journeys: Charles Darwin’s voyage around the world on HMS Beagle. Between 1831 and 1835, he called on the Canary Islands, Brazil, Argentina, the Falklands, Chile, Australia—and, of course, the Galapagos archipelago, where giant tortoises and tiny finches perfectly illustrated his momentous discoveries. Vintage maps and a host of charming imagery bring Darwin’s story to life; and, as in Maria’s other puzzles, the intricate and colorful art gives the puzzler a particularly satisfying experience. The distinctive box format and design are conceived to merchandise next to the puzzle’s two precursors, encouraging customers to move from one to the next and collect the set.

Maria Rivans is a collage artist based in Brighton, UK. She curated the images in the hugely successful Extraordinary Things to Cut Out and Collage (2020), has exhibited her work internationally, and created a book and three unique jigsaw puzzles. Known for its surreal approach, Maria’s collages are in a constant dialogue with cultures of the past, reinventing narratives while spinning bizarre and dreamlike tales.

SELLING POINTS

NATURAL APPEAL: The topic will speak to buyers at nature and science–oriented locations like museums, national parks, and heritage sites.

A GROWING SERIES: With every new addition, Maria’s "great journey" series of jigsaw puzzles looks better and better.

RICH VISUALS: Plants, animals, maps, ships, people, and more all combine to thrillingly evoke Darwin’s epochal adventure.

SPECIFICATIONS

*pages

*WIDTH: 19 3/8" - 492mm

*HEIGHT: 27" - 686mm

*Puzzle

PUB MONTH: SEPTEMBER

PUZZLES, COLORING, AND ACTIVITY BOOKS, NATURE

ISBN 978-1-83776-053-4

US $24.99 CAN $31.99

Shakespeare's Flowers

A 1000-PIECE JIGSAW PUZZLE WITH A POETIC HOST OF FLOWERS, PLANTS AND ANIMALS

ILLUSTRATED BY REBECCA HARRIS

Roses, lilies, violets, and marigolds are among the 50 flowers, all featured in the works of Shakespeare, that wind around this beautifully literary circular jigsaw puzzle

Shakespeare grew up in the English countryside and filled his works with references to flowers, plants, animals, and insects. Celebrating them all, Rebecca Harris’s rich illustration style brings this circular jigsaw puzzle to life. Memorable quotations from the poems and plays scroll through the art: "I know a bank whereon the wild thyme blows, Where oxlips and the nodding violet grows" from A Midsummer Night’s Dream, for instance. Lush, fruitful, and romantic, this puzzle will appeal to bookstores thanks to the strong literary connections, and to hobbyist puzzlers thanks to the intricate art.

Rebecca Harris is an illustrator based in the West Country of England.

SELLING POINTS

LITERARY APPEAL: Bookstore browsers enjoy ingenious jigsaw puzzles with literary themes and intricate illustration.

GIFTABLE BOX: The richly illustrated box, in Skittledog’s own format, will stand out in–store and make this a wonderful gift.

FRESH NEW ART: The circular jigsaw features the wonderful work of Rebecca Harris, whose vivid style brings the subject to wonderful life.

SPECIFICATIONS

*pages

*WIDTH: 25 5/8" - 651mm

*HEIGHT: 25 5/8" - 651mm

*Puzzle

PUB MONTH: SEPTEMBER PUZZLES, COLORING, AND ACTIVITY BOOKS

ISBN 978-1-83776-054-1

US $24.99 CAN $31.99

RIGHTS: United

A Forager's Guide to Wild Drinks

FERMENTS, INFUSIONS AND THIRST-QUENCHERS FOR EVERY SEASON

WRITTEN BY LIZ KNIGHT; ILLUSTRATIONS BY VERONICA BALLART LILJA

Brew up your own delicious and nutritious drinks from foraged wild plants and enjoy them throughout the year with this beautiful and practical book

An illustrated guide to wild ingredient–based drinks featuring 100 plants to forage, where to find them, which parts to safely use, an overview of their uses in drinks, and delicious recipes. The book celebrates year–round foraging and feasting, from soothing winter warmers and delicate botanical teas to energy–boosting tonics and zingy summer coolers. Liz’s expertise and enthusiasm are truly infectious, and her readers will soon be happily gathering their own wild harvest. She includes step–by–step instructions for the basic processes for making 11 types of drinks, including wines, beers, ciders, kombuchas, teas, coffees, juices, tinctures, and tonics.

Liz Knight is a leading wild plant and foraging expert who lives in the Black Mountains in Wales, UK. She runs courses and workshops in foraging and cookery, and is the author of the category bestseller Forage: Wild Plants to Gather, Cook and Eat. When not writing or teaching, she can usually be found deep in a ditch or hedge, surrounded by nettles and brambles.

SELLING POINTS

FOR ADVENTUROUS FOODIES: Lovers of unusual ingredients, natural nutrition, and surprising flavor will love this collection of hot and cold, alcoholic and soft drinks.

COUNTRY WALKS AND TASTY HARVESTS: Turn an afternoon ramble into a rewarding foraging adventure.

EXPERT KNOWLEDGE: Liz Knight’s trusted expertise makes her a popular foraging guide, and she has made many appearances on UK television.

BEAUTIFUL WATERCOLOR

ILLUSTRATIONS: A feast for the eyes, the book makes a spectacular gift as well as an authoritative reference.

FORAGING ON TREND: Perfectly timed for the growing audience of readers becoming more engaged both with the natural world and what they eat and drink.

SPECIFICATIONS

*Full-color illustrations throughout *272 pages

*WIDTH: 7 1/2" - 191mm

*HEIGHT: 9 3/4" - 248mm

*Hardcover

PUB MONTH: OCTOBER

FOOD & DRINK

ISBN 978-1-83776-013-8

US $29.99 CAN $37.99 ËxHSLINHy760138z

RIGHTS: United

How to Train Your Sewing Machine

WRITTEN BY REHANA BEGUM; ILLUSTRATIONS BY AKIO MORISHIMA

A real–world beginner’s guide to mastering your sewing machine and making your own clothes and accessories

Trained on Savile Row, Rehana Begum’s taught sewing for years, and knows how to introduce beginners to their sewing machines without stress or disaster. Now she presents that expertise in an elegant contemporary format. With the book’s clearly illustrated techniques section, you’ll quickly learn how to thread your machine, choose your stitch, and start up without creating a frustrating tangle of knots. Begum then introduces simple patterns, including a tote bag and a simple dress, so you’ll quickly be able to build on your skills and turn them into finished products to be proud of. Removing the fear, this book will painlessly get you sewing—and open the way to a satisfying skill that will serve you for the rest of your life.

As a child, Rehana Begum watched her mother creating colorful outfits for her daughters on an industrial sewing machine, and by 13 she knew her future lay in fashion. With a BA in fashion design from Central Saint Martin’s, she mastered tailoring and pattern cutting on Savile Row and designed for brands including All Saints, Matthew Williamson, and Ozwald Boateng. Having taught dressmaking to women in Lagos and Port Harcourt, Nigeria, she now shares her passion and knowledge at her London school, Sew it with Love.

SELLING POINTS

NEW APPROACH FOR THE TIKTOK

GENERATION: #sewingmachine currently has over 551 million views on TikTok. This fresh spin on a classic topic will appeal to the ever–growing market of younger sewers.

ELEGANT CONTEMPORARY FORMAT: Opening this subject up to the gift/specialty market.

STYLISH PATTERNS: That young sewers will actually want to wear.

AUTHOR EXPERT IN HER FIELD: Rehana Begum trained on Saville Row, designed for Matthew Williamson and Ozwald Boateng, and has mastered teaching beginners at her London–based sewing school.

SPECIFICATIONS

*120 full-color illustrations

*144 pages

*WIDTH: 5 1/2" - 140mm

*HEIGHT: 7 7/8" - 194mm

*Hardcover

PUB MONTH: OCTOBER CRAFT

ISBN 978-1-83776-037-4

US $16.99 CAN $21.99

Paper Folding

LEARN IN A WEEKEND

BY KATE COLIN

Create spectacular objects and artworks for the home with this guide to paper folding for beginners

The fourth subject in the Learn in a Weekend series, paper folding is easy to learn, with a highly rewarding outcome. The book introduces several different folding styles in the opening section, all of which produce attractive and satisfying pieces of artwork. The projects featured in the second part of the book all have very contemporary appeal and would work as centerpieces in any millennial homemaker’s cool interior.

Kate Colin is a paper–folding artist and designer based in Glasgow. Inspired by origami and geometric form, Kate creates modern, handcrafted lighting designs and other products for lifestyle/interiors retail and individual clients. Her work has been featured in the Financial Times, Elle Decoration, Living Magazine, Homes & Interiors, Country Living and Stylist magazine. She teaches students at all levels, and hosts regular online and in–person paper–folding workshops and masterclasses. She recently started up a course on paper folding for Domestika.

SELLING POINTS

A GROWING TREND: Paper folding is growing in popularity (particularly among millennials and Gen–Z). The paper–folding trend on TikTok currently has over 950 million views.

APPEAL TO INTERIOR DESIGN

ADDICTS: The projects (lampshades, wall art, vases) have strong decorative appeal.

EASY–TO–LEARN CRAFT: A surprisingly accessible craft with the rewarding outcome of a useable product.

FOURTH TITLE: In the popular Learn in a Weekend series.

SPECIFICATIONS

*300 color photos

*80 pages

*WIDTH: 6 3/4" - 171mm

*HEIGHT: 8 1/2" - 216mm

*Paperback with flaps

PUB MONTH: OCTOBER CRAFT

RIGHTS: United States and

How to Be a Fit Bird

WRITTEN AND ILLUSTRATED BY MARION DEUCHARS

Bestselling author–illustrator Marion Deuchars now takes her beloved bird through a daily workout in the natural sequel to Yoga for Stiff Birds

SELLING POINTS

SEQUEL TO A BESTSELLER:

The follow–up to Yoga for Stiff Birds, which has charmed readers around the world and been translated into 12 languages.

THE PERFECT GIFT: For gym lovers and haters alike.

CELEBRATED AUTHOR: Marion Deuchars’s distinctive lettering and illustration has established her as one of the leading visual creatives.

WIDE APPEAL: Yoga for Stiff Birds has shown this charming, giftable approach works in both bookstores and specialty channels.

SPECIFICATIONS

*60 color illustrations

*80 pages

*WIDTH: 5 1/8" - 130mm

*HEIGHT: 7 1/8" - 181mm

*Hardcover

PUB MONTH: JANUARY SPORTS

The perfect gift for anyone who prefers to be charmed—not bossed— into exercising. In this natural follow–up to the bestselling Yoga for Stiff Birds, Marion leads Bob the Bird through his daily workout. From holistic 10–minute workouts to more specific routines that focus on different parts of the body, her quirky characters and delightful hand–lettering bring a humor that stands out in this popular category. Say goodbye to workout dread and master the essential steps to fitness with a smile on your face. If this bird can do it, anyone can!

Marion Deuchars’s distinctive style has established her as one of the UK’s leading visual creatives: the winner of gold and silver awards at the Art Directors Club NY, and three D&AD yellow pencils. Her books include the bestselling Yoga for Stiff Birds, translated into more than 10 languages, and Make Every Day Creative; for younger readers, she has written many titles, including Let’s Make Some Great Art, Bob the Artist, Art Play, and Color.

ISBN 978-1-83776-050-3

US $12.99 CAN $16.99 ËxHSLINHy760503z

Manners Begin at Breakfast

MODERN ETIQUETTE FOR FAMILIES REVISED AND UPDATED EDITION

BY PRINCESS MARIE-CHANTAL OF GREECE; INTRODUCTION BY DR. PERRI KLASS; ILLUSTRATIONS BY NICHOLAS CHILD; FOREWORD BY TORY BURCH

Princess Marie-Chantal's perennial, must-have parenting resource for the modern age, now fully revised and updated

“Marie-Chantal, Crown Princess of Greece, knows a thing or two about manners. (Queen Elizabeth II was a guest at her wedding.) But when it came to writing Manners Begin at Breakfast: Modern Etiquette for Families, she leaned on her experiences as a New Yorker, sister, daughter, mother of five, and founder of an incredibly charming children’s line, as much as her decades of navigating royal politesse.” —Goop

The founder of a successful children’s clothing line, author of an influential parenting blog, and mother of five children, Marie-Chantal of Greece is constantly asked how she manages to do it all. So many of these queries— about proper etiquette for children in our fast-paced, technology-centered world—led her to recognize the need for a modern handbook on children’s manners. First published in 2020, Manners Begin at Breakfast addresses rules of etiquette, including table manners, social media, fashion dos and don’ts, and party conversation. Covering children from infants to teens, it is an essential guide for all parents keen to raise polite, well-rounded children, equipped to thrive in society and develop into confident, successful adults. This updated edition captivates and enlightens, adding new insights on parenting in a post–pandemic world. By popular demand, each chapter is now peppered with anecdotes and personal stories from Marie-Chantal’s experience putting her own advice into practice. Adorned with charming, specially commissioned illustrations and a fresh, updated introduction by leading pediatrician Dr. Perri Klass, Manners Begin at Breakfast is the quintessential guide for the modern family.

Marie-Chantal, Crown Princess of Greece; mother of 5, author of the brand’s popular Journal 22 blog, founder and creative director of internationally recognized lifestyle and gifting brand Marie-Chantal. Born in London and raised in Hong Kong, one of three sisters, she studied art and design at the New York Academy of Arts and New York University. She married Pavlos, Crown Prince of Greece, in 1995, and they have five children. Dr. Perri Klass is an eminent pediatrician and professor of journalism and pediatrics at New York University. She is also the national medical director of Reach Out and Read, a childhood literacy program. A multi-award-winning author of numerous books on parenting and medicine, she writes a weekly column–“The Checkup”–for the New York Times. She has three children. Nicholas Child is a children’s book author and illustrator based in Cheshire, England.

SELLING POINTS

NEW EDITION OF SUCCESSFUL TITLE: The original edition of Manners Begin at Breakfast (2020) received stellar reviews from Town & Country, Vanity Fair, the Wall Street Journal, and Goop, to mention just a few.

SUBSTANTIAL UPDATE:

Princess Marie-Chantal has received countless requests for more content, and this new edition, which includes personal parenting anecdotes, answers that call.

HIGH-PROFILE AUTHOR: Princess Marie-Chantal of Greece has 246,000 followers on Instagram @mariechantal22.

SUCCESSFUL CHILDREN’S CLOTHING LINE: Her brand, Marie-Chantal London, has 87,200 followers on Instagram @mariechantallondon and is available in stores throughout the world.

UPDATED INTRODUCTION: Famed pediatrician and journalist Dr. Perri Klass has fully updated her introduction.

FRESH, NEW ILLUSTRATIONS:

This edition features brand-new, specially commissioned illustrations by acclaimed English illustrator Nicholas Child.

SPECIFICATIONS

*More than 100 full-color illustrations

*232 pages

*WIDTH: 6" - 152mm

*HEIGHT: 9" - 203mm

*Hardcover

PUB MONTH: SEPTEMBER

SELF-HELP

ISBN 978-0-86565-446-4

Cabana Anthology: The Anniversary Edition

BY MARTINA MONDADORI

To celebrate 10 years of the sumptuous, sought–after, limited–edition Cabana magazine, editor Martina Mondadori presents the most revered Cabana–approved designers and their works alongside previously unseen interiors projects in this unique, superbly produced addition to any design enthusiast’s library

“Cabana is my favorite interior design magazine.” —Anna Wintour

Celebrating 10 years of publishing the finest interior design and decorative arts, Cabana Anthology: The Anniversary Edition is a stunning showcase of the most impressive and influential styles featured in the cult interiors magazine in its first decade. This sublime book delves into the stories behind a multitude of stunning interiors, offering insights from the designers, collectors, and artists who have contributed to Cabana’s legacy of true artistry and craftsmanship. Founded by editor–in–chief Martina Mondadori along with designer Christoph Radl and publisher Gianluca Reina in 2014, Cabana aims to inspire a new generation of globetrotters, taking them on a journey through sophistication, obsessive collecting, colors, and fabrics.

This stunning volume features the very best photography, interviews, profiles, and features from the publication, with contributions from Carlos Mota, Marco Mansi, and Marian McEvoy, and photographers Miguel Flores–Vianna, Guido Taroni, Mark Luscombe Whyte, Tim Walker, and Joanna MacLennan, among many others.

Martina Mondadori is the founder and editor–in–chief of Cabana magazine, the limited–edition biannual interiors and decorative arts publication, and creative director of the brand’s homewares line, Casa Cabana. Her books include Vendome’s Cabana Anthology and Casa Cabana. Representing the fourth generation of the Mondadori publishing family, Mondadori worked in publishing and luxury branding before launching Cabana in 2014. She is celebrated worldwide as an icon in the field of interior design. Her impeccable taste has played a pivotal role in resurrecting the timeless "old world" layered aesthetic, a style both inviting and evocative, inspiring decorators across the globe. Her homes have been featured in Architectural Digest, Vogue, and the Financial Times, and Casa Cabana products have appeared on 1stdibs, Matches Fashion, and Moda Operandi. Italian–born, Mondadori lives in Milan with her three children.

RIGHTS: World English

SELLING POINTS

WELL–KNOWN AUTHOR: Martina Mondadori, founder and editor in chief of Cabana magazine, has 82,200 followers on Instagram (@martinamondadori).

COVETED MAGAZINE AND BRAND: Cabana magazine (394,000 Instagram followers) is renowned for its ability to showcase visionary interiors not just through its publications but also, inspired by the pages of the magazine, in the fast–growing Casa Cabana homewares collection.

FOLLOW–UP TO TWO SUCCESSFUL BOOKS: Cabana Anthology (2018) and Casa Cabana (2021) are highly acclaimed and strong sellers.

INTERIOR DESIGN IS A POPULAR SUBJECT: Books on high–end interior design sell well.

INSPIRATION FROM WELL–KNOWN INTERIOR AND FASHION DESIGNERS AND WRITERS: Contributors include Stephan Janson, Ella Windsor, Ashley Hicks, Deborah Needleman, and many more.

LUXURIOUS VOLUME: Like Cabana Anthology, the book is a deluxe production, clothbound, with a ribbon marker and special papers and features throughout.

SPECIFICATIONS

*300 color photographs, ribbon marker, special papers and die-cuts *432 pages

*WIDTH: 9" - 229mm

*HEIGHT: 12" - 305mm

*Hardcover cloth case

PUB MONTH: OCTOBER

DESIGN & DECORATING, INTERIOR DESIGN, ART

ISBN 978-0-86565-451-8

US $100.00 CAN $125.00 UK £85.00

Interiors: Styled by Mieke ten Have

WRITTEN BY MIEKE TEN HAVE; PRINCIPAL PHOTOGRAPHY BY FRANK FRANCES

Leading interiors stylist Mieke ten Have shares her techniques for teasing out the elements of a home that make it compelling, beautiful, and alive

How does a renowned stylist approach personalizing a space? In this beautiful new book, Mieke ten Have identifies and explains the four principal elements that she always takes into account: Color Theory, Pattern Play, Wild and Tame, and Flowers for Living. She illustrates each of these principles with images of rooms that she has styled for such noted designers as Stephen Sills, Mario Buatta, Alberto Pinto, Rita Konig, and Victoria Hagan in a wide variety of homes and locations. Then Mieke demonstrates how she applies these concepts, season after season, in her own country home, the Barn. Rich, atmospheric images by photographer Frank Frances document the evolution of the house, capturing the distinctive light, mood, colors, tonality, and textures of each season. Both aspirational and inspirational, Interiors: Styled by Mieke ten Have provides countless design ideas for beautifying our surroundings throughout the year.

Mieke ten Have is an interiors stylist, design writer, and creative consultant. She began her career as an assistant at domino and went on to become home editor at Vogue and design editor at large at Elle Decor. She is a frequent contributor to Architectural Digest and House & Garden (UK). She divides her time between New York City and her country home in Dutchess County, New York. Frank Frances’s photography has been featured in Architectural Digest, Elle Decor, House Beautiful, and Martha Stewart Living, among many other publications. His work has been exhibited in solo and group shows at such venues as Sasha Wolf Gallery, the Studio Museum in Harlem, Carriage Trade, and Werkstadt Graz. He received an MFA from the School of Visual Arts. He lives in New York.

RIGHTS: World English

SELLING POINTS

DESIGNERS’ STYLIST: A who’s who of prominent interior designers and architects bring Mieke ten Have on board to style their projects when they are being shot for publication.

DEVOTED FOLLOWING: Mieke ten Have has 49,500 followers on Instagram.

WIDELY PUBLISHED: Rooms and houses that ten Have has styled appear regularly on the pages of every major design publication.

SPECIFICATIONS

*250 color photographs

*240 pages

*WIDTH: 9 1/4" - 235mm

*HEIGHT: 12" - 305mm

*Hardcover

PUB MONTH: OCTOBER

DESIGN & DECORATING

ISBN 978-0-86565-457-0

US $50.00 CAN $63.00 UK £40.00 ËxHSKIQFy654570z

The Young Man and the Tree

FERNANDO WONG LANDSCAPE DESIGN

WRITTEN BY TIM JOHNSON; FOREWORD BY MARTHA STEWART; PRINCIPAL PHOTOGRAPHY BY

CARMEL BRANTLEY

Explore the stunning private tropical gardens created by award–winning landscape designer Fernando Wong

The Young Man and the Tree is gorgeous proof of Elle Decor ’s claim that Fernando Wong is “one of the most influential landscape designers in America.” As the luxuriant private gardens featured in this sumptuously illustrated book reveal, Wong has become renowned for designing not only landscapes of lushly layered foliage and flowers but also elaborate garden follies, pools, pool pavilions, outdoor kitchens, fountains, sculpture gardens, and hardscapes. Trained in architecture and interior design in his native Panama, Fernando Wong turned to landscape design after moving to the United States in 2001, and along with his partner, Tim Johnson, founded Fernando Wong Outdoor Living Design in 2005. All the projects featured here are located in tropical climes, including Miami, Palm Beach, and Lyford Cay on Nassau. With a foreword by Martha Stewart and commentary by noted interior designers including David Netto, Miles Redd, and Amanda Lindroth, who decorated some of the homes for which Wong created the gardens, this book provides gardeners and garden lovers everywhere with fresh inspiration.

Fernando Wong was born in Panama, where he trained in architecture and interior design. After moving to the United States in 2001, he took up landscape design. In 2005, Fernando Wong and his partner, Tim Johnson, co–founded Fernando Wong Outdoor Living Design and grew the business from a two–man guest–bedroom office into a global landscape architecture firm with offices in Miami Beach and Palm Beach. Wong and Johnson live in Palm Beach. Martha Stewart is the author of numerous lifestyle books, the founder of Martha Stewart Living Omnimedia, and a TV personality. She lives in Bedford, New York. Carmel Brantley is a Florida–based photographer specializing in architecture, interiors, and gardens. Her work has appeared in Veranda, Southern Living, Better Homes & Gardens, Town & Country, and the Wall Street Journal. She lives in Ocean Ridge, Florida.

RIGHTS: World English

SELLING POINTS

WIDELY PUBLISHED: Wong’s work has been featured in Architectural Digest, Elle Decor, Garden Design magazine, Forbes, the New York Times, House Beautiful, the Wall Street Journal, Harper’s Bazaar, Vogue, Interior Design, Galerie, and Wallpaper. He has 7,000 Instagram followers.

POPULARITY OF GARDENS AND GARDENING: Interest in gardens and gardening has grown exponentially since the pandemic.

MULTIPLE AWARDS: Wong is the recipient of many prestigious honors, including the Addison Mizner Award from the Institute of Classical Arts & Architecture, the Palladio Award for International Excellence in Classical Design from Traditional Building, the International Design Award from the Association of Professional Landscape Designers, and the Lesley S. Smith Landscape Award from the Preservation Foundation of Palm Beach.

HIGH–PROFILE PERSONALITY: Along with Martha Stewart (4.2 million Instagram followers), Wong served as a judge on Clipped, an HGTV gardening shown on Discovery+.

LUSH PHOTOGRAPHS BY WELL–KNOWN

PHOTOGRAPHER: Carmel Brantley has 25,000 Instagram followers.

GARDENS FOR ALL TROPICAL CLIMES: Fernando Wong’s landscape design is applicable to tropical regions everywhere.

SPECIFICATIONS

*300 color photographs and plans

*384 pages

*WIDTH: 9 1/4" - 235mm

*HEIGHT: 12" - 305mm

*Hardcover with jacket

PUB MONTH: OCTOBER

GARDENING, DESIGN & DECORATING

ISBN 978-0-86565-453-2

US $75.00 CAN $94.00 UK £65.00

Inside Paris

WRITTEN BY RICARDO LABOUGLE; FOREWORD BY MATHILDE FAVIER

An exclusive look into the beautiful, diverse homes of Parisian interior and fashion designers, artists, and influencers, revealed by distinguished photographer and author Ricardo Labougle

Celebrated photographer and author Ricardo Labougle invites us on an exploration of the most relevant and superbly decorated homes in Paris. Labougle’s beautiful photography displays the rich variety of Paris interiors—from classical, lush rococo visions to more modern, bright interpretations of decor. Whatever the inspiration, Paris never does things by half, as demonstrated by internationally–acclaimed interior designer Jacques Grange’s contemporary apartment situated in a Regency palace, the innovative rustic modernism of Studio KO, Parisian designer Vincent Darré’s breathtaking painted walldesigns combine XVIII–century and 1920s styles, and Jacopo Etro’s architecturally beautiful space enhanced with mid–century décor and filled with objets d’art. The magic of Paris and its enduring charm are expertly captured in this magnificent volume that offers exclusive views of design combinations only to be found in the exquisite Parisian residences of these designers (interior, fashion, industrial, and furniture), authors, art dealers, and more.

Ricardo Labougle has been shooting interiors and portraits around the world for more than 25 years. His ability to capture public and private spaces with a perfect balance of elegance and life was discovered by Min Hogg, the legendary former editor of The World of Interiors, in 1996. Since then, his work can be recognized throughout the international publications that count him as a regular collaborator, such as The World of Interiors, Architectural Digest, Vogue, Elle Decor, Vanity Fair, and T Magazine. He has co–authored and photographed several books on interior design and architecture. His personal work has also been shown at galleries in Madrid, Milan, and Buenos Aires. Mathilde Favier is global public relations director at Dior Couture. She is an internationally renowned fashion and lifestyle icon and an acclaimed Parisian hostess.

RIGHTS: World English

SELLING POINTS

ACCLAIMED INTERIOR DESIGN PHOTOGRAPHER AND AUTHOR: Ricardo Labougle (@ricardolabougle) has over 34,000 followers on Instagram and has contributed to global publications such as Veranda, AD, and World of Interiors for some 30 years.

FAMOUS RESIDENTS: Features the homes of famous Parisians, among them Fifi Chachnil (41,600 Instagram followers), Jacques Granges (127,000 followers), and Vincent Darré (92,400 followers).

REMARKABLE HOMES: Features some of the most outstanding homes in Paris and a wide range of styles, from classical design to eccentric modernism.

PARIS BOOKS SELL: This is a stunning photographic portrait of the interior design and architecture of one of the world’s most exciting and beautiful cities.

FOREWORD BY WELL–KNOWN PARISIAN: Mathilde Favier, public relations manager at Dior Couture, has 191,000 Instagram followers.

SPECIFICATIONS

*250 color photographs

*320 pages

*WIDTH: 9 1/4" - 235mm

*HEIGHT: 12" - 305mm

* Hardcover

PUB MONTH: SEPTEMBER

INTERIOR DESIGN, DESIGN & DECORATING, TRAVEL

ISBN 978-0-86565-440-2

US $80.00 CAN $100.00 UK £65.00

Town and Country

ISABEL LÓPEZ-QUESADA

BY ISABEL LÓPEZ-QUESADA; PHOTOGRAPHY BY MIGUEL FLORES-VIANNA

Explore the second design book from acclaimed Spanish designer Isabel López–Quesada, looking beyond her own homes to hotels and other residences in stunning locales around the world

Described as the most significant European woman designer working today, Isabel López–Quesada returns with a second volume demonstrating her interior design expertise. Showcasing a wider variety of her design projects, this superb, extended monograph is divided into two sections, Town and Country, displaying spectacular residences and hotels in Spain, Greece, Malta, the Caribbean, and more. Innovatively combining period and contemporary furniture and art in a sophisticated, seemingly effortless mix, the interiors of Isabel López–Quesada are inspirational and unforgettable. Beautifully captured by renowned photographer Miguel Flores–Vianna, with whom López–Quesada worked on her first book, her eye–catching designs and the skill with which she carefully places decorative objects among stunning furnishings are celebrated here.

Isabel López–Quesada opened her first studio in Madrid at the age of 20. Her passion for interior design was precocious and self–taught, a vocation whose strength continues undiminished forty years later. While maintaining her base in Madrid, over this time, she has executed projects worldwide, showcasing her ability to comprehend and enhance spaces of all kinds, imparting them with a unique character. Talent, professionalism, instinct, and years of experience distinguish her work, internationally recognized for its versatility and personal charisma. Beyond Spain, her projects extend across the globe to places such as the United States, the United Kingdom, France, Switzerland, Japan, and the Dominican Republic. Miguel Flores–Vianna has been a photographer, writer, and editor for more than 20 years. He is the author of the Vendome’s bestselling Haute Bohemians, selected as the design book of the year by the New York Times T magazine, as well as Haute Bohemians: Greece, and A Wandering Eye. His photography has been featured in a number of other books, including Near and Far by Lisa Fine and Décors Barbares by Nathalie Farman–Farma, and he is a regular contributor to magazines such as Cabana and AD. He lives in London.

RIGHTS: World English

SELLING POINTS

DEDICATED FOLLOWING: Isabel López–Quesada, an AD 100 designer and arguably the most significant European woman designer working today, has over 138,000 followers on Instagram.

FOLLOW–UP TO SUCCESSFUL BOOK: This is the sequel to At Home: Isabel López–Quesada, a strong seller now in its fifth printing.

ACCLAIMED

PHOTOGRAPHER:

Miguel Flores–Vianna’s books, including Vendome’s Haute Bohemians, Haute Bohemians: Greece, and Near & Far, among others, have been widely acclaimed, and his photographs appear regularly in T magazine and AD. He has over 4,000 followers on Instagram.

AUTHENTICITY: Originality and authenticity are key words in interior design today, and the hallmarks of López–Quesada’s work.

FEATURED INTERNATIONALLY: Interiors by López–Quesada have been featured in virtually every American and European interior design, architecture, and woman’s interest magazine.

SPECIFICATIONS

*250 color photographs

*384 pages

*WIDTH: 10" - 254mm

*HEIGHT: 12" - 305mm

* Hardcover with jacket

PUB MONTH: OCTOBER

INTERIOR DESIGN, DESIGN & DECORATING

ISBN 978-0-86565-449-5

US $75.00 CAN $94.00 UK £65.00 ËxHSKIQFy654495z

100 YEARS OF DECORATING

TEXT BY ANN PYNE

A lavish volume celebrating the centenary of McMillen, the storied American interior design firm

The story of McMillen is the story of American interior design. From humble beginnings in a townhouse on New York City’s East 55th St. in 1924, McMillen evolved into the premier interior design firm in the country under the intrepid leadership of Eleanor Stockstrom McMillen (later Eleanor McMillen Brown). This centennial volume, written by Ann Pyne, the current president of McMillen, traces the history of the company from the early years of experimentation through the lean years of the Depression and World War II, the so–called glory years of the 1960s and 1970s, and into the modern era, beginning in the 1980s. McMillen’s clientele has always comprised a who’s who of American movers and shakers, along with renowned corporate clients, and some of its employees—Albert Hadley, Mark Hampton, and Kevin McNamara among them—went on to become the major interior designers of the late 20th century. Sumptuously illustrated with color and vintage black–and–white photographs of luxurious homes, as well as public spaces such as the Steuben Showroom and the Cosmopolitan Club, both in New York, plus exquisite period watercolors, this celebration of McMillen showcases the very best of design history.

Ann Pyne is the current president of McMillen, succeeding her mother, Betty Sherrill, who took over the presidency when Mrs. McMillen Brown retired. She has a masters degree in decorative arts from the Bard Graduate Center and an MA in English and American literature from Columbia University. She lives in New York.

RIGHTS: World

SELLING POINTS

A–LIST CLIENTELE: Through the years, McMillen designed the homes of Marshall Field, Millicent Rogers, Doris Duke, Ambassador Sheldon Whitehouse, Henry Ford II, Abby Aldrich Rockefeller, Pierre Lorillard, Marjorie Merriweather Post, Joseph Kennedy, William and “Babe” Paley, and Lyndon B. Johnson’s White House family quarters.

TALENT INCUBATOR: Such renowned interior designers as Albert Hadley, Mark Hampton, and Kevin McNamara began their careers at McMillen.

PUBLICATION TO COINCIDE WITH CENTENARY EVENTS: The New York School of Interior Design will hold a celebratory exhibition of McMillen’s work opening in Fall 2024. Additional events, and a feature article in Architectural Digest, will celebrate the centennial.

LEGENDARY INTERIOR DESIGN FIRM: McMillen (@mcmilleninc) has over 8,000 Instagram followers.

SPECIFICATIONS

*325 color and black-and-white photographs and watercolors *400 pages

*WIDTH: 9 1/4" - 235mm

*HEIGHT: 12" - 305mm

* Hardcover with jacket PUB MONTH: NOVEMBER

INTERIOR DESIGN, DESIGN & DECORATING

ISBN 978-0-86565-443-3

US $75.00 CAN $94.00 UK £65.00

Island Dreaming

AMANDA LINDROTH DESIGN

WRITTEN BY AMANDA LINDROTH; PHOTOGRAPHY BY DYLAN CHANDLER; ILLUSTRATIONS BY CARLISLE BURCH

The latest projects by the undisputed master of tropical interior design, Amanda

Lindroth

Since the publication of Island Hopping in 2018, the demand for Amanda LIndroth’s airy, relaxed, indoor–outdoor aesthetic has soared, and she has completed enough commissions to fill a new volume. Island Dreaming features 20 recent projects, one more enticing than the next. Lindroth brings her signature style of boldly colored fabrics, rattan and cane seating, canopied beds, and straw matting to homes ranging from cozy cottages to grand houses in Lyford Cay, on Nassau; Albany, on the island of New Providence in the Bahamas; Baker’s Bay, on the island of Great Guana Cay in the Abacos; Manhattan; and Palm Beach, Florida. Though Lindroth’s style remains unmistakably hers, it’s now perceptibly richer, more sophisticated, and, at times, more whimsical. Illustrated by the lushly detailed photographs of Dylan Chandler, and featuring lovely illustrations by Carlisle Burch, Island Dreaming will be coveted by everyone who can’t get enough of Lindroth’s easy–breezy tropical vibe.

Amanda Lindroth, a graduate of Wellesley College, went from writing about fashion for Women’s Wear Daily’s Eye column in New York to heading up Gucci’s public relations department in London before moving to Nassau, where she opened her design firm in 2010. Since then, she has opened a second studio and a shop in Palm Beach, launched the Amanda Lindroth Home Collection, and began teaching an online interior design course for Creative Academy. She lives in Lyford Cay, Nassau. Dylan Chandler was born and raised, and still lives in, the Hell’s Kitchen neighborhood of New York City. His work has appeared in numerous publications, including Better Homes & Gardens and the New York Times This is his first book. Carlisle Burch is a versatile illustrator whose clients are as varied as Serena and Lily, Urban Electric Company, New England Home magazine, and Chateau Miami restaurant. She lives in Phoenix, Arizona.

RIGHTS: World English

SELLING POINTS

PROVEN TRACK RECORD: Lindroth’s first book, Island Hopping, has been reprinted multiple times.

AVID FOLLOWING: Amanda Lindroth has over 109,000 followers on Instagram and @AmandaLindrothDesign has 24,000 followers.

RECOGNITION IN GIFT MARKETS: The Amanda Lindroth Home Collection, Lindroth’s extensive line of rattan and wicker furniture and tabletop items, bedding, dinnerware, and flatware, lighting, and accessories, has given her name wide visibility in the gift market.

ONLINE INTERIOR DESIGN COURSE: In her popular online course for Create Academy, Lindroth teaches how to conceptualize, scheme, source, and install inviting interiors.

WIDELY PUBLISHED: Lindroth’s interiors and products have been featured in AD, House Beautiful, Veranda, Martha Stewart Living, Country Living, Southern Living, and many other publications.

SPECIFICATIONS

*250 color photographs and illustrations

*336 pages

*WIDTH: 10" - 254mm

*HEIGHT: 12" - 305mm

*Hardcover

PUB MONTH: OCTOBER

DESIGN & DECORATING, INTERIOR DESIGN

ISBN 978-0-86565-452-5

US $75.00 CAN $94.00 UK £65.00

Houses for All Seasons

INTERIORS BY GIOIA BONOMI

WRITTEN BY GIOIA

BONOMI;

PHOTOGRAPHY BY SIMON UPTON; FOREWORD BY ALLEGRA HICKS

Interior designer Gioia Bonomi takes us on an exclusive tour of six sensational private houses—in the city, in the mountains, and at the beach—each framed by a season of the year

To make a house a home requires an expert eye to guide every detail, large or small. In her first book, Houses for All Seasons, Gioia Bonomi’s choices of colors, lighting, décor, textures, and ephemera in the six private houses featured here, located in the United States, Europe, and the Bahamas, have all been carefully curated to create fabulous spaces. Experience the beauty of London and Switzerland blooming in the springtime, the summer vibrance of Long Island, the rich palette of New York in the fall, and finally, winter escapes to the snowy Swiss Alps as well as to the sunny paradise of the Bahamian islands. Bonomi’s style merges a contemporary, graphic outlook among richer classical textures. The houses—and Bonomi’s lush gardens in the Hamptons, designed by landscape architect Mario Nievera— have been photographed by Simon Upton, whose work is regularly featured in AD, World of Interiors, and Vogue, while a foreword by acclaimed designer Allegra Hicks sets Bonomi’s work in context. Throughout, Bonomi offers decorating tips and insights into her inspiration for each house. No matter the location or season, her style is timeless and eye–catching.

Gioia Bonomi, an internationally renowned interior designer, graduated from the Inchbald School of Design in London and after a short stint working for Percy Bass, started her own company at the age of 20. With a passion for fabrics and an invaluable global perspective cultivated by living in Italy, Spain, Germany, and England, she has discreetly catered to high–caliber international clients. Her work seamlessly blends artistry and functionality, embodying innovation, elegance, and a rich tapestry of influences in every project. This is her first book. Simon Upton is one of the foremost names in interiors photography, with more than 25 years of published work to his credit. His work appears regularly in The World of Interiors, ELLE Decor, Vogue, Architectural Digest, and House & Garden. His Vendome books, New York Interiors and London Living, received great acclaim. He lives in London. Allegra Hicks is a well–known interior, textile, and fashion designer. She lives in London and Naples, Italy.

RIGHTS: World English

SELLING POINTS

FABULOUS INTERNATIONAL

LOCATIONS: The six houses are located in London, New York City, Long Island, the Bahamas, and Switzerland.

HIGH–PROFILE INTERIOR–DESIGN PHOTOGRAPHER:

Simon Upton’s books New York Interiors and London Living have been widely acclaimed, and his work appears regularly in World of Interiors, AD, House & Garden, Vogue, Vanity Fair, Tatler, and ELLE Décor. He has over 67,100 followers on Instagram.

ORGANIZED BY SEASONS: The book is organized by the seasons, offering decorating tips based on time of year and location.

FOREWORD BY WELL–KNOWN

DESIGNER: Allegra Hicks, an acclaimed interior, textile, and fashion designer, provides a foreword. Hicks has 24,500 Instagram followers.

SPECIFICATIONS

*240 color photographs

*256 pages

*WIDTH: 10" - 254mm

*HEIGHT: 12" - 305mm

*Hardcover with jacket

PUB MONTH: OCTOBER

DESIGN & DECORATING, INTERIOR DESIGN ISBN 978-0-86565-438-9 US $65.00 CAN $82.00 UK £50.00

REDEFINING SAVILE ROW

WRITTEN BY TOM CHAMBERLIN; FOREWORD BY GLENDA BAILEY DBE; INTRODUCTION BY NICK FOULKES; NEW PHOTOGRAPHY BY SIMON UPTON

Published to celebrate 175 years as one of the finest tailors on Savile Row, Huntsman reveals its rich history of making impeccable clothing for the most discerning clientele in the world.

Huntsman was founded in 1849 and is still famous today as one of the finest—and most innovative—bespoke tailors in London. Huntsman’s clients range from royalty to film stars, and include Queen Victoria, Clark Gable, Grace Kelly, Coco Chanel, Hubert de Givenchy, Bill Blass, Lucien Freud, Brad Pitt, Elizabeth Taylor, and Edward Enninful, to name just a few. The brand also served as styland location inspiration for the Kingsman films, starring Colin Firth and Taron Egerton. As well as its history, the book reveals each stage of ordering and making the perfect bespoke suit, which involves 80 hours of handwork, and a practical style guide for anyone who wants to know what to wear for the right occasion. Sumptuous photography by Simon Upton illustrates the quintessential town, country and holiday settings in which one might wear Huntsman. With a foreword by Dame Glenda Bailey, former Editor–in–Chief of Harper's Bazaar, an introduction by veteran style writer, Nick Foulkes, and a sparkling text by author Tom Chamberlin, editor of The Rake magazine, this is an essential and inspiring guide on how to dress to perfection.

Tom Chamberlin is editor–in–chief of The Rake magazine, “the modern voice of classic elegance and the champion of discreet luxury,” and chief creative officer of Cigar Keep (@cigar_keep). An expert on fine menswear and style, he provides guidance on how to achieve a sophisticated lifestyle. Chamberlin lives in London. Historian, journalist, and author Nick Foulkes has written 25 books on the arts and history, and is a contributor to Slim Aarons: The Essential Collection. A renowned style icon, he contributes to publications including the Financial Times and Vanity Fair. Foulkes lives in London. Simon Upton is one of the foremost names in photography. His work appears regularly in The World of Interiors, ELLE Decor, Vogue, Architectural Digest, and House & Garden. His books include New York Interiors and London Living.

RIGHTS: World

SELLING POINTS

INTERNATIONAL APPEAL: Huntsman’s original shop on London’s Savile Row is now complemented by a shop in New York City, and by–appointment trunk shows in Beverly Hills, Menlo Park, Dallas, Austin, Houston, and elsewhere.

DEVOTED FOLLOWING: @HuntsmanSavileRow has 104,000 followers on Instagram.

WELL–KNOWN AUTHOR: Tom Chamberlin has 50,200 followers on Instagram and 235,000 on TikTok; @TheRake has 482,000 followers.

FEATURED IN THE KINGSMAN FILMS: Huntsman is the inspiration for the superb suits worn by Colin Firth, Taron Egerton, and other stars of the four blockbuster Kingsman films.

FOREWORD BY ACCLAIMED AUTHOR AND HISTORIAN: Nick Foulkes is an English historian, journalist, and author of more than 20 books. He has 46,400 Instagram followers.

FASHIONISTA APPEAL: Classic, elegant, and refined, the highest–quality English tailoring—from suits to bowler hats to tweed blazers and more—has had an enduring influence on all levels of fashion.

SPECIFICATIONS

*200 black and white and color photographs *304 pages

*WIDTH: 9 1/4" - 235mm

*HEIGHT: 12" - 305mm

*Hardcover

PUB MONTH: OCTOBER FASHION

ISBN 978-0-86565-448-8

US $75.00 CAN $94.00 UK £65.00

THE AUTOBIOGRAPHY OF CHRISTIAN DIOR

WRITTEN BY CHRISTIAN DIOR; TRANSLATED BY ANTONIA FRASER

A beautiful gift edition of the autobiography of famed fashion designer Christian Dior

Christian Dior (1905–1957) found fame with his first collection in 1947 when the “New Look” took the world by world by storm. This charming autobiography gives a fascinating insight into the workings of a great fashion house, while revealing the private man behind the high–profile establishment. Originally published in English in 1957, with a translation by Antonia Fraser, this beautifully designed new edition features three updated plate sections, including iconic photographs of Dior creations by Richard Avedon, Cecil Beaton, and Horst P. Horst.

Christian Dior was born in Granville, Normandy, in 1905. He opened his own couture house in 1947, revolutionizing fashion with the “New Look.” He was created a Chevalier of the Legion of Honour in 1950 and died in 1957.

SELLING POINTS

PERFECT GIFT: For every fashionista.

INCREDIBLE INSIGHTS: From the man who created one of the most famous fashion brands in the world.

BEAUTIFUL HARDBACK

FORMAT: Illustrated with iconic photos of Dior fashions.

ORIGINAL ACCOUNT: Celebrates the golden age of couture.

SPECIFICATIONS

*40 photographs

*224 pages

*WIDTH: 5 1/8" - 130mm

*HEIGHT: 7" - 178mm

*Hardcover

PUB MONTH: OCTOBER FASHION

ISBN 978-1-83851-049-7

US $29.95 CAN $37.95

RIGHTS: North America

Fashion and the Floating World

JAPANESE UKIYO-E PRINTS

BY ANNA JACKSON AND MASAMI YAMADA

An exclusive insight into glamour of Edo–period society through the medium of 170 exquisite ukiyo–e

This sumptuous book explores the important world that woodblock prints played in the fashionable world of Edo–period Japan (1603–1868). One hundred and seventy ukiyo–e (“pictures of the floating world”) offer us a vivid view of the culture of entertainment, style, and glamour that developed in bustling urban centers. Expert curators bring to life the scenes and figures depicted, and highlight the fashions, dress accessories, and hairstyles shown in these colorful and compelling images by artists such as Utagawa Kunisada and Utagawa Hiroshige. Benefitting from the V&A’s world–leading collection and including many rarely seen prints, this is a fascinating glimpse into an exciting world of celebrity actors, courtesans, kimono retailers, fabric workshops, makeup brands, theatre managers, brothel keepers, and restaurant owners.

Anna Jackson is keeper, Asia Department at the V&A. Masami Yamada is curator, Asia Department at the V&A.

SELLING POINTS

170 PRINTS: Many of them rarely seen.

UNIQUE PERSPECTIVE: The first book to treat ukiyo–e as fashion plates.

EXCLUSIVE ACCESS: To the V&A’s world–leading collection.

FAMOUS ARTISTS: Including Hiroshige and Kunisada.

SPECIFICATIONS

*140 full-color photographs throughout *240 pages

*WIDTH: 9 1/2" - 241mm

*HEIGHT: 12 1/2" - 318mm

*Hardcover

PUB MONTH: SEPTEMBER ART

ISBN 978-1-83851-050-3 US $50.00 CAN $63.00

RIGHTS: North America

The Great Mughals

ART, ARCHITECTURE AND OPULENCE

EDITED BY SUSAN STRONGE

Showcases some of the most stunning treasures from the dynasty that created the Taj Mahal

The Great Mughals presents, for the first time, the opulent, internationalist culture of Mughal Hindustan in the age of its greatest emperors: Akbar (r. 1556–1605), Jahangir (r. 1605–27) and Shah Jahan (r. 1628–58). Providing a compelling new narrative to describe the origins of Mughal art, it explores how a huge Iranian influence permeated the sophisticated craft traditions of the Indian subcontinent to create a distinctively Mughal court are included, from contemporary portraits to jeweled gold vessels and carpets. In chapters that conjure the unique dynamics of each reign, essays with historical sweep combine with texts focused on important objects to tell unexpected stories about a dynasty perhaps best known for commissioning the Taj Mahal.

Susan Stronge is senior curator, Asia Department, V&A.

SELLING POINTS

SUMPTUOUS PHOTOS: Treasures from the “golden age” of Mughal court art.

INCREDIBLE BREADTH: Decorative arts from metalwork to manuscripts and precious stones are covered.

UNEXPECTED STORIES: About the internationalism of the court and the power of Mughal women.

NORTH AMERICAN MUSEUMS: Represented with objects from The Met and the Aga Khan Museum, Toronto.

SPECIFICATIONS

*Full-color illustrations throughout *304 pages

*WIDTH: 9 2/3" - 246mm

*HEIGHT: 11 1/2" - 292mm

*Hardcover

PUB MONTH: OCTOBER ART

ISBN 978-1-83851-036-7

US $70.00 CAN $88.00 ËxHSLINIy510367z

Tropical Modernism

ARCHITECTURE AND INDEPENDENCE

BY CHRISTOPHER TURNER

Pioneering and sometimes problematic Tropical Modernism is an essential subject for fans of Le Corbusier and Bauhaus

Emerging in the death throes of colonial rule, the story of Tropical Modernism is one of politics and power, decolonization and defiance. Its leading proponents, British architects Jane Drew and Maxwell Fry, adapted a utopian Bauhaus–derived Modernist aesthetic to hot and humid conditions. After Independence, Tropical Modernism was championed by leaders including Jawaharlal Nehru and Kwame Nkrumah as a symbol of freedom, progressiveness and internationalism in monumental projects such as Chandigarh in Punjab planned by Le Corbusier and Black Star Square in Accra designed by Victor Adegbite. Scrutinizing the colonial narratives surrounding Tropical Modernism, and foregrounding the experience of African and Indian practitioners, this book reassesses an architectural style which has increasing relevance in today’s changing climate.

Christopher Turner is Keeper of Art, Architecture, Photography and Design at the Victoria and Albert Museum, London

SELLING POINTS

ONLY BOOK: Currently in print dedicated to the subject.

ESSENTIAL: For all fans of Modernist Architecture.

FAMOUS NAMES: Including Le Corbusier, Kwame Nkrumah and Jawaharlal Nehru

RELEVANT: as we turn to architectural solutions to the climate crisis there is much to learn here.

SPECIFICATIONS

*224 pages

*WIDTH: 8 1/2" - 216mm

*HEIGHT: 10 5/8" - 270mm

*Paperback

PUB MONTH: SEPTEMBER

ISBN 978-1-83851-055-8

US $50.00 CAN $63.00

Madame Choi and the Monsters

A TRUE STORY

WRITTEN BY PATRICK SPÄT; DRAWN BY SHEREE DOMINGO

The true story of how a famous movie star and her ex–husband director were kidnapped by Kim Jong–il and forced to revitalize North Korea’s film industry

The incredible–yet–true story of celebrated South Korean actress Choi Eun–hee, abducted in 1978 by North Korean secret agents on the orders of their film–crazed future leader Kim Jong–il. Six months later, filmmaker Shin Sang–ok, Choi Eun–hee’s ex–husband, is abducted in turn. Choi and Shin remain unaware of each other’s fates until they meet again at a dinner hosted by Kim Jong–il in 1983. Kim forces Choi and Shin to make films, including the infamous kaiju cult classic Pulgasari (1985), all while convincing the world that they serve North Korea willingly. Choi and Shin’s love rekindles slowly in this reunited captivity. Only at the 1986 Venice Film Festival do they escape, fleeing in a daring car chase to the American embassy.

Patrick Spät lives as a freelance author and editor in Berlin. He studied philosophy, sociology and literary history in Mannheim, Leipzig, and Freiburg, ultimately receiving his doctorate in philosophy in 2010. As an author, he mainly deals with historical and sociopolitical topics. He was a finalist for the Berthold Leibinger Stiftung Comic Book Prize in 2019 with the graphic novel Der König der Vagabunden (The King of the Vagabonds), published by Avant Verlag. Sheree Domingo studied at the Kunsthochschule in Kassel and at the Luca School of Arts in Brussels. As a cartoonist, she works and lives in Berlin. She was a finalist of the Berthold Leibinger Stiftung Comic Book Prize in 2016 with her graphic novel Ferngespräch (Long Distance Call), published by Edition Morderne. In 2022, she and her collaborator Patrick Spät went on to win the same prize with the German edition of Madame Choi and the Monster

RIGHTS: North America +

America

SELLING POINTS

EXTRAORDINARY TRUE STORY: The kidnapping, compulsory careers, and ultimate escape of Choi Eun–hee and Shin Sang–ok is unbelievable yet real – truth is stranger than fiction.

GODZILLA MEETS SPYCRAFT: Espionage, deception, abduction –all to fuel Kim Jong–il’s desire for a North Korean Godzilla.

NORTH KOREA INTEREST: A wholly unique vision of the bizarre and eternally fascinating real–world dystopia of North Korea.

SPECIFICATIONS

*Full-color illustrations throughout *176 pages

*WIDTH: 9 1/2" - 241mm

*HEIGHT: 6 3/4" - 171mm

*Paperback with flaps

PUB MONTH: SEPTEMBER

ISBN 978-1-914224-22-5

US $22.99 CAN $28.99

Adieu Birkenau

GINETTE KOLINKA’S STORY OF SURVIVAL

TEXT BY GINETTE KOLINKA, JEAN-DAVID MORVAN, AND VICTOR MATET; ILLUSTRATIONS BY

RICARD EFA AND CESC F. DALMASES

The graphic memoir of Ginette Kolinka, Holocaust survivor, educator, and “ambassador for the memory” of Auschwitz–Birkenau

It is April 1944. Nineteen–year–old Ginette Kolinka arrives at the Auschwitz–Birkenau camp. Her father and little brother are immediately gassed. Ginette is selected as a worker. She survives.

It is October 2020. Ninety–five–year–old Ginette takes advantage of a lull in the COVID–19 epidemic to accompany a group visiting Birkenau one last time. As a farewell, she brings with her a journalist, France Info’s Victor Matet, and a comic strip writer, J–D Morvan. From this trip a comic book is born. Ginette tells of her life before the war, how she discovered she was Jewish, how her family fled Paris before she and her father were denounced. She tells the story of the camp; completely, honestly, without seeking pity. We see her today, how she still shares her story with the world, how she still stands and bears witness.

Ginette tells everything with liveliness and biting humor. We often laugh, and sometimes we shudder. Because the story she tells is ours, too.

Ginette Kolinka is a 98–year–old survivor of the Auschwitz–Birkenau camp. Since the 2000s, she has been an “ambassador for memory” who speaks to young people about her experiences in the Shoah. In 2019, she and Marie Ruggieri published Return to Birkenau (Grasset), as well as A Happy Life in 2023. Jean–David Morvan is a comic book writer fascinated by issues relating to war. His work includes Madeleine, résistante with Madeleine Riffaud and Dominic Bertail (Aire Libre), for which he was awarded the René Goscinny Prize for best scriptwriter. Victor Matet is a journalist and presenter at France Info. He produced several reports on Ginette Kolinka before co–creating a comic strip about her. Ricard Efa is a self–taught comic book artist. He has published around twenty titles since 2001. He is particularly known for biographical comics such as Degas ou Monet (Le Lombard), whic earned him a nomination for an Eisner Award in 2018. He lives in Barcelona. Cesc F. Dalmases, born in Sabadell (Barcelona), is the author of various comic strips, including adaptations of such novels as The Bridge of the Jews (Marti Gironell). His works have been translated into several languages..

SELLING POINTS

AMBASSADOR OF MEMORY: As an “ambassador for the memory” of the Holocaust, Ginette Kolinka is an internationally recognized educator and beloved national hero of France.

TIMELESSLY RELEVANT HISTORY: Almost 80 years since the liberation of Auschwitz–Birkenau, Holocaust remembrance remains as globally relevant as ever.

COMICS TRADITION

CONTINUES: Comics have played a major role in portraying the Holocaust since 1945—Adieu Birkenau continues that vital tradition of the medium.

SPECIFICATIONS

*96 color illustrations

*96 pages

*WIDTH: 7 1/2" - 191mm

*HEIGHT: 10 1/4" - 260mm

*Hardcover

PUB MONTH: OCTOBER

ISBN 978-1-914224-23-2

US $24.99 CAN $31.99

They Shot the Piano Player

A GRAPHIC NOVEL

WRITTEN BY FERNANDO TRUEBA; ART BY JAVIER MARISCAL

A New York music journalist goes on a quest to uncover the truth behind the mysterious disappearance of the young Brazilian piano virtuoso (and pioneer of samba–jazz), Tenório Jr.

An investigation and celebration of the origins of the world–renowned Latino musical samba–jazz movement Bossa Nova, They Shot The Piano Player captures a fleeting time bursting with creative freedom at a turning–point in Latin American history in the ’60s and ’70s, before the continent was riven by totalitarian regimes. Francisco Tenório Cerqueira Júnior, born in Rio de Janeiro, was one of the most recognized musicians of the samba–jazz movement. At 3 a.m. on March 18, 1976, after giving a concert at the Gran Rex in Buenos Aires, the 34–year–old pianist went out to get some cigarettes. He was never seen again. What happened that night? This is the question that moves the narrator of this documentary graphic novel to initiate an investigation into the fateful events that led to the death of a musician destined to change the course of Brazilian music forever.

Javier Mariscal is a multi–disciplinary artist and designer. After winning instant acclaim in 1979 for the bar–sky–wave logo for his adoptive city of Barcelona, he went on to create Cobi (the mascot of the city’s 1992 Olympics) and Twipsy, a character designed for the Hanover 2000 Expo that later featured in an animated TV series. Born in Valencia, he opened Estudio Mariscal in Barcelona in 1989, and was the subject of a major retrospective at London’s Design Museum in 2009. An exhibition of his work opened in Barcelona in September 2010 at the Pedrera, one of Gaudí’s most famous buildings. Fernando Trueba is a multi–award–winning writer, director, and producer, with a career spanning more than three decades in film, television, documentaries, theatre, and music. His many directing credits include Belle Époque (1992), La niña de tus ojos (1998), and Calle 54 (2000), a Latin–jazz documentary that prompted his enduring collaboration and friendship with Javier Mariscal.

SELLING POINTS

ANIMATED FEATURE

ADAPTATION: The adaptation of the graphic novel into an animation, with its main character voiced by Jeff Goldblum, is planned for release by Sony Pictures on February 23, 2024.

AWARD–WINNING AUTHORS: The authors’ previous animation, Chico and Rita (2010), was considered Best Animated Feature at the Goya Awards and the European Film Awards, following its Oscar Award nomination in the same category.

SAMBA–JAZZ ENTHUSIASTS: For lovers of Brazilian music Bossa Nova.

SPECIFICATIONS

*256 color illustrations

*256 pages

*WIDTH: 7 1/2" - 191mm

*HEIGHT: 10 1/4" - 260mm

*Hardcover

PUB MONTH: SEPTEMBER

RIGHTS:

Edifice

A GRAPHIC NOVEL

BY ANDRZEJ KLIMOWSKI

A graphic Grand Hotel of our dreams, desires, and nightmares—and a Christmas Carol like no other

Praise for Andrzej Klimoski

“He leads the field by a very long furlong, out on his own, making his own weather. He is Klimowski, unafraid.” —Harold Pinter

“Majestic art.” —The Guardian

“Profound, playful, and unexpectedly haunting” Times Literary Supplement

“A preternatural master of the graphic novel form.” The Times

At the heart of the dream city of Engelstadt stand the tall storys of an ancient apartment block, home to a nightmare labyrinth of corridors and secrets. Christmas is coming, but the mysterious disappearance of one of its tenants causes a cast of characters (or suspects?) to be assembled before us. An elderly aristocratic widow plays the piano; a young mother disciplines her hallucinating son; a photographer pursues creative experiments under the magnetic spell of the moon. And meanwhile, as a dark cloud threatens to envelop the city, and caped crusaders (or marauders) wander its park, there is a film screening to attend. The eccentric Professor will surely solve the enigma on Christmas Eve . . . or will he? A Pan–European Pandora’s Box of narrative Russian dolls and Chinese boxes, Edifice builds into an Expressionist graphic vision of our archetypal, metamorphic shadows. Whether or not “an allegory of some sort” (as one of these characters claims), Andrzej Klimowski’s masterpiece of symbolic form is certainly one of the strangest Christmas stories you will ever read. “If you look carefully, you will see it.”

Andrzej Klimowski studied at Saint Martin’s School of Art in London and at the Warsaw Academy of Fine Arts, and is now professor emeritus at the Royal College of Art. He has designed posters for theaters and film distributors in Poland, and book covers and illustrations for UK publishers. The co–author (with Danusia Schejbal) of Behind the Curtain, The Master and Margarita, Dr. Jekyll and Mr. Hyde, and Robot, his own graphic novels include The Depository, The Secret, and Horace Dorlan. His image of the visionary Somnambulist has been SelfMadeHero’s logo since its foundation in 2007.

SELLING POINTS

COLLECTIBILITY: A new graphic novel original by “one of the great illustrators of our time.”

TOPICALITY: A manifesto of artistic tradition and culture at a time when European freedom is under attack.

ACCESSIBILITY: A compelling story in which words are less important than the universal and archetypal language of its images.

SPECIFICATIONS

*144 black-and-white illustrations

*296 pages

*WIDTH: 7 1/2" - 191mm

*HEIGHT: 10 1/2" - 267mm

*Paperback with flaps

PUB MONTH: NOVEMBER GRAPHIC NOVELS

ISBN 978-1-914224-25-6

US $19.99 CAN $24.99

Idaho: Discover the Gem State

A NATURE PHOTOGRAPHY COLLECTION

BY MARK LISK

With stunning photography by Mark Lisk on every page, this coffee–table treasure will transport you on a visual journey through the wonders of Idaho

SELLING POINTS

RAVE REVIEWS: This book has already received an endorsement from Nicole LeFavour, a respected writer, naturalist, and former Idaho state senator, who hails Lisk as a “poet with light” and a master at capturing Idaho’s depth of beauty.

RICH IMAGERY: Featuring over 200 full–color images, this book showcases the vast and diverse terrain that Idaho has to offer. It features Lisk’s unique approach to capturing the natural landscape, driven by elements such as balance, rhythm, pattern, and texture.

GREAT FOR OUTDOORS ENTHUSIASTS:

Targeting outdoor enthusiasts who appreciate the state’s unique scenic beauty, this book is perfect for those who enjoy outdoor recreation.

SPECIFICATIONS

*200 color photographs

*240 pages

*WIDTH: 9" - 229mm

A graduate of Brooks Institute of Photographic Arts, Mark Lisk is a prolific photographer whose photos highlight the state’s most beautiful spots and famous natural landmarks. Idaho: Discover the Gem State, reimagined in a slightly smaller package, is a must–own for everyone in love with Idaho.

A graduate of Brooks Institute of Photographic Arts, Mark Lisk climbs from the sea to high ridges and plains, gathering within his camera worlds of color and expanse that few ever see or capture in any form. Lisk’s photographs stand alone within seven books: Idaho Impressions (1997), Salmon River Country (2005), Desert Water (2005), Idaho: Portrait of a State (2007), Owyhee Canyon Lands (2008), Owyhee Canyonlands: An Outdoor Adventure Guide (2013), and his newest book, Sawtooth/Whiteclouds (2016).

*HEIGHT: 9" - 203mm

*Hardcover POB

PUB MONTH: OCTOBER PHOTOGRAPHY, NATURE

ISBN 978-1-64170-891-3

US $24.99 UK £17.99

ËxHSLGOBy708913z

ebook ISBN 979-8-89396-030-3

I Love You, Mom

100 ILLUSTRATED QUOTES FOR MOTHERS WRITTEN AND ILLUSTRATED BY OLIVIA HERRICK

100 illustrated quotes to show your love and appreciation for your mother, from designer Olivia Herrick

SELLING POINTS

MADE FOR MOM: A heartwarming collection of 100 illustrated quotes that beautifully capture the essence of motherhood. Each page is a vibrant tribute, showcasing the power and depth of a mother’s love.

POPULAR ART STYLE: Immerse yourself in the visually stunning world created by graphic designer Olivia Herrick. The pages of this mini book are meant to brighten up Mom’s day. Olivia is well known for her inspirational art, with over 180,000 followers on Instagram.

GIFTABLE: Perfect for Mother’s Day and baby shower gift–giving. The modern minimalist design makes a charming addition to any nightstand or coffee table. With its thoughtful content and aesthetic appeal, this book is sure to appeal to the modern mama.

SPECIFICATIONS

*100 full color illustrated quotes

In this colorful mini book, quotes from history’s greatest minds show the power of motherhood in the palm of your hand with designs that could hang on your wall. I Love You, Mom is the perfect gift for Mother’s Day or any time you want to show Mom how much you care.

Olivia Herrick is a graphic designer based in the Twin Cities of Minnesota, best known for her playful, vibrant, and positive artwork. Though you will often find her glued to her computer at her studio, Olivia finds her greatest inspiration in the great outdoors.

*112 pages

*WIDTH: 4" - 102mm

*HEIGHT: 4" - 102mm

*Hardcover POB

PUB MONTH: FEBRUARY

ART, SELF-HELP, NONFICTION

ISBN 978-1-64170-896-8 US $9.99 UK £6.99 ËxHSLGOBy708968z ebook ISBN 979-8-89396-031-0

101 Kitchen Secrets

CUT DOWN ON DISHES, COST, AND TIME IN THE KITCHEN

BY JASON GOLDSTEIN

From the king of viral hacks, Jason Goldstein, comes a compilation of his best 101 secrets to save you money, time, and dirty dishes

SELLING POINTS

INSIDER HACKS FROM @CHOPHAPPY: Follow in the footsteps of viral sensation Jason Goldstein and get access to his best–kept kitchen secrets from his famous @chophappy account. These hacks have taken the internet by storm, and now they can be yours!

TIME–SAVING TECHNIQUES:

Say goodbye to long hours in the kitchen! Jason’s time–saving tips and tricks will have dinner on the table in record time, leaving you with more free time to enjoy life.

GREAT GIFT: Looking for the ideal gift for college students or anyone looking to spice up their daily meals? 101 Kitchen Secrets is the answer. It’s a thoughtful and practical gift that keeps on giving.

SPECIFICATIONS

*Full-color throughout *112 pages

*WIDTH: 7" - 178mm

*HEIGHT: 5" - 127mm

*Hardcover POB

With secrets featured on his viral @chophappy account, as well as never–before–seen hacks, 101 Kitchen Secrets is the guide every home chef needs to cook like a pro. You’ll save money, use fewer dishes, and have dinner on the table in no time with these easy tips.

Jason Goldstein is a chiropractor by day and a food blogger by night. Through his culinary blog, Chop Happy, Jason shares his love of easy comfort food recipes, showcasing rich flavors, inventive ideas, and unique cooking tips and advice. He was a finalist on Next Food Network Star Season 14 and finished in the top 10 in Rachael Ray’s The Great American Cookbook Competition. His recipes have been featured on The Chew and The Kitchen, and he has appeared on Good Morning America. Living in NYC and the Hamptons, Jason enjoys testing recipes on his husband, Tom, and grabbing French fries by the handful.

PUB MONTH: JANUARY FOOD & DRINK

ISBN 978-1-64170-873-9

US $12.99 UK £9.99 ËxHSLGOBy708739z

ebook ISBN 979-8-89396-037-2

Spicy Salsas & Moles

A COOKBOOK FOR LOVERS OF MEXICAN HEAT

BY ERICKA SANCHEZ AND NICOLE PRESLEY

Things are about to get HOT in the kitchen with Ericka Sanchez and Nicole Presley’s newest cookbook full of authentic Mexican salsas.

SELLING POINTS

AUTHENTIC FLAVORS: Sanchez’s bicultural upbringing in California and her early years in Mexico, combined with Presley’s passion for culture and food, result in authentic Latin flavors that will transport you straight to the heart of Mexico and East LA.

BEYOND SALSA: This cookbook dives into the world of cooked salsas, fresh salsas, moles, enchilada sauces, and more. With tips and tricks for picking the best chiles and pairing the best sauces.

TWO POPULAR LATINA

CULINARY CREATORS UNITE: Ericka Sanchez and Nicole Presley, two of the most beloved Latina culinary creators, have come together to bring you an irresistible collection of salsa recipes. With over 100,000 combined followers and planned brand collaborations with Vallarta Supermarkets and CA Real Milk, this is a power pairing of Latina food creatives.

SPECIFICATIONS

Mexican American authors and recipe creators Sanchez and Presley are dishing up all their dirty secrets for authentic salsa in this collection guaranteed to make you sweat. From cooked salsas and fresh salsas to moles and enchilada sauces, your taste buds will be tingling with every tempting full–color photo. With a range of heat levels, you can turn up the spice with Mango Habanero Salsa or go for a slow burn with Smoky Red Pepper Salsa. The cookbook includes instructions for prepping and seasoning your molcajete, and a recipe for homemade tortilla chips that gives a whole new meaning to the term “love triangle.” With recipes to turn even skeptics into salsa lovers, Spicy Salsas & Moles is sure to leave you wanting more!

Ericka Sanchez is a recipe developer, food stylist, and the creator of the award–winning culinary website nibblesandfeasts.com. Ericka’s cooking style is inspired by her life as a bicultural Latina living in California and her cherished memories in the kitchen with her grandmother and mother in Mexico, where she lived until she was eight years old. Nicole Presley is a culinary enthusiast and recipe developer passionate about culture and food. Her childhood and life experiences drove her to create Presley’s Pantry, a platform from her East LA kitchen that celebrates family, food, and original recipes.

*Full-color photography throughout *128 pages

*WIDTH: 9" - 229mm

*HEIGHT: 9" - 203mm

*Hardcover POB

PUB MONTH: SEPTEMBER

FOOD & DRINK, LATINO HISTORY & CULTURE

ISBN 978-1-64170-892-0

US $19.99 UK £13.99

ËxHSLGOBy708920z

ebook ISBN 979-8-89396-021-1

The Little Book of Foster Care Wisdom

365

DAYS OF INSPIRATION AND ENCOURAGEMENT FOR FOSTER CARE FAMILIES

BY DR. JOHN DEGARMO

A new paperback format filled with 365 days worth of daily tips, inspirational quotes, and motivational short stories from foster care expert Dr. John DeGarmo

Foster parenting is both a rewarding and a challenging job, a lifestyle of continuous learning and new experiences, and The Little Book of Foster Care Wisdom will be there to support you as you, in turn, support your foster children. Filled with 365 days worth of daily tips, inspirational quotes, and motivational short stories from a foster care expert, this book is a must–read for modern child–welfare advocates, adoptive parents, and foster parents. It provides inspirational content every day, including instructions, tips, anecdotes, and more.

Dr. John DeGarmo has a BA in history, a masters in media technology, a masters in educational leadership, and a doctorate in educational leadership from Walden University. He is the author of several foster–care books, including the new book The Foster Care Survival Guide, the bestselling book Faith and Foster Care, and the foster–care children’s book A Different Home: A New Foster Child’s Story. He is the director of the Foster Care Institute and acts as a consultant to foster care agencies and legal agencies across the US. Dr. DeGarmo is a dynamic speaker and informative trainer on the foster care system, and he travels extensively across the globe, meeting with foster parents, child welfare workers, churches, schools, and organizations. Dr. DeGarmo has appeared on several TV programs and channels, including CNN, HLN, Good Morning America, Freeform, NBC, FOX, CBS, and PBS He writes regularly for many magazines and is a regular contributor to several publications, both in the United States and overseas. Dr. DeGarmo is married to Dr. Kelly DeGarmo, who hails from Australia, and the two of them have six children, both biological and adoptive. Dr. DeGarmo has been a foster parent for dozens of children for over a decade now. He has a passion for helping foster children and is driven to bring education and insight into general society about all things foster care. Dr. DeGarmo and his wife are the recipients of the Good Morning America Ultimate Hero Award, and the Up With People Everyday Hero Award The two also were honored with their city’s Citizens of the Year award.

SELLING POINTS

COMPREHENSIVE DAILY SUPPORT: It acts as a daily companion, providing invaluable guidance and encouragement, making it an essential tool for foster parents seeking continuous support in their journey.

EXPERT AUTHOR: Written by Dr. John DeGarmo, a nationally recognized foster care expert and the director of the Foster Care Institute, this book isn’t just a collection of generic advice. Dr. DeGarmo’s extensive background ensures that the content is both credible and reliable. His expertise shines through every page, making it a go–to resource for foster parents and child–welfare advocates.

BURNOUT REMEDY: With a staggering 50 percent turnover rate among foster parents, burnout is a significant issue in the foster care community. The Little Book of Foster Care Wisdom addresses this problem directly by providing encouragement and motivation during tough times. It acts as a powerful tool to combat burnout, offering a daily dose of inspiration that can rekindle the passion and commitment of foster parents, ultimately benefiting the children under their care.

SPECIFICATIONS

*Two-color design

*368 pages

*WIDTH: 5" - 127mm

*HEIGHT: 7" - 178mm

*Paperback

PUB MONTH: SEPTEMBER SELF-HELP ISBN 978-1-64170-872-2 US $19.99 UK £13.99

Mike Kelley

GHOST AND SPIRIT

EDITED BY CATHERINE WOOD

The first properly posthumous retrospective, this book highlights the significance of Kelley’s influential four–decade career on the development of art since the 1970s

Mike Kelley (1954–2012) liked to play with how an artist appears, exists, and inhabits a role and how an artwork "communes" with a viewer. Central to his ambitious explorations of memory, history, and the future is his consideration of how one’s individual subjectivity is shaped by familial and institutional power structures within society. Ghost and Spirit highlights the significant and prescient questions about the role of art, and of the artist, and about gender and class, in terms that stem from Kelley’s own position as a white, heterosexual man in postmodern, capitalist America. Featuring a diverse range of voices, it explores the major works and themes of Kelley’s career, while drawing attention to aspects of his practice associated with performance, activism, and collaboration, to emphasize his continual deflation of his own authority, and his willingness to invent and inhabit several identities. Covering over four decades of Kelley’s work spanning performance, sculpture, video and installation, and articulating challenges to power, gender, class, and sexuality, this book is a pertinent presentation of the breadth, complexity, and significance of Kelley’s influential practice.

Catherine Wood is Director of Programme at Tate Modern, and Curator of Contemporary Art and Performance.

SELLING POINTS

TIMELY: The first posthumous publication of this influential American artist best known for his diverse and often provocative works.

COMPREHENSIVE EXPLORATION: Offering a comprehensive exploration of Mike Kelley’s artistic career, spanning his early works to his later contributions, providing readers with a thorough understanding of his artistic evolution.

CULTURAL COMMENTARY: Delve into the sociopolitical, psychological, and cultural dimensions of this giant of contemporary art.

SPECIFICATIONS

*200 Illustrations

*304 pages

*WIDTH: 6 11/16" - 170mm

*HEIGHT: 9 1/4" - 241mm

*Hardcover

PUB MONTH: SEPTEMBER ART

ISBN 978-1-84976-897-9

US $50.00 CAN $63.00

Chila Burman

A MONOGRAPH

BY CHILA BURMAN, WITH MULTIPLE CONTRIBUTORS

A feast of color and texture, Chila Burman’s first major monograph celebrates one of Britain’s most exciting contemporary artists and her extraordinary body of work from across four decades

Chila Burman is a British Asian artist known for her radical feminist practice, her joyful neon light installations, and her use of kaleidoscopic colors. Since the mid–1980s, her work has explored the experiences and aesthetics of Asian femininity and female empowerment, and the impact of imperialism, colonialism, race, and class. Informed by popular culture, Indian mythology, and Bollywood, fashion, and found objects, her work has consistently strived to challenge stereotypes and to champion equality. This book, the first major monograph on the artist, will bring together Burman’s extraordinary body of work from across four decades. Featuring paintings and installations, photography and prints, video and film works, and a range of diverse voices, it explores the ideas central to Burman’s practice, as well as her unique style.

Louisa Buck is a writer and broadcaster on contemporary art. She is a contemporary art columnist for The Art Newspaper, and is a regular reviewer on BBC radio and TV. Deborah Cherry is an art historian and curator who has written extensively on contemporary art. Linder is a British artist who is internationally renowned for her photomontages, performances, and radical feminism. Linder’s work has been exhibited widely and, in 2017, she received the Paul Hamlyn Foundation Award. Bidisha Mamata is a broadcaster, critic and journalist. She has written for arts magazines such as i–D, Dazed and Confused, and the NME Bakul Patki is an arts and culture curator and writer. Most recently she has curated and creatively produced exhibitions, installations, and performances at Royal Hampton Court Palace, London; Somerset House, London; and the Gallery of Photography, Dublin. Dorothy Price is professor of Modern and Contemporary Art and Critical Race Art History at the Courtauld. Price is also editor of the journal Art History Ashwani Sharma is a lecturer on Film and Screen Studies at London College of Communication. Frances Spalding is an art historian, critic, and biographer. She is a fellow of the Royal Society of Literature and, in 2005, was made a CBE for Services to Literature.

SELLING POINTS

CELEBRATING A LIVING LEGEND: Chila Burman’s artistry and creative journey make for a captivating tale that deserves to be shared with the world.

A VIBRANT JOURNEY: Burman’s artwork is a riot of color, blending traditional Indian aesthetics with a contemporary edge.

CULTURAL FUSION: Burman’s art beautifully combines her British Indian heritage, addressing themes of identity, gender, and cultural hybridity.

SPECIFICATIONS

US $60.00 CAN $75.00 ËxHSLIOJy768559z RIGHTS: North America, LAMC

*200 full-color illustrations; edge stain *240 pages

*WIDTH: 9" - 229mm

*HEIGHT: 10 4/5" - 274mm

*Hardcover

PUB MONTH: OCTOBER ART

ISBN 978-1-84976-855-9

RIGHTS:

Women in Revolt!

EDITED BY LINSEY YOUNG

Discover the work and lived experiences of a postwar generation of women and artists, largely omitted from art historical narratives, that changed the face of British culture

A timely exploration of the work and lived experiences of a postwar generation of women artists that have largely been omitted from art historical narratives, Women in Revolt! surfaces the wealth and diversity of work created in the UK during the 1970s and ’80s, a period of seismic social and political change. Across a wide variety of mediums including painting, drawing, sculpture, performance, film, and photography, this extensive exhibition book reflects on how women’s needs were marginalized within mainstream culture and reveals how artists used radical ideas and methods to confront issues that will resonate with contemporary audiences—from access to healthcare and class struggles to ecological disaster, racism, and misogyny. Featuring essays on feminist film distribution, the visibility of Black and South Asian women artists, Section 28 and the AIDS pandemic, Greenham Common and the peace movement, and the intersection of punk, feminism, and art, Women in Revolt! celebrates the full diversity of what was a highly creative, politically engaged, and determined community of women that paved the way for future generations and, ultimately, changed the face of British culture.

SELLING POINTS

CELEBRATION OF EMPOWERED WOMEN: Shining a light on a body of women artists who have played pivotal roles in campaigning for social change.

SWEEPING ARCHIVE: Featuring nearly 200 women artists, this is an extensive study of one of the most creative and formative movements in feminist art history.

HOT TOPICS: From healthcare and class struggle to ecological disaster, racism, and misogyny, expert essays shed new light on these key issues that informed the work of this period, and explores how they still resonate with contemporary audiences today.

SPECIFICATIONS

*250 color illustrations

*304 pages

*WIDTH: 8 4/10" - 213.36mm

*HEIGHT: 10 1/2" - 267mm

*Paperback

PUB MONTH: SEPTEMBER ART

ISBN 978-1-84976-862-7

US $50.00 CAN $63.00

Linsey Young is curator of Contemporary British Art at Tate.

RIGHTS: North

Sex Magic

ITHELL COLQUHOUN'S DIAGRAMS OF LOVE

TEXT BY DR. AMY HALE

A unique body of work and a radical contribution to the magical conversations of the period, this exquisitely illustrated book provides an introduction to Ithell Colquhoun’s enigmatic series of paintings, drawings, and poems: Diagrams of Love

A unique body of work and a radical contribution to the magical conversations of the period, this exquisitely illustrated book provides an introduction to Ithell Colquhoun’s enigmatic series of paintings, drawings, and poems: Diagrams of Love. Exploring her blend of alchemical, Kabbalistic, and Tantric imagery, and placed within the context of theories of sex magic extant in the occult subcultures of the early 20th century, this beautiful little book of erotic art and poetry is one to treasure.

Dr. Amy Hale is an Atlanta–based writer, curator, and critic, ethnographer, and folklorist, speaking and writing about esoteric history, magic, art, culture, women, and Cornwall. She writes and speaks on topics as diverse as psychogeography, Cornish ethnonationalism, pagan religious tourism, color theory, and extremist politics in modern paganism.

SELLING POINTS

A VISUAL AND POETIC FEAST: The perfect gift book for the special person in your life, or to cherish yourself.

EXPLORATION OF ESOTERIC THEMES: Delving into Ithell Colquhoun’s unique insights and perspectives on sex and witchcraft.

COLLECTOR’S APPEAL:

Unique and beautifully presented book featuring rare and previously unpublished materials, sure to delight fans of both Surrealism and the Occult.

SPECIFICATIONS

*Full-color illustrations throughout *96 pages

*WIDTH: 6 39/64" - 168mm

*HEIGHT: 8 17/64" - 210mm

*Hardcover

PUB MONTH: SEPTEMBER ART

ISBN 978-1-84976-880-1

US $28.00 CAN $35.00 ËxHSLIOJy768801z

TEXT BY TIM BATCHELOR

This beautiful book brings together a collection of artworks depicting birds from the Renaissance to the present

The natural beauty and diversity of birds have fascinated us for centuries. Since their first appearance in art in medieval manuscripts, birds have proved to be a popular and enduring subject for artists who have sought to capture the delicacy and majesty of these wondrous creatures. This beautiful book brings together a collection of artworks depicting birds from the Renaissance to the present. Showcasing in a range of media the forms, movement, and color of a variety of species, these works reveal how and why birds continue to captivate. Accompanied by texts which highlight interesting facts and tap into concerns around climate change and biodiversity, this book is not only a delightful visual journey through the portrayal of birds in art, but also a pertinent reminder of our impact on the natural world.

Tim Batchelor is Assistant Curator, Tate Britain.

SELLING POINTS

GIFT–WORTHY: A thoughtful and unique gift for art enthusiasts, bird lovers, or anyone with an appreciation for nature.

A VISUAL FEAST: Showcasing the stunning beauty of birds as seen through the eyes of a diverse range of artists.

ENLIGHTENING: Featuring thoughtful and interesting facts, with a focus on the impact of climate change and concerns around biodiversity.

SPECIFICATIONS

*Full-color Illustrations throughout *160 pages

*WIDTH: 5 33/64" - 140mm

*HEIGHT: 6 13/16" - 173mm

*Hardcover

PUB MONTH: SEPTEMBER ART, NATURE, PHOTOGRAPHY

ISBN 978-1-84976-873-3

US $27.00 CAN $34.00

RIGHTS:

The Art of Fashion

TEXT BY MICHAL GOLDSCHMIDT

A captivating visual exploration of fashion and modern style as seen through the eyes of artists across the globe

Ever since the emergence of the seasonal fashion industry in the 19th century, artists have been engaging with fashion’s impact, meaning, and forms in their artwork. In portraits, the clothes that sitters wear are often revelatory about their wider context or identity, or hold some symbolic meaning. As time has passed, small sartorial details artists used to provide visual praise or condemnation of their subjects have lost their legibility. Exploring the rich variety of ways in which artists in Britain have engaged with these possibilities within their work, this book examines the intricate relationships between the history of modern art and fashion. Offering in–depth explorations of over 50 artworks from the last 150 years, it explores the ways modern fashion has featured within art and, in some instances, the ways art has, in fact, become fashion. Discover the relationship between the Pre–Raphaelite Brotherhood and the creation of the London department store Liberty; the free advertising Burberry received in paintings of the First World War, and how London’s “Swinging Sixties” scene led to the creation of some of the most important and powerful artworks of the 20th century.

Michal Goldschmidt is an Assistant Curator of Modern British Art at Tate Britain.

SELLING POINTS

RUNWAY–READY: A stunning collection of artists’ interpretations of fashion. The curated selection provides readers with a diverse and captivating journey through different artistic styles.

ACCESSOIRE DE MODE: The perfect book to finish off any outfit.

GIFTABLE FORMAT: Perfect for fashionistas, art lovers, and culture vultures alike.

SPECIFICATIONS

*Full-color Illustrations throughout *160 pages

*WIDTH: 5 33/64" - 140mm

*HEIGHT: 6 13/16" - 173mm

*Hardcover

PUB MONTH: SEPTEMBER ART, FASHION

ISBN 978-1-84976-838-2

US $27.00 CAN $34.00

Larry Achiampong

IF IT DON'T EXIST, BUILD IT

TEXT BY JJ CHARLESWORTH

A visually stunning monograph that celebrates the work of Larry Achiampong, one of the most exciting and innovative contemporary Black British artists at work today

If It Don’t Exist, Build It addresses all of Larry Achiampong’s major work over the course of his career to date in film, sculpture, installation, sound, collage, and performance. It explores the broader themes and ideas that have informed his artistic practice and shaped the creation of his most ambitious projects, including the multi–disciplinary Relic Traveller series. Featuring an intimate extended interview with Larry, this is an insightful monograph that will appeal to admirers of the artist and his work. It will also interest anyone excited by bold art that continually pushes at the boundaries of form and medium, and that responds profoundly to many of the most pressing social issues of our time.

SELLING POINTS

CULTURAL FUSION: Highlighting how the artist seamlessly blends his British and Ghanaian heritage into his work, offering a bridge between cultures, and a unique perspective that resonates with a global audience.

MULTIMEDIA MASTERY: Demonstrating a mastery of diverse artistic mediums, including painting, sculpture, video, and sound, an approach that creates a rich and immersive experience for viewers.

SOCIAL COMMENTARY: Achiampong’s engagement with social and political issues in his work, his art serves as a platform for critical dialogue on topics such as identity, colonialism, and globalization.

SPECIFICATIONS

*Full-color Illustrations throughout *224 pages

*WIDTH: 8 17/64" - 210mm

*HEIGHT: 10 7/16" - 265mm

*Hardcover

PUB MONTH: SEPTEMBER ART

JJ Charlesworth is a writer and art critic.

RIGHTS:

Gathering of Strangers

WHY MUSEUMS MATTER

WRITTEN BY MARIA BALSHAW CBE

A powerful, timely and thought–provoking exploration of the transformative role of the museum—and of art—in society today

As the world adapts to the consequences of a global pandemic, museums continue to experience unprecedented disruption and change. At the same time, there is a growing debate and dissent over what museums are for, who they speak to, and what the histories, objects, and ideas they are tasked with holding reflect—all taking place within a public sphere that feels increasingly dynamic and volatile. Taking a wide–ranging and thought–provoking look at the roles and responsibilities of some of our most well–known and best–loved public institutions, Gathering of Strangers explores the critical challenges and opportunities for the museum at this point in the twenty–first century. Moving from the historical origins of the gallery to important current debates taking place around art and public engagement, the climate emergency, race equality and decolonization, and the value of the arts in education—this book sets out the role of art and artists in imagining and shaping our collective future. It is also a love letter to the museum, from a sector leader who is at the forefront of the cultural conversation today.

Maria Balshaw is Director of Tate. Previously, she was Director of the Whitworth, University of Manchester; Director of Manchester City Galleries; and Director of Culture for Manchester City Council. She is also a member of the Women Leaders in Museums Network and a member of the Bizot group of leading global museums.

SELLING POINTS

UNIQUE INSIGHT: from one of the most notable leaders in the art world today.

MUSEUM AND GIFT SHOP

APPEAL: leading the conversation on why museums matter.

TIMELY TOPICS: Environment, race, equality, and the value of arts in education thoughtfully explored.

SPECIFICATIONS

*Color Illustrations

*256 pages

*WIDTH: 5 1/3" - 135mm

*HEIGHT: 8 1/2" - 216mm

*Hardcover

PUB MONTH: SEPTEMBER

ISBN 978-1-84976-913-6

US $24.99 CAN $31.99

Strangers

TEXT BY ISMAIL EINASHE

Art can uniquely tell the stories of migration in a way that politics cannot. Examining works from Britain’s national collection of art, writer Ismail Einashe offers a poignant exploration into the themes of migration and belonging, and the plight of finding shelter in a foreign land

Embarking on dangerous journeys to flee violence and persecution, migrants and refugees arrive on the shores of Britain to seek help and hope. And yet, they become scapegoats, vilified by anti–immigrant rhetoric. Examining the work of artists like Tania Bruguera, Arshile Gorky, and Mona Hatoum, Look Again: Strangers challenges this narrative. It sidesteps the dehumanizing language in political depictions of migrants, offering a deeper insight into the struggles and humanity of these strangers. Look Again is a new series of short books from Tate Publishing, opening up the conversation about British art over the last 500 years, and exploring what art has to tell us about our lives today. Written by leading voices from the worlds of literature, art, and culture, each book sheds new light on some of the most well–known, best–loved and thought–provoking artworks in the national collection, and asks us to look again.

Ismail Einashe is a journalist and writer whose work on migration and refugee issues has won multiple awards. He has written for numerous publications including the Guardian, Frieze and ArtReview. He is a member of the editorial board of Tate Etc. and co–edited the book, Lost in Media: Migrant Perspectives and the Public Sphere.

SELLING POINTS

AUTHORITATIVE VOICE: Einashe has won multiple awards for his work on migration and refugee issues, including the 2021 Investigative Journalism for Europe Impact Award and the 2019 Migration Media Award. He is also part of Lost in Europe, a cross–border journalism project investigating child migrant disappearances in Europe.

TIMELY INTERVENTION: At a time where refugee crises mount and migration is a much–discussed topic, Einashe provides an insightful, heartfelt plea to consider the struggles and humanity of these “strangers.”

ARTISTIC DIVERSITY: Featuring artists and anecdotes from William Hogarth and J.M.W. Turner through to Lubaina Himid, Mona Hatoum, and Khadija Saye —showcasing a stunning diversity of artworks across over 300 years, from oil paintings to photography and live performance.

SPECIFICATIONS

*15 color illustrations

*48 pages

*WIDTH: 4 1/4" - 108mm

*HEIGHT: 7 1/64" - 178mm

*Paperback with flaps

PUB MONTH: SEPTEMBER ART

ISBN 978-1-84976-809-2

US $15.00 CAN $20.00 ËxHSLIOJy768092z

Faith

TEXT BY DEREK OWUSU

Humanity is a story of faith—but what does faith mean, and what does it look like? Award–winning author, poet, and podcaster Derek Owusu offers a personal reflection on his experiences with faith and the many forms it takes in art

Faith is a subject that has shaped the art world in Britain for as long as it has existed. The walls of Tate’s galleries exhibit paintings like John Martin’s The Last Judgement and The Great Day of His Wrath—both dramatic scenes that foretell apocalyptic destruction and biblical catastrophe. But faith can also exist in the small tender glimpses of hope, of love, and joy. Responding to works in Britain’s national collection of art, from Frank Holl to Agostino Brunias, Look Again: Faith is a powerful meditation on the presence and meaning of belief in art. Look Again is a new series of short books from Tate Publishing, opening up the conversation about British art over the last 500 years, and exploring what art has to tell us about our lives today. Written by leading voices from the worlds of literature, art, and culture, each book sheds new light on some of the most well–known, best–loved and thought–provoking artworks in the national collection, and asks us to look again.

Derek Owusu is a writer, poet, and podcaster from north London. Derek edited and contributed to Safe: On Black British Men Reclaiming Space That Reminds Me, his first solo work, won the Desmond Elliott Prize 2020. His second novel, Losing the Plot, was published in 2022 and is longlisted for the Jhalak Prize 2023.

SELLING POINTS

AWARD–WINNING WRITER: Author, poet, and podcaster offers a personal reflection on his experiences with faith and the many forms it takes in art.

RISING STAR: Owusu was among Granta’s Best Young British Novelists in 2023, a prestigious decennial award recognizing the 20 most significant British novelists under 40.Previous inductees include Kazuo Ishiguro, Zadie Smith, and Naomi Alderman.

RELIGIOUS DETAIL: Featuring stunning artworks that relate to faith in art, honing in on specific details in renowned paintings by John Everett Millais and Agostino Brunias among others.

PERSONAL REFLECTION: Owusu writes from the perspective of a nontraditional museum–goer, reflecting upon what visiting a gallery means and how faith can bridge the gap for profound experiences with art.

SPECIFICATIONS

*15 color illustrations

*48 pages

*WIDTH: 4 1/4" - 108mm

*HEIGHT: 7 1/64" - 178mm

*Paperback with flaps

PUB MONTH: SEPTEMBER ART

ISBN 978-1-84976-864-1

US $15.00 CAN $20.00

Château Clarke

EDMOND DE ROTHSCHILD

BY BÉATRICE BRASSEUR AND GEORGIE HINDLE

A delicious invitation into one of the largest Médoc vineyards owned by the Rothschild family

Château Clarke, a vast estate of Bordeaux wine, has maintained a winemaking tradition for over two centuries. Named after the Irish family that owned the property in the 18th century, the vineyard was later acquired by Baron Edmond de Rothschild in 1973. With a vision and love for wine, Rothschild transformed Château Clarke into the icon it is today— one of the largest Médoc vineyards on a 145–hectare estate where wines and gardens bloom in harmony.

Unfolding across four sections—Roots, Leaves, Flowers, and Fruits

Château Clarke tells the story of this estate, from Rothschild’s restoration and redesign of the entire vineyard to the aromatic brilliance of the wine. While the Edmond de Rothschild family continues to carry on this legacy, their archival materials grace the pages, in addition to an analysis of vintage wines and still–life photography by Erwan Balança that capture the gardens’ beauty and art, as well as illustrations by Maya Inès Touam. Château Clarke is a gorgeous invitation to explore the joy and taste of living.

Béatrice Brasseur is an independent journalist who has a passion for wine, its stakeholders, its econom,y and its lifestyle. She collaborates with numerous titles of the national press, namely Les Echos and its magazine supplements, Série Limitée and WeekEnd. She also specializes in lifestyle journalism, patrimonial heritage, and philanthropy. Georgie Hindle has worked as a copywriter with Decanter.com since 2011. She has become a renowned specialist of everything the wine world has to offer. Today, as editor–in–chief of Decanter Premium, she lives in Bordeaux, in the south–west of France, where she writes about the wines of the region.

RIGHTS: World English

SELLING POINTS

EXPERT AUTHORS: Beatrice Brasseur and Georgie Hindle are prominent wine journalists. Both are based in Bordeaux, where their proximity to the Château Clarke lends them intimate, insider knowledge.

BEAUTIFUL PHOTOGRAPHY:

Includes photography and still–life images by artists Maya Ines Touam and Erwan Balança.

FOR WINE LOVERS: The book is rich with wine history and also includes analysis of vintage wines.

SPECIFICATIONS

*Full-color illustrations throughout *200 pages

*WIDTH: 11" - 279mm

*HEIGHT: 14" - 356mm

*Hardcover

PUB MONTH: SEPTEMBER

FOOD & DRINK

ISBN 978-1-4197-7422-5

US $65.00 CAN $82.00 UK £50.00 ËxHSLELJy774225z

RIGHTS: US and

Prognosis/Saudi Arabia

AN ARTIST'S ODYSSEY

TEXT AND ART BY AHMED MATER; INTRODUCTION BY GILLES KEPEL; EPILOGUE BY SULTAN SOOUD AL-QASSEMI;

EDITED BY STEPHEN STAPLETON

Saudi Arabia’s foremost contemporary artist explores the story of his homeland since 1979—its politics, theocracy, petroculture, technologies, urban and rural communities, and its future—in a visual history encompassing his artwork and autobiography

Prognosis/Saudi Arabia explores Ahmed Mater’s life and work against the backdrop of 40 years of transformation and conflict across the Arab and Islamic world. A doctor–turned–artist, Mater has continually confronted his traditional context, exploring Islamic culture in an era of globalization and conflict to uncover the unofficial histories that have shaped the present. Mapping his life and work on a historical timeline, the book offers an unprecedented insight into changes forged by and in the kingdom, and its significance in world religion, culture, and geopolitics. From the year of his birth in 1979, when Islamic revolution reconfigured the region, his training as a community doctor on the Saudi/Yemeni border, and his rise as one of the Gulf’s most radical young artists to his insider’s role influencing national cultural policy, Prognosis/Saudi Arabia is a complex artistic journey into one of the most talked–about societies on earth. Through his personal and historical archives, Mater has created a book that gets to the very heart of contemporary Saudi society, its origins, and its uncertain future. Celebrating 20 years of Mater’s art–making, organizing, and activism, this book is not only a mid–career survey of an essential artist, but it is also an urgent prognosis of a society in dramatic transition.

Physician–turned–artist Ahmed Mater is one of the most significant cultural voices documenting contemporary Saudi Arabia and its place in a global context. His life and work have been shaped by seismic changes and unprecedented social shifts. He uses photography, film, sculpture, and performance to map, document, and analyze these rapid developments, considering their psychological impact on the individual, the community, urban environments, and society at large. His creative practice embraces the paradoxes of science and faith. Employing broad research–based techniques, Mater mines and preserves forgotten narratives and unofficial histories to map the kingdom’s past, present, and future. As a cultural producer and educator, Mater is dedicated to discourse and social activism as a means to tangibly influence the wider civil society.

SELLING POINTS

DEFINITIVE TREATMENT: An unprecedented visual history of Saudi Arabia and the modern Middle East and its place in the world since 1979, exploring religion, oil, politics, and Arab culture.

LEADING EXPERT: Introduction by Gilles Kepel, a world–leading political scientist and Arabist.

RARE PERSPECTIVE: An insider artist’s insight into one of the world’s most fascinating and undocumented societies.

MULTIMEDIA: A rare multimedia archive of transformation and upheaval in Saudi Arabia and the Islamic world over four decades.

NOTABLE ARTIST: The first catalogue raisonné of Saudi Arabia’s foremost contemporary artists who has been exhibited internationally at the Smithsonian in Washington, the Centre Pompidou in Paris, the Venice Biennale in Italy, the British Museum in London, and the Brooklyn Museum in New York.

SPECIFICATIONS

*800 color illustrations

*600 pages

*WIDTH: 8 2/3" - 220mm

*HEIGHT: 10 2/3" - 271mm

*Hardcover

PUB MONTH: OCTOBER

MUSLIM HISTORY & CULTURE, ART

ISBN 978-1-86154-387-5

US $80.00 CAN $100.00 ËxHSLIQBy543875z

The Sewing Guide to Cancer (or Other Very Annoying Long Term Illnesses)

USEFUL CRAFT PROJECTS FOR PATIENTS AND CAREGIVERS COMPILED BY HEATHER GRANT; ILLUSTRATED BY SAMARRA

KHAJA

A unique sewing guide for friends and families of loved ones fighting cancer, with 27 ideas for genuinely useful gifts, with 100% of proceeds donated to Camp Kasem, an organization of summer camps for children who have family going through cancer treatment

Contributors: Erin Burke Harris, Amy Friend, Kathy Mack, Jacquie Gering, Andrea Tsang Jackson, Heather Grant, Berene Campbell, Samarra Khaja, Heidi Staples, Julie Elliot, Nichole Vogelsinger, Riane Menardi, Cristina Coro, Karen LePage, Olu Falola, Eryn Shields, Kim Martens, Amy Gibson, Angela Walters, Krista Fleckenstein, Nichole Ramirez, and Shea Henderson.

SELLING POINTS

TIMELY PROJECT: With the increased popularity in home crafts as a result of COVID–19, this book and its projects will provide an opportunity for personal support when direct contact may be restricted.

IMPORTANT CAUSE: Sadly, incidences of cancer are on the rise. According to the CDC, approximately 250,000 women develop breast cancer in the United States each year.

100% OF PROCEEDS DONATED: will go to Camp Kesem, a national organization of summer camps for children who have family going through cancer treatment. The camps provide an inclusive, supporting environment as well as counseling.

For those diagnosed with cancer, you know that you do not “beat” cancer. You wait for it to come back. Conceived by friends Susanne Woods and Heather Grant, who both fought cancer, The Sewing Guide to Cancer was made specifically for their friends and loved ones that would tread on egg shells, wanting to help but not knowing what to do. Now there won’t be any questions. Inside, you’ll find 27 genuinely useful sewing projects— designed by two women who have been there—for friends and family to create and give to those fighting cancer. The projects have been designed by 23 industry leader.

With their guidance you’ll be able to design a number of useful gifts such as a weighted blanket, hug pillow, infusion bag, robe, seatbelt cover, port shirt, and more. Written with a great deal of black humor, the book offers some hope. No longer will those fighting cancer have to endure a multitude of pasta bakes from concerned loved ones. Suzanne Woods lost her fight in 2020. To honor her and the many others, all profits from the book will go to the American Cancer Society.

Heather Grant is a sewist who is better at creating and planning amazing sewing events than actually sewing. She launched and managed QuiltCon, and now works as the education manager at BERNINA of America. She lives in Austin, Texas, with her husband, son, and too many pets. Heather is a cancer survivor and a has firsthand experience of the items that people really need when fighting the fight of their lives. llustrator Samarra Khaja brings over 20 years of art direction, illustration, and graphic design experience to the table. She is also an award–winning author and the creator of a prize–winning 24' x 120' mural Heartbeat Brooklyn at the corner of 12th Street and 2nd Avenue in Brooklyn.

FIRST OF ITS KIND: This will be the first book aimed at creating sewing gifts for those going though chemotherapy.

SPECIFICATIONS

*200 color and 80 black-and-white illustrations

*128 pages

*WIDTH: 8" - 203mm

*HEIGHT: 10" - 254mm

*HC-Wire-o

PUB MONTH: SEPTEMBER CRAFT

ISBN 978-1-940655-34-5

Don't Hurt Yourself!

HOW TO QUILT WITHOUT PAIN

WRITTEN BY LUCAS WEISLEDER; ILLUSTRATIONS BY AMELIA PEASE

This compelling graphic novel takes the reader on a captivating examination of art and its power to transform our lives

The world we knew is changing. The Guild has grown in strength. Their Secret Quilt Police are spreading terror through the towns and cities of the land enforcing a regime of conservative ideals manifested in log cabin quilts, medallions and half square triangles. When they come across improvised quilts born out of the necessity to keep warm or simply freedom of expression, they are confiscated, torn down and all other fabrics and notions confiscated to The Guild.

Freedom of Expression is illegal. There are those who are pushing back. An unknown man in service to a young boy with the talent to inspire others. Other artists are also learning to use the sewing machine and thread to push back. The boy didn’t want to be this leader, but he is the one they will follow. Each bear the hidden mark of a quilt tattoo of the boys work. In a time when bearing such a mark would risk severe consequences.

They will push back against The Quilt Police and The Guild and freedom of expression will be restored.

Embark on a journey of creativity and inspiration in this powerful testament to the timeless beauty of art as you step into the mesmerizing graphic novel that will tug at your heartstrings and ignite your passion for artistic expression.

Lucas Weisleder is 13 years old and has been quilting alongside his mother since he was eight. He first exhibited his work at QuiltCon when he was 10 years old, where he was the only exhibitor in the youth category who did all his own work: piecing, binding, quilting–everything. The following year he was the winner in his category.

RIGHTS:

SELLING POINTS

12–YEAR–OLD QUILTING GENIUS: Award–winning young author imagines a graphic novel that resonates with teens and adults alike.

A TRIUMPH OF TALENT: An encouragement to pursue your passion and embrace your uniqueness.

CONQUERING THE NAYSAYERS:

A sewing machine, needle and thread are merely other artistic tools and a means of expression. This graphic novel is a heartening reminder that talent transcends age and bias.

GATEWAY TO ARTISTIC EXPLORATION: An invitation to all with an appreciation for artistic expression. Delve into the enchanting world of quilting, where creativity finds its voice through fabric and thread.

SPECIFICATIONS

*Full-color illustrations throughout *192 pages

*WIDTH: 6" - 152mm

*HEIGHT: 9" - 203mm

*Paperback

PUB MONTH: OCTOBER AGES 12 to 17

ISBN 978-1-940655-55-0

US $30.00 CAN $38.00 ËxHSLJOAy655550z

School of Quilting (with lay-flat binding)

THE DEFINITIVE GUIDE TO ALL THINGS PATCHWORK

TEXT BY JESSICA AHLSTRAND KWAN

The ultimate guide to quilting for all quilters

In this complete, illustrated guide, readers will learn everything they need to know to start quilting. School of Quilting breaks down every step for quilters both new and experienced. The book starts with what sewing machine to buy and the tools and supplies to keep in your arsenal. It also demonstrates fabric cutting and preparation, quilt options for different kinds of piecing, and how to assemble a quilt top. With guidance on basting, batting, and finishing a piece, the book also introduces ways to troubleshoot problems as they arise. Full of helpful tips from a professional quilter with over twenty years of experience and 100 color illustrations, School of Quilting is a necessary guide for any quilting project.

Jessica Ahlstrand Kwan is a professional long arm quilter based in California. She has over twenty years’ experience in hand, machine, and long arm quilting and was one of the founding members of her quilting guild. This is her first book.

SELLING POINTS

ALL SKILL LEVELS: The book includes information for any skill level, from novice to expert.

EASY STEP–BY–STEP

INSTRUCTIONS: Breaks down everything a quilter would need, starting from what machine to buy.

REFERENCE BOOK: Because this book is for everyone and has everything a quilter would need, it has the potential to be the go–to quilting guide for years to come.

LAY–FLAT FORMAT: Perfect for learning

SPECIFICATIONS

*100 full-color illustrations

*272 pages

*WIDTH: 8 1/2" - 216mm

*HEIGHT: 11" - 279mm

*Hardcover

PUB MONTH: OCTOBER CRAFT

ISBN 978-1-940655-50-5 US $50.00 CAN $63.00

Needles Out

BOHO EMBROIDERY: MIXED MEDIA TECHNIQUES

BY NICHOLE VOGELSINGER

The third title in Nichole Vogelsinger’s bestselling embroidery series

This highly illustrated hardcover is the follow–up to two bestselling embroidery books by Nichole Vogelsinger. With more than 100 illustrations and 50 photographs, BOHO Embroidery will reestablish the techniques discussed in the previous books and lay a foundation for four new ones: beading/embellishing, stumpwork, fabric painting, and needle felting. Each technique will have three projects, so readers can continue to deepen their embroidery skills.

Nichole Vogelsinger is a self–taught fiber artist, stitcher, writer and teacher who has a weakness for lots of color and anything floral. Her creative journey began when, as a child, she would explore the local fabric shops and craft stores with her mother. She developed a love for fiber arts and as an adult, hand embroidering printed fabrics became a favorite hobby. That hobby soon became an Instagram feed (@wildboho) and then turned into several books. She teaches Boho–embroidery workshops and shares her adventures in the world of stitchery at wildboho.com

SELLING POINTS

TRACK RECORD: Previous titles in the series have been solid sellers.

DEVOTED AUDIENCE: Readers of previous titles will find something new in book three.

SOCIAL MEDIA PRESENCE: Vogelsinger's Instagram @wildboho has more than 17,000 followers.

TOPIC IN DEMAND: There’s no other published book that specifically covers embroidery with mixed media, and this book will fill a gap in the market.

SPECIFICATIONS

*150 color illustrations and 50 photos *128 pages

*WIDTH: 8 1/2" - 216mm

*HEIGHT: 11" - 279mm

*Hardcover

PUB MONTH: JULY CRAFT

ISBN 978-1-940655-52-9

US $50.00 CAN $63.00

FRONT COVER From The Idea in You by Questlove, Illustrated by Sean Qualls

BACK COVER From Webb’s Universe by Maggie Aderin-Pocock

CREDITS CREDITS

Madame Vo Andrew Bui

Four Horsemen David Malosh

Sunlight and Breadcrumbs Renee Erickson

Julia Child’s Kitchen (from top to bottom) Jaclyn Nash; Paul Child; Jaclyn Nash; Author photo: Jaclyn Nash

Iris Apfel: Colorful (from top to bottom) For Evening Standard, United Kingdom, November 2012 © Thomas Whiteside/ Trunk Archive; For Evening Standard, United Kingdom, November 2012 © Thomas Whiteside/ Trunk Archive; Iris Apfel x Zenni Optical launch, June 2021, courtesy of Zenni Optical, Inc © Ruvén Afanador

ABRAMS COMICARTS OPENER Illustrations by Manu Larcenet, © DARGAUD 2024

Drafted Illustrations by Rick Parker, © 2024 Rick Parker

All Princesses Die Before Dawn Illustrations by Quentin Zuttion, © Le Lombard 2024

Aristotle Illustrations by Alecos Papadatos, © DARGAUD 2024

The Road: A Graphic Novel Adaptation Illustrations by Manu Larcenet, © DARGAUD 2024

Capital & Ideology: A Graphic Novel Adaptation Illustrations by Benjamin Adam, © Le SEUIL 2024

Dante’s Inferno: A Graphic Novel Adaptation Illustrations by Paul and Gaëtan Brizzi, © DM Editions 2024

Uncle Sam Illustrations by Alex Ross, text by Steve Darnall, © 1997, 2024 DC Comics. All Rights Reserved.

Mighty Marvel Calendar Book: A Visual History Cover art by John Romita Sr., © 2024 Marvel

Fantastic Four: Full Circle (Expanded Edition) Illustrations by Alex Ross, © 2024 Marvel

Ghetto Klown Cover illustration by Drew Friedman, © Drew Friedman 2024. Text © 2015, 2024 John Leguizamo. Interior images © 2024 Shamus Beyale

Grand Slam Romance Illustrations by Emma Oosterhous, © 2024 Ollie Hicks and Emma Oosterhous

Amazing Adventures (Marvel Super Stories Book #2) Illustrations by Chan Chau, Mike Cavallaro, and Judd Winick; ©2024 MARVEL

Hot Mess (Diary of a Wimpy Kid Book 19) and Diary of a Wimpy Kid: Best Friends Box © Wimpy Kid, Inc.

Abrams®, Abrams Press®, Abrams Image®, Abrams ComicArts®, Abrams Appleseed®, Amulet®, Amulet Paperbacks®, ABRAMS Trail Tale®, are registered trademarks of Harry N. Abrams, Inc.

195 Broadway

New York, NY 10007

T 212-206-7715 F 212-645-8437

W abramsbooks.com

ABRAMS is a company of Media - Participations

Paris 57 Rue Gaston Tessier

75019 PARIS

T +33 (0) 1 53 26 31 51

Mary McAveney

President and CEO

T 212-229-7187

E mmcaveney@abramsbooks.com

Andrew Smith

Senior Vice President, Publisher, Children’s Books

T 212-519-1247 F 212-519-1310

E asmith@abramsbooks.com

Michael Sand

Senior Vice President, Publisher, Adult Trade

T 212-229-7175 F 212-519-1210

E msand@abramsbooks.com

Rodolphe Lachat

Vice President and Publisher, Abrams ComicArts

E rlachat@abramsbooks.com

Steve Tager

Senior Vice President, Strategic Development

T 212-519-1301 F 212-519-1210

E stager@abramsbooks.com

Marketing and Publicity

Melanie Chang

Senior Vice President, Marketing, Publicity, and Corporate Communications

T 212-229-8826 F 212-366-0809

E mchang@abramsbooks.com

Sales

Christine Edwards

Senior Vice President, Sales

T 212-229-7124 F 212-414-5785

E cedwards@abramsbooks.com

Monica Shah

Vice President, Sales

T 212-229-8801 F 212-414-5785

E mshah@abramsbooks.com

Kathleen Spinelli

Director, International & Export Sales

E kspinelli@abramsbooks.com

Nadine Sferratore

Executive Director, Special Sales

T 212-229-8880 F 212-414-5785

E nsferratore@abramsbooks.com

Subsidiary Rights

Yulia Borodyanskaya

Vice President, Subsidiary Rights

T 212-229-7103 M 347-721-5189

E yborodyanskaya@abramsbooks.com

Talia Behrend-Wilcox

Associate Director, Subsidiary Rights

T 212-229-7118

E tbehrendwilcox@abramsbooks.com

U.S. BOOK TRADE SALES REPRESENTATIVES

west: CA, AZ, NM, NV, CO, UT, HI, AK, ID, MT, WY, WA, OR Karel/Dutton Group 1111 Pueblito Rd Corrales, NM 87048

T 818-269-4882 F 877-847-1619

E dory.dutton@valleyvillagemail.com

s elected Northwest Accou N ts: CA, OR Andrew Weiner 1006 Ventura Avenue Albany, CA 94706

T 510-558-8563 F 510-525-1989

E aweiner@abramsbooks.com

Midwest: MI, IN, KY, IL, IA, MO, KS, OH, MN, WI, ND, SD, NE Fujii Associates Inc.

Beth Chang 75 Sunny Hill Drive Troy, MO 63379

T 402-476-6199

E beth@fujiiassociates.com

Northe A st & Mid-Atl AN tic: MA, CT, NH, ME, RI, VT, DC, MD, DE, WV, PA, NY, NJ

Chesapeake & Hudson Inc. 115 West Potomac Street Brunswick, MD 21716

T 800-231-4469 F 800-307-5163

E robin@cheshud.com

s outh: TX, OK, AL, AR, FL, GA, LA, MS, VA, SC, NC, TN

Southern Territory Associates 706 Magnolia Street Greensboro, NC 27401

T 336-574-1879 F 336-275-3290

E hasmits@aol.com

W southernterritory.com

U.S. GIFT TRADE SALES REPRESENTATIVES

Anne McGilvray & Company

Northwest: AK, ID, MT, OR, WA Midwest: MN, ND, SD

s outh: AR, IA, KS, LA, MO, NE, OK, TX

T 800-527-1462 F 866-539-0192

E hello@annemcgilvray.com

W annemcgilvray.com

Anne McGilvray Dallas Showroom

Dallas Market Center 2050 North Stemmons Freeway Suite 270 Dallas, TX 75207

T 800-527-1462

E hello@annemcgilvray.com

Anne McGilvray Minneapolis Showroom

Minneapolis Mart 10301 Bren Road

West Orange Gallery Rooms 339, 378, and 379 Minnetonka, MN 55343

T 800-527-1462

E hello@annemcgilvray.com

Simblist Group MS, TN, AL, GA, FL, NC, SC

40 John Portman Blvd NW Americasmart / Bldg 2 / Suite 1621 Atlanta, GA 30303

T 404-524-2812 W simblistgroup.com

Harper Group

NY Metro, MD, VA, WV, DC, PA, DE, NJ, MI, OH, KY, IL, WI

230 Fifth Avenue, Ste. 311 New York, NY 10001

T 212-868-1802  W harpergroup.com

Main Street Reps ME, NH, CT, RI, VT, MA, Upstate NY 44 Haggetts Pond Rd. Andover, MA 01810

T 978-259-1307  W mainstreetreps.com

Stephen Young CA, HI, CO, AZ, NV, UT, NM, WY 1933 S. Broadway, Ste. 830 Los Angeles, CA 90007

T 800-282-5863  W stephenyoung.net

CANADA

cANA di AN M AN d A Group 664 Annette Street Toronto, Canada M6S 2C8

T 416-516-0911 F 416-516-0917

E info@mandagroup.com

North American Ordering and Customer Service Information

Hachette Book Group USA

T 800-759-0190 (8:30 AM–5:30 PM EST)

E customerservice@hbgusa.com

Pricing and Shipping:

Prices in this catalog are suggested retail prices only. Any reseller is free to charge whatever he or she wishes for the books listed. Titles, prices, publication dates, and other contents of this catalog are subject to change without notice. Although ABRAMS will make every effort to follow reasonable shipping instructions, we will not accept responsibility or chargebacks for deviations from these instructions.

INFORMATION TO THE TRADE

International Sales INFORMATION TO THE TRADE

UNITED KINGDOM

EUROPE

MIDDLE EAST AND TURKEY

AFRICA

INDIA

Abrams & Chronicle Books

1st Floor, 1 West Smithfield

London EC1A 9JU

T +44 (0)20 7713 2060

UK sales inquiries

E info@abramsandchronicle.co.uk

Export sales inquiries

E internationalsales@abramsandchronicle.co.uk

New business

E newbusiness@abramsandchronicle.co.uk

All orders supplied via Macmillan Distribution Ltd, Swansea

AUSTRALIA/NEW ZEALAND

Thames & Hudson Australia Pty Ltd

Wurundjeri Country

132A Gwynne Street

Cremorne

Victoria 3121

Australia

T +61 3 9646 7788

E Enquiries@thameshudson.com.au

Head of Operations: Amanda Rae

E a.rae@thameshudson.com.au

Product Manager: Claire Beyer

E c.beyer@thameshudson.com.au

ASIA

China, Hong Kong, and Taiwan

Rance Fu

Sino Publishers Services Limited

E rance@sinopubservice.com

M +86 13521555031

Singapore, Philippines, Japan, Malaysia, South Korea, Thailand, Indonesia, Vietnam, Cambodia, and Myanmar

Suk Lee

E slee888@startmail.com

LATIN AMERICA AND THE CARIBBEAN

David Williams

Intermediaamericana Ltd.

E david@intermediaamericana.com

M +44 7761 977823

ABRAMS The Art of Books abramsbooks.com abramsandchronicle.co.uk

ABRAMS • CAMERON BOOKS • ABRAMS IMAGE • CERNUNNOS ABRAMS PRESS • THE OVERLOOK PRESS • ABRAMS COMICARTS ABRAMS COMICARTS - SURELY • ABRAMS APPLESEED ABRAMS BOOKS FOR YOUNG READERS • AMULET BOOKS FANFARE • MAGIC CAT • CAMERON KIDS ENCHANTED LION • MILKY WAY PICTURE BOOKS • TATE PUBLISHING • FAMILIUS • RED COMET PRESS • SKITTLEDOG• VENDOME PRESS • • V & A PUBLISHING • SELFMADEHERO • TATE PUBLISHING LA MARTINIÈRE/ABRAMS • BOOTH-CLIBBORN EDITIONS • LUCKY SPOOL